Kürvers Piping
Handbook
3rd Edition
Kürvers Piping Handbook
Kürvers Piping Handbook
3. Edition April 2005
Copyright © 1995 by Horst Kürvers GmbH
All rights reserved
Publisher: Horst Kürvers GmbH · Am Eisenbrand 24a · 40667 Meerbusch, Germany
Editor: Robin Davies, Kürvers International · London
Photo authors:
Cover (3): Premium
Content: Page 9: Sirius, Page 77: Pierlings, Page 129: Salzgitter Stahl,
Page 161: Eggers, Page 221: Pierlings, Page 247: Eggers, Page 267:
Pierlings, Page 315: Bergrohr, Page 351: Mannesmannröhren-Werke,
Page 373: Bergrohr, Page 391: Kürvers
All information in this book is subject to change. Whilst every effort has
been made to ensure the accuracy of this publication, neither Kürvers
Piping nor its agents nor associated companies take any responsibility for
any errors or omissions. The information is current as at date of publication.
We try to keep this book up to date and to improve it wherever possible.
Therefore we would be grateful for any remarks or corrections from you.
Contents
1. Kürvers Piping, Product Range
Kürvers Piping, Lieferprogramm
Kürvers Piping, Gamme des Produits
Kürvers Piping, Gamma dei Prodotti
Kürvers Piping, Gama de Productos
2. Quality Assurance
Qualitätssicherung
Assurance Qualité
Controllo di Qualità
Aseguramiento de Calidad
3. Materials
Werkstoffe
Matériel
Materiali
Materiales
4. Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et Poids
Dimensioni e Pesi
Dimensiones y Pesos
•
•
Formulae for Calculating Weights
Formeln zur Gewichtsberechnung
Formules de calcul des Poids
Formula di calcolo per la massa metrica/tubo
Formulas de calcular pesos
Steel Pipes and Tubes
Stahlrohre
Tubes et tuyauterie en acier
Tubi in acciaio
Tubos de acero
5. Dimensions and Weights
•
Beams and Sections
Träger und Formstahl
Profilés et laminés
Materiale strutturale e loro sezioni
Vijas y Secciones
6. Dimensions and Weights
•
Buttweld Fittings
Vorschweißfittings
Raccords à souder
Raccordi a saldare di testa
Acessorios de soldar
7. Dimensions and Weights
•
Flanges
Flansche
Brides
Flange
Bridas
8. Dimensions and Weights
•
Forged Fittings
Schmiedefittings
Raccords forgés
Raccordi forgiati
Acessorios forjados
•
Bolts and Nuts
Schrauben und Muttern
Boulons et Ecrous
Tiranti e Dadi
Tuercas y Tornillos
9. Valves
Armaturen
Robinetterie
Valvole
Valvulas
10. Hydraulic Test Pressures
Kaltwasserprobedruck
Test de Pression Hydraulique
Collaudo Pressione Idraulica
Presiones de Pruebas Hidraulicas
11. Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Druck-/Temperaturwerte
Pressions/Echelle des Témperatures
Pressione/Temperatura di Servizio
Presiones/Temperatures
12. Dimensional Tolerances and End Finishes
Abmessungstoleranzen und Endenbearbeitung
Tolérances Dimensionelles et Préparation
des Extrémités
Tolleranze Dimensionali/Finitura delle Estremità
Tolerancias Dimensionales y Preparación de Extremos
13. General Information
Allgemeine Information
Informations Générales
Informazioni Generali
Información General
14. Index · Indice · Contenido
1
Contents
2
Kürvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Kürvers Group
Welcome
Welcome to the third edition of our Piping Handbook. We hope
that you find the contents both useful and informative. Please
take a few minutes to study the contents page so that you are
able to understand the layout of this book, and so that you will be
able to find the information and data that you want quickly and
easily.
There is an index at the back which will enable you to go directly
to a particular topic. There are cross references in the text so that
you can find links to related subjects easily.
This third edition includes the consolidation of European pressure
pipe specifications. The EN specifications have replaced those of
DIN, BS and others. The materials section includes data from the
old and the new to make comparison and selection easy. This edition also includes the metric dimensions for flanges and fittings
(ASME B16.5, B16.9, and B16.11) which now take precedence
over the previous imperial parameters.
As a general convention in this book dimensions in italics are
imperial (inches, pounds etc.)
Kürvers Piping is an international trading company in pipes, tubes,
fittings, flanges, valves, stud bolts, gaskets, structural tubulars,
plates and sections and general piping materials. There are offices
around the world and agents or sales contacts in other locations.
Contact details are provided in the handbook, or go to
www.kurvers.com.
A certified Quality Management system to ISO 9001 is an integral
part of our operation. Quality goals are defined and continuous
improvement to you, our client, is constantly pursued. We welcome comments from you, both about this handbook and about
our work for you.
Please turn over the page for a list of our office contact email
addresses or visit our website which has details about our company and a comprehensive reference list of past projects.
5
Kürvers Group
Kürvers Group
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9001
Single Set Terms and Conditions
Multilingual Service
Worldwide Presence
Projects
Blanket Orders & Partnering
Finance
International Sourcing
Local Expediting
Inspection
Transportation
Products
6
Offshore
Pipelines
Process Piping
Tubulars
Piles
Cans
Plates
Beams
Shapes
Cones
Pile Sleeves
Linepipe
Bends
Pipeline Valves
Coating
Pipes
Fittings
Flanges
Gaskets
Nuts & Bolts
Valves
Specials
• Reserved Rolling Capacity
• Combined Production
Resources
• Stock Plate Materials
• Zero Wastage
• Access to
International Mills
• Combined Packages
• Seamless/HFI/ERW/SAW
• Complete Packages
• Combined Stocks
& Mill Quantities
• Split Destinations
• Project Packaging
Kürvers Group
Addresses
Product Range
Kürvers Group
Product Range
Horst Kürvers GmbH · Germany
Am Eisenbrand 24a, 40667 Meerbusch
Tel.: +49 21 32 93 05-0
Fax: +49 21 32 93 05-66
Email: info@germany.kurvers.com
The following are materials regularly supplied. All equivalent
specifications (AFNOR, BS, DIN, EN, GOST, JIS etc) are also available. Special project or client specifications can be supplied after
evaluation by our technical staff.
Kurvers International Supply Services Ltd. · UK
Email: info@uk.kurvers.com
Kürvers Piping BV · The Netherlands
Email: info@netherlands.kurvers.com
Kürvers France Sarl · France
Email: info@france.kurvers.com
Kurvers Piping Italy Srl · Italy
Email: info@italy.kurvers.com
Kürvers Project Services GmbH · Switzerland
Email: info@switzerland.kurvers.com
Horst Kürvers GmbH
Representative Office CIS
Email: info@cis.kurvers.com
Horst Kürvers GmbH
Representative Office Russia
Email: info@russia.kurvers.com
Kurvers, Inc. · USA
Email: info@usa.kurvers.com
Kürvers Piping Pte Ltd. · Singapore
Email: info@singapore.kurvers.com
Kurvers Piping (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd · Malaysia
Email: info@malaysia.kurvers.com
Horst Kürvers GmbH
Representative Office China
Email: info@china.kurvers.com
Horst Kürvers GmbH
Representative Office Central Asia · Azerbaijan
Email: info@azerbaijan.kurvers.com
Horst Kürvers GmbH
Representative Office Middle East
Email: info@uae.kurvers.com
Kurvers Piping Pty Ltd. · Australia
Email: info@australia.kurvers.com
Petrochemical
• Pipe to ASTM A53, A106, A179, A213, A214, A312, A333,
A335, A358, A671, A672, A691
• Fittings to ASME B 16.9, B 16.11, B16.28, and MSS-SP-75
in ASTM A105, A182, A234, A403, A420, A860
• Flanges to ASME B16.5, B16.47 in ASTM A105, A182,
A350, A694
• Valves to API 599, 600, 602, 606, 609,
MSS-SP 67, 72, 80, 84
• Bolting to ASTM A193, A194, A320
• Gaskets to ASME B16.5, B16.47
Pipelines
• Pipe to API 5L including high strength grades
• Risers and Bends
• Coating, Wrapping, Weight Coating
• Valves to API 6D
Offshore & other Structures
• Welded tubulars to API 2B, 2H, 2W & 2Y
including extra large diameter very thick wall
• CHS & RHS to BS 4848 in BS 4360 and BS 7191 and ASTM,
A6, EN 10025, EN 10225
• Beams, Profile, Plate BS 4848, DIN 1025 in BS 4360 and
BS 7191 and ASTM A 6, EN 10025, EN 10225
• Piles API 2 B, BS 3601, ASTM A252
Chemical Plant, Boiler Plant, Heat Exchangers, Refrigeration Plant
and Process Plant materials can be supplied in the above and
other specifications.
Materials: Carbon, Carbon Manganese, Micro-alloy (HSLA), Alloy
and Stainless Steels, Monel, Hastelloy, Inconel, Incoly, Cunifer,
Titanium alloys.
Package Supply
• Sourcing materials, including extended process routes
(eg coated pipe, spools)
• Expediting complete project supply
• Third party and Certifying Authority Inspection
• Documentation (procedures, VDRL, data books)
• Delivery terms ex works, FOB, C&F, insurance, vessel charter
• Finance
Kurvers Nigeria Ltd. · Nigeria
Email: info@nigeria.kurvers.com
Please visit our website for more information:
www.kurvers.com
7
Kürvers Group
8
Kürvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Quality Assurance
Index
Quality Assurance
Controllo die qualità
Quality Assurance Systems to ISO 9000 Series ........................12
System Elements to ISO 9001:2000 ........................................13
System Elements to ISO 9002:1994 ........................................14
Certificates to EN 10204 based on DIN 50049 ........................15
Definition of terms commonly applied to Project Q.A. and
dictionary ................................................................................16
Quality Assurance Systems to API QI ........................................17
Comparison of international standards for Quality Assurance ..18
Sistema controllo die qualità secondo ISO serie 9000 ..............12
Sistema elementi secondo ISO 9001:2000 ..............................13
Sistema elementi secondo ISO 9002:1994 ..............................14
Certificati di dollaudo secondo EN 10204
basati su DIN 50049 ................................................................15
Definizione dei termini comuni applicabili
al controllo di qualità ..............................................................16
Sistema controllo die qualità API QI..........................................17
Comparazione dei termini Standard internazionali
per controllo di qualità e dizionario..........................................18
Qualitätssicherung
Qualitätssicherungssystem gemäß der ISO 9000 Serie ..............12
Systemelemente gemäß ISO 9001:2000 ..................................13
Systemelemente gemäß ISO 9002:1994 ..................................14
Werkszeugnisse gemäß EN 10204 basierend auf DIN 50049....15
Fachwortverzeichnis ................................................................16
Qualitätssicherungssystem der API QI ......................................17
Vergleich der internationalen Normen für Qualitätssicherung ..18
Assurance Qualité
Système Qualité conforme à ISO 9000 ....................................12
Système Qualité suivant ISO 9001:2000 ..................................13
Système Qualité suivant ISO 9002:1994 ..................................14
Certificats d’essais EN 10204 en accord selon DIN 50049 ........15
Définition des différents termes communément appliqués
à la mise en œuvre de l‘Assurance Qualité et dictionnaire ........16
Système Qualité conforme à API QI..........................................17
Comparatif des différent Standards Internationaux
pour l‘Assurance Qualité..........................................................18
Aseguramiento de calidad
Sistemas de aseguramiento de calidad de acuerdo
con la serie ISO 9000 ..............................................................12
Elementos de sistema de acuerdo con ISO 9001:2000 ............13
Elementos de sistema de acuerdo con ISO 9002:1994 ............14
Certificados de calidad segun EN 10204 Y DIN 50049 ............15
Definicion de terminos applicables a aseguramiento
de calidad de proyectos y el diccionario ..................................16
Sistemas de aseguramiento de calidad API QI ..........................17
Comparaciòn des standards internacionales
para aseguramiento de calidad ................................................18
11
Quality Assurance
Quality Assurance Systems to ISO 9000 Series
Kürvers Piping Quality System meets the requirements of ISO 9001:2000
References
ISO 9000:2000
Fundamentals and vocabulary
ISO 9000:2000
Grundlegendes und Qualitätsbegriffe
ISO 9000:2000
Pricipes fondamentaux et terminologie
ISO 9001:2000
Quality management systems – Requirements
ISO 9001:2000
Qualitätsmanagementsysteme – Anforderungen
ISO 9001:2000
Systèmes de management de la qualité
ISO 9004:2000
Quality management systems – Guidelines for performance improvement
ISO 9004:2000
Qualitätsmanagementsysteme – Leitfaden zur Leistungsverbesserung
ISO 9004:2000
Systèmes de management de la qualité – Lignes directrices pour l’amélioration des performances
ISO 10005
Quality management – Guidelines for quality plans
ISO 10006
Quality management – Guidelines for quality in project management
ISO 10007
Quality management – Guidelines for configuration management
ISO 10011
Guidelines for auditing quality systems
Part 1 Auditing
Part 2 Qualification criteria for qualitiy system auditors
Part 3 Management of audit programmes
ISO 10012
Quality assurance requirements for measuring equipment
Part 1 Metrological confirmation system for measuring equipment
Part 2 Guidelines for control of measurement processes
ISO 10013
Guidelines for developing quality manuals
ISO/TR 10014
Guidelines for managing the economics of quality
ISO 10015
Quality management – Guidelines for training
ISO/TR 10017
Guidance on statistical techniques for ISO 9001:1994
ISO 10576-1
Statistical methods – Guidelines for the evaluation of conformity with specified requirements
Part 1 general principles
ISO/TR 13425
Guide for the selection of statistical methods in standardisation and specification
ISO/IEC 17025
General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories
12
Quality Assurance
System Elements to ISO 9000
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9001:2000
Contents
Corresponding paragraph in ISO 9002:1994
1
Scope
1
2
Normative reference
2
3
Terms and definitions
3
4
Quality management system
4.1
General Requirements
4.2.1
4.2
Documentation requirements
4.2.2 + 4.2.1 + 4.5.1 + 4.5.2 + 4.5.3 + 4.16
5
Management responsibility
5.1
Management commitment
4.1.1
5.2
Customer focus
4.3.2
5.3
Quality policy
4.1.1
5.4
Planning
4.1.1 + 4.2.3
5.5
Responsibility, authoring and communication
4.1.2.1 + 4.1.2.3
5.6
Management review
4.1.3
6
Resource management
4.1.2.2
6.1
Provision of resources
4.1.2.2
6.2
Human resources
4.1.2.2 + 4.18
6.3
Infrastructure
4.9
6.4
Work environment
4.9
7
Product realization
7.1
Planning of product realization
4.2.3 + 4.10.1
7.2
Customer-related processes
4.3.2 + 4.3.3 + 4.3.4 + 4.4.4
7.3
Design and development
N/A
7.4
Purchasing
4.6
7.5
Production and service provision
4.7 + 4.8 + 4.9 + 4.10 + 4.12 + 4.15 + 4.19
7.6
Control of monitoring and measuring devices
4.11
8
Measurement, analysis and improvement
8.1
General
4.10 + 4.20
8.2
Monitoring and measurement
4.10 + 4.17 + 4.20
8.3
Control of nonconforming product
4.13
8.4
Analysis of data
4.20
8.5
Improvement
4.1.3 + 4.14
For detailed application of the above elements to Kürvers Piping
see the Kürvers Piping Quality Assurance Manual.
13
Quality Assurance
System Elements to ISO 9000
Quality Assurance System to ISO 9002:1994
Contents
Inhalt
0
Introduction
Einleitung
Sommaire
Introduction
1
Scope
Anwendungsbereich
Domaine d’application
2
Normative reference
Verweisungen auf andere Normen
Référence normative
3
Definitions
Begriffe
Définitions
4
Quality system requirements
Forderungen an die Qualitätssicherung/
QM-Darlegung
Exigences en matière de système qualité
4.1
Management responsibility
Verantwortung der Leitung
Responsabilité de la direction
4.2
Quality system
Qualitätsmanagementsystem
Système qualité
4.3
Contract review
Vertragsprüfung
Revue de contrat
4.4
Design control
Designlenkung
Maîtrise de la conception
4.5
Document and data control
Prüfung der Dokumente und Daten
Maîtrise des documents et des données
4.6
Purchasing
Beschaffung
Achats
4.7
Control of customer-supplied product
Prüfung der vom Kunden
Maîtrise du produit fourni par le client
beigestellten Produkte
4.8
Product identification and traceability
Kennzeichnung und
Rückverfolgbarkeit von Produkten
Identification et traçabilité du produit
4.9
Process control
Prozeßlenkung
Maîtrise des processus
4.10
Inspection and testing
Prüfungen
Contrôles et essais
4.11
Control of inspection, measuring
Prüfmittelüberwachung
Maîtrise des équipements de contrôle,
4.12
Inspection and test status
Prüfstatus
4.13
Control of nonconforming products
Prüfung fehlerhafter Produkte
Maîtrise du produit non conforme
4.14
Corrective and preventive action
Korrektur- und Vorbeugungsmaßnahmen
Actions correctives et préventives
4.15
Handling, storage, packaging,
Handhabung, Lagerung, Verpackung,
Manutention, stockage, conditionnement,
preservation an delivery
Konservierung und Versand
préservation et livraison
4.16
Control of quality records
Lenkung von Qualitätsaufzeichnungen
Maîtrise des enregistrements
4.17
Internal quality audits
Interne Qualitätsaudits
Audits qualité internes
4.18
Training
Schulung
Formation
4.19
Servicing
Wartung
Prestations associées
4.20
Statistical techniques
Statistische Methoden
Techniques statistiques
and test equipment
de mesure et d’essai
État des contrôles et des essais
relatifs à la qualité
This table is included for historical reference only.
14
Quality Assurance
Test Certificates to EN 10 204 based on DIN 50049
Certification of Material
EN 10 204 · ISO 10 474
Based on DIN 50049
Standard
Document
Designation
Type of
Control
Contents
Delivery Conditions
Document validated by
2.1
Certificate of
compliance with
the order
Non-specific
Without mention of
test results
In accordance with the
requirements of the order, and if
required also in accordance with
official regulations and
corresponding technical rules.
The manufacturer
2.2
Test report
Non-specific
With mention of test
results carried out on
the basis of non-specific
inspection and test
In accordance with the
requirements of the order, and if
required also in accordance with
official regulations and
corresponding technical rules.
The manufacturer
2.3
Specific test report
Specific
With mention of test
results carried out on the
basis of specific inspection
and testing
In accordance with the
requirements of the order, and if
required also in accordance with
official regulations and
corresponding technical rules.
The manufacturer
3.1A
Inspection Certificate
3.1A
Specific
With mention of test
In accordance with official
results carried out on the regulations and the corresponding
basis of specific inspection technical rules
and testing
The inspector designated
in the official regulation
(eg TÜV)
3.1B
Inspection Certificate
3.1B
Specific
With mention of test
results carried out on the
basis of specific inspection
and testing
The manufacturer’s
authorised representative
independent of the
manufacturing
department
3.1C
Inspection Certificate
3.1C
Specific
With mention of test
In accordance with the
results carried out on the specifications of the order
basis of specific inspection
and testing
The purchaser’s
authorised represenative
(eg ABS, BV, DNV, LRS etc.)
3.2
Inspection report
3.2
Specific
With mention of test results In accordance with the
carried out on the basis of specifications of the order
specific inspection and
testing
The manufacturer’s
authorised representative
independent of the
manufacturing
department and the
purchaser’s authorised
represenative
In accordance with the
specifications of the order, and if
required, also in accordance with
official regulations and
corresponding technical rules
EN 10 204 Edition 2004
In this new version of the specification Type 2.3 is deleted, 3.1B becomes type 3.1 and 3.1A & 3.1C are combined with 3.2. A 3.2
document is validated by the manufacturers authorised representative independent of production and the purchasers authorised
inspection representative or the inspector designated by the official regulations.
It is anticipated that the descriptions 3.1A etc will remain in common parlance for some time and so this version of our handbook
keeps the definitions with this short explanation about the changes in the revised version of the specification.
15
Quality Assurance
Terminology and Dictionary
Common Terms in Project QA
Certifying Authority · Engineering authority responsible for
certifying the final construction.
Concession/Waiver · Agreed deviations from specified
requirements, written and authorised.
Data Book · A collated, indexed collection of all test reports,
certificates, concessions, release notes and procedures held
together for easy reference.
Field Test · Pressure test of fabricated system in the field.
Inspection Authority · Authority responsible for inspecting
individual items and issuing 3.1 and 3.2 certificates.
Non-Conformity · The non-fulfilment of specified
requirements.
Procedures · Definitive step by step details of how a particular
activity is performed, with relevant parameters defined.
Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) · Record of all the
necessary tests performed to check that a WPS is satisfactory.
Quality Assurance · All those planned and systematic actions
necessary to provide adequate confidence that a product or
service will satisfy given requirements for quality.
Quality Assurance Manual · Formal description of the
Quality Management System addressing each of the system
elements.
Quality Control · The operational techniques and activities
that are used to fulfill requirements for quality.
Quality Plan · For a particular contract, a document setting
out the process route with all key stages, with details of
procedures, controls and inspections.
Release Notes · Formal release of individual items for dispatch
by customer, inspection and/or certifying authority.
Test Reports/Test Certificate · Results of tests required by
the contract for individual items issued by the manufacturer
or inspection authority.
Traceability · The ability to trace the history, application or
location of an item or activity by means of recorded
identification.
Vendor Documents Requirements List (VDRL) · List of
documents which the customer requires the vendor to
supply.
Weld Procedure Specification (WPS) · Definition of all the
parameters for the essential variables for a particular weld
configuration.
Dictionary
Some common technical terms
English
Deutsch
Français
English
Deutsch
Mill test certificate
Werksabnahmezeugnis
Cerficat de contrôle
par l‘usine
Pipe
Rohr
Tube
Seamless
Nahtlos
Sans soudure
Chemical
composition
Chemische
Zusammensetzung
Composition
chemique
Welded
Geschweißt
Avec soudure
Plate
Blech
Tôle
Check or
product analysis
Stückanalyse
Analyse sur produit
Dimensions
Abmessungen
Dimension
Test piece
Probestück
Eprouette
Thickness
Dicke
Epaiss
Tensile test
Zugversuch
Essai de traction
Steel
Stahl
Acier
Tensile
strength Rm
Zugfestikeit
Résistance
à la traction
Stainless steel
Edelstahl
Inox
Heat or cast no.
Schmelzennummer
No. de coulée
Product
identification
Erzeugnisbenennung
Identification
du produit
Steel grade
Stahlsorte
Nuance d’acier
Hot rolled
Warmgewalzt
Roules a chaud
Normalised
Normalgeglüht
Normalisé
Tempered
Angelassen
Revenu
Quenched
Abgeschreckt
Trempe
As forged
Warmgeschmiedet
Forgé
Yield point Re
Streckgrenze
Elongation
Dehnung
Allongement
Reduction of area
Einschnürung
Striction
Impact test
Kerbschlagversuch
Essai de résilience
Average
Mittelwert
Moyenne
Limite d’elasiticité
Hardness
Härte
Dureté
Bend test
Biegeprobe
Edepliage
Special tests
Sonderversuche
Essais spéciaux
Hydrostatic tests
Wasserdruckversuch
Essais hydaulique
16
Français
Quality Assurance
API Q1
API Q1 ISO TS 29001
Specification for Quality Programs for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industry.
This specification is a sector specific version of ISO 9001:2000. It has the same paragraph numbers and the same content with the
exception of some additional clauses which are specific to the supply of API material under this quality program.
This specification does not allow exclusions to be made to any clause except 7.3 (Design and development), 7.5.1 (Control of service
provision), 7.5.2 (Validation of processes for production and service provision) and 7.5.4 (Customer property) and then only when
such exclusions do not affect the organization’s ability, or responsibility, to provide product that meets customer and applicable regulatory requirements.
The following paragraphs are supplemental or in addition to ISO 9001:2000
4.2.2.1
Quality Manual
4.2.3.1
Control of documents
4.2.3.2
Control of document changes
7.5.3.1
Identification and traceability
Control of records
7.5.3.2
Identification and traceability maintenance
replacement
4.2.4.1
7.5.2.1
Validation of processes for production
and service provision
5.3.1
Quality policy
5.6.1.1
General
7.5.3.3
Product status
5.6.2.1
Revue input
7.5.4.1
Customer property
Training
7.5.5.1
Preservation of product
Planning of product realization
7.5.5.2
Periodic assessment of stock
Review of requirements related to the product
7.6.1
Control of monitoring and measuring devices
7.3.1.1
Design and development planning
7.6.2
Environmental conditions
7.3.1.2
Design documentation
8.2.2.1
Internal audit
7.3.2.1
Design and development inputs
8.2.2.2
Submission of action plans
7.3.4.1
Design and development review
8.2.4.1
Monitoring and measurement of product
Control of design and development changes
8.2.4.2
Final acceptance of product
Purchasing process
8.3.1
Concessions
7.4.1.2
Criteria for supplier selection, evaluation,
and re-evaluation
8.3.2
Release or acceptance of nonconforming product
under concession
7.4.1.3
Supplier provided special processes
8.3.3
Field nonconformity analysis
Purchasing information
8.4.1
Analysis of data
7.4.3.1
Verification of purchased product
8.5.1.1
Continual improvement of organization
7.5.1.1
Control of production and service provision
8.5.2.1
Corrective action
7.5.2.1
Process control
8.5.2.2
Corrective action response time
8.5.3.1
Preventive action
6.2.2.1
7.1.1
7.2.2.1
7.3.7.1
7.4.1.1
7.4.2.1
17
Quality Assurance
Comparision of International Standards
ISO 9000 Series and National Standards
This table lists National Standards for different countries with the appropriate ISO Standard.
Standard Body
(country)
Quality Management Quality Systems
and Quality Assurance
Standards
Quality Systems
Quality Systems
Quality Mangement
and Quality System
Elements
Guidelines for
Selections and Use
Model for Quality
Assurance in
Production and
Installation
Model for Quality
Assurance in Final
Inspection and Test
Guidelines
Model for Quality
Assurance Design/
Development,
Production,
Installation and
Service
ISO:1994
ISO 9000
ISO 9001
ISO 9002
ISO 9003
ISO 9004
Australia
AS 3900
AS 3901
AS 3902
AS 3903
AS 3904
Austria
OE NORM-PREN
OE NORM-PREN
OE NORM-PREN
OE NORM-PREN
OE NORM-PREN
29000
29001
29002
29003
29004
Belgium
NBN X 50-002-1
NBN X 50-003
NBN X 50-004
NBN X 50-005
NBN X 50-002-2
Canada
CSA Z299.0
CSA Z299.1
CSA Z299.2
CSA Z299.4
CSA Q420-87
China
GB/T 10300.1-88
GB/T 10300.2-88
GB/T 10300.3-88
GB/T 10300.4-88
GB/T 10300.5-88
Denmark
DS/EN 29000
DS/EN 29001
DS/EN 29002
DS/EN 29003
DS/EN 29004
European Community
EN 29000
EN 29001
EN 29002
EN 29003
EN 29004
Finland
SFS-ISO 9000
SF-ISO 9001
SFS-ISO 9002
SFS-ISO 9003
SFS-ISO 9004
France
NF X 50-121
NF X 50-131
NF X 50-132
NF X 50-133
NF X 50-122
Germany
DIN ISO 9000
DIN ISO 9001
DIN ISO 9002
DIN ISO 9003
DIN ISO 9004
Hungary
MI 18990-1988
MI 18991-1988
MI 18992-1988
MI 18993-1988
MI 18994-1988
India
IS:10201 Part 2
IS:10201 Part 4
IS:10201 Part 5
IS:10201 Part 6
IS:10201 Part 3
Ireland
IS 300 Part 0/ISO 9000
IS 300 Part 1/ISO 9001
IS 300 Part 2/ISO 9002
IS 300 Part 3/ISO 9003
IS 300 Part 4/ISO 9004
Italy
UNI/EN 29000
UNI/EN 29001
UNI/EN 29002
UNI/EN 29003
UNI/EN 29004
MS 985/ISO 9001
MS 985/ISO 9002
MS 985/ISO 9003
Malaysia
The Netherlands
NEN-ISO 9000
NEN-ISO 9001
NEN-ISO 9002
NEN-ISO 9003
NEN-ISO 9004
New Zealand
NZS 5600:Part 1
NZS 5601
NZS 5602
NZS 5603
NZS 5600:Part 2
Norway
NS-EN 29000
NS-ISO 9001
NS-ISO 9002
NS-ISO 9003
40.9001-88
40.9002-88
Russia (CIS)
Singapore
SS ISO 9000
SS ISO 9001
SS ISO 9002
SS ISO 9003
South Africa
SABS 0157: Part 0
SABS 0157: Part I
SABS 0157: Part II
SABS 0157: Part III
SABS 0157 Part IV
Spain
UNE 66 900
UNE 66 901
UNE 66 902
UNE 66 903
UNE 66 904
Sweden
SS-ISO 9000
SS-ISO 9001
SS-ISO 9002
SS-ISO 9003
SS-ISO 9004
Switzerland
SN-ISO 9000
SN-ISO 9001
SN-ISO 9002
SN-ISO 9003
SN-ISO 9004
Tunisia
NT 110.18-1987
NT 110.19-1987
NT 110.20-1987
NT 110.21-1987
NT 110.22-1987
United Kingdom
BS EN ISO 9000
BS EN ISO 9001
BS EN ISO 9002
BS EN ISO 9003
BS EN ISO 9004
USA
ANSI/ASQC Q90
ANSI/ASQC Q91
ANSI/ASQC Q92
ANSI/ASQC Q93
ANSI/ASQC Q94
These standards are listed for historical reference only. They have all been replaced by ISO 9001:2000.
18
SS ISO 9004
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Materials
Index
3
Materials
Specifications, Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Werkstoffe
Spezifikationen,
mechanische und chemische Eigenschaften
Matériels
Spécifications, Propriétés mécaniques et chimiques
Materiali
Specifiche, Caratteristiche meccaniche e chimiche
Materiales
Especificaciónes, Propiedades mecánicas y químicas
3.2 Especificaciones de Tuberias
Sour Service .................................................................... 27
Tubo de conducción ........................................................ 28
Materiales estructurales .................................................. 29
Tubo de presión .............................................................. 30
Tuercas y tornillos ............................................................ 33
Accessorios de soldar a tope ............................................ 35
Bridas y accesorios forjados.............................................. 35
3.1 Piping Materials Specifications
Rohrspezifikationen
Matériel de tuyauterie: Spécifications
Specificazione materiale «Piping»
Expecificaciones de tuberias .................................. 22
3.3 Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure pipe .................................................................. 36
Casing ............................................................................ 48
Line Pipe.......................................................................... 50
Structural Materials.......................................................... 54
BW Fittings ...................................................................... 58
Forgings: Flanges and Forged Fittings .............................. 62
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 68
3.2 Comparison Tables of Materials
Sour Service .................................................................... 27
Line Pipe.......................................................................... 28
Structural Materials.......................................................... 29
Pressure Pipe.................................................................... 30
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 33
BW Fittings ...................................................................... 35
Forgings: Flanges and Forged Fittings .............................. 35
Mechanische und chemische Eigenschaften
Hochdruckrohre .............................................................. 36
Casing ............................................................................ 48
Leitungsrohre .................................................................. 50
Konstruktionsteile ............................................................ 54
Vorschweißfittings .......................................................... 58
Flansche und geschmiedete Fittings ................................ 60
Schrauben und Muttern .................................................. 68
Vergleichstabellen der Werkstoffe
Sauergas-Anforderung .................................................... 27
Leitungsrohre .................................................................. 28
Konstruktionsteile ............................................................ 29
Hochdruckrohre .............................................................. 30
Schrauben und Muttern .................................................. 33
Vorschweiß-Fittings.......................................................... 35
Flansche und geschmiedete Fittings ................................ 35
Propriétés mécaniques et chimiques
Pression des Tubes .......................................................... 36
Casing ............................................................................ 48
Tubing ............................................................................ 50
Matériaux de structure .................................................... 54
Raccords à souder............................................................ 58
Brides et Raccords forgés ................................................ 60
Boulonnerie .................................................................... 68
Tables de Comparaison des Matières
Sour Service .................................................................... 27
Tubes .............................................................................. 28
Matériaux de structure .................................................... 29
Pression des Tubes .......................................................... 30
Boulons et Ecrous ............................................................ 33
Raccords à souder............................................................ 35
Forgés: Brides et Raccords forgés .................................... 35
Caratteristiche mecaniche e chimiche
Tubi per uso alta pressione .............................................. 36
Casing ............................................................................ 48
Line pipe.......................................................................... 50
Materiale strutturale ........................................................ 54
Raccordi a saldare di testa................................................ 58
Forgiati: Flange, Raccordi forgiati .................................... 60
Tiranti, Dadi .................................................................... 68
Tabelle di conversione
Sour Service .................................................................... 27
Line pipe.......................................................................... 28
Materiale strutturale ........................................................ 29
Tubi per uso alta pressione .............................................. 30
Tiranti, Dadi .................................................................... 33
Raccordi a saldare di testa................................................ 35
Forgiati: Flange, Raccordi forgiati .................................... 35
Propiedades meccánicas y químicas
Tubo de presión .............................................................. 36
Casing ............................................................................ 48
Tubo de conducción ........................................................ 50
Materiales estructurales .................................................. 54
Acessorios de soldar a tope.............................................. 58
Bridas y accesorios forjados.............................................. 60
Tuercas y tornillos ............................................................ 68
21
Materials
Piping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
Piping Materials Specifications
Valve specifications are given in Valve section page 280.
ASTM
A90
American Petroleum Institute · API
A105
API
2B
A106
2H
2W
2Y
5L
5B
Q1
605
RP2X
RP2Z
RP5L1
RP5L2
RP5L5
RP5L7
RP5LC
RP5LD
Specification for the Fabrication
of Structural Steel Pipe
Specification for Carbon Manganese Steel Plate
for Offshore Platform Tubular Joints
Specification for Steel Plates for Offshore Structures,
Produced by Thermomechanical Control Processing
Specification for Steel Plates, Quenched and
Tempered, for Offshore Structures
Specification for Line Pipe
Threading, Gauging and Thread Inspection
Specification for Quality Programs
Large Diameter Carbon Steel Flange
Recommended Practise for Ultrasonic Examination of
Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines for
Qualification of Ultrasonic Technicians
Recommended Practise for Pre-Production
Qualification for Steel plates for Offshore Structures
Recommended Practice
for Rail Road Transportation of Line Pipe
Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line
Pipe for Non-Corrosive Gas Transmission Service
Recommended Practice
for Marine Transportation of Line Pipe
Recommended Practice for Unprimed Internal Fusion
Bonded Epoxy Coating of Line Pipe
Specification for CRA Linepipe
Specification for CRA Clad or Lined Steel Pipe
A178
A179
A182
A193
A194
A203
A204
A213
A214
A234
A252
A312
A320
American Society for Testing and Materials · ASTM
ASTM
A6
A20
A36
A53
22
A333
Specification for General Requirements for Rolled
Steel Plates, Shapes Sheet Piling and Bars for
Structural Use
Specification for General Requirements for Steel,
Plates for Pressure Vessels
Standard Specification for Structural Steel
Specification for Pipe Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless
A334
A335
A350
Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc Coated
(Galvanised) Iron or Steel Articles
Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel,
for Piping Components
Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High
Temperature Service
Specification for Electric Resistance Welded Carbon
Steel Boiler Tubes
Specification for Seamless Cold Drawn Low Carbon
Steel Heat Exchanger and Condenser Tubes
Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy Steel Pipe,
Flanges, Forged Fittings and Valves and Parts for
High Temperature Service
Specification for Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service
Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for
Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service
Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Nickel
Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Molybdenum
Specification for Seamless Ferritic and Austenitic
Alloy Steel Boiler, Superheater and Heat Exchanger
Tubes
Specification for Electric Resistance Welded Carbon
Steel Heat Exchanger and Condenser Tubes
Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon
Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated
Temperatures
Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe
Piles
Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic
Stainless Steel Pipe
Specification for Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for
Low Temperature Service
Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel pipe for
Low Temperature Service
Specification for Seamless and Welded Carbon and
Alloy Steel Tubes for Low Temperature Service
Specification for Seamless Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipe for
High Temperature Service
Specification for Forgings, Carbon and Low Alloy
Steel, Requiring Notch Toughness Testing for Piping
Components
Materials
Piping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
ASTM
A358
A370
A387
A403
A420
A450
A515
A516
A519
A520
A530
A572
A633
A671
A672
A691
A694
A700
A860
American Society of Mechanical Engineers · ASME
Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Austenitic
Chromium-Nickel Alloy Steel Pipe for
High Temperature Service
Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing
of Steel Products
Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Alloy Steel,
Chromium-Molybdenum
Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel
Piping Fittings
Specification for Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon
Steel and Alloy Steel for Low Temperature Service
Specification for General Requirements for Carbon,
Ferritic Alloy and Austenitic Alloy Steel Tubes
Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel
for Intermediate and High Temperature Service
Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel
for Moderate and Lower Temperature Service
Specification for Seamless Carbon and Alloy Steel
Mechanical Tubing
Specification for Supplementary Requirements for
Seamless and Electric Resistance Welded Carbon
Steel Tubular Products for High Temperature Service
Conforming to ISO Recommendations for Boiler
Construction
Specification for General Requirements for
Specialized Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipes
High Strength Low Alloy Columbium-Vanadium
Steels of Structural Quality
Normalised High Strength Low Alloy Structural Steel
Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for
Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures
Specification for Electric Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for
High Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures
Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric
Fusion Welded, for High Pressure Service at High
Temperatures
Specification for Forgings, Carbon and Alloy Steel for
Pipe, Flanges, Fittings, Valves and Parts for High
Pressure Transmission Service
Practices for Packing, Marking and Loading Methods
for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment
Wrought High-Strength Low-Alloy Steel ButtWelding Fittings
ASME
B1.1
B1.20.1
B16.5
B16.9
B16.11
B16.25
B16.28
Unified Inch Screw Thread
Pipe Threads, General Purpose
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
Factory Made wrought Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
Forged Steel Socket Welding Fittings
Butt-Welding Ends
Wrought Steel Butt-Welding Short Radius Elbows
and Returns
B16.36 Steel Orifice Flanges
B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges
B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws (Inch Series)
B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts (Inch Series)
B31.1
Pressure Piping Code: Power Piping
B31.3
Pressure Piping code: Chemical Plant and
Petroleum Refinery Piping
B31.4
Liquid Transportation Systems for Hydrocarbons,
LPG, Anhydrous Ammonia and Alcohols
B31.8
Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
B36.10 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe
B36.19 Stainless Steel Pipe
British Standards Institute · BSI
BS
4 pt 1
1387
1560
1640
1965
3059
3293
3601
3602
Hot Rolled Sections
Screwed and Socketed Steel Tubes and Tubulars
and Plain End Steel Tubes Suitable for Welding or for
Screwing to BS21 Pipe Threads
Steel Pipe Flanges (Nominal Size 1/2“ to 24“)
for the Petroleum Industry (Section 3.1)
Steel Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings for the Petroleum
Industry
Butt-Welding Pipe Fittings for Pressure Purposes
Steel Boiler and Superheater Tubes
Carbon Steel Pipe Flanges (over 24“ Nominal Size)
for the Petroleum Industry
Carbon Steel Pipes and Tubes with Specified Room
Temperature Properties for Pressure Purposes
Steel Pipes and Tubes for Pressure Purposes;
Carbon and Carbon Manganese Steel with Specified
Elevated Temperature Properties
23
Materials
Piping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
BS
3603
3604
3605
3799
4360
4848
4882
5383
7191
Pipes and Tubes, Carbon and Alloy Steel with
Specified Low Temperature Properties for Pressure
Purposes
Ferritic Alloy Steel Pipes and Tubes for Pressure
Purposes with Specified Elevated Temperature
Properties
Austenitic Stainless steel Pipes and Tubes for Pressure
Purposes
Steel Pipe Fittings, Screwed and Socket-Welding
for the Petroleum Industry
Welded Structural Steels
Hot Rolled Structural Steel Sections
Bolting for Flanges and Pressure Containing Purposes
Material Identification of Tubes by Continuous
Character Marking and Colour Coding
Weldable Structural Steels for Fixed Offshore
Structures
Deutsches Institut für Normung · DIN
DIN
1025
1026
1626
1629
2440
2448
2458
2462
2463
2519
2527
2559
2566
2605
2606
2609
24
Steel Sections, Dimensions, Weights, Tolerances,
Static Values
Hot Rolled Steel Channels, Dimensions, Masses and
Sectional Properties
Welded Circular Unalloyed Steel Tubes
Subject to Special Requirement
Seamless Circular Unalloyed Steel tubes
Subject to Special Requirements
Steel Tubes, Medium Weight, Suitable for Screwing
Plain End Seamless Steel Tubes; Dimensions
and Conventional Masses per Unit Length
Welded Steel Tubes; Dimensions and Weights
Seamless Stainless Steel Tubes;
Dimensions and Masses per Unit Length
Welded Stainless Steel Tubes;
Dimensions and Masses per Unit Length
Steel Flanges: Technical Terms of Delivery
Blind Flanges, Nominal Pressure 6 to 100
Butt Weld Ends
Screwed Flanges, Nominal Pressure 10 to 16
Tube Bends for Butt-Welding
Tube Bends of Steel for Butt-Welding: 5D-Type
Steel butt-welding pipe fittings:
technical delivery conditions
DIN
2615
2616
2617
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2980
2983
2986
2987
2988
17172
17173
17174
17175
17177
17243
17280
17440
17455
17456
17457
17458
30670
Butt-Welding Fittings: Tees
Butt-Welding Fittings: Reducers
Butt-Welding Fittings: Caps
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 6
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 10
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 16
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 25
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 40
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 64
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 100
Welding Neck Flanges, Nominal Pressure 160
Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings
Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Bends
Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Sockets
Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Crosses, Tees, Elbows,
Reducing Tees, Reducing Elbows
Threaded Steel Pipe Fittings: Sockets, Reduced
Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines for the Transport
of Combustible Fluids and Gases
Seamless Circular Pipes: Low Temperature Steel
Welded Circular Pipes: Low Temperature Steel
Seamless Steel Tubes for Elevated Temperatures
Electric Resistance or Induction Welded Steel Tubes
for Elevated Temperatures
Weldable heat resisting steel forgings
and rolled forged steel bars
Steel with low temperature toughness. Technical
delivery conditions for plate, sheet, strips, wide flats,
sections, bars and forgings
Stainless steels. Technical delivery conditions for
plates and sheet, hot rolled strip, wire rod, drawn
wire, steel bars, forgings and semi-finished products.
Stainless Steel Welded Circular Pipes for General Use
Stainless Steel Seamless Circular Pipes for General Use
Austenitic Stainless Steel Welded Circular Pipes for
Special Purposes
Austenitic Stainless Steel Seamless Circular Pipes for
Special Purposes
Polyethylene Sheathing of Steel Tubes and of Steel
Shapes and Fittings
Materials
Piping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
Manufacturer‘s Standardization Society
of the Valve and Fittings Industry · MSS
MSS
SP25
SP43
SP44
SP53
SP54
SP55
SP67
SP72
SP80
SP83
SP84
SP93
SP95
SP97
Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges
and Unions
Wrought Stainless Steel Butt-Welding Fittings
Steel Pipeline Flanges
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components - Magnetic Particle Examination
Method
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components – Radiographic Examination Method
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components – Visual Examination Method
Butterfly Valves
Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for
General Service
Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves
Steel Pipe Unions, Socket Welding and Threaded
Valves-Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings
for Valves, Flanges and Fittings and Other Piping
Components – Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
Swage Nipples and Bull Plugs
Forged Carbon Steel Branch Outlet Fittings –
Socket Welding, Threaded and Butt-Weld Ends
European Community of Standardization · CEN
EN
19 - 57
53 - 62
10 025-1
10 025-2
10 025-3
10 025-4
IPE Beams; I-Beams with parallel flange facings
Hot-rolled broad flanged I-beams (wide-flanged
I-beams) with parallel flange facings
Hot rolled products of structural steels. General
technical delivery conditions.
Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for non-alloy structural steels.
Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for normalised/normalised rolled
weldable fine grain structural steels.
Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for thermomechanical rolled
weldable fine grain structural steels.
EN
10 025-5 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for structural steels with improved
atmospheric corrosion resistance.
10 025-6 Hot rolled products of structural steels. Technical
delivery conditions for flat products of high yield
strength structural steels in the quenched and
tempered condition.
10 034 Structural steel I and H Sections:
shape an dimensions
10 056 Structural steel equal and unequal leg angles:
shape and dimensions
10 113 Parts 1, 2, 3. Hot rolled products in weldable fine
grain structural steel (replaced by 10025:2004)
10 204 Metallic products – types of inspections documents
10 208-1 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids Technical Delivery Conditions –
Part 1:Pipes of Requirement Class A
10 208-2 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids Technical Delivery Conditions –
Part 2: Pipes of Requirement Class B
10 208-3 Steel Pipes for Pipe Lines of Combustible Fluids –
Technical Delivery Conditions –
Part 3: Pipes of Requirement Class C
10 210 Hot finished Structural Hollow Sections for non-alloy
and fine grain structural steels
10 216 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – 5 parts
10 216-1 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 1: Non-alloy steel tubes with
specified room temperature properties
10 216-2 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 2: Non-alloy and alloy steel
tubes with specified elevated temperature properties
10 216-3 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 3: Alloy fine grain steel tubes
10 216-4 Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 4: Non-alloy and alloy steel
tubes with specified low temperature properties
10 217 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes – 7 parts
10 217-1 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 1: Non-alloy steel tubes with
specified room temperature properties
10 217-2 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 2: Electric welded non-alloy
and alloy steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties
10 217-3 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 3: Alloy fine grain steel tubes
25
Materials
Piping Materials Specifications
API · ASTM · ASME · BSI · DIN · MSS · EN · ISO
EN
10 217-4 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 4: Electric welded non-alloy
steel tubes with specified low temperature properties
10 217-5 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 5: Submerged arc welded
non-alloy steel tubes with specified elevated temperature properties
10 217-6 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 6: Submerged arc welded
non-alloy steel tubes with specified low temperature
properties
10 217-7 Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes-Technical
delivery conditions-Part 7: Stainless steel tubes
10 225 Weldable structural steel for fixed offshore structures
10 229 Evaluation of resistance of steels products to hydrogen induced cracking (HIC)
10 246 Non-destructive Testing of Steel Tubes – 18 parts for
different techniques and products (seamless, SAW,
ERW)
10 256 Non-destructive Testing of Steel Tubes – Qualification
and competence of level 1 and level 2 NDT personnel
12474
Cathodic protection of submarine pipelines
12495
Cathodic protection for fixed steel offshore structures
International Standards Organisation · ISO
ISO
3183-1
3183-2
3183-3
26
Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical Delivery
Conditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids –
Part 1: Pipes of Requirement Class A
Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical Delivery
Conditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids –
Part 2: Pipes of Requirement Class B
Oil and Natural Gas Industries – Technical Delivery
Conditions for Steel Pipes for Combustible Fluids Part 3: Pipes of Requirement Class C
ISO
9000
9001
9004
Fundamentals and Vocabulary
Quality Management Systems-Requirements
Quality Management Systems-Guidelines for
performance improvement
10 474 Metallic products-Types of inspection document
15 156 Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for
use in H2S-Containing environments in Oil and Gas
production
15 156-1 General principles for selection of cracking-resistant
materials
15 156-2 Cracking-resistant carbon and alloy steels, and the
use of cast iron
15 156-3 Cracking-resistant CRA’s (corrosion resistant alloys)
and other alloys
Materials
Sour Service
Sour Service
Piping Materials exposed to sour environments, i.e. the presence of hydrogen sulphide, can be severly corroded. The main mechanisms
are sulfide stress corrosion cracking, and hydrogen induced cracking. These can be prevented by the selection of appropriate materials,
the main reference is ISO 15 156 (NACE MR 01-75). Linepipe steels are regularly modified to give added resistance to this corrosion
involving suitable chemistry and heat treatment. In particular sulphur is kept very low to reduce the number of sulphides present, and
those remaining are globularised to discourage the entrapment of hydrogen.
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
MR 01-03
Material Resistant to Sulfide Stress Cracking in Corrosive Petroleum Refining Environments
MR 01-75
Sulfide Stress Cracking Resistant Metallic Materials for Oilfield Equipment
TM 01-77
Laboratory Testing of Metals for Resistance to Sulfide Stress Cracking in H2S Environments
TM 02-84
Evaluation of Pipeline Steels for Resistance to Stepwise Cracking
ISO 15 156
15 156
15 156-1
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries-Materials for use in H2S-Containing environments in Oil and Gas production
General principles for selection of cracking-resistant materials
15 156-2
15 156-3
Cracking-resistant carbon and low alloy steels, and the use of cast iron
Cracking-resistant CRA’s (corrosion resistant alloys) and other alloys
Sour Gas
If total pressure is 448 kPa or greater and if partial pressure of H2S in the gas is greater than 0.34 kPa – see MR 01-75 for more details.
HIC
Hydrogen Induced Cracking, stepwise cracking. Test pieces held in solution and evaluated after 96 hours with bubbling
H2S. NACE solution is an acidified sodium chloride solution with a pH of 8.1–8.3, BP solution is synthetic seawater
ASTM D 1141 with a pH of 2.9–3.0,.
HPIC
Hydrogen pressure induced cracking
SOHIC
Stress oriented hydrogen induced cracking
SSCC
Material is held under stress in solution similar to HIC. There are four techniques (Methods A, B, C, D). Test duration is
normally 720 hours.
Ring Test
Also known as Capcis test. Reference HSE OTI 95 635. Essentially HIC and SSCC test on al full ring which may or may
Sulphur levels
For carbon manganese piping materials levels of sulphur are restricted depending on the material or service. Levels of
0.015 max or 0.010 max are regularly applied. For line pipe in sour environments levels of 0.005 max or 0.003 max
are available. Note that modern steelmaking enables levels of 0.001 to be reached.
Mechanisms
The mechanism for hydrogen corrosion has five stages:
not contain a girth weld. The corrosive fluid is inside the stressed test ring.
• Hydrogen absorption by exposing steel to sour environment
• Recombination of atomic hydrogen H to hydrogen gas H2 at internal interfaces between steel matrix and
• non-metallic inclusions
• Build up of gas pressure in the defective area
• Generation of tensile and shear stresses in the surrounding steel matrix
• Crack initiation
27
Materials
Linepipe · EN Pressure Pipe
Line Pipe · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe Specifications
API 5L
1
DIN
BS
EN 10 208
ISO 31833
Grade
Specification
Grade
Specifiaction
Grade
Part
Grade2
Part
B
17172
E240.7
3601
430
1, 2, 3
L245
1, 2, 3
L245
X42
17172
E290.7
1, 2, 3
L290
1, 2, 3
L290
X46
17172
E320.7
X52
17172
E360.7
1, 2, 3
L360
1, 2, 3
L360
X56
17172
E385.7
X60
17172
E415.7
2, 3
L415
1, 2, 3
L415
X65
17172
E445.7TM
2, 3
L450
1, 2, 3
L450
X70
17172
E480.7TM
2, 3
L485
1, 2, 3
L485
X80
17172
E550.7TM
2, 3
L555
1, 2, 3
L555
1
2
3
3602
500Nb
Grade2
Two product levels depending on service PSL1 and PSL2
Grade designations have suffixes representing heat treatment condition
ISO 3183 PT 1 is identical to API 5L PSL1
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 50.
EN Pressure Pipe · Comparative Table of EN, BS, DIN and NFA
This table gives the grade name in EN 10 216 and 10 217 and the equivalent grade name in BS 3059/3601-3604, DIN 17175 and
17176 and NFA 49213. The tables does not distinguish between product forms but should be sufficient for the appropriate steel to
be found.
Grade
Number
BS
DIN
NFA
P235GH–TC2
1.0345
HFS360
St35.8/III
TU 37–c
P265GH–TC1
1.0425
HFS430
St45.8/I
TU 42–c
P265GH–TC2
1.0425
HFS430
St45.8/III
TU 42–c
15Mo3
TU 15D3
14MoV6-3
TU 10CD5–05
16Mo3
1.5415
20MNNB6
1.0471
500Nb
14MoV6–3
1.7715
660
10CrMo5–5
1.7338
621
13CrMo4–5
1.7335
620
13CrMo 4 4
TU 13CD4–04
10CrMo9–10
1.7380
622
10CrMo9–10
TU 10CD9–10
15NICuMoNb5–6–4
1.6368
591
WB36
X11CrMo5+I
1.7362+I
625
12CrMo195G
TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo5+NT1
1.7362+NT1
625
12CrMo195V1
TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo5+NT2
1.7362+NT2
625
12CrMo195V2
TU10ZCD5–05
X11CrMo9–1+I
1.7386+I
629
X12CrMo91G
TUZ10CD9–1
X11CrMo9–1+NT
1.7386+NT
629
X12CrMo91V
TUZ10CD9–1
X10CrMoVNb9–1
1.4903
T91/P91
TUZ10CDVNb9–1
X20CrMoV11–1
1.4922
X20CrMoV12–1
28
Materials
Structural
American, British, German Specifications
Structural Material · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe Specifications
American
European
European
Offshore
EEMUA
British
French
API
ASTM
EN 10 0251
EN 10 1131
EN 10 2253
1501
BS 43601, 2
NFA 35-5011, 2 DIN 17 1021, 2
German
5LB
A36
S235
E24
A252 Grade 2
2H Grade 42
A252 Grade 3 S275
2W Grade 42
A572 Grade 42
5LX42
A633 Grade A
E28
285
E295
A50–2
315
E335
A60–2
2H Grade 50
A572 Grade 50 S355
2W Grade 50
A633 Grade C
S275
S355
275
355
275
355
43
50
E36
355
2W Grade 50T A633 Grade D
5LX52
E360
2W Grade 60
A572 Grade 60
A70–2
S420
420
A633 Grade E
A572 Grade 65
S460
450
450
55
460
Note, mechanical and chemical values vary with product form (plate, section, tubular), and thickness.
1 The grades have prefixes and suffixes to indicate various parameters.
2 These specifications are obsolete, replaced by EN 10 025 (BS EN 10 025, NF EN 10 025, DIN EN 10 025) and EN 10113.
3 Replaces BS 7190
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 54.
Structural Dimensional Standards
ASTM A6
BS4, 4848
DIN 1025, 1026, 1028, 1029
EN 10029, 10034, 10055, 10056, 10067, 10210
ISO657/14
29
Materials
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe · Comparative Table of most commonly used Pipe Specifications
These tables are for guidance only. It is important to check specifications for all parameters.
ASTM
DIN1
Specification
Grade
Seamless(S)
Welded (W)
A53
B
S+W
A106
B
S
Equivalent
ASTM
S or W
A671 CB65
BS1
Specification
Grade
Specification
Grade
1626 (W)
44.0
3601
430
1629 (S)
42
17175
45.8
3602 pt1
430
17175
17Mn4
3602 pt1
500Nb
17175
35.8
A672 B65
C
S
A671 CB70
A672 B70
A179
A213
S
T5
A335
30
625
3059
629–470
S
S
T12
S
17175
13CrMo44
3059
620–460
T22
S
17175
10CrMo910
3059
622–490
T91
S
304
S+W
W
304H
S+W
304L
S+W
A179
S+W
316H
S+W
316L
S+W
321
A334
320
3604
T9
316
A333
A214
T11
A214
A312
3059 pt1
S
S+W
321H
S+W
347
S+W
17177
37.8
3059 pt1
320
17456+58 (S)
1.4301
3605
304–S31
17455+57 (W)
1.4301
3605
304–S–51(S)
17456+58 (S)
1.4306
3605
304–S–11
17455+57 (W)
1.4306
17456+58 (S)
1.4401
3605
316–S–31
17455+57 (W)
1.4436
3605
316–S–33
3605
316–S–51+52
17456+58 (s)
1.4404
3605
316–S–11
17455+57 (W)
1.4435
3605
316–S–13
17456+58 (S)
1.4541
3605
321–S–31
17455+57 (W)
1.4541
3605
321–S–51
17456+58 (S)
1.4550
3605
347–S–31
17455+57 (W)
1.4550
347H
S+W
3605
347–S–51
1
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35N
3603
430LT
3
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) 10Ni14
3603
503LT
6
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35V
3603
430LT
1
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35N
3603
430LT
3
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) 10Ni14
3603
503LT
6
S+W
17173(S) 74 (W) TTST35V
3603
430LT
P1
S
A691 CM–65
P5
S
A691 5CR
3604
625
P9
S
A691 9CR
3604
629–470
P11
S
A691 11/4CR
P12
S
A691 1CR
3604
621
17175
17175
15Mo3
13CrMo44
Materials
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
These tables are for guidance only. It is important to check specifications for all parameters.
ASTM
DIN1
BS1
Specification
Grade
Seamless(S)
Welded (W)
Equivalent
ASTM
S or W
Specification
Grade
Specification
Grade
A335
P22
S
A691 21/4CR
17175
10CrMo910
3604
622
P91
S
17455+57
1.4301
3605
304–S–31
A358
A671
A672
A691
1
304
W
A312 304
304H
W
A312 304H
304L
W
A312 304L
17455+57
1.4306
3605
304–S–11
316
W
A312 316
17455+57
1.4436
3605
316–S–31/33
316H
W
A312 316H
316L
W
A312 316L
17455+57
1.4435
3605
316–S–11/13
321
W
A312 321
17455+57
1.4541
3605
321–S–31
347
W
A312 347
17455+57
1.4550
3605
347–S–31
CC60
W
A333 1 & 6
17174
TTST35N
3603
430LT
CF66
W
A333 3
17174
10Ni14
CC65
W
A333 1 & 6
1626
44.0
3603
430LT
CC70
W
A106C
1626
52.0
3603
430LT
B65
W
A106B
1626
44.0
3602pt2
430
B70
W
A106C
1626
52.0
3602pt2
430
CM–65
W
A335 P1
17177
15Mo3
1CR
W
A335 P12
17177
13CRMO44
3604
621
11/4CR
W
A335 P11
21/4CR
W
A335 P22
10CrMo910
5CR
W
A335 P5
12CrMo195
9CR
W
A335P9
X12CrMo91
These specifications are being replaced by EN
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 36.
ASTM Grades · Types of Welding Allowed
A53
ERW, Continous, Furnace Butt Welded
A214
ERW
A252
ERW, Flash Welded, Fusion Welded
A312, 333. 334
Automatic Welding, No Filler Metal
A358, 671, 672, 691
Fusion Welded with Filler Metal (SAW, DSAW)
ASTM A358 Classes
Class 1
Double Welded, Filler Metal, 100% X-Ray
Class 2
Double Welded, Filler Metal, No X-Ray
Class 3
Single Welded, Filler Metal, 100% X-Ray
Class 4
As class 3 except inside weld pass without Filler Metal
Class 5
Double Welded, Filler Metal, Spot X-Ray
31
Materials
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
ASTM A671, 672, 691 Classes
Class
Heat Treatment
X-Ray
10
None
No
Pressure Test
No
11
None
Yes
No
12
None
Yes
Yes
13
None
No
Yes
20
Stress Relieve
No
No
21
Stress Relieve
Yes
No
22
Stress Relieve
Yes
Yes
23
Stress Relieve
No
Yes
30
Normalize
No
No
31
Normalize
Yes
No
32
Normalize
Yes
Yes
33
Normalize
No
Yes
40
Normalize and Temper
No
No
41
Normalize and Temper
Yes
No
42
Normalize and Temper
Yes
Yes
43
Normalize and Temper
No
Yes
50
Quench and Temper
No
No
51
Quench and Temper
Yes
No
52
Quench and Temper
Yes
Yes
53
Quench and Temper
No
yes
Note A671 also has class 6x (Normalize and Precipitation Heat Treatment) and 7x (Quench and Precipitation Heat Treatment)
ASTM A358, A671, A672, A691
Plate specifications for pipe grades
Pipe
Plate
Pipe
Plate
Specification
Type
Specification
Type
Specification
Type
Specification
Type
ASTM A358
304
ASTM A240
304
ASTM A672
B60
ASTM A515
60
304L
304L
B65
304H
304H
B70
316
316
316L
316L
316H
316H
321
321
347
ASTM A671
CB65
65
ASTM A516
60
65
CC70
70
CF66
ASTM A204
A
1CR
ASTM A387
12 class 1
12 class 2
11/4CR
11 class 1
21/4CR
22 class 1
11 class 2
70
CC65
ASTM A203
22 class 2
5CR
5 class 1
5 class 2
9CR
D
9 class 1
9 class 2
91
32
70
CM65
347
ASTM A515
CB70
CC60
ASTM A691
65
91 class 2
Materials
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Comparative Table for Bolt and Nut specifications for use with flanges
Corresponding Material Grades
ASTM
Bolts
Nuts1
A193
A194
2H
B5
3
B6
6
DIN
BS 4882
Steel Type
Bolts
Material BS1506
Recommended2 Nuts
C45
M2H
12%Cr
B6
410S21–690 & 760
M6, M6K, M8
B6X
B7
7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
B7
630–790 & 860
M2H, M4, M7, M8
B7M
7M
1%Cr1/4%Mo
B7M
630–690
M2HM, M4M, M7M, M8A
B16
B8
1%Cr1/2%Mo1/4%V
B16
670–860
M4, M7, M8
8
18Cr10Ni
B8
304–S31
M8
8C
18Cr10NiNb
B8C
347–S31
M8C
8M
18Cr12Ni2Mo2.5Mo
B8M
316–S31
M8M
8T
18Cr10NiTi
B8T
321–S31
M8T
L7
630–790 & 860
ML4, ML7, ML8
B8A
B8C
B8CA
B8M
B8MA
B8T
B8TA
A320
L7
4, 7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7A
4, 7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7B
4, 7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7C
4, 7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7M
4, 7
1%Cr1/4%Mo
L7M
630–690
ML4M, ML7M, M8A
B8
8
18Cr10Ni
L8
304–S31
ML8
8C
18Cr10NiTi
L8C
347–S31
ML8C
8M
18Cr10Ni2Mo2.5Mo
L8M
316–S31
ML8M
8T
18Cr10NiTi
L8T
321–S31
ML8T
B8A
B8C
B8CA
B8M
B8MA
B8T
B8TA
1
2
Equivalent nut grade is listed, however it is not necessary to use bolts and nuts of the same grade. See ANSI B16.5 table 1B for further
guidance. For example B7 bolts are usually supplied with 2H nuts.
M refers to metric series. Inch series is the same number without M.
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 70.
Dimensions
American
British
German
Bolts
ANSI B18.2.1
Nuts
ANSI B18.2.2
Threads
ANSI B1.1
Bolts & Nuts
BS4882
Threads
ISO UNC ) 1“, 8UN > 1“
Bolts & Nuts
DIN 267, 555, 2501, 2509, 2510
Threads
DIN 2999
33
Materials
Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
Comparative Tables for most commonly used standards for fittings and flanges
ASME B31.1 and B31.3: Corresponding material grades
Pipe
Buttweld Fittings
Forgings
Specification
Grade
Specification
Grade
Specification
A106
B
A234
WPB
A105
304
A403
WP304
A182
A312 A358
A333
A335+A691
API5L
F304
304H
WP304H
F304H
304L
WP304L
F304L
316
WP316
F316
316H
WP316H
F316H
316L
WP316L
F316L
321
WP321
F321
321H
WP321H
F321H
347
WP347
F347
347H
WP347H
F347H
1
A420
A350
LF1
3
WPL3
LF3
6
WPL6
LF2
P1
CM–65
P5
5CR
A234
WP1
WP5
A182
F5
P9
9CR
WP9
F1
F9
P11 11/4CR
WP11
F11
P12 1CR
WP12
F12
P22 21/4CR
WP22
F22
P91
WP91
F91
X42
A860
WPHY42
A694
F42
X46
WPHY46
F46
X52
WPHY52
F52
X60
WPHY60
F60
X65
WPHYX65
F65
X56
F56
For mechanical and chemical properties see page 60 Buttweld Fittings and page 64 Forged Materials.
For valve materials see page 278.
34
Grade
Materials
Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
Comparative tables for most commonly used standards for fittings and flanges
Relevant Standards for each product are listed. They do not correspond line by line.
Buttweld Fittings
American
British
Materials
ASTM
A234
Materials and Dimensions
Materials
ANSI
BS
1640
DIN
1965
refer to DIN
Standards for pipe
A403
A420
German1
Dimensions
B16.9
B16.28
MSS
SP 43
Dimensions
2609
DIN
2605
2606
2615
A860
2616
2617
1
DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
Forged Fittings
American
British
Materials
ASTM
German1
Dimensions
Materials and Dimensions
Materials and Dimensions
A105
ANSI
B16.11
BS 3799
DIN
A182
MSS
SP83
2983
A350
SP95
2986
A694
SP97
2987
2980
2988
1
DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
Flanges
American
British
Materials
ASTM
A105
German2
Dimensions
Materials and Dimensions
Materials and Dimensions
ANSI
B16.5
BS 1560pt.3.1
up to 24 in
DIN
B16.47
BS 3293
over 24 in
A182
2519
2527
A350
API
6051
2566
A694
MSS
SP441
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
1
Covered by ASME B16.47
2
DIN standards are not exact equivalents.
35
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
ASTM A53 Grade B
S+W
EN 10216/7 pt 1 P235 TR 1 & 2
S+W
235
EN 10216/7 pt 1 P265 TR 1 & 2
S+W
BS 3601 st 430
S+W
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
240
415
ave J
T °C
360–500
28
–10
265
410–570
28
–10
275
430–570
Notes
6, 7
1, 2
1, 2
3
DIN 1626 Grade 44.0
W
275
420–550
4, 5
DIN 1629 42
S
275
420–550
4, 5
ASTM A106 Grade B
S
240
415
EN 10216 pt 2 P235 GH
S
235
360–500
28
–10
1, 9, 10
EN 10216 pt 2 P265 GH
S
265
410–570
28
–10
1, 9, 10
BS 3602 pt 1 st 430
S+W
275
430–570
DIN 17175 Grade 45.8
S
275
410–530
41
+20
4, 11, 12
ASTM A106 Grade C
S
275
485
EN 10216 pt 3 P275 NL1
S
275
390–530
40
–40
EN 10216 pt 3 P355 NL1
S
355
490–650
40
–40
BS 3602 pt 1 st 500 Nb
S
355
500–650
DIN 17175 Grade 17 Mn 4
S
270
460–560
ASTM A179
S
EN 10216 pt 1 P195 TR 1 & 2
S
195
320–440
BS 3059 pt 1 st 320
S+W
195
320–480
DIN 17175 Grade 35.8
S
235
360–480
ASTM A213 Grade T5
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo5+1
S
175
430–580
BS 3604 st 625
S
170
450–600
ASTM A213 Grade T9
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo9–1+1
S
210
460–640
BS 3059 st 629–470
S
185
470–620
ASTM A213 Grade T11
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo5–5
S
275
410–560
ASTM A213 Grade T12
S
220
415
EN 10216 pt 2 13CrMo4–5
S
290
440–590
BS 3059 st 620–460
S+W
180
460–610
DIN 17175 13 Cr Mo44
S
290
440–590
29
6, 7, 8
13, 14
13, 15
4, 16
34
48
+20
28
–10
4, 17
72 HRB
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
36
6, 7, 8
1, 2
18
34
48
+20
4, 11, 17
40
+20
9, 19
40
+20
9, 19
40
+20
9, 19
40
+20
9, 19, 20
48
+20
4, 11, 17, 21
163
179
163
163
34
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
0.30
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
Cu
Ni
1.20
0.05
0.045
0.40
0.15
0.40
0.40
Al
0.16
0.35
1.20
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.020 min
0.20
0.40
1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.020 min
0.21
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.040
0.040
0.21
0.040
0.040
0.21
0.040
0.040
0.30
0.10 min
0.29–1.06
0.035
0.035
0.40
0.15
0.40
0.40
0.16
0.35
1.20
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.20
0.40
1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.21
0.10–0.35
0.40–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.21
0.10–0.35
0.40–1.20
0.040
0.040
0.35
0.10 min
0.29–1.06
0.035
0.035
0.40
0.15
0.40
0.40
0.16
0.40
0.50–1.50
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.50
0.18
0.50
0.90–1.70
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.22
0.15–0.35
1,00–1.50
0.035
0.030
0.14–0.20
0.20–0.40
0.90–1.20
0.040
0.040
0.035
0.06–0.18
0.27–0.63
0.035
0.13
0.35
0.70
0.025
0.020
0.16
0.10–0.35
0.30–0.70
0.040
0.040
0.17
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.80
0.040
0.040
Sn
0.020 min
0.020 min
0.06
0.020 min
0.020 min
0.06
0.30
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.08–0.15
0.15–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.30
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.60
0.25
0.30
0.020 min
0.040
0.30
0.02
0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.08–0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.30
0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.25
0.30
0.02
0.05–0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.61
0.025
0.025
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.17
0.35
0.40–0.70
0.025
0.020
0.70–1.15
0.40–0.60
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.10–0.15
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.70
0.030
0.030
0.70–1.10
0.45–0.65
0.25
0.30
0.02
0.10–0.18
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.035
0.70–1.10
0.45–0.65
0.03
0.04
0.03
0.03
See notes for grade on facing page.
37
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
N/mm2
ASTM A213 Grade T22
S
205
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo9–10
S
280
480–630
BS 3059 st 622–490
S
275
490–640
DIN 17175 10 CrMo 910
S
280
450–600
ASTM A213 T91
S
415
585
EN 10216 pt 2 X10CrMoVNb9–1 S
450
630–830
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
HB max
min J
415
163
34
Notes
ave J
T °C
40
+20
9, 19
48
+20
4, 17
40
+20
9, 19, 22
28
–10
1, 2
250
22
ASTM A214
W
EN 10217 pt 2 P195 GH
W
195
320–440
72 HRB
BS 3059 pt 1 st 320
S+W
195
320–480
DIN 17177 Grade 37.8
W
235
360–480
ASTM A312 TP304
S+W
205
515
BS 3605 St 304–S–31
S+W
230
490–690
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4301
S
195
500–700
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4301
W
195
500–700
ASTM A312 TP304 H
S+W
205
515
BS 3605 St 304–S–51
S
230
490–690
ASTM A312 TP304 L
S+W
170
485
BS 3605 St 304–S–11
S+W
215
480–680
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4306
S
180
460–680
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4306
W
180
460–680
ASTM A312 TP316
S+W
205
515
BS 3605 St 316–S–31
S+W
240
510–710
BS 3605 St 316–S–33
S+W
240
510–710
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4401
S
205
510–710
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4436
W
205
510–710
ASTM A312 TP316 H
S+W
205
515
24
BS 3605 St 316–S–51 & 52
S
240
510–710
25
ASTM A312 TP316 L
S+W
170
485
23
BS 3605 St 316–S11
S+W
225
490–690
BS 3605 St 316–S–13
S+W
225
490–690
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4541
S
190
490–690
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4541
W
190
490–690
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
38
23
24
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.90–2.60
0.87–1.13
0.08–0.14
0.50
0.30–0.70
0.025
0.020
2.00–2.50
0.08–0.15
0.50
0.40–0.70
0.030
0.030
2.00–2.50
0.08–0.15
0.50
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.035
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.20
0.07–0.14
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
0.30
0.035
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.18
Cu
Ni
Al
0.90–1.10
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.90–1.20
0.25
0.30
0.02
0.40
0.04
0.40
0.04
0.30
0.020 min
0.27–0.63
0.035
0.13
0.35
0.70
0.025
0.020
0.16
0.10–0.35
0.30–0.70
0.040
0.040
0.17
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.80
0.040
0.040
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–11.0
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
8.00–11.0
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
8.5–10.5
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
8.5–10.5
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–11.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
8.00–11.0
0.035
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–13.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
10.0–12.5
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
10.0–12.5
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
11.0–14.0
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.00–2.50
10.5–13.5
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.50–3.00
11.0–14.0
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.0–2.5
10.5–13.5
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.025
16.5–18.5
2.5–3.0
11.0–14.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
11.0–14.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.00–2.50
10.5–13.5
0.035
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.00–2.50
11.0–14.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.50–3.00
11.5–14.5
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.0–2.5
11.0–14.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.025
17.0–18.5
2.5–3.0
12.5–15.0
Sn
0.03
See notes for grade on facing page.
39
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
ASTM A312 TP321
S+W
BS 3605 St–S–31
S+W
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4404
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4435
Notes
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
205
515
4, 26, 27
235
510–710
28
S
200
500–730
28
W
200
500–730
28
ASTM A312 TP321H
S+W
205
515
4, 29
BS 3605 St 321–S–51
S
235
510–710
28
ave J
T °C
ASTM A312 TP347
S+W
205
515
30
BS3605 St 347–S–31
S+W
240
510–710
30
DIN 17456/58 W.-No. 1.4550
S
205
510–740
30
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4550
W
205
510–740
30
ASTM A312 TP 347H
S+W
205
515
31
BS 3605 St 347–S–51
S
240
510–740
32
ASTM A333/4 Grade 1
S+W
205
380
EN 10216/7 pt 4 P215NL
S+W
215
360–480
BS 3603 430 LT
S+W
275
430–670
DIN 17173/74 TT St 35 N
S+W
225
340–460
ASTM A333/4 Grade 3
S+W
240
450
EN 10216 pt 4 12Ni14
S
345
163
190
14
18
–45
33, 34
40
–40
1, 35, 36
19
27
–50
4
28
40
–40
37
14
18
–100
34
40
–100
35, 39
BS 3603 St 503Lt
S
245
440–590
19
27
–100
DIN 17173/74 10 Ni14
S+W
345
470–640
28
40
–100
ASTM A333/4 Grade 6
S+W
240
415
14
18
–45
33, 34
EN 10216 pt 4 P255QL
S
255
360–490
40
–50
1, 35
EN 10216 pt 4 P265NL
S
265
410–570
40
–40
1, 35
EN 10217 pt 4 P265NL
W
265
410–570
40
–40
1, 41
BS 3603 430 LT
S+W
275
430–570
19
27
–50
4
DIN 17173/74 TT ST 35V
S+W
255
360–490
28
40
–50
4, 37
ASTM A335 Grade P1
S
205
380
EN 10216 pt 2 16Mo3
S
280
450–600
40
+20
9, 19, 20
DIN 17175 15Mo3
S
270
450–600
34
48
+20
4, 17, 42
ASTM A335 Grade P5
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo 5+1
S
175
430–580
40
+20
19
BS 3604 625
S
170
450–600
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
40
190
4, 37, 39
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–13.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–13.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–13.00
0.30
Mo
Cu
Ni
Al
0.40–1.06
0.025
0.025
0.15
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.025
0.020
0.20
0.35
0.60–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.02 min
0.17
0.35
0.40 min
0.030
0.025
0.020 min
0.19
0.18–0.37
0.31–0.64
0.025
0.025
0.15
0.15–0.35
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.010
0.15
0.15–0.35
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.020
3.25–3.75
0.15
0.35
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.020
3.25–3.75
0.30
0.10 min
0.29–1.06
0.025
0.025
0.17
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.17
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.020 min
0.20
0.4
0.60–1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.020 min
0.20
0.35
0.60–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.02 min
0.17
0.35
0.40 min
0.030
0.025
0.02 min
0.10–0.20
0.10–0.50
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.025
0.12–0.20
0.35
0.40–0.90
0.025
0.020
0.12–0.20
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.80
0.035
0.035
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
Sn
0.020 min
3.18–3.82
0.30
3.25–3.75
0.02 min
0.020 min
0.44–0.65
0.30
0.25–0.35
0.30
0.040
0.25–0.35
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.08–0.15
0.15–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.30
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.25
0.040
0.30
0.02
0.03
See notes for grade on facing page.
41
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe
ASTM A335 Grade P9
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
S
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 X11CrMo9–1+1
S
210
460–640
BS 3604 629–470
S
185
470–620
ASTM A335 Grade P11
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo5–5
S
275
410–560
ASTM A335 Grade P12
S
220
415
EN 10216 pt 2 13 CrMo4–5
S
290
440–590
BS 3604 621
S
275
420–570
BS 3604 621
W
340
515–690
DIN 17175 13 CrMo44
S
290
440–590
ASTM A335 Grade P22
S
205
415
EN 10216 pt 2 10CrMo9–10
S
280
480–630
BS 3604 622
S
275
490–620
BS 3604 622
W
340
515–690
DIN 17175 10 CrMo 910
S
280
450–600
ASTM A335 Grade P91
S
415
585
EN 10216 pt 2 X10CrMoVNb9–1 S
450
630–830
34
34
W
205
515
BS 3605 304–S–31
S+W
230
490–690
DIN 17455/57 1.4301
W
195
500–700
ASTM A358 TP304 L
W
170
485
BS 3605 304–S–11
S+W
215
480–680
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4306
W
180
460–680
ASTM A358 TP304 H
W
205
515
210
ASTM A358 TP316
W
205
515
217
BS 3605 316–S–31 & 33
S+W
240
510–710
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4436
W
205
510–710
ASTM A358 TP316L
W
170
485
BS 3605 316–S–11 & 13
S+W
225
490–690
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4435
W
190
490–690
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
42
ave J
T °C
40
+20
9, 19
40
+20
9, 19
40
+20
9, 19, 20
48
+20
4, 17, 21
40
+20
9, 19
48
+20
4, 21
40
+20
250
ASTM A358 TP304
Notes
22
9, 19, 22
201
27
201
27
27
43
217
27
44
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
Cu
0.08–0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.30
0.15
0.25–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.25
0.30
0.02
0.05–0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.020
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.61
0.025
0.025
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.17
0.35
0.40–0.70
0.025
0.020
0.70–1.15
0.40–0.60
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.60
0.25
0.30
0.02
0.09–0.17
0.50–0.70
0.40–0.65
0.025
0.015
1.00–1.25
0.45–0.60
0.30
0.30
0.02
0.10–0.18
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.035
0.70–1.10
0.45–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.90–2.60
0.87–1.13
0.08–0.14
0.50
0.30–0.70
0.025
0.020
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.10
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.08–0.15
0.50
0.40–0.70
0.030
0.030
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.10
0.25
0.30
0.09–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.015
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.10
0.30
0.30
0.08–0.15
0.50
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.035
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.20
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
0.08
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
8.00–10.50
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
8.00–11.00
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
8.5–10.5
0.030
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
8.00–12.00
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
0.04–0.10
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
0.08
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.00–18.00
2.00–3.00
10.00–14.00
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.50–18.50
2.00–2.50
10.5–13.5
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.020
16.50–18.50
2.50–3.00
11.0–14.0
0.030
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.00–18.00
2.00–3.00
10.00–14.00
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
16.50–18.50
2.00–2.50
11.0–14.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.025
17.00–18.50
2.50–3.00
12.5–15.0
0.30
Ni
Al
Sn
0.04
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.40
0.04
0.40
0.04
9.00–12.0
10.0–12.5
8.00–10.5
See notes for grade on facing page.
43
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
N/mm2
ASTM A358 TP316H
W
205
ASTM A358 TP321
W
205
515
217
BS3605 321–S–31
S+W
235
510–710
28
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4541
W
200
500–730
28
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
HB max
min J
515
217
ave J
Notes
T °C
27, 45
ASTM A358 TP347
W
205
515
BS 3605 347–S–31
S+W
240
510–710
217
46
46
DIN 17455/57 W.-No. 1.4550
W
205
510–710
30
ASTM A671 CC60: A516Gr.60
W
220
415–550
EN 10217 pt 6 P215NL
W
215
360–480
BS 3603 430 LT
S+W
275
430–570
DIN17174 Grade TTST35N
W
225
ASTM A671 CF66: A203Gr.D
W
DIN 17174 Grade 10 Ni14
W
ASTM A671 CC65: A516 Gr.65
BS 3603 430LT
18
–51
40
–40
1, 36
19
27
–50
4
340–460
27
40
–40
4, 37
255
450–585
14
18
–101
38
345
470–640
27
40
–100
4, 37, 39
W
240
450–585
14
18
–51
S+W
275
430–570
19
27
–50
DIN 1626 44.0
W
275
420–550
ASTM A671 CC70: A516 Gr.70
W
260
485–620
EN 10217 pt 6 P265NL
W
265
410–570
BS 3603 430LT
S+W
275
430–570
DIN 1626 52.0
W
355
500–650
ASTM A672 B65: A515 Gr.65
W
240
450–585
EN 10217 pt 5 P235GH
W
235
360–500
BS 3602 430
W
250
430–550
51
DIN 1626 St 44
W
275
420–550
4, 48
ASTM A672 B70: A515 Gr.70
W
260
485–620
En 10217 pt 5 P265GH
W
265
410–570
BS3602 430
W
250
430–550
51
DIN 1626 St 52.0
W
355
500–650
4
ASTM A691 CM–65: A204 Gr.A W
255
450–585
EN 10217 pt 5 16Mo3
W
280
450–600
DIN 17177 15Mo3
W
270
450–600
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
44
14
47
47
4
4, 48
21
19
17
–46
40
–40
47
1, 49
27
–50
4
4
50
28
–10
1, 9, 10, 49
50
28
–10
1, 9, 10, 49
50
28
–10
9, 10, 20, 49
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.04–0.10
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.00–18.00
2.00–3.00
0.08
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
0.08
0.75
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–13.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
0.21
0.15–0.40
0.60–0.90
0.035
0.035
0.15
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.025
0.020
0.20
0.35
0.60–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.02 min
0.17
0.35
0.40 min
0.030
0.025
0.02 min
0.17
0.15–0.40
0.70
0.035
0.035
3.25–3.75
0.15
0.35
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.020
3.25–3.75
0.24
0.15–0.40
0.85–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.20
0.35
0.60–1.20
0.030
0.030
0.040
0.040
0.21
0.30
0.08
Cu
Ni
0.3
0.3
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.27
0.15–0.40
0.85–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.20
0.40
0.60–1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.20
0.35
0.60–1.20
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.22
0.55
1.60
0.040
0.035
0.28
0.15–0.40
0.90
0.035
0.035
0.16
0.35
1.20
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.25
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.40
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.040
0.040
0.035
0.21
0.15–0.40
1.20
0.035
0.40
1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.08
0.30
0.30
0.25
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.40
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.22
0.55
1.60
0.035
0.15–0.40
0.90
0.035
0.035
0.35
0.40–0.90
0.025
0.020
0.12–0.20
0.10–0.35
0.40–0.80
0.035
0.035
0.020 min
0.02 min
0.020 min
0.02 min
0.20
0.12–0.20
Sn
0.02 min
0.31
0.18
Al
10.00–14.00
0.020 min
0.020 min
0.020 min
0.45–0.60
0.30
0.25–0.35
0.30
0.30
0.40
0.25–0.35
45
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Pressure Pipe
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
ASTM A691 1CR: A387 12 Cl.1
W
ASTM A691 1CR: A387 12 Cl.2
W
275
450–585
BS 3604 621
W
340
515–690
ASTM A691 11/4 CR: A387 11 Cl.1 W
240
415–585
ASTM A691 11/4 CR: A387 11 Cl.2 W
310
515–690
ASTM A691 21/4 CR: A387 22 Cl.1 W
205
415–585
ASTM A691 21/4 CR: A387 22 Cl.2 W
310
515–690
ASTM A 691 5CR: A387 5 Cl. 1
W
205
415–585
ASTM A 691 5CR: A387 5 Cl. 2
W
310
515–690
ASTM A691 9CR: A387 9 Cl. 1
W
205
415–585
ASTM A691 9CR: A387 9 Cl. 2
W
310
515–690
ASTM A691 91CR: A387 91 Cl. 2 W
415
585–760
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
230
380–550
For notes refer to page 46. For Line Pipe see page 50.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
46
Nb 0.010, Ti 0.40 (0.030 welded), V 0.02 max
Al and charpy impacts only for TR2
SAW C 0.25, Si 0.50, Mn no minimum
Mechanical properties vary with dimensions
N 0.009 max unless fully killed
Cr + Mo + V + Ni + Cu ) 1.00
V 0.08 max
For each C 0.01 below max. Mn can increase 0.06 to 1.35 max.
Yield for 16 mm max, thicker wall t yield reduced
Cr + Mo + Cu + Ni 0.70 max, charpy 0 deg C L 40J, T 27J
No minimum Si if aluminium killed or vacuum degassed
Charpies for t > 30mm. Transverse values are 27/19J
Different suffixes have different charpy impact and elevated temperature
properties, Cr + Mo + Cu 0.45 max, N 0.020, Nb 0.05, Ti 0.04
Nb + Ti + V 0.05 max, V 0.05 max
Nb + Ti + V 0.12 max, V 0.10 max
Nb 0.015–0.10
Charpies for t * 30mm. Transverse values are 34/24J
For welded C 0.19 and also if rimming steel used no minimum Si
Charpy impacts 20 deg C 27 Joules transverse
For wall t * 30 mm, C + 0.02
C 0.20 for t * 30mm
V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.030–0.070
C 0.040 for OD < 12.7 mm or wall < 1.2 mm
For welded Ni 10.0–14.0
For grade S52 B 0.0015–0.006
5C ) Ti ) 0.70
ave J
Notes
T °C
52
22
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Pressure Pipe
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.05–0.17
0.15–0.40
0.40–0.65
0.035
0.035
0.80–1.15
0.45–0.60
0.05–0.17
0.15–0.40
0.40–0.65
0.035
0.035
0.80–1.15
0.45–0.60
0.09–0.17
0.50–0.70
0.40–0.65
0.025
0.015
1.00–1.25
0.45–0.60
0.05–0.17
0.50–0.80
0.40–0.65
0.035
0.035
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.05–0.17
0.50–0.80
0.40–0.65
0.035
0.035
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.035
0.035
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.10
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.035
0.035
2.00–2.50
0.90–1.10
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.035
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.035
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.15
1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.15
1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
Cu
Ni
Al
0.30
0.30
0.020
0.40
0.04
Sn
See notes for grade on facing page.
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
N 0.010 max
5C ) Ti ) 0.80
4C ) Ti ) 0.60
10C ) Nb ) 1.00
8C ) Nb ) 1.00
10C ) Nb ) 1.20
For each C 0.01 below max. Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35 max
Hardness for A334 only
Wall thickness 40 mm max for seamless
Wall thickness 10 mm max for charpy impacts
Charpy test temperature varies with t. Transverse charpies by agreement
C 0.20, Mn 0.80 for t > 2 in. Charpies must be specified by customer
V 0.05 max
Charpy impacts vary with wall t; transverse charpies different values
Charpy impacts wall t max 16 mm, –40 deg C 27 Joules transverse, other values at higher temperatures
C 0.22 for t ) 30 mm
Welded Mo 2.5–3.0, Ni 11.0–14.0
Welded Mo 2.5–3.0, Ni 11.5–14.5
5(C+N) ) Ti ) 0.70
10C ) Nb ) 1.0
Charpies are optional and vary with t. C and Mn increase with plate t
N 0.009
Charpy impacts other temperatures and values also specified
Carbon is for t ) 25.4 mm. Higher values for higher t
Cr + Mo + Cu + Ni ) 0.70
C 0.17 for t ) 5in, 125 mm on product analysis
47
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Casing & Tubing
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Casing and Tubing
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Yield1 min
Yield1 max
Tensile
Hardness2
Charpy Impact3
N/mm2
N/mm2
N/mm2
HRC
min J
ave J
T°C
276
552
414
11
16
–10
J55
379
552
517
13
20
–10
K55
379
552
655
13
20
N80
552
758
689
9
14
L80 type 1
552
655
655
23
9
14
–10
L80 9Cr
552
655
655
23
9
14
–10
L80 13Cr
552
655
655
23
9
14
–10
C90 type 1
621
724
689
25.4
9
14
–10
C90 type 2
621
724
689
25.4
9
14
–10
C95
655
758
724
9
14
–10
T95 type 1
655
758
724
25.4
9
14
–10
T95 type 2
655
758
724
25.4
9
14
–10
P110
758
965
862
14
20
–10
Q125 type 1
862
1034
931
14
20
0
Q125 type 2
862
1034
931
14
20
0
Q125 type 3
862
1034
931
14
20
0
Q125 type 4
862
1034
931
14
20
0
H40
1
2
3
48
–10
0.50% proof except P110 0.60%, Q125 0.65%
BHN test acceptable
Tests are by agreement to SR16. Values here are minimum transverse for pipe. Values required vary with wall thickness and orientation. Test
temperature can be 0°C or +21°C as required by purchaser. There are different requirements for couplars.
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Casing & Tubing
Chemical Analysis (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
Notes
C
Mn
Mo
Cr
Ni
0.43
1.90
0.15
0.30–0.60
0.15–0.22
0.25–1.00
0.35
1.00
0.25–0.75
0.50
1.90
0.45
1.90
0.35
1.20
0.50
1.90
0.35
1.00
0.75
1.20
0.99
0.35
1.00
NL
NL
0.50
1.90
NL
NL
0.50
1.90
NL
NL
1
2
3
Cu
P
S
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030
Si
0.25
0.35
0.030
0.030
0.45
0.50
0.25
0.020
0.010
1.00
12.00–14.00
0.50
0.25
0.020
0.010
1.00
1.20
0.99
0.020
0.010
NL
NL
0.99
0.030
0.010
0.030
0.030
0.25–0.85
0.40–1.50
0.99
0.020
0.010
0.99
0.030
0.010
0.030
0.030
0.020
0.010
0.99
0.020
0.020
0.99
0.030
0.010
0.99
0.030
0.020
0.90–1.10
8.00–10.00
1
2
0.45
1
2
3
C 0.50 if oil quenched L80, 0.55, C95
If wall <17.78mm, Mo for C 90 has no minimum,T95 type 1 minimum is 0.15
For EW P 0.020, S 0.010
49
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Line Pipe
American, British and German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Line Pipe
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise)
Yield
Tensile
Charpy Impact
min J
N/mm2
N/mm2
API 5L
Grade B PSL1
241
414
API 5L
Grade B PSL 2
241–448
414–758
DIN 17172
E240.7
240
370–490
6
EN 10208–1
L235 GA
225
370–510
7
EN 10208–1
L245 GA
245
415–555
EN 10208–2
L245 NB
245–440
415
30
40
0
8, 9, 10
L245 MB
245–440
415
30
40
0
8, 9 ,10
BS 3601
430
275
430–570
API 5L
X42 PSL 1
290
414
API 5L
X42 PSL 2
290–496
414–758
DIN 17172
E290.7 TM
290
420–540
EN 10208–1
L290 GA
290
415–555
EN 10208–2
L290 NB
290–440
415
30
40
0
8, 9, 10
L290 MB
290–440
415
30
40
0
8, 9, 10
API 5L
X46 PSL 1
317
434
API 5L
X46 PSL 2
317–524
434–758
DIN 17172
E320.7 TM
320
460–580
API 5L
X52 PSL 1
359
455
API 5L
X52 PSL 2
359–531
455–758
DIN 17172
E360.7 TM
360
510–630
EN 10208–1
L360 GA
360
460–620
EN 10208–2
L360 NB
360–510
460
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
L360 QB
360–510
460
30
40
0
8, 9, 10
L360 MB
360–510
460
30
40
0
8, 9, 10
500 NB
355
500–650
BS 3602
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
T °C
1, 2
27T or 41L 0
2, 3, 4, 5,12
7
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
7
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
7
Carbon 0.26 for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded 1.65 X70 welded
Nb + V + Ti 0.15 max
Longitudinal tests 496 max. yield
0.22C for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded, 1.65 X70 welded, 1.85 X80 welded
CE when C greater than 0.12. If less then PCM 0.25 max
DIN 17172 has allowances for chemical analysis and physical properties.
Nb + V + Ti 0.15 for L290 and L360. 0.015 ) Altotal < 0.060 all grades
CU 0.25, 0.015 ) Al ) 0.060, AL:N * 2:1, N 0.012
For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.50, (1.65 for X56 X60 X65, 2.00 X70 X80).
Charpies are transverse. These are minimum valves, higher valves required for some sizes and safety factors.
For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.90.
Nb + V 0.06 max
For Pressure Pipe see page 36.
50
ave J
Notes
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Line Pipe
American, British and German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
0.28
0.24
Mn
P
S
1.20
0.030
0.030
Cr
Mo
V
Ni
Nb
Ti
0.04
0.04
1.20
0.025
0.015
0.17
0.45
0.40–1.90
0.040
0.035
0.16
0.40
1.20
0.030
0.030
0.20
0.40
1.15
0.030
0.030
0.16
0.40
1.1
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.16
0.45
1.5
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.21
0.35
0.40–1.20
0.040
0.040
0.28
1.30
0.030
0.030
0.04
0.24
1.30
0.025
0.015
0.04
0.035
0.025
0.30
0.04
0.30
CE Prod
0.43
0.42
0.04
0.40
0.43
0.04–0.12
0.40
0.50–1.50
0.20
0.40
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.17
0.40
1.2
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.05
0.30
0.05
0.16
0.45
1.5
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.04
0.30
0.04
0.28
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.04
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.04
0.70–1.50
0.035
0.025
0.28
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.04
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.04
0.43
0.04–0.12
0.40
0.04
0.42
0.40
0.43
0.04–0.12
0.45
0.90–1.50
0.035
0.025
0.22
0.55
1.45
0.030
0.030
0.20
0.45
1.60
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.10
0.30
0.05
0.04
0.45
0.16
0.45
1.40
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.05
0.30
0.05
0.04
0.42
0.16
0.45
1.60
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.10
0.05
0.30
0.05
0.04
0.41
0.22
0.15–0.35
1.00–1.50
0.035
0.030
0.015–0.10
51
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Line Pipe
American, British and German Specifications
Line Pipe
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise)
Yield
Tensile
Charpy Impact
min J
N/mm2
N/mm2
API 5L
X56 PSL 1
386
490
API 5L
X56 PSL 2
386–544
490–758
DIN 17172
E385.7 TN
385
530–680
API 5L
X60 PSL 1
414
517
API 5L
X60 PSL 2
414–565
517–758
DIN 17172
E415.7 TM
415
550–700
EN 10208–2
L415 NB
415–565
520
ave J
Notes
T °C
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
L415 QB
415–565
520
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
L415 MB
415–565
520
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
API 5L
X65 PSL 1
448
531
API 5L
X65 PSL 2
448–600
531–758
DIN 17172
E445.7 TM
445
560–710
EN 10208–2
L450 QB
450–570
535
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
L450 MB
450–570
535
30
40
0
7, 8, 9, 10
API 5L
X70 PSL 1
483
565
API 5L
X70 PSL 2
483–621
565–758
DIN 17172
E 480.7 TM
480
600–750
EN 10208–2
L485 QB
485–605
570
L485 Mn
485–605
570
API 5L
X80 PSL 2
552–690
621–827
68T 101L
0
EN 10208–2
L555 QB
555–675
625
36
48
0
7, 8, 9, 10
L555 MN
555–675
625
36
48
0
7, 8, 9, 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2, 4, 5, 9
6, 11
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 5, 9
30
46
7, 8, 9, 10
30
46
7, 8, 9, 10
6 ,11
Carbon 0.26 for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded 1.65 X70 welded
Nb + V + Ti 0.15 max
Longitudinal tests 496 max. yield
0.22C for welded, Mn 1.45 X65 welded, 1.65 X70 welded, 1.85 X80 welded
CE when C greater than 0.12. If less then PCM 0.25 max
DIN 17172 has allowances for chemical analysis and physical properties.
Nb + V + Ti 0.15 for L290 and L360. 0.015 ) Altotal < 0.060 all grades
CU 0.25, 0.015 ) Al ) 0.060, AL:N * 2:1, N 0.012
For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.50, (1.65 for X56 X60 X65, 2.00 X70 X80).
Charpies are transverse. These are minimum valves, higher valves required for some sizes and safety factors.
For each reduction of C by 0.01 Mn can increase 0.05 to a maximum of 1.90.
Nb + V 0.06 max
For Pressure Pipe see page 36.
52
1, 2, 9
27T or 41L
2, 4, 9
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Line Pipe
American, British and German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
0.28
0.24
Mn
P
S
1.40
0.030
0.030
Cr
Mo
V
Ni
Nb
Ti
0.04
0.04
1.40
0.025
0.015
1.00–1.65
0.035
0.025
0.28
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.04
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.04
0.04–0.14
0.45
CE Prod
0.43
0.43
0.04–0.14
0.45
1.00–1.65
0.035
0.025
0.21
0.45
1.6
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.15
0.30
0.05
0.04
0.16
0.45
1.6
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.08
0.30
0.05
0.04
0.43
0.16
0.45
1.6
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.08
0.30
0.05
0.06
0.42
0.28
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.06
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.06
0.43
0.04–0.16
0.55
1.00–1.60
0.035
0.025
0.16
0.45
1.6
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.09
0.30
0.05
0.06
0.45
0.16
0.45
1.6
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.10
0.30
0.05
0.06
0.43
0.28
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.06
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.06
0.43
0.04–0.16
0.55
1.10–1.70
0.035
0.025
0.16
0.45
1.7
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.10
0.30
0.05
0.06
0.45
0.16
0.45
1.7
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.10
0.30
0.06
0.06
0.43
0.24
1.40
0.025
0.015
0.16
0.45
1.8
0.025
0.020
0.50
0.35
0.10
0.60
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.16
0.45
1.8
0.025
0.020
0.30
0.35
0.10
0.30
0.06
0.06
53
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise)
Yield
Tensile
Notes
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
min J
ave J
EN 10 025–2
S235JR
235
360–510
19
27
20
EN 10 025–2
S235JO
235
360–510
19
27
0
EN 10 025–2
S235J2
235
360–510
19
27
–20
ASTM A 36
T °C
1, 2, 3
2, 3
3
250
400–550
ASTM A 252
Grade 2
240
415
API 5L
B PSL1
241
414
EN 10 025–2
S275JR
275
430–580
19
27
20
EN 10 025–2
S275JO
275
430–580
19
27
0
EN 10 025–2
S275J2
275
430–580
19
27
–20
3
EN 10 113–2
S275N
275
370–510
28
40
–20
4, 5
EN 10 025–3
S275N
275
370–510
28
40
–20
6
EN 10 113–2
S275NL
275
370–510
19
27
–50
4, 5
EN 10 025–3
S275N
275
370–510
19
27
–50
6
EN 10 113–3
S275M
275
360–510
28
40
–20
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S275M
275
370–530
28
40
–20
4, 6
EN 10 113–3
S275ML
275
360–510
19
27
–50
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S275ML
275
370–530
19
27
–50
4, 6
ASTM A 633
Grade A
290
430–570
ASTM A 572
Grade 42
290
415
ASTM A 252
Grade 3
310
455
API 2H
Grade 42
289
427–565
27
34
–40
10
API 2W
Grade 42
290–462
427
27
34
–40
11
API 5L
X42 PSL1
290
414
BS 7191
275D
275
430–580
28
40
–20
BS 7191
275E
275
430–580
28
40
–40
EN 10 025–2
E295
295
490–660
2
EN 10 025–2
E335
335
590–770
2
1, 2, 3
2, 3
9
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
54
Charpies only if specified in order
If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450
Cu 0.55
Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55
Cr + Mo + Cu ) 0.60
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30
Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max.
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type
10
11
12
13
14
15
Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in
CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.
PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;
Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N ) 0.005
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.55
tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding
elements are present
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Mn
P
S
N
CE
0.17
Si
1.40
0.035
0.035
0.012
0.35
0.17
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.012
0.17
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.80–1.20
0.04
0.05
0.25
0.40
V
Nb
Ti
Al
0.35
0.35
0.050
0.28
1.20
0.030
0.030
0.21
1.50
0.035
0.035
0.012
0.18
1.50
0.030
0.030
0.012
0.18
1.50
0.025
0.025
0.40
0.40
0.40
0.18
0.40
0.50–1.40
0.035
0.030
0.05
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.40
0.18
0.40
0.50–1.50
0.030
0.025
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.40
0.16
0.40
0.50–1.40
0.030
0.025
0.05
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.40
0.16
0.40
0.50–1.50
0.025
0.020
0.05
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.40
0.13
0.50
1.50
0.035
0.030
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.34
0.13
0.50
1.50
0.030
0.025
0.08
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.34
0.13
0.50
1.50
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.34
0.13
0.50
1.50
0.025
0.020
0.08
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.34
0.18
0.15–0.50
1.00–1.35
0.035
0.04
0.21
0.40
0.80–1.35
0.04
0.05
0.05
0.050
0.18
0.05–0.40
0.90–1.60
0.030
0.010
0.04
0.02
0.02–0.06
0.012
0.43
0.16
0.05–0.40
0.90–1.35
0.03
0.010
0.03
0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06
0.012
0.39
1.20
0.030
0.030
0.16
0.41
0.50
1.25
0.040
0.040
0.16
0.10–0.50
1.50
0.040
0.030
0.045
0.045
0.012
0.045
0.045
0.012
0.28
0.003–0.010
0.003–0.010
0.39
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005
PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41
Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Mn 1.60 if C ) 0.18
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30
If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;
Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.11
C 0.15 if t < 15 mm
V + Nb + Ti ) 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.30
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.45
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
55
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Structural Materials
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise)
Yield
Tensile
Notes
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
min J
ave J
EN 10 025–2
S355JR
355
510–680
19
27
T °C
20
EN 10 025–2
S355JO
355
510–680
19
27
0
EN 10 025–2
S355J2
355
510–680
19
27
–20
3
EN 10 025–2
S355K2
355
510–680
28
40
–20
3
EN 10 113–2
S355N
355
470–630
28
40
–20
4, 12
EN 10 025–3
S355N
355
470–630
28
40
–20
13
EN 10 113–2
S355NL
355
460–630
19
27
–50
4, 12
EN 10 025–3
S355NL
355
470–630
19
27
–50
13
EN 10 113–3
S355M
355
450–610
28
40
–20
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S355M
355
470–630
28
40
–20
4, 13
EN 10 113–3
S355ML
355
450–610
19
27
–50
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S355ML
355
470–630
19
27
–50
4, 13
EN 10 225
S355G2+N
355
470–630
35
50
–20
12, 14
EN 10 225
S355G3+N
355
470–630
35
50
–40
12, 14
EN 10 225
S355G5+M
355
470–610
35
50
–20
8, 14
EN 10 225
S355G6+M
355
470–610
35
50
–40
8, 14
EN 10 225
S355G7+N & M
355
470–630
35
50
–40
14, 15, 16
EN 10 225
S355G8+N & M
355
470–630
35
50
–40
14, 15, 16
EN 10 225
S355G9+N & M
355
470–630
35
50
–40
14, 15, 16, 17
EN 10 225
S355G10+N & M
355
470–630
35
50
–40
14, 15, 16, 17
ASTM A 633
Grade C
345
485–620
ASTM A 633
Grade D
345
485–620
20
ASTM A 572
Grade 50
345
450
9
API 2H
Grade 50
345
483–620
34
41
–40
API 2W
Grade 50
345–517
448
34
41
–40
11
API 2W
Grade 50T
345–552
483
34
41
–40
11
API 5L
X52 PSL1
359
455
BS 7191
355E
355
490–640
28
40
–40
BS 7191
355EM
355
490–620
28
40
–40
1, 2, 3
2, 3
19
10
21
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
56
Charpies only if specified in order
If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450
Cu 0.55
Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55
Cr + Mo + Cu ) 0.60
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30
Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max.
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type
10
11
12
13
14
15
Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in
CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.
PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;
Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N ) 0.005
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.55
tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding
elements are present
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
N
CE
0.24
0.55
1.60
0.035
0.035
0.012
0.45
0.20
0.55
1.60
0.030
0.030
0.012
0.20
0.55
1.60
0.025
0.025
0.20
0.55
1.60
0.025
0.025
0.20
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.035
0.030
0.12
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.43
0.20
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.43
0.18
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.43
0.18
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.025
0.020
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.43
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.035
0.030
0.10
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.39
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.030
0.025
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.39
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.030
0.025
0.10
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.015
0.39
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.025
0.020
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.015
0.39
0.20
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.035
0.030
0.12
0.060
0.030
0.020min
0.015
0.43
0.18
0.50
0.90–1.65
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.060
0.050
0.020min
0.015
0.43
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.035
0.030
0.10
0.050
0.050
0.020min
0.015
0.43
0.14
0.50
1.60
0.030
0.025
0.10
0.050
0.050
0.020min
0.015
0.43
0.14
0.15–0.55
1.00–1.65
0.020
0.010
0.060
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.14
0.15–0.55
1.00–1.65
0.020
0.007
0.060
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.12
0.15–0.55
1.65
0.020
0.010
0.060
0.030
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.12
0.15–0.55
1.65
0.015
0.005
0.060
0.030
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.20
0.15–0.50
1.15–1.50
0.035
0.04
0.20
0.15–0.50
0.70–1.35
0.035
0.04
0.23
0.40
0.80–1.35
0.04
0.05
0.10
0.05–0.40
1.15–1.60
0.030
0.010
0.01–0.04
0.02
0.02–0.06
0.012
0.43
0.16
0.05–0.50
1.15–1.60
0.03
0.010
0.03
0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06
0.012
0.39
0.16
0.05–0.50
1.15–1.60
0.03
0.010
0.03
0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06
0.012
0.39
1.40
0.030
0.030
0.010
0.43
0.28
V
Nb
Ti
Al
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.01–0.05
0.18
0.43
0.10–0.50
1.50
0.040
0.030
0.003–0.010
0.003–0.010
0.15
0.25–0.55
1.00–1.65
0.025
0.015
0.015
0.040
0.02
0.055
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005
PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41
Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Mn 1.60 if C ) 0.18
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30
If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;
Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.11
C 0.15 if t < 15 mm
V + Nb + Ti ) 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.30
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.45
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
57
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Structural Materials
Mechanical Properties (minimum unless stated otherweise)
Yield
Tensile
Charpy Impact
min J
ave J
Notes
N/mm2
N/mm2
EN 10 025–2
E360
360
690–900
T °C
EN 10 113–2
S420N
420
520–680
28
40
–20
EN 10 025–3
S420N
420
520–680
28
40
–20
24
EN 10 113–2
S420NL
420
520–680
19
27
–50
4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3
S420NL
420
520–680
19
27
–50
24
EN 10 113–3
S420M
420
500–660
28
40
–20
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S420M
420
520–680
28
40
–20
4, 25
EN 10 113–3
S420ML
420
500–660
19
27
–50
4, 7, 8
EN 10 025–4
S420ML
420
520–680
19
27
–50
4, 25
EN 10 225
S420G1+M & Q
420
500–660
42
60
–40
14, 16, 26, 27
EN 10 225
S420G2+M & Q
420
500–660
42
60
–40
14, 16, 26, 27
ASTM A 633
Grade E
415
550–690
ASTM A 572
Grade 60
415
520
API 2W
Grade 60
414–621
517
41
48
–40
EN 10 025–2
450JO
450
550–720
27
0
EN 10 113–2
S460N
460
550–720
28
40
–20
EN 10 025–3
S460N
460
540–720
28
40
–20
24, 28
EN 10 113–2
S460NL
460
550–720
19
27
–50
4, 22, 23
EN 10 025–3
S460NL
460
540–720
19
27
–50
24, 28
EN 10 113–3
S460M
460
530–720
28
40
–20
4, 7, 29
EN 10 025–4
S460M
460
540–720
28
40
–20
4, 25
EN 10 113–3
S460ML
460
530–720
19
27
–50
4, 7, 29
EN 10 025–4
S460ML
460
540–720
19
27
–50
4, 25
EN 10 225
S460G1+M & Q
460
540–700
42
60
–40
14, 16, 26, 27
EN 10 225
S460G2+M & Q
460
540–700
42
60
–40
14, 16, 26, 27
ASTM A 572
Grade 65
450
550
BS 7191
450EM
450
550–700
42
60
–40
30
2
4, 22, 23
9
11
2, 3
4, 22, 23
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
58
Charpies only if specified in order
If Al > 0.020 no limit on N. Cu 0.55 for grades 235, 275, 355, 450
Cu 0.55
Minimum Al does not apply if sufficient N binding elements are present
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.30; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Ni 0.30; Mo 0.10; Cu 0.55
Cr + Mo + Cu ) 0.60
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.30
Mn increase by 0.06 to 1.50 max for each 0.01 C below max.
Restrictions on Nb, V. Ti & N depending on type
10
11
12
13
14
15
Ce 0.0100, V, Zr with customer agreement, for t.2 1/2 in
CE 0.45 and for Gr 50 yield 324 min.
PCM 0.22, 0.23 for Gr 60; Ni 0.75, 1.0 for Gr 60; Cr 0.25;
Mo 0.08; Cu 0.35; Ti 0.003–0.02 if N ) 0.005
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.55
tot AI/N ratio 2:1, not applicable when other N binding
elements are present
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.50; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06;
Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Structural Materials
American, British, European Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
0.045
0.045
V
Nb
Ti
Al
N
CE
0.012
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.035
0.030
0.20
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.025
0.48
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.030
0.025
0.20
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.48
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.030
0.025
0.20
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.025
0.48
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.030
0.025
0.20
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.48
0.16
0.50
1.70
0.035
0.030
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.020
0.45
0.16
0.50
1.70
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.43
0.16
0.50
1.70
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.020
0.45
0.16
0.50
1.70
0.025
0.020
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.43
0.14
0.15–0.55
1.65
0.020
0.010
0.080
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.42
0.14
0.15–0.55
1.65
0.020
0.007
0.080
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.42
0.22
0.15–0.50
1.15–1.50
0.035
0.04
0.04–0.11
0.018min
0.030
0.26
0.40
0.80–1.35
0.04
0.05
0.16
0.05–0.50
1.15–1.60
0.03
0.010
0.20
0.55
1.70
0.030
0.030
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.035
0.030
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.030
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.030
0.20
0.60
1.00–1.70
0.16
0.60
1.70
0.16
0.60
0.16
0.03
0.007–0.02 0.02–0.06
0.012
0.20
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.025
0.025
0.20
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.025
0.20
0.05
0.03
0.02min
0.025
0.025
0.020
0.20
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.53
0.035
0.030
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.46
1.70
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.45
0.60
1.70
0.030
0.025
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.46
0.16
0.60
1.70
0.025
0.020
0.12
0.05
0.05
0.02min
0.025
0.45
0.14
0.45–0.55
1.65
0.020
0.010
0.080
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.14
0.45–0.55
1.65
0.020
0.007
0.080
0.040
0.025
0.015–0.055
0.010
0.43
0.23
0.40
0.80–1.65
0.04
0.05
0.16
0.25–0.60
1.00–1.65
0.025
0.015
0.08
0.03
0.02
0.055
0.010
0.43
0.025
0.47
0.53
General Note: variations in properties are specified based on product form and thickness: Properties here are generally for plates ) 16 mm,
generally yield decreases with increased thickness. Several specifications have many variations of detail designated with different suffixes.
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
As 0.03; Sb 0.010; Sn 0.020; Pb 0.010; Bi 0.010; Ca 0.005; B 0.0005
PCM 0.22 N 0.21 M, M condition CE 0.41
Cr 0.20; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Nb + V 0.06; Nb + V + Ti 0.08
Mn 1.60 if C ) 0.18
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.25; Cu 0.35
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.08; Ni 0.45; Cu 0.30
If Cu > 0.35 then Ni at least half of Cu
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.10; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.70
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.010; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.20; Ni 0.80; Cu 0.55
Cr 0.25; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.70; Cu 0.30; Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 0.09;
Nb + V 0.09; Nb + V + Ti 0.11
C 0.15 if t < 15 mm
V + Nb + Ti ) 0.22 Mo + Cr < + 0.30
Mo 0.20; Ni 0.45
Cr 0.30; Mo 0.25; Ni 0.65; Cu 0.30
59
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld Fittings
American, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld Fittings Note: For DIN materials, see the appropriate pressure pipe specification page 36.
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
Tensile
Hardness
Impact
min J
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
ASTM A234 WPB
S+W
240
415–585
197
BS1965: BS3602 430
S
275
430–570
BS 1965: B51501–161–430
W
250
430–550
BS 1640: ASTM A 106B
S
240
415
BS 1640: BS1501–161–430
W
250
430–550
S+W
205
380–555
BS 1640: ASTM A335P1
S
205
380
ASTM A234WP5 Cl 1
S+W
205
415–585
BS1640: ASTM A335P5
S
205
415
ASTM A234WP9 Cl 1
S+W
205
415–585
217
ASTM A234 WP91
S+W
415
585–760
248
ASTM A234WP11CL1
S+W
205
415–585
197
ASTM A234WP11CL2
S+W
275
485–655
197
BS1640: ASTM A335P11
S
205
415
BS1640: BS1501–620
W
340
480–600
ASTM A234WP12CL1
S+W
220
415–585
197
ASTM A234WP12CL2
S+W
275
485–655
197
ASTM A234P22CL1
S+W
205
415–585
197
ASTM A234P22CL3
S+W
310
520–690
197
BS1640: ASTM A335P22
S
205
415
S+W
205
515
BS1640: ASTM A312TP304
S
205
515
BS1640: BS1501304S15
W
247
510
ASTM A403WP304H
S+W
205
515
ASTM A403WP304L
S+W
170
485
BS1640: ASTM A312TP304L
S
170
485
BS1640: BS1501304S12
W
232
492
1
2
3
4
5
6
60
For each C 0.01 below max,Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35
V 0.08, Cu+Ni+Cr+Mo 1.00, Cr+Mo 0.32
V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.03–0.07
C 0.040 OD < 12.7mm or t < 1.2mm
For pierced tubes Ni 11.0–16.0
0.70 ) Ti ) 5 (C + N2)
T °C
1, 2
1
ASTM A234 WPI
ASTM A403WP304
ave J
Notes
197
217
3
137–201
4
7
8
9
10
11
12
0.70 ) Ti ) 4 (C + N2)
1.10 ) Nb ) 10C
1.00 ) Nb ) 8C
Mn 0.90 for plate or forging
Nb 0.02, V 0.08
V 0.10, Ti 0.05, Nb 0.04, CE 0.42 long, V+Nb 0.12, Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 1.0
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld Fittings
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
Cu
Ni
0.30
0.10min
0.29–1.06
0.050
0.058
0.40
0.15
0.40
0.40
0.21
0.10–0.35
0.40–1.20
0.035
0.035
0.25
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.40
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.30
0.10min
0.29–1.06
0.035
0.035
0.40
0.15
0.40
0.40
0.25
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.40
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.28
0.10–0.50
0.30–0.90
0.045
0.045
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20
0.10–0.50
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.025
0.44–0.65
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.040
0.030
4.0–6.0
0.44–0.65
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.15
1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.0–10.
0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.00–9.50
0.85–1.05
0.05–0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.05–0.20
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.80
0.040
0.040
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.09–0.18
0.15–0.40
0.40–0.65
0.025
0.015
0.80–1.15
0.45–0.60
0.05–0.20
0.60
0.30–0.80
0.045
0.045
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.05–0.20
0.60
0.30–0.80
0.045
0.045
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.040
0.040
1.90–2.60
0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.040
0.040
1.90–2.60
0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.025
0.025
1.90–2.60
0.87–1.13
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–11.0
0.06
0.20–1.00
0.50–2.00
0.045
0.030
17.5–19.0
8.0–11.0
0.04–0.10
1,00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–11.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–12.0
0.035
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.00–13.0
0.03
0.20–1.00
0.50–2.00
0.045
0.030
17.5–19.0
9.0–12.0
Al
0.06
0.30
0.40
0.04
0.30
0.020
61
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld Fittings
American, British, German Specifications
Buttweld Fittings Note: For DIN materials, see the appropriate pressure pipe specification page 36.
Seamless/
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Welded
Yield
ASTM A403WP316
S+W
BS 1640: ASTM A312TP316
S
205
515
BS 1640: BS1501316S16
W
263
525
ASTM A403WP316H
S+W
205
515
ASTM A403 WP 316L
S+W
Tensile
Hardness
Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
205
515
ave J
Notes
T °C
170
485
4, 5
BS 1640 : ASTM A 312 TP 316L S
170
485
4
ASTM A 403 WP 321
S+W
205
515
6
BS 1640: ASTM A 312 TP 321
S
205
515
BS 1640: BS 1501–321–S49
W
193
494
ASTM A 403 WP 321H
S+W
205
515
6
134–192
6
7
ASTM A403 WP347
S+W
205
515
8
BS 1640: ASTM A312TP347
S
205
515
8
BS 1640: BS 1501–347–S49
W
216
510
ASTM A403WP347H
S+W
205
515
ASTM A420WPL3
S+W
240
450–620
13.6
17.6
–100
BS 1640: ASTM A333Gr3
S
240
450
14
18
–100
BS 1640: BS1501–503
W
275
450
by agreement
ASTM A420 WPL6
S+W
240
415–585
13.6
17.6
–45
11
BS 1640: ASTM A333Gr6
S
240
415
14
18
–45
1
BS 1640: BS1501–161–430
W
250
430–550
by agreement
ASTM A860 WPHY42
S+W
290
415–585
235
34
40
–46
12
ASTM A860 WPHY46
S+W
315
435–605
235
34
40
–46
12
ASTM A860 WPHY52
S+W
360
455–625
235
34
40
–46
12
ASTM A860 WPHY60
S+W
415
515–690
235
34
40
–46
12
ASTM A860 WPHY65
S+W
450
530–705
235
34
40
–46
12
ASTM A860 WPHY70
S+W
485
550–725
235
34
40
–46
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
62
For each C 0.01 below max,Mn can increase 0.05 to 1.35
V 0.08, Nb 0.02, Cu+Ni+Cr+Mo 1.00, Cr+Mo 0.32
V 0.18–0.25, Nb 0.06–0.10, N 0.03–0.07
C 0.040 OD < 12.7mm or t < 1.2mm
For pierced tubes Ni 11.0–16.0
0.70 ) Ti ) 5 (C + N2)
137–201
8
9
7
8
9
10
11
12
10
0.70 ) Ti ) 4 (C + N2)
1.10 ) Nb ) 10C
1.00 ) Nb ) 8C
Mn 0.90 for plate or forging
Nb 0.02, V 0.08
V 0.10, Ti 0.05, Nb 0.04, CE 0.42 long, V+Nb 0.12, Cr + Mo + Ni + Cu 1.0
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Buttweld Fittings
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
Cu
10.0–14.0
Ni
Al
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
11.0–14.0
0.07
0.20–1.00
0.50–2.00
0.045
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.25–3.00
10.0–13.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.030
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.035
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.04–0.09
0.20–1.00
0.50–2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–13.0
0.04–0.09
0.20–1.00
0.50–2.00
0.040
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.00–12.0
0.20
0.13–0.37
0.31–0.64
0.05
0.050
3.20–3.80
0.19
0.18–0.37
0.31–0.64
0.025
0.025
3.18–3.82
0.15
0.15–0.35
0.80
0.025
0.015
0.30
0.10
0.30
3.25–3.75
0.30
0.15–0.40
0.50–1.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.40
0.40
0.30
0.10min
0.29–1.06
0.025
0.025
0.25
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.40
0.030
0.030
0.25
0.10
0.30
0.30
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.20
0.15–0.40
1.00–1.45
0.030
0.010
0.30
0.25
0.35
0.50
0.06
0.015–0.055
63
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
Physical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise)
Yield
Tensile
Charpy Impact
min J
ave J
29
41
+20
3, 15
31
44
+20
4, 16
35
50
+20
19
27
+20
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
ASTM A105
250
485
187
BS3799 WPB: BS1503–164–490
305
490–610
DIN 17243 C22.8
250
410–540
30HB spread
275
485
143–192
BS3799 WP1:ASTM A182 F1
275
485
143–192
DIN17243 15Mo3
295
440–570
30HBspread
143–217
275
485
BS3799 WP5: BS1503–625–520
365
520–670
T °C
1, 2
ASTM A182 F1
ASTM A182 F5
Notes
Hardness
5, 16
DIN 12CrMo19.5
ASTM A182 F9
380
585
179–217
ASTM A 182 F91
415
585
248
ASTM A182 F11 Cl1
205
415
121–174
ASTM A182 F11 Cl2
275
485
143–207
ASTM A182 F11 Cl3
310
515
156–207
BS3799 WP11: BS1503–621–460
275
460–610
ASTM A182 F12 Cl1
220
415
ASTM A182 F12 Cl2
275
485
143–207
DIN 17243 13CrMo44
295
440–590
30HB spread
ASTM A182 F22 Cl1
205
415
170
ASTM A182 F22 Cl3
310
515
156–207
BS3799 WP22: BS1503–622–490
275
490
DIN 17243 10CrMo 910
300
480–630
22
29
41
+20
31
44
+20
29
41
+20
42
60
+20
5, 16
121–174
30HB spread
5, 16
ASTM A182 F304
205
515
21
BS3799 WP304: BS1503 304S31
230
490–690
6
DIN 17440X5CrNi1810
195
500–700
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
64
Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo ) 1.0, Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max.
Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max
Al total 0.015–0.050
Al total 0.020 max
Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max
5C ) Ti ) 0.70, 4C for 321H
5C ) Ti ) 0.80
10C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.00
10C ) Nb+ Ta ) 1.00
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
85
+20
8C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.20
Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Al total * 0.018
Impact tests optional
V 0.05 max
Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.
Al 0.020 min
Ni 0.15 min if t ) 30 mm
N 0.10 max
Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Mo
V
Ni
Cu
Nb
0.35
0.10–0.35
0.60–1.05
0.035
0.040
Cr
0.30
0.12
0.08
0.40
0.40
0.02
0.25
0.10–0.40
0.80–1.35
0.030
0.025
0.25
0.10
0.40
0.30
0.18–0.23
0.40
0.40–0.90
0.035
0.030
0.30
0.28
0.15–0.35
0.60–0.90
0.045
0.045
0.44–0.65
0.28
0.15–0.35
0.60–0.90
0.045
0.045
0.44–0.65
0.12–0.22
0.40
0.40–0.80
0.035
0.030
0.25–0.35
0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
4.0–6.0
0.44–0.65
0.50
0.15
0.15–0.40
0.30–0.80
0.030
0.025
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.40
0.08–0.15
0.30–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.45–0.65
0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
8.0–10.0
0.90–1.10
0.08–0.12
0.20–0.50
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.010
8.0–9.5
0.85–1.05
0.05–0.15
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.60
0.030
0.030
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.80
0.040
0.040
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20
0.50–1.00
0.30–0.80
0.040
0.040
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.18
0.15–0.40
0.40–0.70
0.030
0.025
1.10–1.40
0.45–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.045
0.045
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.20
0.10–0.60
0.30–0.80
0.040
0.040
0.80–1.25
0.44–0.65
0.10–0.18
0.40
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.030
0.80–1.15
0.40–0.80
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.040
0.040
2.00–2.50
0.87–1.13
0.05–0.15
0.50
0.30–0.60
0.040
0.040
2.00–2.50
0.87–1.13
0.15
0.15–0.40
0.40–0.70
0.030
0.025
2.00–2.50
0.08–0.15
0.40
0.40–0.70
0.035
0.030
2.00–2.50
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.70
8.00–11.00
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
0.30
0.18–0.25 0.40
0.06–0.10
0.40
0.30
0.90–1.20
0.40
0.30
0.90–1.10
0.50
8.00–11.00
0.50
0.20
8.5–10.5
65
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Forged Materials
Physical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise)
Yield
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
HB max
min J
N/mm2
N/mm2
ASTM A182 F304 H
205
515
BS 1503 304 S51
230
490–690
ave J
Notes
T °C
6
ASTM A182 F304L
170
485
21
BS3799 WP304L: BS1503 304S11
215
480–680
6
DIN 17440 X2 CrNi1911
215
460–680
60
85
+20
ASTM A182 F316
205
515
21
BS 3799 WP316: BS1503 316S31
240
510–710
6
DIN17440 X5CrNiMo17122
205
510–710
ASTM A182 F316 H
205
515
BS1503 316 S51
240
510–710
6
ASTM A182 F316 L
170
485
21
BS 3799 WP 316L: BS1503 316 S11
225
490–690
DIN 17440 X2CrNiMo17132
190
490–690
60
85
+20
6
60
85
+20
ASTM A182 F321
205
515
7
BS3799 WP321: BS1503 321 S31
235
510–710
6, 8
DIN 17440 X6CrNiTi1810
200
500–730
60
85
+20
8
ASTM A182 F321 H
205
515
7
BS 1503 321 851–510
235
510–710
6, 8
ASTM A182 F347
205
515
9
BS1503 347 S31
240
510–710
10
DIN 17440 X6CrNiNb 1810
205
510–740
ASTM A182 F347H
205
515
12
BS1503 347 S51
240
510–710
13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
66
Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo ) 1.0, Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max.
Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max
Al total 0.015–0.050
Al total 0.020 max
Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max
5C ) Ti ) 0.70, 4C for 321H
5C ) Ti ) 0.80
10C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.00
10C ) Nb+ Ta ) 1.00
60
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
85
+20
8C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.20
Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Al total * 0.018
Impact tests optional
V 0.05 max
Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.
Al 0.020 min
Ni 0.15 min if t ) 30 mm
N 0.10 max
Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
11
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
Mo
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.03
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
0.03
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.035
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.00–20.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
16.50–18.50
2.00–2.50
0.07
1.00
2.00
0.050
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.0–2.5
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
16.50–18.50
2.00–2.50
0.03
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
0.03
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
16.50–18.50
2.00–2.50
0.03
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.5–18.5
2.0–2.5
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–20.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–20.0
0.04–0.10
1.00
2.00
0.040
0.025
17.00–19.00
V
Ni
Cu
Nb
8.0–11.0
0.70
8.00–11.00 0.50
0.70
9.00–12.00 0.50
0.20
8.0–13.0
0.20
10.0–12.5
10.0–14.0
10.50–13.50 0.70
0.20
10.5–13.5
10.0–14.0
10.50–13.50 0.70
0.20
10.0–15.0
11.00–14.00 0.70
0.20
11.0–14.0
9.0–12.0
0.70
9.00–12.00 0.50
9.0–12.0
9.0–12.0
0.70
9.00–12.00 0.50
0.70
9.00–12.00 0.50
9.0–13.0
9.0–12.0
9.0–13.0
0.70
9.00–12.00 0.50
67
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Forged Materials
Physical Properties (minium values unless stated otherwise)
Yield
Tensile
Hardness
Notes
Charpy Impact
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
min J
ave J
ASTM A350 LF1
205
415–585
197
14
18
–29
1
BS 3799 WPLO: BS 1503–221–410
215
410–530
19
27
+20
3, 16
DIN 17280 11MnNi53
285
410–530
27
40
–60
18, 19, 20
ASTM A350 LF2 Class 1
250
485–655
197
16
20
–46
1
ASTM A350 LF2 Class 2
250
485–655
197
20
27
–18
1
BS 3799 WPLO: BS1503–221–490
265
490–610
29
41
+20
3, 16
DIN 17280 13MnNi63
355
490–610
27
40
–60
18, 19, 20
ASTM A350 LF3 Class 1
260
485–655
197
16
20
–101
14
ASTM A350 LF3 Class 2
260
485–655
197
20
27
–101
14
BS3799 WPL3: BS1503503–490
300
490–640
19
27
–100
15, 16
DIN 17280 10Ni14
355
470–640
27
40
–80
17, 18
ASTM A694 F42
290
415
ASTM A694 F46
315
415
ASTM A694 F52
360
455
ASTM A694 F56
385
470
ASTM A694 F60
415
515
ASTM A694 F65
450
530
ASTM A 694 F 70
485
565
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
68
Cu + Ni + Cr + Mo ) 1.0, Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Mn can increase by 0.05 for each reduction of 0.01C, up to 1.35 max.
Ni + Cr + Mo + Cu 0.80 max
Al total 0.015–0.050
Al total 0.020 max
Ti 0.10 max B0.005 max
5C ) Ti ) 0.70, 4C for 321H
5C ) Ti ) 0.80
10C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.00
10C ) Nb+ Ta ) 1.00
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
T °C
8C ) Nb ) 1.10
10C ) Nb ) 1.20
Cr + Mo ) 0.32
Al total * 0.018
Impact tests optional
V 0.05 max
Yield and charpy test temperature vary with t.
Al 0.020 min
Ni 0.15 min if t ) 30 mm
N 0.10 max
Al 0.04 max, N 0.03–0.07
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Forged Materials
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
V
Ni
Cu
Nb
0.30
0.15–0.30
0.60–1.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.08
0.40
0.40
0.02
0.20
0.10–0.40
0.80–1.20
0.030
0.025
0.25
0.10
0.40
0.30
0.14
0.50
0.70–1.50
0.030
0.025
0.30
0.15–0.30
0.60–1.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.08
0.40
0.40
0.02
0.30
0.15–0.30
0.60–1.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.08
0.40
0.40
0.02
0.25
0.10–0.40
0.90–1.70
0.030
0.025
0.25
0.10
0.40
0.30
0.16
0.50
0.85–1.65
0.030
0.025
0.20
0.20–0.35
0.90
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.03
3.30–3.70
0.40
0.02
0.20
0.20–0.35
0.90
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.03
3.30–3.70
0.40
0.02
0.15
0.15–0.40
0.80
0.025
0.020
0.25
0.10
3.25–3.75
0.30
0.15
0.35
0.30–0.80
0.025
0.020
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.26
0.15–0.35
1.40
0.025
0.025
0.30–0.80
0.05
0.30–0.80
0.05
3.25–3.75
69
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Bolt Ø
in
Yield
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
HB max
Min J
N/mm2
N/mm2
ASTM A193
B5
550
690
ASTM A193
B6
585
760
ASTM A193
B6X
485
620
26 HRC
ASTM A193
B7
) M64
720
860
321
ASTM A193
B7
> M64 ) M100 655
795
321
ASTM A193
B7
>M100 ) M180 515
690
321
2
ASTM A193
B7 M
) M100
550
690
235
2
ASTM A193
B7 M
>M100 ) M180 515
690
235
2
ASTM A193
B16
) M64
725
860
321
3
ASTM A193
B16
> M64 ) M100 655
760
321
3
ASTM A193
B16
>M100) M180 586
690
321
3
ASTM A193
B8 Cl.1
205
515
223
4
ASTM A193
B8 Cl.2
) M20
690
860
321
ASTM A193
B8 Cl.2
> M20 ) M24
550
795
321
ASTM A193
B8 Cl.2
> M24 ) M30
450
725
321
ASTM A193
B8 Cl.2
> M30 ) M36
345
690
321
ASTM A193
B8A Cl.1A
205
515
192
ASTM A193
B8C Cl.1
205
515
223
ASTM A193
B8C Cl.2
690
860
321
) M20
1
ASTM A193
B8C Cl.2
> M20 ) M24
550
795
321
B8C Cl.2
> M24 ) M30
450
725
321
ASTM A193
B8C Cl.2
> M30 ) 1M36 345
690
321
ASTM A193
B8CA Cl.1A
205
515
192
ASTM A193
B8M Cl.1
205
515
223
ASTM A193
B8M Cl.2
) M20
665
760
321
ASTM A193
B8M Cl.2
> M20 ) M24
550
690
321
ASTM A193
B8M Cl.2
> M24 ) M30
450
655
321
ASTM A193
B8M Cl.2
> M30 ) M36
345
620
321
ASTM A193
B8MA Cl.1A
205
515
192
ASTM A193
B8T Cl.1
205
515
223
ASTM A193
B8T Cl.2
) M20
690
860
321
ASTM A193
B8T Cl.2
> M20 )1M24
550
795
321
70
Ø ) M100 diameter
2
C 0.50 for Ø * 31/2in
3
T °C
1
ASTM A193
1
Ave J
Notes
Al 0.015
1
2
4
4
4
4
241 HB Ø ) M20
5
No Impact test Ø ) 1/2in
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
Mo
0.10min
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
4.00–6.00
0.40–0.65
V
Ni
Ti
Nb+Ta
0.08–0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.50–13.50
0.08–0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.50–13.50
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.36–0.47
0.15–0.35
0.45–0.70
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.15
0.50–0.65
0.25–0.35
0.36–0.47
0.15–0.35
0.45–0.70
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.15
0.50–0.65
0.25–0.35
0.36–0.47
0.15–0.35
0.45–0.70
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.15
0.50–0.65
0.25–0.35
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C 1.10 max
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
5x(C+N)–0.70
71
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Bolts
Mechanical Properties (minimum values unless stated otherwise)
Bolt Ø
Notes
Yield
Tensile
Hardness
Charpy Impact
Min J
Ave J
T °C
27
20
–101
5
27
20
–73
5
5
in
N/mm2
N/mm2
HB max
ASTM A193
B8T Cl.2
> M24 ) M30
450
725
321
ASTM A193
B8T Cl.2
> M30 ) M36
345
690
321
ASTM A193
B8TA Cl.1A
205
515
192
ASTM A320
L7
725
860
ASTM A320
L7M
550
690
ASTM A320
L7A
725
860
27
20
–101
ASTM A320
L7B
725
860
27
20
–101
5
ASTM A320
L7C
725
860
27
20
–101
5
ASTM A320
B8 Cl.1
205
515
223
ASTM A320
B8 Cl.2
) M20
690
860
321
ASTM A320
B8 Cl.2
> M20 ) M25
550
795
321
ASTM A320
B8 Cl.2
> M25 ) M32
450
725
321
ASTM A320
B8 Cl.2
> M32 ) M40
345
690
321
ASTM A320
B8A Cl.1A
205
515
192
ASTM A320
B8C Cl.1
205
515
223
ASTM A320
B8C Cl.2
690
860
321
) M20
200–235
ASTM A320
B8C Cl.2
> M20 ) M25
550
795
321
ASTM A320
B8C Cl.2
> M25 ) M32
450
725
321
ASTM A320
B8C Cl.2
> M32 ) M40
ASTM A320
B8CA Cl.1A
ASTM A320
B8M Cl.1
ASTM A320
B8M Cl.2
) M20
ASTM A320
B8M Cl.2
ASTM A320
B8MCl.2
ASTM A320
B8M Cl.2
ASTM A320
B8MA Cl.1A
ASTM A320
B8T Cl.1
ASTM A320
B8T Cl.2
345
690
321
205
515
192
205
515
223
655
760
321
> M20 ) M25
550
690
321
> M25 ) M32
450
655
321
> M32 ) M40
345
620
321
205
515
192
205
515
223
690
860
321
) M20
ASTM A320
B8T Cl.2
> M20 ) M25
550
795
321
ASTM A320
B8T Cl.2
> M25 ) M32
450
725
321
ASTM A320
B8T Cl.2
> M32 ) M40
ASTM A320
B8TA Cl.1A
1
72
Ø ) M100 diameter
2
345
690
321
205
515
192
C 0.50 for Ø * 31/2in
3
Al 0.015
4
4
4
4
4
241 HB Ø ) M20
5
No Impact test Ø ) 1/2in
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
Cr
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
Mo
V
9.00–12.00
Ni
Ti
5x(C+N)–0.70
Nb+Ta
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
5x(C+N)–0.70
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.00–19.00
9.00–12.00
5x(C+N)–0.70
0.38–0.48
0.15–0.35
0.75–1.00
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.10
0.15–0.25
0.28–0.48
0.15–0.35
0.75–1.00
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.10
0.15–0.25
0.35–0.40
0.15–0.35
0.70–0.90
0.035
0.040
0.35–0.40
0.15–0.35
0.70–0.90
0.035
0.040
0.80–1.10
0.15–0.25
0.38–0.43
0.15–0.35
0.75–1.00
0.035
0.040
0.40–0.60
0.20–0.30
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C–1.10
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C–1.10
0.20–0.30
0.40–0.70
*10C–1.10
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C–1.10
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C–1.10
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*10C–1.10
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*5C
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*5C
*5C
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*5C
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*5C
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
*5C
73
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Nuts
Nuts
Mechanical Properties (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
Nut Ø
Type
in
M
Proof Stress 1,4 Completed Nuts Sample Nuts 2
Charpy Impact 3
N/mm2
Hardness HB
Hardness HB
min J
ASTM A194
2H
) 11/2
) M36
Hex
1035
248–327
179 min
ASTM A194
2H
) 11/2
) M36
Heavy Hex
1205
248–327
179 min
ASTM A194
2H
> 11/2
> M36
Hex
1035
212–327
147 min
ASTM A194
2H
> 11/2
> M36
Heavy Hex
1205
212–327
147 min
Ave J
T °C
ASTM A194
3
Hex
1035
248–327
201 min
ASTM A194
3
Heavy Hex
1205
248–327
201 min
ASTM A194
4
Hex
1035
248–327
201 min
20
27
–101
ASTM A194
4
Heavy Hex
1205
248–327
201 min
20
27
–101
ASTM A194
6
Hex
ASTM A194
6
Heavy Hex
ASTM A194
7
Hex
1035
248–327
201 min
20
27
–101
ASTM A194
7
Heavy Hex
1205
248–327
201 min
20
27
–101
ASTM A194
7M
Hex
ASTM A194
7M
Heavy Hex
ASTM A194
8
Hex
515
126–300
ASTM A194
8
Heavy Hex
550
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
) 3/4
) M20
Hex
760
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
) 3/4
) M20
Heavy Hex
860
126–300
930
228–271
1035
228–271
930
159–237
159 min
20
27
–73
1035
159–237
159 min
20
27
–73
ASTM A194
8C
7/ –1
8
M22–M24 Hex
690
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
7/ –1
8
M22–M24 Heavy Hex
795
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Hex
655
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Heavy Hex
725
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
13/8–11/2 M36
Hex
620
126–300
ASTM A194
8C
13/8–11/2 M36
Heavy Hex
690
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
) 3/4
) M20
Hex
690
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
) 3/4
) M20
Heavy Hex
760
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
7/ –1
8
M22–M24 Hex
620
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
7/ –1
8
M22–M24 Heavy Hex
690
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Hex
585
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
11/8–11/4 M27–M30 Heavy Hex
655
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
13/8–11/2 M36
Hex
550
126–300
ASTM A194
8M
13/8–11/2 M36
Heavy Hex
620
126–300
ASTM A194
8T
1
2
3
4
74
same as 8C
For proof load for each nut size, see over page
After heat treatment
Charpies only required when supplementary requirement S3 is ordered (normaly with A320 bolts)
Proof stress for grades 8C, 8T and 8M are the same as grade 8. Values listed for 8C, 8T and 8M here are for strain hardened nuts. Values for
grade 8 strain hardened are the same as the grade 8C. Note that for strain hardened nuts the hardness values listed do not apply.
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Si
Mn
P
S
0.40 min
0.40
1.00
0.040
0.050
Cr
Mo
0.030
4.0–6.0
0.40–0.65
0.030
4.0–6.0
0.40–0.65
Ni
0.40 min
0.40
1.00
0.040
0.050
0.40 min
0.40
1.00
0.040
0.050
0.40 min
0.40
1.00
0.040
0.050
0.10 min
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.10 min
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.40–0.50
0.15–0.35
0.70–0.90
0.035
0.040
0.20–0.30
0.40–0.50
0.15–0.35
0.70–0.90
0.035
0.040
0.20–0.30
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.37–0.49
0.15–0.35
0.65–1.10
0.035
0.040
0.75–1.20
0.15–0.25
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
8.0–11.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
10Cmin
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
0.08
1.00
2.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
Ti
Nb+Ta
5(C+N) –0.70
75
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Bolts & Nuts
American, British, German Specifications
ASTM A194 · Nuts
Proof loads using threaded mandrel: inch units
Nominal
Threads
Grade
Size
per in
2H, 3, 4, 7
in
Hex
6, 7M
Heavy Hex Hex
8 (all types)
Heavy Hex Hex
8M (strain hardened)
Heavy Hex Hex
8, 8C, T (strain hardened)
Heavy Hex Hex
Heavy Hex
1/
4
20
4 770
5 570
4 300
4 770
2 380
2 540
3 160
3 480
3 480
3 950
5/
16
18
7 860
9 170
7 070
7 860
3 930
4 190
5 240
5 760
5 760
6 550
3/
8
16
11 620
13 560
10 460
11 620
5 810
6 200
7 740
8 510
8 510
9 675
7/
16
14
15 940
18 600
14 350
15 940
7 970
8 500
10 630
11 690
11 690
13 290
1/
2
13
21 280
24 830
19 160
21 280
10 640
11 350
14 190
15 610
15 610
17 740
9/
16
12
27 300
31 850
24 570
27 300
13 650
14 560
18 200
20 020
20 020
22 750
5/
8
11
33 900
39 550
30 510
33 900
16 950
18 080
22 600
24 860
24 860
28 250
3/
4
10
50 100
58 450
45 090
50 100
25 050
26 720
33 400
36 740
36 740
41 750
7/
8
9
69 300
80 850
62 370
69 300
34 650
36 960
41 580
46 200
46 200
53 130
1
8
90 900
106 000
81 810
90 900
45 450
48 480
54 540
60 600
60 600
69 690
11/8
8
118 500
138 200
106 700
118 500
59 250
63 200
67 150
75 050
75 050
82 950
11/4
8
150 000
175 000
135 000
150 000
75 000
80 000
85 000
95 000
95 000
105 000
13/8
8
185 000
215 800
166 500
185 000
92 450
98 640
98 640
110 970
110 970
123 300
11/2
8
223 800
261 100
201 400
223 800
111 900
119 360
119 360
134 280
134 280
149 200
Figures are lbf based on proof stress for each grade.
Where proof loads is in excess of 120 000 lbf, acceptance is on the basis of hardness only unless specifically requested by the purchaser.
Proof loads using threaded mandrel: metric units
Nominal
Threads
Size
pitch
Grade
2H, 3, 4, 7
Hex
6, 7M
Heavy Hex Hex
8 (all types)
Heavy Hex Hex
8M (strain hardened)
Heavy Hex Hex
8, 8C, T (strain hardened)
Heavy Hex Hex
Heavy Hex
M 6
1.00
20.8
29.2
18.7
20.8
10.4
11.1
13.9
15.3
15.3
17.3
M 8
1.25
37.9
44.1
34.0
37.9
18.8
20.1
25.3
27.8
27.8
31.3
M10
1.50
60.0
69.9
53.9
60.0
29.9
31.9
40.0
44.1
44.1
49.9
M12
1.75
87.3
101.6
78.4
87.3
43.4
46.4
58.2
64.1
64.1
72.5
M14
2.00
119.0
138.6
107.0
119.0
59.2
63.3
79.4
87.4
87.4
98.9
M16
2.00
162.5
189.2
146.0
162.5
80.9
86.4
108.3
119.3
119.3
135.0
M20
2.50
253.6
295.2
227.8
253.6
126.2
134.8
169.0
186.2
186.2
210.9
M22
2.50
313.6
365.1
281.8
313.6
156.0
166.7
187.9
209.0
209.0
240.9
M24
3.00
365.4
425.4
328.3
365.4
181.8
194.2
218.9
243.5
243.5
280.6
M27
3.00
475.1
553.4
426.9
475.1
236.4
252.5
268.5
300.6
300.6
332.7
M30
3.50
580.6
676.0
521.7
580.6
288.9
308.6
328.2
367.5
367.5
406.7
M36
4.00
845.6
984.5
759.8
845.6
420.8
449.4
449.4
506.5
506.5
563.7
Figures are KN based on proof stress for each grade.
Where proof load is in excess of 530 KN, acceptance is on the basis of hardness only unless specifically requested by the purchaser.
76
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and Weights
Formulae, Pipes & Tubes Index
Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et poids
Dimensioni e pesi
Dimensiones y pesos
•
•
Formulae for calculating weights
Formeln zur Gewichtsberechnung
Formules de calcul des Poids
Formula di calcolo per la massa metrica/tubo
Formulas de calcular pesos
Steel pipes and tubes
Stahlrohre
Tubes et tuyauterie en acier
Tubi in acciaio
Tubos de acero
Weight Formula .................................................................... 80
ASME B36.10, B36.19, API 5L .............................................. 81
API 5CT .............................................................................. 104
DIN 2448 ............................................................................ 110
DIN 2458 ............................................................................ 114
DIN 2462 ............................................................................ 118
DIN 2463 ............................................................................ 124
EN 10 208 .......................................................................... 126
79
Dimensions and Weights
Weight Formula
Definition:
D Diameter in mm or in
• D1 Small diameter
• D2 Large diameter
t
Wall thickness in mm or in
L Length in meters or feet
W Width in meters or feet
R Radius of bend in mm or in
1. Pipes and Tubes
Standard wall thickness with weight per meter and per foot are
listed in specifications. Those for API 5L, ASME B36.10 and
B36.19, DIN 2448, DIN 2458, DIN 2462, DIN 2463, and
EN 10208 are included in this catalogue.
For non-standard API 5L wall thickness:
Weight per meter = (D-t) x t x 0.02466 kg
Weight per foot = (D-t) x t x 10.69 lb
For non-standard ASME B36.10, B36.19 and EN 10208 and ISO
3183 the formulae are the same except the constant is
0.0246615 for metric weights.
For weights per meter of pipe and tube of other materials,
replace the constant (0.02466) in the formula above as follows:
Alloy 400
Alloy 600
Alloy 800
Aluminium
Copper
Copper-Nickel
Duplex
Stainless Steel
Titanium
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.02765
0.02639
0.02513
0.00848
0.02796
0.02796
0.02450
0.02504
0.01414
2. Fittings and Flanges
Weights are not specified and cannot be calculated in general as
they depend on the manufacturer’s specific design. Weights for
standard sizes are given in this catalogue. Non-standard sizes are
not readily available.
3. Valves
Weights must be obtained from the manufacturer of the
particular valve design. They cannot be calculated, and vary
significantly depending on the design features.
4. Plates
Weight
= volume x density
= L x W x t x 7.850 kg (LWt in metric)
= L x W x t x 40.80 lbs (LWt in imperial)
Apply correction factors for austenitic and ferritic stainless.
80
θ
ρ
T
δ
Angle of bend in degrees
Density of steel kg/m3 or lb/in3
= 7850 kg/m3
= 0.2833 lb/in3
• for austenitic stainless multiply by 1.05
• for ferritic stainless multiply by 0.95
Thickness of concrete in mm or in
Density of concrete in kg/cubic m or lb/cubic ft
5. Cones
The weight of a cone can be calculated from the large and small
diameters D1 and D2, the length of the cone L and the thickness
of the plate t.
Weight
= Lt x
(
(
)
)
D1 + D 2
–t x 0.02466 kg
2
D1 + D 2
–t x 10.68 lbs
2
Apply correction factors for austenitic and ferritic stainless.
Weight
= Lt x
6. Bends
Length of bend
= θ x R x 1.746 x 10-5 m
= θ x R x 1.455 x 10-3 ft
Weight of bend
= Length of bend x weight per meter (foot) of pipe
The radius of the bend R is usually given in terms of the pipe
diameter, for example R = 5D.
7. Concrete Coated or Lined Pipe
Given here is the weight per meter or per foot of concrete coating
or lining. Remember to add the weight of the steel pipe.
Coating weight per m = δ x (D + T) T x 0.000003142
Coating weight per ft = δ x (D + T) T x 0.02182
Lining weight per m
Lining weight per ft
= δ x (D – 2t – T) T x 0.000003142
= δ x (D – 2t – T) T x 0.02182
The density of concrete depends on the specification.190lb/
cubic ft (3050kg/cubic m) is a common density.
Density in lb/ft3 x 16.05 = Density in kg/m3
For example 145lb/ft3 = 2327kg/m3
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
1/
8
0.405
10(s)
0.405
10.3
1/
4
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.049
1.24
0.19
0.28
Weight
Measure
30
0.057
1.45
0.21
0.32
40 (s)
0.068
1.73
0.24
0.37
0.068
1.7
0.24
0.36
XS
80 (s)
0.095
2.41
0.31
0.47
0.095
2.4
0.31
0.47
10s
0.065
1.65
0.33
0.49
30
0.073
1.85
0.36
0.54
STD
40(s)
0.088
2.24
0.43
0.63
0.088
2.2
0.43
0.62
XS
80(s)
0.119
3.02
0.54
0.80
0.119
3.0
0.54
0.79
10s
0.065
1.65
0.42
0.63
30
0.073
1.85
0.47
0.70
0.540
3/
8
API 5L
Weight2
STD
0.540
13.7
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
0.675
0.675
17.1
STD
40(s)
0.091
2.31
0.57
0.84
0.091
2.3
0.57
0.84
10
XS
80(s)
0.126
3.20
0.74
1.10
0.126
3.2
0.74
1.10
0.80
1/
2
5(s)
0.065
1.65
0.54
0.840
0.840
10(s)
0.083
2.11
0.67
1.00
21.3
30
0.095
2.41
0.76
1.12
STD
40(s)
0.109
2.77
0.85
1.27
0.109
2.8
0.85
1.28
XS
80(s)
0.147
3.73
1.09
1.62
0.147
3.7
1.09
1.61
160
0.188
4.78
1.31
1.95
0.294
7.47
1.72
2.55
0.294
7.5
1.72
2.55
1.03
15
XXS
5(s)
0.065
1.65
0.69
1.050
3/
4
1.050
10(s)
0.083
2.11
0.86
1.28
26.7
30
0.095
2.41
0.97
1.44
STD
40(s)
0.113
2.87
1.13
1.69
0.113
2.9
1.13
1.70
XS
80(s)
0.154
3.91
1.48
2.20
0.154
3.9
1.48
2.19
160
0.219
5.56
1.95
2.90
0.308
7.82
2.44
3.64
0.308
7.8
2.44
3.64
1.29
20
XXS
1
5(s)
0.065
1.65
0.87
1.315
10(s)
0.109
2.77
1.41
2.09
33.4
30
0.114
2.90
1.46
2.18
1
2
3
4
1.315
Cube/m
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
81
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
1
1.315
1.315
STD
XS
33.4
25
40(s)
1.660
1.660
42.2
32
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
1.68
2.50
0.133
3.4
1.68
2.52
0.179
4.5
2.17
3.21
0.358
9.1
3.66
5.45
Weight
Measure
0.133
mm
3.38
0.179
4.55
2.17
3.24
0.250
6.35
2.85
4.24
0.358
9.09
3.66
5.45
5(s)
0.065
1.65
1.11
1.65
10(s)
0.109
2.77
1.81
2.69
30
0.117
2.97
1.93
2.87
0.140
3.56
2.27
3.39
0.140
3.6
2.27
3.43
XS
80(s)
0.191
4.85
3.00
4.47
0.191
4.9
3.00
4.51
160
0.250
6.35
3.77
5.61
0.382
9.70
5.22
7.77
0.382
9.7
5.22
7.77
5(s)
0.065
1.65
1.28
1.90
10(s)
0.109
2.77
2.09
3.11
1.900
0.0023
30
0.125
3.18
2.37
3.53
STD
40(s)
0.145
3.68
2.72
4.05
0.145
3.7
2.72
4.07
XS
80(s)
0.200
5.08
3.63
5.41
0.200
5.1
3.63
5.43
160
0.281
7.14
4.86
7.25
0.400
10.15
6.41
9.55
0.400
10.2
6.41
9.58
XXS
2 3/8
5(s)
2.375
0.065
1.65
1.61
2.39
0.083
2.11
2.03
3.03
0.083
2.1
2.03
3.01
0.0036
60.3
10(s)
0.109
2.77
2.64
3.93
0.109
2.8
2.64
3.97
50
30
0.125
3.18
3.01
4.48
0.125
3.2
3.01
4.51
0.141
3.58
3.37
5.01
0.141
3.6
3.37
5.03
0.154
3.91
3.66
5.44
0.154
3.9
3.66
5.42
STD
XS
40(s)
80(s)
160
XXS
2 1/2
1
2
3
4
82
2 7/8
5(s)
Cube/m
0.0018
40(s)
48.3
2
Weight2
STD
1.900
40
Wall Thickness
80(s)
XXS
1 1/2
API 5L
Weight2
160
XXS
1 1/4
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
0.172
4.37
4.05
6.03
0.172
4.4
4.05
6.07
0.188
4.78
4.40
6.54
0.188
4.8
4.40
6.57
0.218
5.54
5.03
7.48
0.218
5.5
5.03
7.43
0.250
6.35
5.68
8.45
0.250
6.4
5.68
8.51
0.281
7.14
6.29
9.36
0.281
7.1
6.29
9.31
0.344
8.74
7.47
11.11
0.436
11.07
9.04
13.44
0.436
11.1
9.04
13.47
0.083
2.11
2.48
3.69
0.083
2.1
2.48
3.67
0.0036
0.0053
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
2 1/2
2 7/8
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
lb/ft
in
lb/ft
kg/m
2.77
3.22
4.80
0.120
3.05
3.53
5.26
73.0
0.125
3.18
3.67
65
0.141
3.58
0.156
3.96
0.172
4.37
10(s)
STD
XS
3 1/2
1
2
3
4
5.48
0.125
3.2
3.67
5.51
4.12
6.13
0.141
3.6
4.12
6.16
4.53
6.74
0.156
4.0
4.53
6.81
4.97
7.40
0.172
4.4
4.97
7.44
0.0053
5.40
8.04
0.188
4.8
5.40
8.07
5.80
8.63
0.203
5.2
5.80
8.69
0.216
5.49
6.14
9.14
0.216
5.5
6.14
9.16
0.250
6.35
7.02
10.44
0.250
6.4
7.02
10.51
80(s)
0.276
7.01
7.67
11.41
0.276
7.0
7.67
11.39
160
0.375
9.53
10.02
14.92
0.552
14.02
13.71
20.39
0.552
14.0
13.71
20.37
40(s)
0.083
2.11
3.03
4.52
0.083
2.1
3.03
4.50
0.0079
0.109
2.77
3.95
5.88
0.109
2.8
3.95
5.95
0.0079
0.120
3.05
4.34
6.46
0.125
3.18
4.51
6.72
0.125
3.2
4.51
6.76
0.0079
0.0079
0.0079
0.141
3.58
5.06
7.53
0.141
3.6
5.06
7.57
0.156
3.96
5.58
8.30
0.156
4.0
5.58
8.37
0.172
4.37
6.12
9.11
0.172
4.4
6.12
9.17
0.188
4.78
6.66
9.92
0.188
4.8
6.66
9.95
0.216
5.49
7.58
11.29
0.216
5.5
7.58
11.31
0.250
6.35
8.69
12.93
0.250
6.4
8.69
13.02
0.281
7.14
9.67
14.40
0.281
7.1
9.67
14.32
80(s)
0.300
7.62
10.26
15.27
0.300
7.6
10.26
15.24
160
0.438
11.13
14.34
21.35
0.600
15.24
18.60
27.68
0.600
15.2
18.60
27.63
5(s)
4.000
101.6
4.85
4.78
10s
4
3.22
5.16
XXS
3 1/2
0.0053
2.8
0.188
80
XS
Cube/m
0.109
0.203
5s
STD
kg/m
30
3.500
88.9
mm
40(s)
XXS
3
Weight
Measure
mm
0.109
2.875
Shipping:4
10(s)
0.083
2.11
3.48
5.18
0.083
2.1
3.48
5.15
0.0103
0.109
2.77
4.53
6.75
0.109
2.8
4.53
6.82
0.0103
0.120
3.05
4.98
7.41
0.125
3.18
5.18
7.72
0.125
3.2
5.18
7.76
0.0103
0.141
3.58
5.82
8.65
0.141
3.6
5.82
8.70
0.0103
0.156
3.96
6.41
9.54
0.156
4.0
6.41
9.63
0.0103
0.172
4.37
7.04
10.48
0.172
4.4
7.04
10.55
0.0103
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
83
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
3 1/2
4
4.000
30
STD
40(s)
101.6
XS
4
4 1/2
80(s)
5(s)
4.500
114.3
10(s)
100
30
STD
XS
5
3
4
84
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
lb/ft
11.41
0.188
Weight
Measure
0.188
mm
4.78
7.66
mm
4.8
7.66
kg/m
Cube/m
11.46
0.226
5.74
9.12
13.57
0.226
5.7
9.12
13.48
0.250
6.35
10.02
14.92
0.250
6.4
10.02
15.02
0.281
7.14
11.17
16.63
0.281
7.1
11.17
16.55
0.318
8.08
12.52
18.64
0.318
8.1
12.52
18.68
0.083
2.1
3.92
5.81
0.083
2.11
3.92
5.84
0.109
2.77
5.12
7.62
0.0131
0.0131
0.120
3.05
5.62
8.37
0.0131
0.125
3.18
5.85
8.71
0.125
3.2
5.85
8.77
0.0131
0.141
3.58
6.57
9.78
0.141
3.6
6.57
9.83
0.0131
0.156
3.96
7.24
10.78
0.156
4.0
7.24
10.88
0.0131
0.172
4.37
7.96
11.85
0.172
4.4
7.96
11.92
0.0131
0.188
4.78
8.67
12.91
0.188
4.8
8.67
12.96
0.0131
0.203
5.16
9.32
13.89
0.203
5.2
9.32
13.99
5.56
10.02
14.91
0.219
5.6
10.02
15.01
10.80
16.08
0.237
6.0
10.80
16.02
0.250
6.35
11.36
16.91
0.250
6.4
11.36
17.03
0.281
7.14
12.67
18.87
0.281
7.1
12.67
18.77
0.312
7.92
13.97
20.78
0.312
7.9
13.97
20.73
80(s)
0.337
8.56
15.00
22.32
0.337
8.6
15.00
22.42
120
0.438
11.13
19.02
28.32
0.438
11.1
19.02
28.25
160
0.531
13.49
22.53
33.54
0.531
13.5
22.53
33.56
0.674
17.12
27.57
41.03
0.674
17.1
27.57
40.99
0.083
2.1
4.86
7.21
0.0200
0.125
3.2
7.27
10.90
0.0200
4.0
9.02
13.54
0.0200
141.3
1
2
Weight2
6.02
5(s)
10(s)
STD
Wall Thickness
0.219
5 9/16
125
API 5L
Weight2
0.237
40(s)
XXS
5.563
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
40(s)
0.083
2.11
4.86
7.24
0.109
2.77
6.36
9.46
0.125
3.18
7.27
10.83
0.134
3.40
7.78
11.56
0.156
3.96
9.02
13.41
0.156
0.188
4.78
10.80
16.09
0.188
4.8
10.80
16.16
0.0200
0.219
5.56
12.51
18.61
0.219
5.6
12.51
18.74
0.0200
0.258
6.55
14.63
21.77
0.258
6.6
14.63
21.92
0.281
7.14
15.87
23.62
0.281
7.1
15.87
23.50
0.312
7.92
17.51
26.05
0.312
7.9
17.51
25.99
0.344
8.74
19.19
28.57
0.344
8.7
19.19
28.45
0.0200
0.0200
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
5
5 9/16
XS
80(s)
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
lb/ft
kg/m
9.53
20.80
30.97
0.375
20.80
30.88
Weight
Measure
0.375
mm
mm
9.5
Cube/m
5.563
120
0.500
12.70
27.06
40.28
0.500
12.7
27.06
40.28
141.3
160
0.625
15.88
32.99
49.12
0.625
15.9
32.99
49.17
0.750
19.05
38.59
57.43
0.750
19.1
38.59
57.56
0.083
2.11
5.80
8.65
0.083
2.1
5.80
8.61
0.0283
0.109
2.77
7.59
11.31
0.109
2.8
7.59
11.43
0.0283
0.125
3.18
8.69
12.95
0.125
3.2
8.69
13.03
0.0283
0.134
3.40
9.30
13.83
0.141
3.58
9.77
14.54
0.141
3.6
9.77
14.62
0.0283
0.156
3.96
10.79
16.05
0.156
4.0
10.79
16.21
0.0283
0.172
4.37
11.87
17.67
0.172
4.4
11.87
17.78
0.0283
0.188
4.78
12.94
19.28
0.188
4.8
12.94
19.35
0.0283
XXS
6
6 5/8
6.625
5(s)
168.3
150
10(s)
STD
40(s)
0.0283
0.203
5.16
13.94
20.76
0.203
5.2
13.94
20.91
0.0283
0.219
5.56
15.00
22.31
0.219
5.6
15.00
22.47
0.0283
0.0283
0.250
6.35
17.04
25.36
0.250
6.4
17.04
25.55
0.280
7.11
18.99
28.26
0.280
7.1
18.99
28.22
0.0283
XS
8 5/8
200
1
2
3
4
21.06
31.33
0.312
7.9
21.06
31.25
23.10
34.39
0.344
8.7
23.10
34.24
0.375
9.53
25.05
37.31
0.375
9.5
25.05
37.20
0.432
10.97
28.60
42.56
0.432
11.0
28.60
42.67
0.500
12.70
32.74
48.73
0.500
12.7
32.74
48.73
120
0.562
14.27
36.43
54.21
0.562
14.3
36.43
54.31
0.625
15.88
40.09
59.69
0.625
15.9
40.09
59.76
160
0.719
18.26
45.39
67.57
0.719
18.3
45.39
67.69
5(s)
8.625
219.1
7.92
8.74
80(s)
XXS
8
0.312
0.344
10(s)
0.750
19.05
47.10
70.12
0.750
19.1
47.10
70.27
0.864
21.95
53.21
79.22
0.864
21.9
53.21
79.06
0.875
22.23
53.78
80.08
0.875
22.2
53.78
79.98
0.125
3.2
11.36
17.04
0.0480
21.22
0.0480
0.109
2.77
9.92
14.78
0.125
3.18
11.36
16.93
0.0480
0.148
3.76
13.41
19.97
0.156
3.96
14.12
21.01
0.156
4.0
14.12
0.0480
0.188
4.78
16.96
25.26
0.188
4.8
16.96
25.37
0.0480
0.203
5.16
18.28
27.22
0.203
5.2
18.28
27.43
0.0480
0.219
5.56
19.68
29.28
0.219
5.6
19.68
29.48
0.0480
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
85
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
8
8 5/8
8.625
STD
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
kg/m
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
22.38
33.32
0.250
6.4
22.38
33.57
0.0480
30
0.277
7.04
24.72
36.82
0.277
7.0
24.72
36.61
0.0480
0.312
7.92
27.73
41.25
0.312
7.9
27.73
41.14
0.0480
0.322
8.18
28.58
42.55
0.322
8.2
28.58
42.65
0.0480
0.344
8.74
30.45
45.34
0.344
8.7
30.45
45.14
0.0480
0.375
9.53
33.07
49.25
0.375
9.5
33.07
49.10
40(s)
80(s)
120
140
XXS
160
10 3/4
Weight2
6.35
100
10
Wall Thickness
0.250
60
XS
API 5L
Weight2
20
219.1
200
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
5(s)
0.406
10.31
35.67
53.09
0.438
11.13
38.33
57.08
0.438
11.1
38.33
56.94
0.500
12.70
43.43
64.64
0.500
12.7
43.43
64.64
0.562
14.27
48.44
72.08
0.562
14.3
48.44
72.22
0.594
15.09
51.00
75.92
0.625
15.88
53.45
79.59
0.625
15.9
53.45
79.67
0.719
18.26
60.77
90.44
0.719
18.3
60.77
90.62
0.750
19.05
63.14
93.98
0.750
19.1
63.14
94.20
0.812
20.62
67.82
100.93
0.812
20.6
67.82
100.84
0.875
22.23
72.49
107.93
0.875
22.2
72.49
107.79
1.000
25.4
81.51
121.33
0.156
4.0
17.67
26.54
0.906
23.01
74.76
111.27
1.000
25.40
81.51
121.33
0.134
3.40
15.21
22.61
0.156
3.96
17.67
26.27
0.165
4.19
18.67
27.78
250
0.188
4.78
21.23
31.62
0.188
4.8
21.23
31.76
(OD is
0.203
5.16
22.89
34.08
0.203
5.2
22.89
34.35
0.0746
273.1 for
0.219
5.56
24.65
36.67
0.219
5.6
24.65
36.94
0.0746
10.750
273.0
10(s)
B36.19)
20
30
3
4
86
0.0746
0.0746
0.0746
0.250
6.35
28.06
41.76
0.250
6.4
28.06
42.09
0.0746
0.279
7.09
31.23
46.49
0.279
7.1
31.23
46.57
0.0746
0.307
7.80
34.27
51.01
0.307
7.8
34.27
51.03
0.0746
0.344
8.74
38.27
56.96
0.344
8.7
38.27
56.72
0.0746
9.27
40.52
60.29
0.365
9.3
40.52
60.50
0.0746
0.0746
STD
40(s)
0.365
0.438
11.13
48.28
71.88
0.438
11.1
48.28
71.72
XS
60 80s
0.500
12.70
54.79
81.53
0.500
12.7
54.79
81.55
0.562
14.27
61.21
91.05
0.562
14.3
61.21
91.26
80
0.594
15.09
64.49
95.98
0.625
15.88
67.65
100.69
0.625
15.9
67.65
100.85
0.719
18.26
77.10
114.71
0.719
18.3
77.10
114.99
100
1
2
0.0746
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
10
10 3/4
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
86.26
128.34
0.812
20.6
120
133.01
Weight
Measure
0.812
10.750
Shipping:4
mm
20.62
kg/m
86.26
128.27
137.36
Cube/m
0.844
21.44
89.38
273.1
0.875
22.23
92.37
137.48
0.875
22.2
92.37
250
0.938
23.83
98.39
146.43
0.938
23.8
98.39
146.32
140
1.000
25.40
104.23
155.10
1.000
25.4
104.23
155.15
160
1.125
28.58
115.75
172.27
1.250
31.75
126.94
188.90
1.250
31.8
126.94
189.22
0.172
4.4
23.13
34.67
0.1049
XXS
12
12 3/4
5(s)
12.750
323.8
10(s)
0.156
3.96
21.00
31.24
0.172
4.37
23.13
34.43
0.1049
0.180
4.57
24.19
35.98
300
0.188
4.78
25.25
37.61
0.188
4.8
25.25
37.77
0.1049
(OD is
0.203
5.16
27.23
40.55
0.203
5.2
27.23
40.87
0.1049
323.9 for
0.219
5.56
29.34
43.64
0.219
5.6
29.34
43.96
0.1049
0.250
6.35
33.41
49.71
0.250
6.4
33.41
50.11
0.1049
0.281
7.14
37.46
55.76
0.281
7.1
37.46
55.47
0.1049
0.312
7.92
41.48
61.70
0.312
7.9
41.48
61.56
0.1049
0.1049
B36.19)
20
30
STD
XS
0.330
8.38
43.81
65.19
0.330
8.4
43.81
65.35
0.344
8.74
45.62
67.91
0.344
8.7
45.62
67.62
0.1049
40s
0.375
9.53
49.61
73.86
0.375
9.5
49.61
73.65
0.1049
40
0.406
10.31
53.57
79.71
0.406
10.3
53.57
79.65
0.1049
0.438
11.13
57.65
85.82
0.438
11.1
57.65
85.62
0.1049
80s
0.500
12.70
65.48
97.44
0.500
12.7
65.48
97.46
0.1049
60
0.562
14.27
73.22
108.93
0.562
14.3
73.22
109.18
0.625
15.88
81.01
120.59
0.625
15.9
81.01
120.76
0.688
17.48
88.71
132.05
0.688
17.5
88.71
132.23
80
100
XXS
120
140
160
1
2
3
4
0.1049
0.750
19.05
96.21
143.17
0.750
19.1
96.21
143.56
0.812
20.62
103.63
154.17
0.812
20.6
103.63
154.08
0.844
21.44
107.42
159.87
0.875
22.23
111.08
165.33
0.875
22.2
111.08
165.17
0.938
23.83
118.44
176.29
0.938
23.8
118.44
176.13
1.000
25.40
125.61
186.92
1.000
25.4
125.61
186.97
1.062
26.97
132.69
197.43
1.062
27.0
132.69
197.68
1.125
28.58
139.81
208.08
1.125
28.6
139.81
208.27
1.250
31.75
153.67
228.68
1.250
31.8
153.67
229.06
1.312
33.32
160.42
238.69
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
87
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
14
14
14.000
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
kg/m
5(s)
0.156
3.96
23.09
34.34
10s
0.188
4.78
27.76
41.36
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
0.1265
0.188
4.8
27.76
41.52
0.1265
355.6
0.203
5.16
29.94
44.59
0.203
5.2
29.94
44.93
0.1265
350
0.210
5.33
30.96
46.04
0.210
5.3
30.96
45.78
0.1265
0.219
5.56
32.26
48.00
0.219
5.6
32.26
48.33
0.1265
0.250
6.35
36.75
54.69
0.250
6.4
36.75
55.11
0.1265
0.281
7.14
41.21
61.36
0.281
7.1
41.21
61.02
0.1265
20
0.312
7.92
45.65
67.91
0.312
7.9
45.65
67.74
0.1265
0.344
8.74
50.22
74.76
0.344
8.7
50.22
74.42
0.1265
30
0.375
9.53
54.62
81.33
0.375
9.5
54.62
81.08
0.1265
0.406
10.31
59.00
87.79
0.406
10.3
59.00
87.71
0.1265
40
0.438
11.13
63.50
94.55
0.438
11.1
63.50
94.30
0.1265
10
STD
XS
60
80
100
120
16
16
16.000
406.4
1
2
3
4
88
0.469
11.91
67.84
100.95
0.469
11.9
67.84
100.86
0.1265
0.500
12.70
72.16
107.40
0.500
12.7
72.16
107.39
0.1265
0.562
14.3
80.73
120.36
0.1265
0.562
14.27
80.73
120.12
0.594
15.09
85.13
126.72
0.625
15.88
89.36
133.04
0.625
15.9
89.36
133.19
0.688
17.48
97.91
145.76
0.688
17.5
97.91
145.91
0.750
19.05
106.23
158.11
0.750
19.1
106.23
158.49
0.812
20.62
114.48
170.34
0.812
20.6
114.48
170.18
0.875
22.23
122.77
182.76
0.875
22.2
122.77
182.52
0.938
23.83
130.98
194.98
0.938
23.8
130.98
194.74
1.000
25.40
138.97
206.84
1.000
25.4
138.97
206.83
1.062
26.97
146.88
218.58
1.062
27.0
146.88
218.79
1.094
27.79
150.93
224.66
1.125
28.58
154.84
230.49
1.125
28.6
154.84
230.63
140
1.250
31.75
170.37
253.58
1.250
31.8
170.37
253.92
160
1.406
35.71
189.29
281.72
2.000
50.80
256.56
381.85
2.125
53.98
269.76
401.52
2.200
55.88
277.51
413.04
2.500
63.50
307.34
457.43
5(s)
0.165
4.19
27.93
41.56
10s
0.188
4.78
31.78
47.34
0.188
4.8
31.78
47.54
0.1652
0.203
5.16
34.28
51.06
0.203
5.2
34.28
51.54
0.1652
0.1652
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
16
16
16.000
XS
lb/ft
Measure
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
55.35
0.1652
0.250
6.35
42.09
62.65
0.250
6.4
42.09
63.13
0.1652
0.281
7.14
47.22
70.30
0.281
7.1
47.22
69.91
0.1652
20
0.312
7.92
52.32
77.83
0.312
7.9
52.32
77.63
0.1652
0.344
8.74
57.57
85.71
0.344
8.7
57.57
85.32
0.1652
30
0.375
9.53
62.64
93.27
0.375
9.5
62.64
92.98
0.1652
40
0.406
10.31
67.68
100.71
0.406
10.3
67.68
100.61
0.1652
0.438
11.13
72.86
108.49
0.438
11.1
72.86
108.20
0.1652
0.469
11.91
77.87
115.87
0.469
11.9
77.87
115.77
0.1652
0.500
12.70
82.85
123.31
0.500
12.7
82.85
123.30
0.1652
0.562
14.27
92.75
138.00
0.562
14.3
92.75
138.27
0.1652
0.625
15.88
102.72
152.94
0.625
15.9
102.72
153.11
0.1652
0.688
17.5
112.62
167.83
0.656
16.66
107.60
160.13
0.688
17.48
112.62
167.66
0.1652
0.750
19.05
122.27
181.98
0.750
19.1
122.27
182.42
0.812
20.62
131.84
196.18
0.812
20.6
131.84
195.98
0.844
21.44
136.74
203.54
0.875
22.23
141.48
210.61
0.875
22.2
141.48
210.33
0.938
23.83
151.03
224.83
0.938
23.8
151.03
224.55
1.000
25.40
160.35
238.66
1.000
25.4
160.35
238.64
1.031
26.19
164.98
245.57
1.062
26.97
169.59
252.37
1.062
27.0
169.59
252.61
1.125
28.58
178.89
266.30
1.125
28.6
178.89
266.45
1.188
30.18
188.11
280.01
1.188
30.2
188.11
280.17
1.219
30.96
192.61
286.66
1.250
31.8
197.10
293.76
1.250
31.75
197.10
293.35
140
1.438
36.53
223.85
333.21
160
1.594
40.49
245.48
365.38
5(s)
0.165
4.19
31.46
46.79
10s
0.188
4.78
35.80
53.31
0.188
4.8
35.80
53.53
0.2088
0.219
5.56
41.63
61.90
0.219
5.6
41.63
62.34
0.2088
10
20
3
4
in
kg/m
36.95
457
1
2
lb/ft
mm
5.6
120
450
in
Weight
0.219
100
18
Shipping:4
54.96
80
18.000
Weight2
36.95
60
18
Wall Thickness
5.56
406.4
STD
API 5L
Weight2
0.219
10
400
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
0.2088
0.250
6.35
47.44
70.57
0.250
6.4
47.44
71.12
0.2088
0.281
7.14
53.23
79.21
0.281
7.1
53.23
78.77
0.2088
0.312
7.92
58.99
87.71
0.312
7.9
58.99
87.49
0.2088
0.344
8.74
64.93
96.62
0.344
8.7
64.93
96.18
0.2088
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
89
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
18
18
STD
40s
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
9.53
70.65
105.17
0.375
9.5
70.65
104.84
0.2088
0.406
10.31
76.36
113.58
0.406
10.3
76.36
113.46
0.2088
0.438
11.13
82.23
122.38
0.438
11.1
82.23
122.05
0.2088
0.469
11.91
87.89
130.73
0.469
11.9
87.89
130.62
0.2088
80s
0.500
12.70
93.54
139.16
0.500
12.7
93.54
139.15
40
0.562
14.27
104.76
155.81
0.562
14.3
104.76
156.11
0.625
15.88
116.09
172.75
0.625
15.9
116.09
172.95
0.2088
0.688
17.48
127.32
189.47
0.688
17.5
127.32
189.67
0.2088
0.2088
30
450
XS
API 5L
Weight2
0.375
18.000
457
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
0.2088
60
80
100
20
20
20.000
XS
1
2
3
4
90
138.30
205.75
0.750
19.1
138.30
206.25
149.20
221.91
0.812
20.6
149.20
221.69
0.875
22.23
160.18
238.35
0.875
22.2
160.18
238.03
0.938
23.83
171.08
254.57
0.938
23.8
171.08
254.25
1.000
25.40
181.73
270.36
1.000
25.4
181.73
270.34
1.062
26.97
192.29
286.02
1.062
27.0
192.29
286.30
1.125
28.6
202.94
302.14
1.125
28.58
202.94
301.96
1.156
29.36
208.15
309.64
1.188
30.18
213.51
317.68
1.188
30.2
213.51
317.85
1.250
31.75
223.82
332.97
1.250
31.8
223.82
333.44
120
1.375
34.93
244.37
363.58
1.562
39.67
274.48
408.28
160
1.781
45.24
308.79
459.39
5(s)
0.188
4.78
39.82
59.32
10s
0.218
5.54
46.10
68.65
0.219
5.56
46.31
68.89
0.219
5.6
46.31
69.38
0.2581
0.250
6.35
52.78
78.56
0.250
6.4
52.78
79.16
0.2581
0.281
7.14
59.23
88.19
0.281
7.1
59.23
87.70
0.2581
0.312
7.92
65.66
97.68
0.312
7.9
65.66
97.43
0.2581
10
STD
19.05
20.62
140
508
500
0.750
0.812
0.2088
20 40s
0.2581
0.2581
0.344
8.74
72.28
107.61
0.344
8.7
72.28
107.12
0.2581
0.375
9.53
78.67
117.15
0.375
9.5
78.67
116.78
0.2581
0.406
10.31
85.04
126.54
0.406
10.3
85.04
126.41
0.2581
0.438
11.13
91.59
136.38
0.438
11.1
91.59
136.01
0.2581
0.469
11.91
97.92
145.71
0.469
11.9
97.92
145.58
0.2581
30 80s
0.500
12.70
104.23
155.13
0.500
12.7
104.23
155.12
0.2581
0.562
14.27
116.78
173.75
0.562
14.3
116.78
174.10
40
0.594
15.09
123.23
183.43
0.2581
0.2581
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
20
20
20.000
508
500
60
80
100
120
22
22
22.000
XS
1
2
3
4
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.625
15.88
129.45
192.73
0.625
15.9
129.45
192.95
0.2581
0.688
17.48
142.03
211.45
0.688
17.9
142.03
216.34
0.2581
0.750
19.05
154.34
229.71
0.750
19.1
154.34
230.27
0.2581
0.812
20.62
166.56
247.84
0.812
20.6
166.56
247.60
0.2581
0.875
22.23
178.89
266.31
0.875
22.2
178.89
265.95
0.938
23.83
191.14
284.54
0.938
23.8
191.14
284.18
1.000
25.40
203.11
302.30
1.000
25.4
203.11
302.28
1.031
26.19
209.06
311.19
1.062
26.97
215.00
319.94
1.062
27.0
215.00
320.26
28.58
227.00
337.91
1.125
28.6
227.00
338.11
1.188
30.18
238.91
355.63
1.188
30.2
238.91
355.83
1.250
31.75
250.55
372.91
1.250
31.8
250.55
373.43
1.281
32.54
256.34
381.55
1.312
33.32
262.10
390.05
1.312
33.3
262.10
389.81
1.375
34.93
273.76
407.51
1.375
34.9
273.76
407.17
1.500
38.10
296.65
441.52
1.750
44.45
341.41
508.15
50.01
379.53
564.85
5(s)
0.188
4.78
43.84
65.33
10s
0.218
5.54
50.76
75.62
0.219
5.56
50.99
75.89
30
Weight
1.125
1.969
20
Shipping:4
Measure
140
10
STD
API 5L
Weight2
160
559
550
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
Cube/m
0.3125
0.3125
0.219
5.6
50.99
76.42
0.3125
0.250
6.35
58.13
86.55
0.250
6.4
58.13
87.21
0.3125
0.281
7.14
65.24
97.17
0.281
7.1
65.24
96.63
0.3125
0.312
7.92
72.34
107.64
0.312
7.9
72.34
107.36
0.3125
0.344
8.74
79.64
118.60
0.344
8.7
79.64
118.06
0.3125
0.375
9.53
86.69
129.14
0.375
9.5
86.69
128.73
0.3125
0.406
10.31
93.72
139.51
0.406
10.3
93.72
139.37
0.3125
0.438
11.13
100.96
150.38
0.438
11.1
100.96
149.97
0.3125
0.469
11.91
107.95
160.69
0.469
11.9
107.95
160.55
0.3125
0.500
12.70
114.92
171.10
0.500
12.7
114.92
171.09
0.3125
0.562
14.27
128.79
191.70
0.562
14.3
128.79
192.08
0.3125
0.625
15.88
142.81
212.70
0.625
15.9
142.81
212.95
0.3125
0.688
17.48
156.74
233.44
0.688
17.5
156.74
233.68
0.3125
0.750
19.05
170.37
253.67
0.750
19.1
170.37
254.30
0.3125
0.812
20.62
183.92
273.78
0.812
20.6
183.92
273.51
0.3125
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
91
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
Cube/m
0.875
22.23
197.60
294.27
0.875
22.2
197.60
293.87
0.3125
22.000
0.938
23.83
211.19
314.51
0.938
23.8
211.19
314.11
559
1.000
25.40
224.49
334.25
1.000
25.4
224.49
334.23
550
1.062
26.97
237.70
353.86
1.062
27.0
237.70
354.22
1.125
28.58
251.05
373.85
1.125
28.6
251.05
374.08
1.188
30.18
264.31
393.59
1.188
30.2
264.31
393.81
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
22
22
60
80
100
120
24
24
24.000
Shipping:4
Weight
Measure
1.250
31.75
277.27
412.84
1.250
31.8
277.27
413.42
1.312
33.32
290.15
431.96
1.312
33.3
290.15
431.69
1.375
34.93
303.16
451.45
1.375
34.9
303.16
451.06
1.438
36.53
316.08
470.69
1.438
36.5
316.08
470.30
1.500
38.1
328.72
489.41
0.250
6.4
63.47
95.26
0.3721
0.3721
1.500
38.10
328.72
489.44
1.625
41.28
353.94
527.05
140
1.875
47.63
403.38
600.67
160
2.125
53.98
451.49
672.30
5(s)
0.218
5.54
55.42
82.58
10(s)
0.250
6.35
63.47
94.53
0.3721
610
0.281
7.14
71.25
106.15
0.281
7.1
71.25
105.56
600
0.312
7.92
79.01
117.60
0.312
7.9
79.01
117.30
0.3721
0.344
8.74
86.99
129.60
0.344
8.7
86.99
129.00
0.3721
STD
XS
20 40s
92
94.71
141.12
0.375
9.5
94.71
140.68
0.3721
102.40
152.48
0.406
10.3
102.40
152.32
0.3721
0.438
11.13
110.32
164.38
0.438
11.1
110.32
163.93
0.3721
0.469
11.91
117.98
175.67
0.469
11.9
117.98
175.51
0.3721
0.500
12.70
125.61
187.07
0.500
12.7
125.61
187.06
0.3721
30
0.562
14.27
140.81
209.65
0.562
14.3
140.81
210.07
0.3721
0.625
15.88
156.17
232.67
0.625
15.9
156.17
232.94
0.3721
0.688
17.48
171.45
255.43
0.688
17.5
171.45
255.69
0.3721
60
3
4
9.53
10.31
80s
40
1
2
0.375
0.406
0.750
19.05
186.41
277.63
0.750
19.1
186.41
278.32
0.3721
0.812
20.62
201.28
299.71
0.812
20.6
201.28
299.41
0.3721
0.875
22.23
216.31
322.23
0.875
22.2
216.31
321.79
0.3721
0.938
23.83
231.25
344.48
0.938
23.8
231.25
344.05
0.3721
1.000
25.4
245.87
366.17
0.3721
0.969
24.61
238.57
355.28
1.000
25.40
245.87
366.19
0.3721
1.062
26.97
260.41
387.79
1.062
27.0
260.41
388.17
1.125
28.58
275.10
409.80
1.125
28.6
275.10
410.05
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
24
24
24.000
API 5L
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
1.188
30.18
289.71
431.55
1.188
30.2
289.71
431.80
442.11
Weight
Measure
1.219
30.96
296.86
610
1.250
31.75
304.00
452.77
1.250
31.8
304.00
453.42
600
1.312
33.32
318.21
473.87
1.312
33.3
318.21
473.57
1.375
34.93
332.56
495.38
1.375
34.9
332.56
494.95
1.438
36.53
346.83
516.63
1.438
36.5
346.83
516.20
1.500
38.1
360.79
537.33
1.562
39.7
374.66
558.32
26
80
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
1.500
38.10
360.79
537.36
100
1.531
38.89
367.74
547.74
1.562
39.67
374.66
557.97
120
1.812
46.02
429.79
640.07
140
2.062
52.37
483.57
720.19
160
2.344
59.54
542.64
808.27
26
26.000
660
10
650
STD
XS
28
20
28
28.000
711
10
700
STD
1
2
3
4
Cube/m
0.250
6.35
68.82
102.36
0.250
6.4
68.82
103.15
0.4356
0.281
7.14
77.26
114.96
0.281
7.1
77.26
114.31
0.4356
0.312
7.92
85.68
127.36
0.312
7.9
85.68
127.04
0.4356
0.344
8.74
94.35
140.37
0.344
8.7
94.35
139.73
0.4356
0.375
9.53
102.72
152.88
0.375
9.5
102.72
152.39
0.4356
0.406
10.31
111.08
165.19
0.406
10.3
111.08
165.02
0.4356
0.438
11.13
119.69
178.10
0.438
11.1
119.69
177.62
0.4356
0.469
11.91
128.00
190.36
0.469
11.9
128.00
190.19
0.4356
0.500
12.70
136.30
202.74
0.500
12.7
136.30
202.72
0.4356
0.562
14.27
152.83
227.25
0.562
14.3
152.83
227.70
0.4356
0.625
15.88
169.54
252.25
0.625
15.9
169.54
252.55
0.4356
0.688
17.48
186.16
276.98
0.688
17.5
186.16
277.27
0.4356
0.750
19.05
202.44
301.12
0.750
19.1
202.44
301.87
0.4356
0.812
20.62
218.64
325.14
0.812
20.6
218.64
324.81
0.4356
0.875
22.23
235.01
349.64
0.875
22.2
235.01
349.16
0.4356
0.938
23.83
251.30
373.87
0.938
23.8
251.30
373.39
0.4356
1.000
25.40
267.25
397.51
1.000
25.4
267.25
397.49
0.4356
0.250
6.35
74.16
110.35
0.250
6.4
74.16
111.20
0.5055
0.281
7.14
83.26
123.94
0.281
7.1
83.26
123.24
0.5055
0.312
7.92
92.35
137.32
0.312
7.9
92.35
136.97
0.5055
0.344
8.74
101.70
151.37
0.344
8.7
101.70
150.67
0.5055
0.375
9.53
110.74
164.86
0.375
9.5
110.74
164.34
0.5055
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
93
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
28
28
28.000
711
700
XS
20
30
30
30
5(s)
30.000
762.0
10(s)
750
STD
XS
32
1
2
3
4
94
32
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.406
10.31
119.76
178.16
0.406
10.3
119.76
177.98
0.5055
0.438
11.13
129.05
192.10
0.438
11.1
129.05
191.58
0.5055
0.469
11.91
138.03
205.34
0.469
11.9
138.03
205.15
0.5055
0.500
12.70
146.99
218.71
0.500
12.7
146.99
218.69
0.5055
0.562
14.27
164.84
245.19
0.562
14.3
164.84
245.68
0.5055
0.625
15.88
182.90
272.23
0.625
15.9
182.90
272.54
0.5055
Weight
Measure
Cube/m
0.688
17.48
200.87
298.96
0.688
17.5
200.87
299.28
0.5055
0.750
19.05
218.48
325.08
0.750
19.1
218.48
325.89
0.5055
0.812
20.62
236.00
351.07
0.812
20.6
236.00
350.72
0.5055
0.875
22.23
253.72
377.60
0.875
22.2
253.72
377.08
0.5055
0.938
23.83
271.36
403.84
0.938
23.8
271.36
403.32
0.5055
1.000
25.40
288.63
429.46
1.000
25.4
288.63
429.44
0.5055
0.5806
0.250
6.35
79.51
118.34
0.250
6.4
79.51
119.25
0.281
7.14
89.27
132.92
0.281
7.1
89.27
132.17
0.5806
0.312
7.92
99.02
147.29
0.312
7.9
99.02
146.91
0.5806
0.344
8.74
109.06
162.36
0.344
8.7
109.06
161.61
0.5806
0.375
9.53
118.76
176.85
0.375
9.5
118.76
176.29
0.5806
0.406
10.31
128.44
191.12
0.406
10.3
128.44
190.93
0.5806
0.438
11.13
138.42
206.10
0.438
11.1
138.42
205.54
0.5806
0.469
11.91
148.06
220.32
0.469
11.9
148.06
220.12
0.5806
20
0.500
12.70
157.68
234.68
0.500
12.7
157.68
234.67
0.5806
0.562
14.27
176.86
263.14
0.562
14.3
176.86
263.67
0.5806
30
0.625
15.88
196.26
292.20
0.625
15.9
196.26
292.54
0.5806
0.688
17.48
215.58
320.95
0.688
17.5
215.58
321.29
0.5806
0.750
19.05
234.51
349.04
0.750
19.1
234.51
349.91
0.5806
0.812
20.62
253.36
377.01
0.812
20.6
253.36
376.63
0.5806
0.875
22.23
272.43
405.56
0.875
22.2
272.43
405.00
0.5806
0.938
23.83
291.41
433.81
0.938
23.8
291.41
433.26
0.5806
1.000
25.40
310.01
461.41
1.000
25.4
310.01
461.38
0.5806
1.062
26.97
328.53
488.88
1.062
27.0
328.53
489.38
0.5806
1.125
28.58
347.26
516.93
1.125
28.6
347.26
517.25
0.5806
1.188
30.18
365.90
544.68
1.188
30.2
365.90
544.99
0.5806
1.250
31.75
384.17
571.79
1.250
31.8
384.17
572.61
0.5806
0.250
6.35
84.85
126.32
0.250
6.4
84.85
127.30
0.6610
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
32
32
32.000
10
813
800
STD
XS
34
20
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
0.281
7.14
95.28
141.90
0.281
7.1
95.28
141.10
0.6610
0.312
7.92
105.69
157.25
0.312
7.9
105.69
156.84
0.6610
0.344
8.74
116.41
173.35
0.344
8.7
116.41
172.56
0.6610
0.375
9.53
126.78
188.83
0.375
9.5
126.78
188.24
0.6610
0.406
10.31
137.12
204.09
0.406
10.3
137.12
203.88
0.6610
0.438
11.13
147.78
220.10
0.438
11.1
147.78
219.50
0.6610
0.469
11.91
158.08
235.29
0.469
11.9
158.08
235.09
0.6610
0.500
12.70
168.37
250.65
0.500
12.7
168.37
250.64
0.6610
14.27
188.87
281.09
0.562
14.3
188.87
281.65
0.6610
15.88
209.62
312.17
0.625
15.9
209.62
312.54
0.6610
40
0.688
17.48
230.29
342.94
0.688
17.5
230.29
343.30
0.6610
0.750
19.05
250.55
373.00
0.750
19.1
250.55
373.93
0.6610
10
STD
3
4
Weight2
0.625
850
1
2
Wall Thickness
0.562
34
XS
API 5L
Weight2
30
34.000
864
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
Wall thickness
20
0.812
20.62
270.72
402.94
0.812
20.6
270.72
402.54
0.6610
0.875
22.23
291.14
433.52
0.875
22.2
291.14
432.93
0.6610
0.938
23.83
311.47
463.78
0.938
23.8
311.47
463.19
0.6610
1.000
25.40
331.39
493.35
1.000
25.4
331.39
493.32
0.6610
1.062
26.97
351.23
522.80
1.062
27.0
351.23
523.33
0.6610
1.125
28.58
371.31
552.88
1.125
28.6
371.31
553.22
0.6610
1.188
30.18
391.30
582.64
1.188
30.2
391.30
582.98
0.6610
1.250
31.75
410.90
611.72
1.250
31.8
410.90
612.61
0.6610
0.250
6.35
90.20
134.31
0.250
6.4
90.20
135.35
0.7465
0.281
7.14
101.29
150.88
0.281
7.1
101.29
150.03
0.7465
0.312
7.92
112.36
167.21
0.312
7.9
112.36
166.78
0.7465
0.344
8.74
123.77
184.34
0.344
8.7
123.77
183.50
0.7465
0.375
9.53
134.79
200.82
0.375
9.5
134.79
200.18
0.7465
0.406
10.31
145.80
217.06
0.406
10.3
145.80
216.84
0.7465
0.438
11.13
157.14
234.10
0.438
11.1
157.14
233.46
0.7465
0.469
11.91
168.11
250.27
0.469
11.9
168.11
250.05
0.7465
0.500
12.70
179.06
266.63
0.500
12.7
179.06
266.61
0.7465
0.562
14.27
200.89
299.04
0.562
14.3
200.89
299.64
0.7465
30
0.625
15.88
222.99
332.14
0.625
15.9
222.99
332.53
0.7465
40
0.688
17.48
245.00
364.92
0.688
17.5
245.00
365.31
0.7465
0.750
19.05
266.58
396.96
0.750
19.1
266.58
397.95
0.7465
0.812
20.62
288.08
428.88
0.812
20.6
288.08
428.44
0.7465
0.875
22.23
309.84
461.48
0.875
22.2
309.84
460.85
0.7465
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
95
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.938
23.83
331.52
493.75
0.938
23.8
331.52
493.12
0.7465
34.000
1.000
25.40
352.77
525.30
1.000
25.4
352.77
525.27
0.7465
864
1.062
26.97
373.94
556.73
1.062
27.0
373.94
557.29
0.7465
850
1.125
28.58
395.36
588.83
1.125
28.6
395.36
589.19
0.7465
1.188
30.18
416.70
620.60
1.188
30.2
416.70
620.96
0.7465
1.250
31.75
437.62
651.65
1.250
31.8
437.62
652.60
0.7465
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
34
34
36
36
36.000
914
10
900
STD
XS
38
38
38.000
965
STD
950
XS
1
2
3
4
96
Shipping:4
Weight
Measure
Cube/m
0.250
6.35
95.54
142.14
0.250
6.4
95.54
143.24
0.8354
0.281
7.14
107.30
159.68
0.281
7.1
107.30
158.79
0.8354
0.312
7.92
119.03
176.97
0.312
7.9
119.03
176.52
0.8354
0.344
8.74
131.12
195.12
0.344
8.7
131.12
194.22
0.8354
0.375
9.53
142.81
212.57
0.375
9.5
142.81
211.90
0.8354
0.406
10.31
154.48
229.77
0.406
10.3
154.48
229.54
0.8354
0.438
11.13
166.51
247.82
0.438
11.1
166.51
247.15
0.8354
0.469
11.91
178.14
264.96
0.469
11.9
178.14
264.72
0.8354
20
0.500
12.70
189.75
282.29
0.500
12.7
189.75
282.27
0.8354
0.562
14.27
212.90
316.63
0.562
14.3
212.90
317.27
0.8354
30
0.625
15.88
236.35
351.73
0.625
15.9
236.35
352.14
0.8354
0.688
17.48
259.71
386.47
0.688
17.5
259.71
386.88
0.8354
40
0.750
19.05
282.62
420.45
0.750
19.1
282.62
421.50
0.8354
0.812
20.62
305.44
454.30
0.812
20.6
305.44
453.84
0.8354
0.875
22.23
328.55
488.89
0.875
22.2
328.55
488.22
0.8354
0.938
23.83
351.57
523.14
0.938
23.8
351.57
522.47
0.8354
1.000
25.40
374.15
556.62
1.000
25.4
374.15
556.59
0.8354
1.062
26.97
396.64
589.98
1.062
27.0
396.64
590.58
0.8354
1.125
28.58
419.42
624.07
1.125
28.6
419.42
624.45
0.8354
1.188
30.18
442.10
657.81
1.188
30.2
442.10
658.19
0.8354
1.250
31.75
464.35
690.80
1.250
31.8
464.35
691.81
0.8354
0.312
7.92
125.70
186.94
0.312
7.9
125.70
186.46
0.9312
0.344
8.74
138.47
206.11
0.344
8.7
138.47
205.17
0.9312
0.375
9.53
150.83
224.56
0.375
9.5
150.83
223.84
0.9312
0.406
10.31
163.16
242.74
0.406
10.3
163.16
242.49
0.9312
0.438
11.13
175.87
261.82
0.438
11.1
175.87
261.11
0.9312
0.469
11.91
188.17
279.94
0.469
11.9
188.17
279.69
0.9312
0.500
12.70
200.44
298.26
0.500
12.7
200.44
298.24
0.9312
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.562
14.27
224.94
334.58
0.562
14.3
224.92
335.25
0.9312
38.000
0.625
15.88
249.71
371.70
0.625
15.9
249.71
372.14
0.9312
965
0.688
17.48
274.42
408.46
0.688
17.5
274.42
408.89
0.9312
950
0.750
19.05
298.65
444.41
0.750
19.1
298.65
445.52
0.9312
0.812
20.62
322.80
480.24
0.812
20.6
322.80
479.75
0.9312
0.875
22.23
347.26
516.85
0.875
22.2
347.26
516.14
0.9312
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
38
38
40
40
40.000
1016
STD
1000
XS
42
42
42.000
1067
1
2
3
4
STD
Shipping:4
Weight
Measure
Cube/m
0.938
23.83
371.63
553.11
0.938
23.8
371.63
552.40
0.9312
1.000
25.40
395.53
588.57
1.000
25.4
395.53
588.53
0.9312
1.062
26.97
419.35
623.90
1.062
27.0
419.35
624.54
0.9312
1.125
28.58
443.47
660.01
1.125
28.6
443.47
660.42
0.9312
1.188
30.18
467.50
695.77
1.188
30.2
467.50
696.18
0.9312
1.250
31.75
491.07
730.74
1.250
31.8
491.07
731.80
0.9312
0.312
7.92
132.37
196.90
0.312
7.9
132.37
196.39
1.0323
0.344
8.74
145.83
217.11
0.344
8.7
145.83
216.11
1.0323
0.375
9.53
158.85
236.54
0.375
9.5
158.85
235.79
1.0323
0.406
10.31
171.84
255.71
0.406
10.3
171.84
255.45
1.0323
0.438
11.13
185.24
275.82
0.438
11.1
185.24
275.07
1.0323
0.469
11.91
198.19
294.92
0.469
11.9
198.19
294.66
1.0323
0.500
12.70
211.13
314.23
0.500
12.7
211.13
314.22
1.0323
0.562
14.27
236.93
352.53
0.562
14.3
236.93
353.24
1.0323
0.625
15.88
263.07
391.67
0.625
15.9
263.07
392.13
1.0323
0.688
17.48
289.13
430.45
0.688
17.5
289.13
430.90
1.0323
0.750
19.05
314.69
468.37
0.750
19.1
314.69
469.55
1.0323
0.812
20.62
340.16
506.17
0.812
20.6
340.16
505.66
1.0323
0.875
22.23
365.97
544.81
0.875
22.2
365.97
544.06
1.0323
0.938
23.83
391.68
583.08
0.938
23.8
391.68
582.33
1.0323
1.000
25.40
416.91
620.51
1.000
25.4
416.91
620.48
1.0323
1.062
26.97
442.05
657.82
1.062
27.0
442.05
658.50
1.0323
1.125
28.58
467.52
695.96
1.125
28.6
467.52
696.39
1.0323
1.188
30.18
492.90
733.73
1.188
30.2
492.90
734.16
1.0323
1.250
31.75
517.80
770.67
1.250
31.8
517.80
771.80
1.0323
0.344
8.74
153.18
228.10
0.344
8.7
153.18
227.05
1.1385
0.375
9.53
166.86
248.53
0.375
9.5
166.86
247.74
1.1385
0.406
10.31
180.52
268.67
0.406
10.3
180.52
268.40
1.1385
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
97
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
42
42
42.000
1067
XS
1050
44
44
44.000
STD
1110
XS
46
1
2
3
4
98
46
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
0.438
11.13
194.60
289.82
0.438
11.1
194.60
289.03
1.1385
0.469
11.91
208.22
309.90
0.469
11.9
208.22
309.62
1.1385
0.500
12.70
221.82
330.21
0.500
12.7
221.82
330.19
1.1385
0.562
14.27
248.95
370.48
0.562
14.3
248.95
371.22
1.1385
0.625
15.88
276.44
411.64
0.625
15.9
276.44
412.13
1.1385
0.688
17.48
303.84
452.43
0.688
17.5
303.84
452.91
1.1385
Weight
Measure
Cube/m
0.750
19.05
330.72
492.33
0.750
19.1
330.72
493.57
1.1385
0.812
20.62
357.52
532.11
0.812
20.6
357.52
531.57
1.1385
0.875
22.23
384.67
572.77
0.875
22.2
384.67
571.98
1.1385
0.938
23.83
411.74
613.05
0.938
23.8
411.74
612.26
1.1385
1.000
25.40
438.29
652.46
1.000
25.4
438.29
652.42
1.1385
1.062
26.97
464.76
691.75
1.062
27.0
464.76
692.45
1.1385
1.125
28.58
491.57
731.91
1.125
28.6
491.57
732.36
1.1385
1.188
30.18
518.30
771.69
1.188
30.2
518.30
772.14
1.1385
1.250
31.75
544.52
810.60
1.250
31.8
544.52
811.79
1.1385
0.344
8.74
160.54
239.09
0.344
8.7
160.54
237.99
1.2499
0.375
9.53
174.88
260.52
0.375
9.5
174.88
259.69
1.2499
0.406
10.31
189.20
281.64
0.406
10.3
189.20
281.35
1.2499
0.438
11.13
203.97
303.82
0.438
11.1
203.97
302.99
1.2499
0.469
11.91
218.25
324.88
0.469
11.9
218.25
324.59
1.2499
0.500
12.70
232.51
346.18
0.500
12.7
232.51
346.16
1.2499
0.562
14.27
260.97
388.42
0.562
14.3
260.97
389.21
1.2499
0.625
15.88
289.80
431.62
0.625
15.9
289.80
432.13
1.2499
0.688
17.48
318.55
474.42
0.688
17.5
318.55
474.92
1.2499
0.750
19.05
346.76
516.29
0.750
19.1
346.76
517.59
1.2499
0.812
20.62
374.88
558.04
0.812
20.6
374.88
557.47
1.2499
0.875
22.23
403.38
600.73
0.875
22.2
403.38
599.90
1.2499
0.938
23.83
431.79
643.03
0.938
23.8
431.79
642.19
1.2499
1.000
25.40
459.67
684.41
1.000
25.4
459.67
684.37
1.2499
1.062
26.97
487.47
725.67
1.062
27.0
487.47
726.41
1.2499
1.125
28.58
515.63
767.85
1.125
28.6
515.63
768.33
1.2499
1.188
30.18
543.70
809.65
1.188
30.2
543.70
810.12
1.2499
1.250
31.75
571.25
850.54
1.250
31.8
571.25
851.79
1.2499
0.344
8.74
167.89
249.87
0.344
8.7
167.89
248.72
1.3642
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
46
46
STD
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
kg/m
in
lb/ft
kg/m
Cube/m
Weight
Measure
mm
mm
0.375
9.53
182.90
272.27
0.375
9.5
182.90
271.40
1.3642
1168
0.406
10.31
197.88
294.35
0.406
10.3
197.88
294.05
1.3642
1150
0.438
11.13
213.33
317.54
0.438
11.1
213.33
316.67
1.3642
0.469
11.91
228.27
339.56
0.469
11.9
228.27
339.26
1.3642
0.500
12.70
243.20
351.84
0.500
12.7
243.20
361.82
1.3642
0.562
14.27
272.98
406.02
0.562
14.3
272.98
406.84
1.3642
0.625
15.88
303.16
451.20
0.625
15.9
303.16
451.73
1.3642
0.688
17.48
333.26
495.97
0.688
17.5
333.26
496.50
1.3642
0.750
19.05
362.79
539.78
0.750
19.1
362.79
541.14
1.3642
0.812
20.62
392.24
583.47
0.812
20.6
392.24
582.87
1.3642
0.875
22.23
422.09
628.14
0.875
22.2
422.09
627.27
1.3642
0.938
23.83
451.85
672.41
0.938
23.8
451.85
671.54
1.3642
1.000
25.40
481.05
715.73
1.000
25.4
481.05
715.68
1.3642
1.062
26.97
510.17
758.92
1.062
27.0
510.17
759.70
1.3642
1.125
28.58
539.68
803.09
1.125
28.6
539.68
803.59
1.3642
1.188
30.18
569.10
846.86
1.188
30.2
569.10
847.36
1.3642
1.250
31.75
597.97
889.69
1.250
31.8
597.97
890.99
1.3642
XS
48
48
0.344
8.74
175.25
260.86
0.344
8.7
175.25
259.66
1.4860
0.375
9.53
190.92
284.25
0.375
9.5
190.92
283.35
1.4860
1219
0.406
10.31
206.56
307.32
0.406
10.3
206.56
307.01
1.4860
1200
0.438
11.13
222.70
331.54
0.438
11.1
222.70
330.63
1.4860
0.469
11.91
238.30
354.54
0.469
11.9
238.30
354.23
1.4860
0.500
12.70
253.89
377.81
0.500
12.7
253.89
377.79
1.4860
0.562
14.27
285.00
423.97
0.562
14.3
285.00
424.82
1.4860
0.625
15.88
316.52
471.17
0.625
15.9
316.52
471.73
1.4860
0.688
17.48
347.97
517.95
0.688
17.5
347.97
518.51
1.4860
0.750
19.05
378.89
563.74
0.750
19.1
378.83
565.16
1.4860
0.812
20.62
409.61
609.40
0.812
20.6
409.61
608.78
1.4860
0.875
22.23
440.80
656.10
0.875
22.2
440.80
655.19
1.4860
0.938
23.83
471.90
702.38
0.938
23.8
471.90
701.47
1.4860
1.000
25.40
502.43
747.67
1.000
25.4
502.43
747.63
1.4860
1.062
26.97
532.88
792.84
1.062
27.0
532.88
793.66
1.4860
1.125
28.58
563.73
839.04
1.125
28.6
563.73
839.56
1.4860
1.188
30.18
594.50
884.84
1.188
30.2
594.50
885.34
1.4860
1.250
31.75
624.70
929.62
1.250
31.8
624.70
930.99
1.4860
48.000
STD
XS
1
2
3
4
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
99
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
52
52
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
kg/m
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
0.375
9.53
206.95
308.23
0.375
9.5
206.95
307.25
1.7450
52.000
0.406
10.31
223.93
333.26
0.406
10.3
223.93
332.92
1.7450
1321
0.438
11.13
241.42
359.54
0.438
11.1
241.42
358.55
1.7450
1300
0.469
11.91
258.36
384.50
0.469
11.9
258.36
384.16
1.7450
0.500
12.70
275.27
409.76
0.500
12.7
275.27
409.74
1.7450
0.562
14.27
309.03
459.86
0.562
14.3
309.03
460.79
1.7450
56
15.88
343.25
511.12
0.625
15.9
343.25
511.72
1.7450
17.48
377.39
561.93
0.688
17.5
377.39
562.53
1.7450
0.750
19.05
410.90
611.66
0.750
19.1
410.90
613.20
1.7450
0.812
20.62
444.33
661.27
0.812
20.6
444.33
660.60
1.7450
0.875
22.23
478.21
712.02
0.875
22.2
478.21
711.03
1.7450
0.938
23.83
512.01
762.33
0.938
23.8
512.01
761.34
1.7450
1.000
25.40
545.19
811.57
1.000
25.4
545.19
811.52
1.7450
1.062
26.97
578.29
860.69
1.062
27.0
578.29
861.57
1.7450
1.125
28.58
611.84
910.93
1.125
28.6
611.84
911.50
1.7450
1.188
30.18
645.30
960.74
1.188
30.2
645.30
961.30
1.7450
1.250
31.75
678.15
1009.49
1.250
31.8
678.15
1010.98
1.7450
2.0221
0.375
9.53
222.99
331.96
0.375
9.5
222.99
330.91
56.000
0.406
10.31
241.29
358.94
0.406
10.3
241.29
358.57
2.0221
1422
0.438
11.13
260.15
387.26
0.438
11.1
260.15
386.20
2.0221
1400
0.469
11.91
278.41
414.17
0.469
11.9
278.41
413.80
2.0221
0.500
12.70
296.65
441.39
0.500
12.7
296.65
441.37
2.0221
0.562
14.27
333.06
495.41
0.562
14.3
333.06
496.41
2.0221
1
2
3
4
100
56
0.625
0.688
0.625
15.88
369.97
550.67
0.625
15.9
369.97
551.32
2.0221
0.688
17.48
406.80
605.46
0.688
17.5
406.80
606.11
2.0221
0.750
19.05
442.97
659.11
0.750
19.1
442.97
660.77
2.0221
0.812
20.62
479.05
712.63
0.812
20.6
479.05
711.91
2.0221
0.875
22.23
515.63
767.39
0.875
22.2
515.63
766.32
2.0221
0.938
23.83
552.12
821.68
0.938
23.8
552.12
820.61
2.0221
1.000
25.40
587.95
875.83
1.000
25.4
587.95
874.78
2.0221
1.062
26.97
623.70
927.86
1.062
27.0
623.70
928.82
2.0221
1.125
28.58
659.94
982.12
1.125
28.6
659.94
982.73
2.0221
1.188
30.18
696.10
1035.91
1.188
30.2
696.10
1036.52
2.0221
1.250
31.75
731.60
1088.57
1.250
31.8
731.60
1090.18
2.0221
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
60
60
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
Shipping:4
in
lb/ft
in
lb/ft
Weight
Measure
mm
kg/m
mm
kg/m
Cube/m
0.375
9.53
239.02
355.94
0.375
9.5
239.02
354.80
2.3226
60.000
0.406
10.31
258.65
384.87
0.406
10.3
258.65
384.48
2.3226
1524
0.438
11.13
278.88
415.26
0.438
11.1
278.88
414.12
2.3226
1500
0.469
11.91
298.47
444.13
0.469
11.9
298.47
443.73
2.3226
64
12.70
318.03
473.34
0.500
12.7
318.03
473.31
2.3226
14.27
357.09
531.30
0.562
14.3
357.09
532.38
2.3226
0.625
15.88
396.70
590.62
0.625
15.9
396.70
591.32
2.3226
0.688
17.48
436.22
649.44
0.688
17.5
436.22
650.13
2.3226
0.750
19.05
475.04
707.03
0.750
19.1
475.04
708.82
2.3226
0.812
20.62
513.77
764.50
0.812
20.6
513.77
763.72
2.3226
0.875
22.23
553.04
823.31
0.875
22.2
553.04
822.16
2.3226
0.938
23.83
592.23
881.63
0.938
23.8
592.23
880.48
2.3226
1.000
25.40
630.71
938.73
1.000
25.4
630.71
938.67
2.3226
1.062
26.97
669.11
995.71
1.062
27.0
669.11
996.73
2.3226
2.3226
1.125
28.58
708.05
1054.01
1.125
28.6
708.05
1054.67
1.188
30.18
746.90
1111.83
1.188
30.2
746.90
1112.48
2.3226
1.250
31.75
785.05
1168.44
1.250
31.8
785.05
1170.17
2.3226
0.375
9.53
255.06
379.91
0.375
9.5
255.06
378.70
2.6439
64.000
0.406
10.31
276.01
410.81
0.406
10.3
276.01
410.38
2.6439
1626
0.438
11.13
297.61
443.25
0.438
11.1
297.61
442.04
2.6439
1600
0.469
11.91
318.52
474.09
0.469
11.9
318.52
473.66
2.6439
1
2
3
4
64
0.500
0.562
0.500
12.70
339.41
505.29
0.500
12.7
339.41
505.26
2.6439
0.562
14.27
381.12
567.20
0.562
14.3
381.12
568.35
2.6439
0.625
15.88
423.42
630.56
0.625
15.9
423.42
631.31
2.6439
0.688
17.48
465.64
693.41
0.688
17.5
465.64
694.15
2.6439
0.750
19.05
507.11
754.95
0.750
19.1
507.11
756.86
2.6439
0.812
20.62
548.49
816.37
0.812
20.6
548.49
815.54
2.6439
0.875
22.23
590.46
879.23
0.875
22.2
590.46
878.00
2.6439
0.938
23.83
632.34
941.57
0.938
23.8
632.34
940.34
2.6439
2.6439
1.000
25.40
673.47
1002.62
1.000
25.4
673.47
1002.56
1.062
26.97
714.52
1063.55
1.062
27.0
714.52
1064.65
2.6439
1.125
28.58
756.15
1125.90
1.125
28.6
756.15
1126.61
2.6439
1.188
30.18
797.69
1187.74
1.188
30.2
797.69
1188.44
2.6439
1.250
31.75
838.50
1248.30
1.250
31.8
838.50
1250.15
2.6439
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
101
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
in
mm
lb/ft
0.469
11.91
338.57
503.75
0.469
11.9
338.57
503.30
2.9825
68.000
0.500
12.70
360.79
536.92
0.500
12.7
360.79
536.89
2.9825
1727
0.562
14.27
405.15
602.74
0.562
14.3
405.15
603.96
2.9825
1700
0.625
15.88
450.15
670.12
0.625
15.9
450.15
670.91
2.9825
0.688
17.48
495.06
736.95
0.688
17.5
495.06
737.73
2.9825
0.750
19.05
539.18
802.40
0.750
19.1
539.18
804.43
2.9825
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
68
68
72
72
Shipping:4
Weight
Measure
kg/m
kg/m
Cube/m
0.812
20.62
583.21
867.73
0.812
20.6
583.21
866.84
2.9825
0.875
22.23
627.57
934.60
0.875
22.2
627.87
933.30
2.9825
0.938
23.83
672.45
1000.92
0.938
23.8
672.45
999.62
2.9825
1.000
25.40
716.23
1065.89
1.000
25.4
716.23
1065.82
2.9825
1.062
26.97
759.93
1130.73
1.062
27.0
759.93
1131.89
2.9825
1.125
28.58
804.26
1197.09
1.125
28.6
804.26
1197.84
2.9825
1.188
30.18
848.49
1262.92
1.188
30.2
848.49
1263.66
2.9825
1.250
31.75
891.95
1327.39
1.250
31.8
891.95
1329.36
2.9825
0.500
12.70
382.17
568.87
0.500
12.7
382.17
568.83
3.3452
72.000
0.562
14.27
429.18
638.64
0.562
14.3
429.18
639.93
3.3452
1829
0.625
15.88
476.87
710.06
0.625
15.9
476.87
710.91
3.3452
1800
0.688
17.48
524.48
780.92
0.688
17.5
524.48
781.75
3.3452
0.750
19.05
571.25
850.32
0.750
19.1
571.25
852.47
3.3452
76
20.62
617.93
919.60
0.812
20.6
617.93
918.66
3.3452
22.23
665.29
990.52
0.875
22.2
665.29
989.14
3.3452
0.938
23.83
712.55
1060.87
0.938
23.8
712.55
1059.49
3.3452
1.000
25.40
758.99
1129.78
1.000
25.4
758.99
1129.71
3.3452
1.062
26.97
805.34
1198.57
1.062
27.0
805.34
1199.81
3.3452
1.125
28.58
852.36
1268.98
1.125
28.6
852.36
1269.78
3.3452
1.188
30.18
899.29
1338.83
1.188
30.2
899.29
1339.62
3.3452
1.250
31.75
945.40
1407.25
1.250
31.8
945.40
1409.34
3.3452
0.500
12.70
403.55
600.50
0.500
12.7
403.55
600.46
3.7249
76.000
0.562
14.27
453.21
674.18
0.562
14.3
453.21
675.55
3.7249
1930
0.625
15.88
503.60
749.62
0.625
15.9
503.60
750.51
3.7249
1900
0.688
17.48
553.90
824.45
0.688
17.5
553.90
825.34
3.7249
0.750
19.05
603.32
897.77
0.750
19.1
603.32
900.05
3.7249
1
2
3
4
102
76
0.812
0.875
0.812
20.62
652.65
970.96
0.812
20.6
652.65
969.97
3.7249
0.875
22.23
702.70
1045.89
0.875
22.2
702.70
1044.43
3.7249
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L
Metric and Imperial Units
ASME B36.10 · B36.19 · API 5L For dimensional and weight tolerances of ASTM see page 376 and of API 5L page 379.
NB
ASME B36.10 and B36.191
API 5L
Wall thickness
Weight2
Wall Thickness
Weight2
in
mm
lb/ft
kg/m
in
mm
lb/ft
0.938
23.83
752.66
1120.22
0.938
23.8
76.000
1.000
25.40
801.75
1193.05
1.000
1930
1.062
26.97
850.75
1265.74
1900
1.125
28.58
900.47
1.188
30.18
1.250
31.75
OD in
API 5L
Designation
OD mm
Size
or Schedule3
DN
76
76
80
80
80.000
Shipping:4
Weight
Measure
kg/m
Cube/m
752.66
1118.76
3.7249
25.4
801.75
1192.97
3.7249
1.062
27.0
850.75
1267.06
3.7249
1340.17
1.125
28.6
900.47
1341.01
3.7249
950.09
1414.01
1.188
30.2
950.09
1414.84
3.7249
998.85
1486.33
1.250
31.8
998.85
1488.55
3.7249
0.562
14.27
477.25
710.08
0.562
14.3
477.25
711.52
4.1290
0.625
15.88
530.32
789.56
0.625
15.9
530.32
790.50
4.1290
2032
0.688
17.48
583.32
868.43
0.688
17.5
583.32
869.36
4.1290
2000
0.750
19.05
635.39
945.69
0.750
19.1
635.39
948.09
4.1290
0.812
20.62
687.37
1022.83
0.812
20.6
687.37
1021.78
4.1290
0.875
22.23
740.12
1101.81
0.875
22.2
740.12
1100.27
4.1290
0.938
23.83
792.77
1180.17
0.938
23.8
792.77
1178.63
4.1290
1.000
25.40
844.51
1256.94
1.000
25.4
844.51
1256.86
4.1290
1.062
26.97
896.17
1333.59
1.062
27.0
896.17
1334.97
4.1290
1.125
28.58
948.57
1412.06
1.125
28.6
948.57
1412.95
4.1290
1.188
30.18
1000.89
1489.92
1.188
30.2
1000.89
1490.80
4.1290
1.250
31.75
1052.30
1566.20
1.250
31.8
1052.30
1568.53
4.1290
1
2
3
4
Ferritic stainless steel may be about 5% less and austenitic stainless about 2% greater than the weights given here.
kg/m = 0.02466 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 0.02466. For ASME use 0.0246615
lb/ft = 10.69 (D – t)t = Diameter minus thickness times thickness times 10.69
s stainless, (s) identical for carbon steel.
Shipping weight when the weight measure is more than the actual weight (i.e. the volume in m3 exceeds the weight in tonnes). Note that
this value is equivalent to tonnes, the actual weight in kg/m must be divided by 1000. To convert to cubic feet multiply by 10.8
103
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line Casing
Designation
Size
in
Weight
lb/ft
Outside
Wall
Plain End
Diameter
Thickness
Weight/m
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Round thread
Buttress thread
Extreme line
D
t
Wpe
Short
Long
Reg OD
SCC
Std.
Opt.
mm
mm
kg/m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
41/2
9.50
114.30
5.21
14.02
1.91
41/2
10.50
114.30
5.69
15.24
1.72
41/2
11.60
114.30
6.35
16.91
1.54
2.27
1.16
1.72
2.09
41/2
13.50
114.30
7.37
0.98
19.44
1.45
1.81
41/2
15.10
114.30
0.71
8.56
22.32
1.27
1.45
0.34
5
11.50
5
13.00
127.00
5.59
16.74
2.45
127.00
6.43
19.12
5
2.18
2.63
2.99
1.10
15.00
127.00
7.52
22.16
1.91
2.36
2.63
0.73
2.09
5
18.00
127.00
9.19
26.70
1.91
2.00
0.10
0.64
5
21.40
127.00
11.10
31.73
1.34
1.12
–0.78
5
23.20
127.00
12.14
34.39
1.04
0.93
–0.95
5
24.10
127.00
12.70
35.80
0.88
0.56
–1.33
51/2
14.00
139.70
6.20
20.41
2.45
51/2
15.50
139.70
6.99
22.88
2.18
2.63
2.90
0.95
2.63
51/2
17.00
139.70
7.72
25.13
2.00
2.45
2.63
0.68
2.18
1.45
51/2
20.00
139.70
9.17
29.52
2.00
2.09
0.14
0.64
–0.09
51/2
23.00
139.70
10.54
33.57
1.45
1.54
–0.41
51/2
26.80
139.70
12.70
39.78
51/2
29.70
139.70
14.27
44.14
51/2
32.60
139.70
15.88
48.49
51/2
35.30
139.70
17.45
52.61
51/2
38.00
139.70
19.05
56.68
51/2
40.50
139.70
20.62
60.55
51/2
43.10
139.70
22.23
64.40
65/8
20.00
168.28
7.32
29.06
4.99
6.17
6.53
1.08
65/8
24.00
168.28
8.94
35.13
4.35
5.44
5.72
0.26
1.54
0.82
65/8
28.00
168.28
10.59
41.18
4.63
4.81
–0.64
0.09
–0.64
65/8
32.00
168.28
12.07
46.50
3.99
4.08
–1.37
–0.64
–1.36
7
17.00
177.80
5.87
24.89
4.54
7
20.00
177.80
6.91
29.12
4.26
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
104
1.91
–0.73
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line Casing
Designation
Size
Weight
Outside
Wall
Plain End
Diameter
Thickness
Weight/m
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Round thread
Buttress thread
Extreme line
D
t
Wpe
Short
Long
Reg OD
SCC
Std.
Opt.
mm
kg/m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
in
lb/ft
mm
7
23.00
177.80
8.05
33.70
3.63
4.72
4.99
0.73
2.72
7
26.00
177.80
9.19
38.21
3.27
4.26
4.35
0.09
1.27
0.45
7
29.00
177.80
10.36
42.78
3.63
3.72
–0.54
0.27
–0.54
7
32.00
177.80
11.51
47.20
2.99
3.08
–1.18
–0.27
–1.09
7
35.00
177.80
12.65
51.52
2.54
2.54
–1.72
0.45
–0.82
7
38.00
177.80
13.72
55.52
2.00
1.91
–2.36
–0.09
–1.36
7
42.70
177.80
15.88
63.41
7
46.40
177.80
17.45
69.01
7
50.10
177.80
19.05
74.58
7
53.60
177.80
20.62
79.93
7
47.10
177.80
22.23
85.29
75/8
24.00
193.68
7.62
34.97
7.17
75/8
26.40
193.68
8.33
38.08
6.98
8.62
9.34
2.82
2.90
1.81
75/8
29.70
193.68
9.53
43.28
7.89
8.53
2.00
1.18
0.09
75/8
33.70
193.68
10.92
49.22
7.17
7.71
1.18
0.00
–1.09
–1.00
–2.09
75/8
39.00
193.68
12.70
56.69
6.17
6.62
0.10
75/8
42.80
193.68
14.27
63.14
5.45
5.17
–1.37
1.91
75/8
45.30
193.68
15.11
66.55
5.01
5.01
–1.52
75/8
47.10
193.68
15.88
69.64
4.61
4.19
–2.35
75/8
51.20
193.68
17.45
75.85
75/8
55.30
193.68
19.05
82.05
73/4
46.10
196.85
15.11
67.74
85/8
24.00
219.08
6.71
35.15
10.70
85/8
28.00
219.08
7.72
40.24
10.07
85/8
32.00
219.08
8.94
46.33
9.43
12.52
12.79
2.74
5.99
3.99
85/8
36.00
219.08
10.16
52.35
8.80
11.61
11.88
1.83
3.45
1.91
85/8
40.00
219.08
11.43
58.54
10.80
10.98
0.92
1.81
0.27
85/8
44.00
219.08
12.70
64.64
9.89
10.07
0.01
0.73
–0.82
85/8
49.00
219.08
14.15
71.52
8.89
8.98
–1.08
–0.36
–1.91
95/8
32.30
244.48
7.92
46.21
11.07
95/8
36.00
244.48
8.94
51.93
10.43
14.51
14.06
2.94
95/8
40.00
244.48
10.03
58.00
9.71
13.61
13.15
2.03
4.81
3.27
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
105
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line Casing
Designation
Size
Weight
Outside
Wall
Plain End
Diameter
Thickness
Weight/m
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
Round thread
Buttress thread
Extreme line
D
t
Wpe
Short
Long
Reg OD
SCC
Std.
Opt.
kg/m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
in
lb/ft
mm
mm
95/8
43.50
244.48
11.05
63.62
12.79
12.34
1.22
2.45
0.91
95/8
47.00
244.48
11.99
68.75
12.07
11.61
0.49
1.00
–0.54
95/8
53.50
244.48
13.84
78.73
10.61
10.16
–0.96
–0.54
–2.09
95/8
58.40
244.48
15.11
85.48
9.77
9.15
–2.00
95/8
59.40
244.48
15.47
87.38
95/8
64.90
244.48
17.07
95.74
95/8
70.30
244.48
18.64
103.83
95/8
75.60
244.48
20.24
111.94
103/4
32.75
273.05
7.09
46.51
103/4
40.50
273.05
8.89
57.93
13.15
11.97
15.60
3.27
103/4
45.50
273.05
10.16
65.88
10.93
14.42
2.09
103/4
51.00
273.05
11.43
73.76
10.25
13.34
1.00
8.35
103/4
55.50
273.05
12.57
80.76
9.43
12.25
–0.09
7.17
103/4
60.70
273.05
13.84
88.49
8.53
11.07
103/4
65.70
273.05
15.11
96.14
7.62
9.98
103/4
73.20
273.05
17.07
107.78
103/4
79.20
273.05
18.64
116.97
103/4
85.30
273.05
20.24
126.21
113/4
42.00
298.45
8.46
60.51
113/4
47.00
298.45
9.53
67.91
12.52
16.24
113/4
54.00
298.45
11.05
78.33
11.34
14.70
10.25
13.43
13.43
113/4
60.00
298.45
12.42
87.63
113/4
65.00
298.45
13.56
95.29
113/4
71.00
298.45
14.78
103.42
133/8
48.00
339.73
8.38
68.47
133/8
54.50
339.73
9.65
78.55
13.97
18.23
133/8
61.00
339.73
10.92
88.54
12.88
16.69
133/8
68.00
339.73
12.19
98.46
11.70
15.24
133/8
72.00
339.73
13.06
105.20
10.98
14.33
16
65.00
406.40
9.53
93.27
19.32
16
75.00
406.40
11.13
108.49
17.33
20.68
16
84.00
406.40
12.57
122.09
15.51
17.96
15.06
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
106
9.62
5.90
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Round Thread, Buttress Thread, Extreme Line Casing
Designation
Size
Weight
Outside
Wall
Plain End
Diameter
Thickness
Weight/m
Round thread
Buttress thread
Extreme line
D
t
Wpe
Short
Long
Reg OD
SCC
Std.
Opt.
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
in
lb/ft
mm
mm
kg/m
16
109.00
406.40
16.66
160.13
87.50
473.08
11.05
125.91
185/8
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing
33.38
39.19
20
94.00
508.00
11.13
136.38
21.32
27.76
24.86
20
106.50
508.00
12.70
155.13
18.87
24.86
21.95
20
133.00
508.00
16.13
195.66
13.61
18.42
15.97
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels i.e. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
API 5CT · Non-upset, External Upset, Integral Joint Tubing
Designation: Weight lb/ ft
Outside
Wall
Non upset
External
Integral
Diameter
Thickness t End wpe
Non upset
External upset
Integral
T&C
upset T&C
Joint
mm
mm
kg/m
T&C
Regular
Joint
1.050
1.14
1.20
26.67
2.87
1.68
0.09
1.050
1.48
1.54
26.67
3.91
2.19
1.315
1.70
1.80
1.315
2.19
2.24
1.660
2.30
2.40
1.660
3.03
3.07
1.900
2.75
2.90
1.900
3.65
3.73
1.900
1.900
Size
33.40
3.38
2.50
33.40
4.55
3.24
2.10
42.16
3.18
3.06
2.33
42.16
3.56
3.39
42.16
4.85
4.46
2.40
48.26
3.18
3.54
2.76
48.26
3.68
4.05
48.26
5.08
5.41
4.42
48.26
6.35
6.56
5.15
48.26
7.62
7.64
52.40
3.96
4.73
52.40
5.72
6.58
1.660
1.900
2.063
2.063
1.72
Plain
3.25
4.50
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing Kg
Spec. Clr.
0.64
0.60
0.18
0.64
0.61
0.09
0.39
0.73
0.09
0.68
0.09
0.27
0.91
0.09
0.92
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels
ie. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
107
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
API 5CT · Non-upset, External Upset, Integral Joint Tubing
Designation: Weight lb/ ft
Size
Outside
Wall
Non upset
External
Integral
Diameter
Thickness t End wpe
Plain
Non upset
External upset
Integral
T&C
upset T&C
Joint
mm
mm
T&C
Regular
Spec. Clr.
Joint
kg/m
ew Weight gain or loss due to end finishing Kg
23/8
4.00
60.33
4.24
5.87
0.73
23/8
4.60
4.70
60.33
4.83
6.61
0.73
1.81
1.34
23/8
5.80
5.95
60.33
6.45
8.57
0.64
1.63
1.16
23/8
6.60
60.33
7.49
9.76
23/8
7.35
7.45
60.33
8.53
10.90
27/8
6.40
6.50
73.03
5.51
9.17
1.45
2.54
1.71
27/8
7.80
7.90
73.03
7.01
11.41
1.27
2.63
1.78
27/8
8.60
8.70
73.03
7.82
12.58
1.18
2.27
1.43
27/8
9.35
9.45
73.03
8.64
13.72
4.17
2.45
3.72
2.00
27/8
10.50
73.03
9.96
15.49
27/8
11.50
73.03
11.18
17.05
31/2
7.70
88.90
5.49
11.29
31/2
9.20
88.90
6.45
13.12
2.27
31/2
10.20
88.90
7.34
14.76
2.18
31/2
12.70
88.90
9.53
18.65
1.81
31/2
14.30
88.90
10.92
21.00
31/2
15.50
88.90
12.09
22.90
31/2
17.00
88.90
13.46
25.04
101.60
5.74
13.57
101.60
6.65
15.57
4
9.30
12.95
9.50
4
11.00
4
13.20
101.60
8.38
19.27
4
16.10
101.60
10.54
23.67
4
18.90
101.60
12.70
27.84
4
22.20
101.60
15.49
32.89
41/2
12.60
114.30
6.88
18.23
41/2
15.20
114.30
8.56
22.32
41/2
17.00
114.30
9.65
24.90
41/2
18.90
114.30
10.92
27.84
41/2
21.50
114.30
12.70
31.82
41/2
23.70
114.30
14.22
35.10
41/2
26.10
114.30
16.00
38.79
12.75
WL = Wpe x L + ew
WL = weight of pipe of length L (Kg)
Wpe = weight/meter of plain end pipe (Kg/m)
L = total length of pipe (m)
108
2.45
2.81
4.81
2.72
5.99
ew = weight gain or loss due to end finishing (Kg)
Weights need a correction factor of 0.989 for martensitic chromium steels
ie. L80 type 9Cr and 13Cr.
Dimensions and Weights
Casing & Tubing
API 5CT
Metric and Imperial Units
109
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2448
Steel Tubes
DIN 2448
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
1.6
10.2
0.339 0.373 0.404
1.8
2
2.3
0.448 0.487
2.6
2.9
3.2
3.6
4
4.5
13.5
0.519 0.567
0.635 0.699
0.758 0.813
0.879
16
0.630 0.691
0.777 0.859
0.937 1.01
1.10
1.18
17.2
0.684 0.750
0.845 0.936
1.02
1.10
1.21
1.30
1.41
5
19
0.838
0.947 1.05
1.15
1.25
1.37
1.48
1.61
20
0.888
1.00
1.12
1.22
1.33
1.46
1.58
1.72
1.85
21.3
0.952
1.08
1.20
1.32
1.43
1.57
1.71
1.86
2.01
5.6
6.3
7.1
8
8.8
10
11
1.73
25
1.13
1.29
1.44
1.58
1.72
1.90
2.07
2.28
2.47
2.68
2.91
25.4
1.15
1.31
1.46
1.61
1.75
1.94
2.11
2.32
2.52
2.73
2.97
26.9
1.23
1.40
1.56
1.72
1.87
2.07
2.26
2.49
2.70
2.94
3.20
30
1.57
1.76
1.94
2.11
2.34
2.56
2.83
3.08
3.37
3.68
4.01
31.8
1.67
1.87
2.07
2.26
2.50
2.74
3.03
3.30
3.62
3.96
4.32
33.7
1.78
1.99
2.20
2.41
2.67
2.93
3.24
3.54
3.88
4.26
4.66
5.07
38
2.27
2.51
2.75
3.05
3.35
3.72
4.07
4.47
4.93
5.41
5.92
6.34
42.4
2.55
2.82
3.09
3.44
3.79
4.21
4.61
5.08
5.61
6.18
6.79
7.29
7.99
44.5
2.69
2.98
3.26
3.63
4.00
4.44
4.87
5.37
5.94
6.55
7.20
7.75
8.51
48.3
2.93
3.25
3.56
3.97
4.37
4.86
5.34
5.90
6.53
7.21
7.95
8.57
9.45 10.1
51
3.10
3.44
3.77
4.21
4.64
5.16
5.67
6.27
6.94
7.69
8.48
9.16
10.1
10.9
54
3.30
3.65
4.01
4.47
4.93
5.49
6.04
6.68
7.41
8.21
9.08
9.81
10.9
11.7
57
3.87
4.25
4.74
5.23
5.83
6.41
7.10
7.88
8.74
9.67
60.3
4.11
4.51
5.03
5.55
6.19
6.82
7.55
8.39
63.5
4.33
4.76
5.32
5.87
6.55
7.21
8.00
8.89
70
4.80
5.27
5.90
6.51
7.27
8.01
8.89
9.90
73
5.01
5.51
6.16
6.81
7.60
8.38
9.31
1
OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380 and page 383.
110
10.4
3.47
4.70
9.09
10.5
11.6
12.5
9.32 10.3
11.2
12.4
13.4
9.88 10.9
11.9
13.2
14.2
11.0
12.2
13.3
14.8
16.0
11.5
12.8
13.9
15.5
16.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2448
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
12.5
14.2
16
17.5
20
22.2
25
28
30
32
36
40
45
50
55
60
65
10.2
13.5
16
17.2
19
20
21.3
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
33.7
38
42.4
44.5
48.3
11.0
51
11.9
54
12.8
57
13.7
15.0
60.3
14.7
16.1
17.5
63.5
15.7
17.3
18.7
70
17.7
19.5
21.3
73
18.7
20.6
22.5
1
24.0
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
111
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2448
DIN 2448
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
1.6
1.8
2
2.9
3.2
3.6
5.24
5.75
6.44
7.11
7.95
8.77
82.5
6.26
7.00
7.74
8.66
9.56
88.9
6.76
7.57
8.38
9.37 10.3
76.1
2.3
2.6
101.6
8.70
108
9.27
114.3
9.83
127
4
4.5
9.63
10.3
5
5.6
6.3
9.74 10.8
7.1
8
8.8
10
12.1
13.4
14.6
16.3
11
17.7
10.6
11.8
13.2
14.7
16.0
17.9
19.4
11.5
12.8
14.3
16.0
17.4
19.5
21.1
10.8
11.9
13.3
14.8
16.5
18.5
20.1
22.6
24.6
11.5
12.7
14.1
15.8
17.7
19.7
21.5
24.2
26.3
10.9
12.2
13.5
15.0
16.8
18.8
21.0
22.9
25.7
28.0
12.1
13.6
15.0
16.8
18.8
21.0
23.5
25.7
28.9
31.5
133
12.7
14.3
15.8
17.6
19.7
22.0
24.7
27.0
30.3
33.1
139.7
13.4
15.0
16.6
18.5
20.7
23.2
26.0
28.4
32.0
34.9
152.4
16.4
18.2
20.3
22.7
25.4
28.5
31.2
35.1
38.4
159
17.1
19.0
21.2
23.7
26.6
29.8
32.6
36.7
40.1
168.3
18.2
177.8
193.7
20.1
22.5
25.2
28.2
31.6
34.6
39.0
42.7
21.3
23.8
26.6
29.9
33.5
36.7
41.4
45.2
29.1
32.7
36.6
40.1
45.3
49.6
219.1
33.1
37.1
41.6
45.6
51.6
56.5
244.5
37.0
41.6
46.7
51.2
57.8
63.3
273
41.4
46.6
52.3
57.3
64.9
71.1
55.5
62.3
68.4
77.4
84.9
68.6
75.3
85.2
86.3
97.8
323.9
355.6
406.4
457
110
508
610
660
OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380 and page 383.
112
93.5
107
121
135
559
1
26.0
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2448
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
12.5
14.2
16
17.5
20
22.2
25
28
30
32
36
76.1
19.6
21.7
23.7
25.3
27.7
82.5
21.6
23.9
26.2
28.1
30.8
33.0
88.9
23.6
26.2
28.8
30.8
34.0
36.5
101.6
27.5
30.6
33.8
36.3
40.2
43.5
47.2
50.8
108
29.4
32.8
36.3
39.1
43.4
47.0
51.2
55.2
114.3
31.4
35.1
38.8
41.8
46.5
50.4
55.1
59.6
62.4
64.9
127
35.3
39.5
43.8
47.3
52.8
57.4
62.9
68.4
71.8
75.0
80.8
133
37.1
41.6
46.2
49.8
55.7
60.7
66.6
72.5
76.2
79.7
86.1
139.7
39.2
43.9
48.8
52.7
59.0
64.3
70.7
77.1
81.2
85.0
152.4
43.1
48.4
53.8
58.2
65.3
71.3
78.5
85.9
90.6
95.0
159
45.2
50.7
56.4
61.1
68.6
74.9
82.6
90.5
95.4
168.3
48.0
54.0
60.1
65.1
73.1
80.0
88.3
96.9
177.8
51.0
57.3
63.8
69.2
77.8
85.2
94.2
193.7
55.9
62.9
70.1
76.0
85.7
93.9
219.1
63.7
71.8
80.1
87.0
98.2
244.5
71.5
80.6
90.2
98.0
273
80.3
90.6
323.9
355.6
96.0
106
101
110
40
45
50
55
60
65
39.4
57.7
92.1
103
111
100
109
117
127
102
108
117
127
137
103
109
115
126
136
147
158
104
114
121
128
140
152
165
177
188
108
120
132
140
148
163
177
193
209
223
111
122
135
149
159
168
185
202
221
240
257
273
288
125
137
153
169
180
190
210
230
253
275
296
315
333
235
108
121
132
150
165
184
204
217
230
256
280
310
338
365
390
415
120
134
146
166
183
204
226
241
255
284
311
345
377
408
437
466
406.4
121
137
154
168
191
210
235
261
278
295
329
361
401
439
477
513
547
457
137
155
174
190
216
238
266
296
316
335
374
411
457
502
545
587
628
508
153
173
194
212
241
266
298
331
354
376
419
462
514
565
614
663
710
559
168
191
214
234
266
294
329
367
391
416
464
512
570
628
684
738
792
610
184
209
234
256
291
322
361
402
429
456
510
562
627
691
753
814
874
226
254
277
316
349
392
436
466
496
554
612
683
752
821
888
954
660
1
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
113
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2458
Steel Tubes
DIN 2458
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
2.3
2.6
10.2
0.304
0.339
0.373
0.404
0.448
0.487
2.9
3.2
3.6
13.5
0.418
0.470
0.519
0.567
0.635
16
0.504
0.568
0.630
0.691
0.777
17.2
0.546
0.616
0.684
0.750
19
0.608
0.687
0.764
20
0.642
0.726
21.3
0.687
25
4
4.5
5
5.6
6.3
7.1
0.699
0.758
0.813
0.879
0.859
0.937
1.01
1.10
0.845
0.936
1.02
1.10
1.21
1.30
0.838
0.947
1.05
1.15
1.25
1.37
1.48
0.808
0.888
1.00
1.12
1.22
1.33
1.46
1.58
0.777
0.866
0.952
1.08
1.20
1.32
1.43
1.57
1.71
0.815
0.923
1.03
1.13
1.29
1.44
1.58
1.72
1.90
2.07
2.28
2.47
25.4
0.839
0.939
1.05
1.15
1.31
1.46
1.61
1.75
1.94
2.11
2.32
2.52
26.9
0.880
0.998
1.11
1.23
1.40
1.56
1.72
1.87
2.07
2.26
2.49
2.70
30
0.987
1.12
1.25
1.38
1.57
1.76
1.94
2.11
2.34
2.56
2.83
3.08
3.37
3.68
31.8
1.05
1.19
1.33
1.47
1.67
1.87
2.07
2.26
2.50
2.74
3.03
3.30
3.62
3.96
4.32
33.7
1.12
1.27
1.42
1.56
1.78
1.99
2.20
2.41
2.67
2.93
3.24
3.54
3.88
4.26
4.66
38
1.26
1.44
1.61
1.78
2.02
2.27
2.51
2.75
3.05
3.35
3.72
4.07
4.47
4.93
5.41
42.4
1.42
1.61
1.80
1.99
2.27
2.55
2.82
3.09
3.44
3.79
4.21
4.61
5.08
5.61
6.18
44.5
1.49
1.69
1.90
2.10
2.39
2.69
2.98
3.26
3.63
4.00
4.44
4.87
5.37
5.94
6.55
48.3
1.62
1.84
2.06
2.28
2.61
2.93
3.25
3.56
3.97
4.37
4.86
5.34
5.90
6.53
7.21
51
1.71
1.95
2.18
2.42
2.76
3.10
3.44
3.77
4.21
4.64
5.16
5.67
6.27
6.94
7.69
54
1.82
2.07
2.32
2.56
2.93
3.30
3.65
4.01
4.47
4.93
5.49
6.04
6.68
7.41
8.21
57
1.92
2.19
2.45
2.71
3.10
3.49
3.87
4.25
4.74
5.23
5.83
6.41
7.10
7.88
8.74
60.3
2.03
2.32
2.60
2.88
3.29
3.70
4.11
4.51
5.03
5.55
6.19
6.82
7.55
8.39
9.32
63.5
2.44
2.74
3.03
3.47
3.90
4.33
4.76
5.32
5.87
6.55
7.21
8.00
8.89
70
2.70
3.03
3.35
3.84
4.32
4.80
5.27
5.90
6.51
7.27
8.01
8.89
9.90
1.86
9.88
11.0
73
2.82
3.16
3.50
4.01
4.51
5.01
5.51
6.16
6.81
7.60
8.38
9.31
10.4
11.5
76.1
2.94
3.30
3.65
4.19
4.71
5.24
5.75
6.44
7.11
7.95
8.77
9.74
10.8
12.1
82.5
3.19
3.58
3.97
4.55
5.12
5.69
6.26
7.00
7.74
8.66
88.9
3.44
3.87
4.29
4.91
5.53
6.15
6.76
7.57
8.38
9.37
101.6
4.91
5.63
6.35
7.06
7.77
8.70
9.63
108
5.23
6.00
6.76
7.52
8.27
9.27
1
OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380.
114
10.3
10.6
11.8
13.2
10.3
9.56
11.5
12.8
14.3
10.8
11.9
13.3
14.8
16.5
11.5
12.7
14.1
15.8
17.7
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2458
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
8
8.8
10
11
12.5
14.2
16
17.5
20
22.2
25
28
30
32
36
40
10.2
13.5
16
17.2
19
20
21.3
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
33.7
5.07
38
5.92
6.34
42.4
6.79
7.29
44.5
7.20
7.75
48.3
7.95
8.57
51
8.48
9.16
54
9.08
57
9.67
9.81
10.9
10.5
11.6
60.3
10.3
11.2
12.4
63.5
10.9
11.9
13.2
70
12.2
13.3
14.8
73
12.8
13.9
15.5
76.1
13.4
14.6
16.3
82.5
14.7
16.0
17.9
88.9
16.0
17.4
19.5
101.6
18.5
20.1
22.6
108
19.7
21.5
24.2
1
26.3
OD = Outside Diameter
115
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2458
DIN 2458
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
1.4
2
2.3
114.3
1.6
1.8
5.54
6.35
2.6
7.16
2.9
7.97
3.2
8.77
127
6.17
7.07
7.98
8.88
9.77
133
6.46
7.41
8.36
9.30
139.7
6.79
7.79
8.79
9.78
152.4
7.42
8.51
9.61
159
7.74
8.89
3.6
4
4.5
5
5.6
6.3
7.1
10.9
12.2
13.5
15.0
16.8
18.8
11.0
12.1
13.6
15.0
16.8
18.8
21.0
10.2
11.5
12.7
14.3
15.8
17.6
19.7
22.0
10.8
12.1
13.4
15.0
16.6
18.5
20.7
23.2
10.7
11.8
13.2
14.6
16.4
18.2
20.3
22.7
25.4
11.2
12.3
13.8
15.3
17.1
19.0
21.2
23.7
26.6
168.3
11.8
13.0
14.6
16.2
18.2
20.1
22.5
25.2
28.2
177.8
12.5
13.8
15.5
17.1
19.2
21.3
23.8
26.6
29.9
193.7
13.6
15.0
16.9
18.7
21.0
23.3
26.0
29.1
32.7
219.1
17.0
19.1
21.2
23.8
26.4
29.5
33.1
37.1
244.5
19.0
21.4
23.7
26.6
29.5
33.0
37.0
41.6
273
21.3
23.9
26.5
29.8
33.0
36.9
41.4
46.6
323.9
25.3
28.4
31.6
35.4
39.3
44.0
49.3
55.5
355.6
27.8
61.0
10.0
9.83
31.3
34.7
39.0
43.2
48.3
54.3
406.4
35.8
39.7
44.6
49.5
55.4
62.2
69.9
457
40.3
44.7
50.2
55.7
62.3
70.0
78.8
508
44.8
49.5
55.9
62.0
69.4
77.9
87.7
559
61.5
68.3
76.4
85.9
96.6
610
67.2
74.6
83.5
660
72.7
80.8
90.4
102
114
711
78.4
87.1
97.4
109
123
762
84.1
93.3
104
117
132
813
89.7
99.6
112
125
141
864
95.4
106
119
133
150
159
93.8
106
914
101
122
125
141
1016
112
125
140
157
177
168
189
212
220
247
1220
1420
1620
1820
2020
2220
1
OD = Outside Diameter
For dimensional tolerances see page 380.
116
282
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2458
Weight in kg/ m
OD1
Nominal Wall Thickness mm
mm
8
8.8
10
11
12.5
114.3
21.0
22.9
25.7
28.0
127
23.5
25.7
28.9
31.5
133
24.7
27.0
30.3
33.1
139.7
26.0
28.4
32.0
34.9
152.4
28.5
31.2
35.1
38.4
159
29.8
32.6
36.7
40.1
168.3
31.6
34.6
39.0
42.7
177.8
33.5
36.7
41.4
45.2
193.7
36.6
40.1
45.3
49.6
219.1
41.6
45.6
51.6
56.5
244.5
46.7
51.2
57.8
63.3
71.5
273
52.3
57.3
64.9
71.1
80.3
323.9
62.3
68.4
77.4
84.9
355.6
68.6
75.3
85.2
93.5
406.4
78.6
86.3
457
88.6
97.3
508
16
17.5
20
22.2
25
28
30
32
36
40
63.7
96.0
106
107
121
121
137
108
123
135
153
173
194
559
109
119
135
149
168
191
214
234
266
610
119
130
148
162
184
209
234
256
291
322
361
402
660
129
141
160
176
200
226
254
277
316
349
392
436
466
711
139
152
173
190
215
244
274
299
341
377
423
472
504
536
762
149
163
185
204
231
262
294
321
366
405
454
507
542
576
645
813
159
175
198
218
247
280
314
343
391
433
486
542
579
616
690
763
864
169
186
211
231
262
298
335
365
416
461
517
577
617
657
735
813
914
179
196
223
245
278
315
354
387
441
488
548
612
654
696
780
862
1016
199
219
248
273
309
351
395
431
491
544
611
682
729
777
870
963
1220
239
263
298
328
372
422
475
519
592
656
737
823
880
938
1051
1164
1420
279
306
348
382
434
492
554
605
691
765
860
961
1028
1095
1229
1361
1620
318
350
397
436
496
562
633
692
789
875
983
1099
1176
1253
1406
1559
393
1820
98.6
97.8
110
14.2
446
491
557
632
712
778
888
984
1107
1237
1324
1411
1584
1756
2020
496
545
619
702
791
864
986
1094
1230
1376
1472
1569
1761
1953
2220
545
599
681
772
870
951
1085
1203
1353
1514
1620
1727
1939
2150
1
OD = Outside Diameter
117
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462 Seamless Austenitic Stainless Steel
OD 1
mm
Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
1
1.2
6
0.125
0.144
0.204
8
0.176
10
0.225
0.264
10.2
0.230
0.270
12
0.275
13.5
0.313
14
0.326
0.369
2
0.344
0.410
0.416
0.500
0.477
0.576
0.496
0.601
16
0.376
0.577
0.701
17.2
0.406
0.625
0.761
18
0.425
0.657
0.801
19
0.451
0.535
0.697
0.851
20
0.476
0.564
0.737
0.901
21.3
0.509
0.789
0.966
22
0.526
25
0.601
25.4
26.9
0.455
1.6
3.2
3.6
4
1.12
1.14
1.10
1.22
1.45
1.75
0.937
1.15
1.46
1.17
1.48
0.920
0.926
0.976
1.01
1.25
1.58
1.14
1.40
1.79
2.14
1.21
1.49
1.74
1.75
1.90
1.90
2.29
2.02
2.45
2.30
2.79
2.10
1.29
1.02
38
1.11
1.46
40
1.17
1.54
1.58
1.81
1.65
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
1.81
2.44
2.29
2.78
1.50
35
118
0.858
0.953
32
2
2.9
0.769
0.715
31.8
1
0.645
0.727
0.649
0.818
2.6
1.00
30
33.7
2.3
2.71
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
OD 1
Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
4.5
5
5.6
6.3
7.1
8
8.8
10
11
12.5
14.2
6
8
10
10.2
12
13.5
14
16
17.2
18
19
20
21.3
22
25
25.4
26.9
30
31.8
32
33.7
3.29
35
38
40
1
2
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
119
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
DIN 2462 Seamless Austenitic Stainless Steel
OD 1
Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
1
1.2
42.4
1.6
2
1.63
2.02
44.5
2.3
2.13
48.3
2.9
3.2
3.6
2.59
2.86
3.14
3.49
2.73
3.02
2.97
3.61
4.03
3.83
1.87
2.31
1.98
2.46
3.15
54
2.10
2.60
3.35
57
2.22
2.75
60.3
2.35
2.92
63.5
2.48
3.08
51
1.25
1.49
70
2.74
3.40
76.1
2.98
3.70
82.5
88.9
3.49
114.3
139.7
168.3
219.1
273
323.9
355.6
406.4
2
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
120
4.35
4
3.93
3.34
3.76
4.17
3.96
4.58
5.11
5.63
6.54
7.22
4.83
4.87
4.25
4.78
5.32
4.03
101.6
1
2.65
2.6
6.35
4.98
5.61
4.98
6.24
6.86
7.68
7.17
7.27
8.09
8.51
9.77
9.98
13.6
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
OD 1
Masses 2 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
4.5
5
4.27
4.68
42.4
5.6
6.3
7.1
8
8.8
10
11
12.5
14.2
5.16
44.5
48.3
5.42
6.63
51
54
57
60.3
6.28
7.66
8.52
10.5
63.5
70
76.1
8.90
12.3
13.6
16.5
82.5
88.9
11.7
101.6
13.5
114.3
139.7
12.4
16.8
18.8
168.3
219.1
273
13.0
16.2
17.7
17.1
19.1
21.0
23.5
23.2
355.6
28.4
32.5
28.6
35.1
42.2
43.3
46.3
58.2
323.9
21.4
18.8
64.7
65.9
81.5
78.6
97.4
94.9
92.0
108
406.4
1
2
OD = Outside Diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
121
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
DIN 2462 Seamless Ferritic and Martensitic Stainless Steels
Outside diameter
Masses1 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thicknesses of (mm)
mm
1
1.2
6
0.121
0.140
0.198
8
0.170
10
0.219
0.256
10.2
0.224
0.262
12
0.267
13.5
0.303
14
0.316
0.359
2
0.334
0.398
0.404
0.486
0.463
0.558
0.482
0.583
2.3
2.6
0.625
16
0.364
0.559
0.681
17.2
0.394
0.607
0.739
18
0.413
0.637
0.777
19
0.437
0.519
0.677
0.825
20
0.462
0.548
0.715
0.875
1.10
21.3
0.493
0.765
0.938
1.18
22
0.510
25
0.583
25.4
26.9
0.431
1.6
0.971
0.693
0.909
1.11
1.42
0.705
0.925
1.13
1.44
0.938
1.21
1.54
1.10
1.36
1.73
1.45
1.84
0.629
30
31.8
0.892
32
0.897
33.7
0.794
0.832
0.948
1.17
1.46
1.25
35
0.985
38
1.07
1.42
40
1.13
1.50
42.4
1.75
1.96
1.61
1.59
44.5
48.3
1.54
1.75
2.24
2.36
1.96
2.51
2.07
2.65
1.81
2.25
2.89
1.92
2.38
3.05
54
2.04
2.52
3.25
57
2.16
2.67
60.3
2.29
2.84
63.5
2.40
2.98
70
2.66
3.30
76.1
2.90
51
1.21
1.45
82.5
88.9
101.6
1
Based on a steel density of 7730 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 381.
122
3.60
3.24
3.64
3.84
4.13
4.64
4.84
5.45
3.91
3.39
4.23
4.84
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2462
Outside diameter
Masses1 (weights) per unit length in Kg/m for wall thicknesses of (mm)
mm
2.9
3.2
3.6
4
4.5
5
6
8
10
10.2
12
13.5
0.747
14
16
17.2
1.08
18
19
20
21.3
1.41
1.68
22
25
1.69
25.4
26.9
1.69
1.84
30
2.08
31.8
2.23
2.23
2.70
32
33.7
2.37
3.19
35
38
2.71
40
42.4
3.04
3.39
4.54
48.3
3.51
3.91
5.26
51
3.71
44.5
2.94
54
57
3.81
60.3
4.05
63.5
4.95
5.47
6.34
7.00
7.46
8.25
4.69
70
4.73
76.1
5.16
82.5
8.64
6.17
88.9
6.06
101.6
6.95
1
4.44
6.66
9.49
Based on a steel density of 7730 kg/m3
123
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2463
Steel Tubes
DIN 2463 Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel
OD1
Masses2 (weights) per unit length in kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
1
6
0.125
8
0.176
1.2
10
0.225
0.264
10.2
0.230
0.270
12
0.275
13.5
0.313
14
0.326
1.6
2
0.376
17.2
0.406
18
0.425
0.657
0.801
19
0.451
0.535
0.697
0.851
20
0.476
0.564
0.737
0.901
21.3
0.509
0.789
0.966
22
0.526
25
0.601
26.9
0.937
1.15
1.46
0.727
0.953
1.17
1.48
1.01
1.25
1.58
1.14
1.40
1.79
1.21
1.49
1.90
31.8
0.920
32
0.925
0.976
1.29
1.02
38
1.11
1.46
40
1.17
1.54
1
2
1.58
1.81
2.02
2.45
1.65
1.63
1.81
2.30
2.79
2.44
2.02
OD = Outside diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 382.
124
2.23
3.6
1.50
35
42.4
3.2
1.00
0.715
0.649
0.818
2.9
0.445
30
33.7
2.6
0.369
16
25.4
2.3
2.59
3.14
3.49
4
4.5
5
5.6
6.3
7.1
8
8.8
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
DIN 2463
DIN 2463 Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel
OD1
Masses2 (weights) per unit length in kg/m for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
1
1.2
1.6
44.5
2
2.3
2.13
48.3
2.6
2.73
2.9
3.2
1.87
2.31 2.65
2.97
3.61
1.98
2.46
3.15
3.83
54
2.10
2.60
3.35
57
2.22
2.75
60.3
2.35
2.92 3.34
3.76
63.5
2.48
3.08
3.96
51
1.25
1.49
70
2.74
3.40
76.1
2.98
3.70 4.25
82.5
88.9
3.49
4.35 4.98
4
4.5
5
5.6
6.3
4.03
4.58
5.11
5.32
6.54
7.22
6.86
7.68
8.51
8.90
9.98
6.35
5.61
6.24
7.17
114.3
4.52
5.62
7.27
139.7
5.53
6.89
8.92
168.3
6.68
8.32
8.09
9.77
11.0
10.8
12.4
13.6
13.2
14.8
16.4
13.7
16.8
18.5
20.4
219.1
10.9
14.1
15.7
17.3
19.4
21.5
273
13.6
17.6
19.6
21.6
24.3
26.9
30.2
323.9
16.1
20.9
23.3
25.7
32.1
35.9
355.6
17.7
22.9
25.6
28.2
35.2
43.8
406.4
20.2
26.3
29.3
32.3
40.3
50.2
457
22.7
36.3
45.4
56.5
508
25.4
40.4
45.5
21.0
22.8
28.6
39.9
42.2
42.0
44.7
56.3
55.1
69.6
76.4
79.8
87.6
71.0
62.9
70.4
79.1
75.7
84.8
95.2
63.7
70.7
79.6
88.4
813
73.0
81.0
101
914
82.0
91.1
114
1016
91.2
51.4
50.4
33.5
68.2
48.6
23.5
33.6
60.7
2
8.8
4.83
610
1
8
4.87
4.78
4.98
711
7.1
3.93
4.17
4.03
101.6
3.6
3.02
121
125
114
141
161
143
199
101
OD = Outside diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7970 kg/m3
For dimensional tolerances see page 382.
125
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
EN 10 208
Steel Tubes
EN 10 208
OD1
Masses (weights) per unit length for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
2.3
2.6
33.7
1.78
1.99
2.20
2.41
2.67
2.93
3.24
3.54
3.88
4.26
4.66
5.07
5.40
5.84
42.4
2.27
2.55
2.82
3.09
3.44
3.79
4.21
4.61
5.08
5.61
6.18
6.79
7.29
7.99
48.3
2.61
2.93
3.25
3.56
3.97
4.37
4.86
5.34
5.90
6.53
7.21
7.95
8.57
9.45
60.3
3.29
3.70
4.11
4.51
5.03
5.55
6.19
6.82
7.55
8.39
9.32
10.32
11.18
12.40
88.9
4.91
5.53
6.15
6.76
7.57
8.38
9.37
10.35
11.50
12.83
14.32
15.96
17.38
19.46
114.3
6.35
7.16
7.97
8.77
9.83
10.88
12.19
13.48
15.01
16.78
18.77
20.97
22.90
25.72
11.83
13.03
14.62
16.21
18.18
20.14
22.47
25.17
28.23
31.63
34.61
39.04
168.3
219.1
2.9
3.2
17.04
273
323.9
3.6
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.6
6.3
7.1
8.0
8.8
10.0
19.13
21.22
23.82
26.40
29.49
33.06
37.12
41.65
45.64
51.57
23.92
26.54
29.80
33.05
36.93
41.44
46.56
52.28
57.34
64.86
31.56
35.45
39.32
43.96
49.34
55.47
62.32
68.38
77.41
355.6
38.96
43.23
48.34
54.27
61.02
68.58
75.26
85.23
406.4
44.60
49.50
55.35
62.16
69.92
78.60
86.29
97.76
55.73
62.34
70.02
78.78
88.58
97.27
110.24
508
69.38
77.95
87.71
98.65
108.34
122.81
559
76.43
85.87
96.64 108.71
119.41
135.39
610
83.47
457
93.80
105.57 118.77
130.47
147.97
660
101.56
114.32 128.63
141.32
160.30
711
109.49
123.25 138.70
152.39
172.88
762
117.41
132.18 148.76
163.46
185.45
813
125.33
141.11 158.82
174.53
198.03
864
133.26
150.04 168.88
185.60
210.61
914
141.03
158.80 178.75
196.45
222.94
1016
198.87
218.58
248.09
1067
208.93
229.65
260.67
1118
240.72
273.25
1168
251.57
285.58
1219
262.64
298.16
1321
284.78
323.31
1422
306.69
348.22
1524
328.83
373.38
1626
350.97
398.53
1
126
OD = Outside diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7.85 kg/dm3
M = (D – t) x t x 0.0246615 kg/m
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
EN 10 208
OD1
Masses (weights) per unit length for wall thickness of (mm)
mm
11.0
12.5
14.2
16.0
17.5
20.0
22.2
25.0
28.0
30.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
33.7
42.4
48.3
10.12
11.04
60.3
13.37
14.74
16.14
88.9
21.13
23.55
26.16
28.77
30.81
33.98
114.3
28.02
31.38
35.05
38.79
41.78
46.51
168.3
42.67
48.03
53.96
60.10
65.08
73.15
79.99
88.35
96.88
102.32
107.56
117.46 126.56
219.1
56.45
63.69
71.75
80.14
87.01
98.20
107.80
119.67
131.96
139.90
147.65
162.56 176.67
273
71.07
80.30
90.63
101.41
110.27
124.79
137.31
152.90
169.18
179.78
190.19
210.41 229.85
323.9
84.88
95.99
108.45
121.49
132.23
149.89
165.18
184.28
204.33
217.44
230.36
255.60 280.06
355.6
93.48
105.77
119.56
134.00
145.92
165.53
182.53
203.83
226.22
240.89
255.37
283.75 311.33
406.4
107.26
121.43
137.35
154.05
167.84
190.58
210.34
235.15
261.29
278.48
295.46
328.85 361.44
457
120.99
137.03
155.07
174.01
189.68
215.54
238.05
266.34
296.23
315.91
335.40
373.77 411.35
508
134.82
152.75
172.93
194.14
211.69
240.70
265.97
297.79
331.45
353.65
375.64
419.05 461.66
559
148.66
168.47
190.79
214.26
233.70
265.85
293.89
329.23
366.67
391.38
415.89
464.33 511.97
610
162.49
184.19
208.65
234.38
255.71
291.01
321.81
360.67
401.88
429.11
456.14
509.61 562.28
660
176.06
199.60
226.15
254.11
277.29
315.67
349.19
391.50
436.41
466.10
495.60
554.00 611.61
711
189.89
215.33
244.01
274.24
299.30
340.82
377.11
422.94
471.63
503.83
535.85
599.27
762
203.73
231.05
261.87
294.36
321.31
365.98
405.03
454.39
506.84
541.57
576.09
644.55
813
217.56
246.77
279.73
314.48
343.32
391.13
432.95
485.83
542.06
579.30
616.34
689.83
864
231.40
262.49
297.59
334.61
365.33
416.29
460.87
517.27
577.28
617.03
656.59
735.11
914
244.96
277.90
315.10
354.34
386.91
440.95
488.25
548.10
611.80
654.02
696.05
779.50
1016
272.63
309.35
350.82
394.58
430.93
491.26
544.09
610.99
682.24
729.49
777.54
870.06
1067
286.47
325.07
368.68
414.71
452.94
516.41
572.01
642.43
717.45
767.22
816.79
915.34
1118
300.30
340.79
386.54
434.83
474.95
541.57
599.93
673.88
752.67
804.95
857.04
960.61
1168
313.87
356.20
404.05
454.56
496.53
566.23
627.31
704.70
787.20
841.94
896.49 1005.0
1219
327.70
371.93
421.91
474.68
518.54
591.38
655.23
736.15
822.41
879.68
936.74 1050.3
1321
355.37
403.37
457.63
514.93
562.56
641.69
711.07
799.03
892.84
955.14 1017.2
1422
382.77
434.50
493.00
554.79
606.15
691.51
766.37
861.30
962.59 1029.9
1524
410.44
465.95
528.72
595.03
650.17
741.82
822.21
924.19
1033.0
1626
438.11
497.39
564.44
635.28
694.19
792.13
878.06
987.08
1103.5
1
1140.8
1096.9
1230.5
1105.3
1177.4
1321.1
1180.8
1257.9
1411.6
OD = Outside diameter in mm
Based on a steel density of 7.85 kg/dm3
M = (D – t) x t x 0.0246615 kg/m
127
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Tubes
EN 10 208
128
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections Index
Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et poids
Dimensioni e pesi
Dimensiones y pesos
•
Beams and Sections
Träger und Formstahl
Profilés et aciers marchands
Materiale strutturale e loro sezioni
Vigas y Perfiles
HEA .................................................................................... 132
HEB .................................................................................... 133
HEM .................................................................................... 134
IPE ...................................................................................... 135
IPN ...................................................................................... 136
UPN .................................................................................... 137
Universal Beams .................................................................. 138
Universal Columns .............................................................. 141
Universal Bearing Piles ........................................................ 142
Joists .................................................................................. 143
Channels ............................................................................ 144
Equal and Unequal Angles .................................................. 145
American W-Shapes ............................................................ 147
Hollow Sections .................................................................. 156
131
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
HEA · EN 53 and DIN 1025
B
D
t
r
T
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
Flange
Corner
Thickness T
Radius r
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
HE 100 A
96
100
5
8
12
16.7
HE 120 A
114
120
5
8
12
19.9
HE 140 A
133
140
5.5
8.5
12
24.7
HE 160 A
152
160
6
9
15
30.4
HE 180 A
171
180
6
9.5
15
35.5
HE 200 A
190
200
6.5
10
18
42.3
HE 220 A
210
220
7
11
18
50.5
HE 240 A
230
240
7.5
12
21
60.3
HE 260 A
250
260
7.5
12.5
24
68.2
HE 280 A
270
280
8
13
24
76.4
HE 300 A
290
300
8.5
14
27
88.3
HE 320 A
310
300
9
15.5
27
HE 340 A
330
300
9.5
16.5
27
105
HE 360 A
350
300
10
17.5
27
112
HE 400 A
390
300
11
19
27
125
HE 450 A
440
300
11.5
21
27
140
HE 500 A
490
300
12
23
27
155
HE 550 A
540
300
12.5
24
27
166
HE 600 A
590
300
13
25
27
178
HE 650 A
640
300
13.5
26
27
190
HE 700 A
690
300
14.5
27
27
204
HE 800 A
790
300
15
28
30
224
HE 900 A
890
300
16
30
30
252
HE 1000 A
990
300
16.5
31
30
272
132
kg/m
97.6
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
HEB · EN 53 and DIN 1025
B
D
t
r
T
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
mm
Flange
Corner
Thickness T
Radius r
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
HE 100 B
100
100
6
10
12
kg/m
20.4
HE 120 B
120
120
6.5
11
12
26.7
HE 140 B
140
140
7
12
12
33.7
HE 160 B
160
160
8
13
15
42.6
HE 180 B
180
180
8.5
14
15
51.2
HE 200 B
200
200
9
15
18
61.3
HE 220 B
220
220
9.5
16
18
71.5
HE 240 B
240
240
10
17
21
83.2
HE 260 B
260
260
10
17.5
24
93.0
HE 280 B
280
280
10.5
18
24
HE 300 B
300
300
11
19
27
117
HE 320 B
320
300
11.5
20.5
27
127
HE 340 B
340
300
12
21.5
27
134
HE 360 B
360
300
12.5
22.5
27
142
HE 400 B
400
300
13.5
24
27
155
HE 450 B
450
300
14
26
27
171
HE 500 B
500
300
14.5
28
27
187
HE 550 B
550
300
15
29
27
199
HE 600 B
600
300
15.5
30
27
212
HE 650 B
650
300
16
31
27
225
HE 700 B
700
300
17
32
27
241
HE 800 B
800
300
17.5
33
30
262
HE 900 B
900
300
18.5
35
30
291
HE 1000 B
1000
300
19
36
30
314
103
133
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
HEM · EN 53 · DIN 1025
B
D
t
r
T
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
mm
Flange
Corner
Thickness T
Radius r
Weight
mm
mm
mm
mm
HE 100 M
120
106
12
20
12
41.8
HE 120 M
140
126
12.5
21
12
52.1
HE 140 M
160
146
13
22
12
63.2
HE 160 M
180
166
14
23
15
76.2
HE 180 M
200
186
14.5
24
15
88.9
HE 200 M
220
206
15
25
18
103
HE 220 M
240
226
15.5
26
18
117
HE 240 M
270
248
18
32
21
157
HE 260 M
290
268
18
32.5
24
172
HE 280 M
310
288
18.5
33
24
189
HE 300 M
340
310
21
39
27
238
HE 320 M
359
309
21
40
27
245
HE 340 M
377
309
21
40
27
248
HE 360 M
395
308
21
40
27
250
HE 400 M
432
307
21
40
27
256
HE 450 M
478
307
21
40
27
263
HE 500 M
524
306
21
40
27
270
HE 550 M
572
306
21
40
27
278
HE 600 M
620
305
21
40
27
285
HE 650 M
668
305
21
40
27
293
HE 700 M
716
304
21
40
27
301
HE 800 M
814
303
21
40
30
317
HE 900 M
910
302
21
40
30
333
HE 1000 M
1008
302
21
40
30
349
134
kg/m
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
IPE · EN 19
B
D
t
r
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
mm
T
Flange
Corner
Thickness T
Radius r
mm
mm
Weight
mm
mm
IPE 80
80
46
3.8
5.2
5
kg/m
6.0
IPE 100
100
55
4.1
5.7
7
8.1
IPE 120
120
64
4.4
6.3
7
10.1
IPE 140
140
73
4.7
6.9
7
12.9
IPE 160
160
82
5.0
7.4
9
15.8
IPE 180
180
91
5.3
8.0
9
18.8
IPE 200
200
100
5.6
8.5
12
22.4
IPE 220
220
110
5.9
9.2
12
26.2
IPE 240
240
120
6.2
9.8
15
30.7
IPE 270
270
135
6.6
10.2
15
36.1
IPE 300
300
150
7.1
10.7
15
42.2
IPE 330
330
160
7.5
11.5
18
49.1
IPE 360
360
170
8.0
12.7
18
57.1
IPE 400
400
180
8.6
13.5
21
66.3
IPE 450
450
190
9.4
14.6
21
77.6
IPE 500
500
200
10.2
16.0
21
90.7
IPE 550
550
210
11.1
17.2
24
106
IPE 600
600
220
12.0
19.0
24
122
IPE 750 x 137
753
263
11.5
17
27
137
IPE 750 x 147
753
265
13.2
17
17
147
IPE 750 x 160
761
264
12
21
27
160
IPE 750 x 173
762
267
14.4
21.6
17
173
IPE 750 x 196
770
268
15.6
25.4
17
196
The following sizes although not specified are available
135
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
IPN · Narrow Flange I-Beams · DIN 1025
B
D
r2
r1
t
T
B/
4
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
Corner
Corner
Radius r1
Radius r2
mm
mm
mm
Weight
mm
mm
mm
80
80
42
3.9
5.9
3.9
2.3
5.94
100
100
50
4.5
6.8
4.5
2.7
8.34
120
120
58
5.1
7.7
5.1
3.1
11.1
140
140
66
5.7
8.6
5.7
3.4
14.3
160
160
74
6.3
9.5
6.3
3.8
17.9
180
180
82
6.9
10.4
6.9
4.1
21.9
200
200
90
7.5
11.3
7.5
4.5
26.2
220
220
98
8.1
12.2
8.1
4.9
31.1
240
240
106
8.7
13.1
8.7
5.2
36.2
260
260
113
9.4
14.1
9.4
5.6
41.9
280
280
119
10.1
15.2
10.1
6.1
47.9
300
300
125
10.8
16.2
10.8
6.5
54.2
320
320
131
11.5
17.3
11.5
6.9
61.0
340
340
137
12.2
18.3
12.2
7.3
68.0
360
360
143
13.0
19.5
13.0
7.8
76.1
380
380
149
13.7
20.5
13.7
8.2
84.0
400
400
155
14.4
21.6
14.4
8.6
425
425
163
15.3
23.0
15.3
9.2
450
450
170
16.2
24.3
16.2
9.7
115
475
475
178
17.1
25.6
17.1
10.3
128
500
500
185
18.0
27.0
18.0
10.8
141
550
550
200
19.0
30.0
19.0
11.9
166
600
600
215
21.6
32.4
21.6
13.0
199
136
mm
Flange
Thickness T
kg/m
92.4
104
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
U Channel · DIN 1026
B
r2
r1
D
t
Equal
B/
4
T
Section
Height D
Width B
Thickness t
Designation
mm
mm
Flange
Corner
Corner
Thickness T
Radius r1
Radius r2
mm
mm
mm
Weight
mm
mm
30 x 15
30
15
4
4.5
4.5
2
kg/m
1.74
30
30
33
5
7
7
3.5
4.27
40 x 20
40
20
5
5.5
5
2.5
2.87
40
40
35
5
7
7
3.5
4.87
50 x 25
50
25
5
6
6
3
3.86
50
50
38
5
7
7
3.5
5.59
60
60
40
6
6
6
3
5.07
65
65
42
5.5
7.5
7.5
4
7.09
80
80
45
6
8
8
4
8.64
100
100
50
6
8.5
8.5
4.5
10.6
120
120
55
7
9
9
4.5
13.4
140
140
60
7
10
10
5
16.0
160
160
65
7.5
10.5
10.5
5.5
18.8
180
180
70
8
11
11
5.5
22.0
200
200
75
8.5
11.5
11.5
6
25.3
220
220
80
9
12.5
12.5
6.5
29.4
240
240
85
9.5
13
13
6.5
33.2
260
260
90
10
14
14
7
37.9
280
280
95
10
15
15
7.5
41.8
300
300
100
10
16
16
8
46.2
320
320
100
14
17.5
17.5
8.75
59.5
350
350
100
14
16
16
8
60.6
380
380
102
13.5
16
16
8
63.1
400
400
110
14
18
18
9
71.8
137
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Universal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
B
D
t
r
Designation
Serial Size
T
D
B
t
T
r
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
914 x 419
388
950.5
420.5
21.5
36.6
24.1
343
911.4
418.5
19.4
32.0
24.1
289
926.6
307.8
19.6
32.0
19.1
253
918.5
305.5
17.3
27.9
19.1
224
910.3
304.1
15.9
23.9
19.1
201
903.0
303.4
15.2
20.2
19.1
226
850.9
293.8
16.1
26.8
17.8
194
840.7
292.4
14.7
21.7
17.8
176
834.9
291.6
14.0
18.8
17.8
197
769.6
268.0
15.6
25.4
16.5
914 x 305
830 x 292
762 x 267
686 x 254
610 x 305
610 x 229
533 x 210
138
173
762.0
266.7
14.3
21.6
16.5
147
753.9
265.3
12.9
17.5
16.5
170
692.9
255.8
14.5
23.7
15.2
152
687.6
254.5
13.2
21.0
15.2
140
683.5
253.7
12.4
19.0
15.2
125
677.9
253.0
11.7
16.2
15.2
238
633.0
311.5
18.6
31.4
16.5
179
617.5
307.0
14.1
23.6
16.5
149
609.6
304.8
11.9
19.7
16.5
140
617.0
230.1
13.1
22.1
12.7
125
611.9
229.0
11.9
19.6
12.7
113
607.3
228.2
11.2
17.3
12.7
101
602.2
227.6
10.6
14.8
12.7
122
544.6
211.9
12.8
21.3
12.7
109
539.5
210.7
11.6
18.8
12.7
101
536.7
210.1
10.9
17.4
12.7
92
533.1
209.3
10.2
15.6
12.7
82
528.3
208.7
9.6
13.2
12.7
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Universal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
B
D
t
r
Designation
Serial Size
T
D
B
t
T
r
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
457 x 191
98
467.4
192.8
11.4
19.6
10.2
89
463.6
192.0
10.6
17.7
10.2
82
460.2
191.3
9.9
16.0
10.2
74
457.2
190.5
9.1
14.5
10.2
67
453.6
189.9
8.5
12.7
10.2
82
465.1
153.5
10.7
18.9
10.2
74
461.3
152.7
9.9
17.0
10.2
67
457.2
151.9
9.1
15.0
10.2
60
454.7
152.9
8.0
13.3
10.2
52
449.8
152.4
7.6
10.9
10.2
74
412.8
179.7
9.7
16.0
10.2
67
409.4
178.8
8.8
14.3
10.2
60
406.4
177.8
7.8
12.8
10.2
54
402.6
177.6
7.6
10.9
10.2
406 x 140
46
402.3
142.4
6.9
11.2
10.2
39
397.3
141.8
6.3
8.6
10.2
356 x 171
67
364.0
173.2
9.1
15.7
10.2
57
358.6
172.1
8.0
13.0
10.2
51
355.6
171.5
7.3
11.5
10.2
45
352.0
171.0
6.9
9.7
10.2
356 x 127
39
352.8
126.0
6.5
10.7
10.2
33
348.5
125.4
5.9
8.5
10.2
305 x 165
54
310.9
166.8
7.7
13.7
8.9
46
307.1
165.7
6.7
11.8
8.9
40
303.8
165.1
6.1
10.2
8.9
48
310.4
125.2
8.9
14.0
8.9
42
306.6
124.3
8.0
12.1
8.9
37
303.8
123.5
7.2
10.7
8.9
457 x 152
406 x 178
305 x 127
139
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Universal Beams · BS 4 pt 1
B
D
t
r
Designation
Serial Size
T
D
B
t
mm
T
r
mm
mm
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
305 x 102
33
312.7
102.4
6.6
10.8
7.6
28
308.9
101.9
6.1
8.9
7.6
254 x 146
254 x 102
25
304.8
101.6
5.8
6.8
7.6
43
259.6
147.3
7.3
12.7
7.6
37
256.0
146.4
6.4
10.9
7.6
31
251.5
146.1
6.1
8.6
7.6
28
260.4
102.1
6.4
10.0
7.6
25
257.0
101.9
6.1
8.4
7.6
7.6
22
254.0
101.6
5.8
6.8
30
206.8
133.8
6.3
9.6
7.6
25
203.2
133.4
5.8
7.8
7.6
203 x 102
23
203.2
101.6
5.2
9.3
7.6
178 x 102
19
177.8
101.6
4.7
7.9
7.6
152 x 89
16
152.4
88.9
4.6
7.7
7.6
127 x 76
13
127.0
76.2
4.2
7.6
7.6
203 x 133
140
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Universal Columns · BS 4 pt 1
B
D
t
r
T
Designation
Serial Size
D
B
t
T
r
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
356 x 406
634
474.7
424.1
47.6
77.0
15.2
551
455.7
418.5
42.0
67.5
15.2
467
436.6
412.4
35.9
58.0
15.2
393
419.1
407.0
30.6
49.2
15.2
340
406.4
403.0
26.5
42.9
15.2
287
393.7
399.0
22.6
36.5
15.2
235
381.0
395.0
18.5
30.2
15.2
202
374.7
374.4
16.8
27.0
15.2
177
368.3
372.1
14.5
23.8
15.2
153
362.0
370.2
12.6
20.7
15.2
129
355.6
368.3
10.7
17.5
15.2
283
365.3
321.8
26.9
44.1
15.2
240
352.6
317.9
23.0
37.7
15.2
198
339.9
314.1
19.2
31.4
15.2
158
327.2
310.6
15.7
25.0
15.2
137
320.5
308.7
13.8
21.7
15.2
118
314.5
306.8
11.9
18.7
15.2
97
307.8
304.8
9.9
15.4
15.2
167
289.1
264.5
19.2
31.7
12.7
132
276.4
261.0
15.6
25.3
12.7
107
266.7
258.3
13.0
20.5
12.7
89
260.4
255.9
10.5
17.3
12.7
73
254.0
254.0
8.6
14.2
12.7
86
222.3
208.8
13.0
20.5
10.2
71
215.9
206.2
10.3
17.3
10.2
60
209.6
205.2
9.3
14.2
10.2
52
206.2
203.9
8.0
12.5
10.2
46
203.2
203.2
7.3
11.0
10.2
37
161.8
154.4
8.1
11.5
7.6
30
157.5
152.9
6.6
9.4
7.6
23
152.4
152.4
6.1
6.8
7.6
356 x 368
305 x 305
254 x 254
203 x 203
152 x 152
141
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Universal Bearing Piles · BS 4 pt 1
B
D
t
r
T
Designation
Serial Size
D
B
t
T
r
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
356 x 368
174
361.5
378.1
20.4
20.4
15.2
152
356.4
375.5
17.9
17.9
15.2
133
351.9
373.3
15.6
15.6
15.2
109
346.4
370.5
12.9
12.9
15.2
223
338.0
325.4
30.5
30.5
15.2
186
328.3
320.5
25.6
25.6
15.2
149
318.5
315.6
20.7
20.7
15.2
126
312.6
312.7
17.8
17.8
15.2
110
307.9
310.3
15.4
15.4
15.2
95
303.8
308.3
13.4
13.4
15.2
88
301.7
307.2
12.3
12.3
15.2
79
299.2
306.0
11.1
11.1
15.2
85
254.3
259.7
14.3
14.3
12.7
71
249.9
257.5
12.1
12.1
12.7
63
246.9
256.0
10.6
10.6
12.7
54
203.9
207.2
11.3
11.3
10.2
45
200.2
205.4
9.5
9.5
10.2
305 x 305
254 x 254
203 x 203
142
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Joists · BS 4 pt 1
B
r2
r1
t
D
Equal
T
Designation
D
B
t
T
r1
r2
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
81.85
254.0
203.2
10.2
19.9
19.6
9.7
254 x 114
37.20
254.0
114.3
7.6
12.8
12.4
6.1
203 x 152
52.09
203.2
152.4
8.9
16.5
15.5
7.6
152 x 127
37.20
152.4
127.0
10.4
13.2
13.5
6.6
127 x 114
29.76
127.0
114.3
10.2
11.5
12.4
4.8
127 x 114
26.79
127.0
114.3
7.4
11.4
9.9
5.0
114 x 114
26.79
114.3
114.3
9.5
10.7
14.2
3.2
102 x 102
23.07
101.6
101.6
9.5
10.3
11.1
3.2
89 x 89
19.35
88.9
88.9
9.5
9.9
11.1
3.2
76 x 76
12.65
76.2
76.2
5.1
8.4
9.4
4.6
Serial Size
Mass per metre
mm
254 x 203
143
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Channels · BS 4 pt 1
B
r2
r1
95°
D
t
Equal
T
Designation
D
B
t
T
r1
r2
mm
Serial Size
Mass per metre
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
432 x 102
65.54
431.8
101.6
12.2
16.8
15.2
4.8
381 x 102
55.10
381.0
101.6
10.4
16.3
15.2
4.8
305 x 102
46.18
304.8
101.6
10.2
14.8
15.2
4.8
305 x 89
41.69
304.8
88.9
10.2
13.7
13.7
3.2
254 x 89
35.74
254.0
88.9
9.1
13.6
13.7
3.2
254 x 76
28.29
254.0
76.2
8.1
10.9
12.2
3.2
229 x 89
32.76
228.6
88.9
8.6
13.3
13.7
3.2
229 x 76
26.06
228.6
76.2
7.6
11.2
12.2
3.2
203 x 89
29.78
203.2
88.9
8.1
12.9
13.7
3.2
203 x 76
23.82
203.2
76.2
7.1
11.2
12.2
3.2
178 x 89
26.81
177.8
88.9
7.6
12.3
13.7
3.2
178 x 76
20.84
177.8
76.2
6.6
10.3
12.2
3.2
152 x 89
23.84
152.4
88.9
7.1
11.6
13.7
3.2
152 x 76
17.88
152.4
76.2
6.4
9.0
12.2
2.4
127 x 64
14.90
127.0
63.5
6.4
9.2
10.7
2.4
144
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Equal Angles · EN 10056-1
t
90°
A
r1
r2
t
A
Not all sizes in EN 10056-1 are listed here.
Designation
Mass per metre
r1
r2
kg/m
mm
mm
128.0
18
9.0
28
104.0
18
9.0
25
93.6
18
9.0
23
86.4
18
9.0
20
75.6
18
9.0
26
76.6
18
9.0
24
71.1
18
9.0
20
59.9
18
9.0
18
54.2
18
9.0
16
48.5
18
9.0
20
53.7
18
9.0
16
43.5
18
9.0
13
35.7
18
9.0
18
40.1
16
8.0
15
33.8
16
8.0
12
27.3
16
8.0
10
23.0
16
8.0
130 x 130
12
23.5
14
7.0
120 x 120
15
26.6
13
6.5
12
21.6
13
6.5
Size A
Thickness t
mm
mm
250 x 250
35
200 x 200
180 x 180
150 x 150
100 x 100
90 x 90
80 x 80
10
18.2
13
6.5
8
14.7
13
6.5
15
21.9
12
6.0
12
17.8
12
6.0
6.0
8
12.2
12
12
15.9
11
5.5
10
13.4
11
5.5
8
10.9
11
5.5
7
9.6
11
5.5
10
11.9
10
5.0
8
9.6
10
5.0
145
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Unequal Angles · EN 10056-1
t
A
90°
r1
r2
t
B
Not all sizes in EN 10056-1 are listed here.
Designation
Mass per metre
r1
r2
kg/m
mm
mm
Size A x B
Thickness t
mm
mm
200 x 150
18
47.1
15
7.5
15
39.6
15
7.5
7.5
200 x 100
150 x 100
150 x 90
150 x 75
125 x 75
120 x 80
100 x 75
100 x 65
146
12
32.0
15
15
33.7
15
7.5
14
31.6
15
7.5
12
27.3
15
7.5
10
23.0
15
7.5
14
26.1
12
6.0
12
22.5
12
6.0
10
19.0
12
6.0
15
26.6
12
6.0
12
21.6
12
6.0
11
19.9
12
6.0
10
18.2
12
6.0
15
24.8
11
6.0
12
20.2
11
6.0
11
18.6
12
6.0
10
17.0
12
6.0
9
15.4
12
6.0
12
17.8
11
5.5
10
15.0
11
5.5
5.5
8
12.2
11
12
17.8
11
5.5
10
15.0
11
5.5
5.5
8
12.2
11
12
15.4
10
5.0
10
13.0
10
5.0
5.0
8
10.6
10
10
12.3
10
5.0
8
9.9
10
5.0
7
8.8
10
5.0
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
W44
W40
W40
W36
mm
mm
mm
499
1118
405
45.0
26.0
290
433
1108
402
40.0
22.0
262
390
1100
400
36.0
20.0
230
343
1090
400
31.0
18.0
335
593
mm
Web
W1100
883
1092
424
82.0
45.5
503
748
1068
417
70.0
39.0
431
642
1048
412
60.0
34.0
397
591
1040
409
55.9
31.0
372
554
1032
408
52.0
29.5
362
539
1030
407
51.1
28.4
324
483
1020
404
46.0
25.4
297
443
1012
402
41.9
23.6
277
412
1008
402
40.0
21.1
249
371
1000
400
36.1
19.0
215
321
990
400
31.0
16.5
199
296
982
400
27.1
16.5
392
W1000
584
1056
314
64.0
36.0
331
494
1036
309
54.0
31.0
327
486
1036
308
54.1
30.0
294
438
1026
305
49.0
26.9
278
415
1020
304
46.0
26.0
264
393
1016
303
43.9
24.4
235
350
1008
302
40.0
21.1
211
314
1000
300
35.9
19.1
183
272
990
300
31.0
16.5
167
249
980
300
26.0
16.5
149
222
970
300
21.1
16.0
798
W1000
1188
1066
457
109.0
60.5
650
W920
967
1028
446
89.9
50.0
527
784
996
437
73.9
40.9
147
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W36
W33
W30
148
mm
mm
653
972
431
62.0
34.5
393
585
960
427
55.9
31.0
359
534
950
425
51.1
28.4
328
488
942
422
47.0
25.9
300
446
933
423
42.7
24.0
280
417
928
422
39.9
22.5
260
387
921
420
36.6
21.3
256
381
951
310
43.3
24.4
245
365
916
419
34.3
20.3
232
345
943
308
39.9
22.1
230
342
912
418
32.0
19.3
210
313
932
309
34.5
21.1
194
289
927
308
32.0
19.4
182
271
923
307
30.0
18.4
170
253
919
306
27.9
17.3
160
238
915
305
25.9
16.5
150
223
911
304
23.9
15.9
135
201
903
304
20.1
15.2
439
387
mm
Web
W920
576
913
411
57.9
32.0
354
527
903
409
53.1
29.5
318
473
893
406
48.0
26.4
291
433
885
404
43.9
24.4
263
392
877
401
39.9
22.1
241
359
868
403
35.6
21.1
221
329
862
401
32.4
19.7
201
299
855
400
29.2
18.2
169
251
859
292
31.0
17.0
152
226
851
294
26.8
16.1
141
210
846
293
24.4
15.4
130
193
840
292
21.7
14.7
118
176
835
292
18.8
14.0
582
843
396
62.0
34.5
391
W840
W760
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W30
W27
mm
mm
531
833
393
56.9
31.5
326
484
823
390
52.1
29.0
292
434
813
387
47.0
25.9
261
389
803
385
41.9
23.6
235
350
795
382
38.1
21.1
211
314
786
384
33.4
19.7
191
284
779
382
30.1
18.0
173
257
773
381
27.1
16.6
148
220
779
266
30.0
16.5
132
196
770
268
25.4
15.6
124
185
766
267
23.6
14.9
116
173
762
267
21.6
14.4
108
161
758
266
19.3
13.8
99
147
753
265
17.0
13.2
90
134
750
264
15.5
11.9
357
539
mm
Web
W760
802
826
387
89.9
50.0
368
W690
548
772
372
63.0
35.1
336
500
762
369
57.9
32.0
307
457
752
367
53.1
29.5
281
419
744
364
49.0
26.9
258
384
736
362
45.0
24.9
235
350
728
360
40.9
23.1
217
323
722
359
38.1
21.1
194
289
714
356
34.0
19.0
178
265
706
358
30.2
18.4
161
240
701
356
27.4
16.8
146
217
695
355
24.8
15.4
129
192
702
254
27.9
15.5
114
170
693
256
23.6
14.5
102
152
688
254
21.1
13.1
94
140
684
254
18.9
12.4
84
125
678
253
16.3
11.7
149
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W24
W21
150
mm
mm
551
711
347
69.1
38.6
335
498
699
343
63.0
35.1
306
455
689
340
57.9
32.0
279
415
679
338
53.1
29.5
250
372
669
335
48.0
26.4
229
341
661
333
43.9
24.4
207
307
653
330
39.9
22.1
192
285
647
329
37.1
20.6
176
262
641
327
34.0
19.0
162
241
635
329
31.0
17.1
146
217
628
328
27.7
16.5
131
195
622
327
24.4
15.4
117
174
616
325
21.6
14.0
104
155
611
324
19.0
12.7
103
153
623
229
24.9
14.0
94
140
617
230
22.2
13.1
84
125
612
229
19.6
11.9
76
113
608
228
17.3
11.2
68
101
603
228
14.9
10.5
62
92
603
179
15.0
10.9
55
82
599
178
12.8
10.0
370
201
mm
Web
W610
300
585
319
41.4
23.1
182
W530
272
577
317
37.6
21.1
166
248
571
315
34.5
19.0
147
219
560
318
29.2
18.3
132
196
554
316
26.3
16.5
122
182
551
315
24.4
15.2
111
165
546
313
22.2
14.0
101
150
543
312
20.3
12.7
93
138
549
214
23.6
14.7
83
123
544
212
21.2
13.1
73
109
539
211
18.8
11.6
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W21
W18
mm
mm
101
537
210
17.4
10.9
62
92
533
209
15.6
10.2
57
85
535
166
16.5
10.3
55
82
528
209
13.3
9.50
50
74
529
166
13.6
9.7
68
mm
Web
W530
48
72
524
207
10.9
9.00
44
66
525
165
11.4
8.9
464
567
305
69.6
38.6
283
311
W460
471
555
302
63.5
35.6
258
384
545
299
58.4
32.5
234
349
535
296
53.6
29.5
211
315
525
293
48.5
26.9
192
286
517
291
44.4
24.4
175
260
509
289
40.4
22.6
158
235
501
287
36.6
20.6
143
213
495
285
33.5
18.5
130
193
489
283
30.5
17.0
119
177
482
286
26.9
16.6
106
158
476
284
23.9
15.0
97
144
472
283
22.1
13.6
86
128
467
282
19.6
12.2
76
113
463
280
17.3
10.8
71
106
469
194
20.6
12.6
65
97
466
193
19.0
11.4
60
89
463
192
17.7
10.5
55
82
460
191
16.0
9.9
50
74
457
190
14.5
9.0
46
68
459
154
15.4
9.1
40
60
455
153
13.3
8.0
35
52
450
152
10.8
7.6
151
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W16
W14
152
mm
mm
149
431
265
25.0
14.9
89
132
425
263
22.2
13.3
77
114
420
261
19.3
11.6
67
100
415
260
16.9
10.0
57
85
417
181
18.2
10.9
50
75
413
180
16.0
9.7
45
67
410
179
14.4
8.8
40
60
407
178
12.8
7.7
36
53
403
177
10.9
7.5
31
46.1
403
140
11.2
7.0
26
38.8
399
140
8.8
6.4
100
730
mm
Web
W410
1086
569
454
125.0
78.0
665
W360
990
550
448
115.0
71.9
605
900
531
442
106.0
65.9
550
818
514
437
97.0
60.5
500
744
498
432
88.9
55.6
455
677
483
428
81.5
51.2
426
634
474
424
77.1
47.6
398
592
465
421
72.3
45.0
370
551
455
418
67.6
42.0
342
509
446
416
62.7
39.1
311
463
435
412
57.4
35.8
283
421
425
409
52.6
32.8
257
382
416
406
48.0
29.8
233
347
407
404
43.7
27.2
211
314
399
401
39.6
24.9
193
287
393
399
36.6
22.6
176
262
387
398
33.3
21.1
159
237
380
395
30.2
18.9
145
216
375
394
27.7
17.3
132
196
372
374
26.2
16.4
120
179
368
373
23.9
15.0
109
162
364
371
21.8
13.3
99
147
360
370
19.8
12.3
90
134
356
369
18.0
11.2
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W14
W12
mm
mm
122
363
257
21.7
13.0
74
110
360
256
19.9
11.4
68
101
357
255
18.3
10.5
61
91
353
254
16.4
9.5
53
79
354
205
16.8
9.4
48
72
350
204
15.1
8.6
43
64
347
203
13.5
7.7
38
58
358
172
13.1
7.9
34
51
355
171
11.6
7.2
30
44.6
352
171
9.8
6.9
26
39.0
353
128
10.7
6.5
22
32.9
349
127
8.5
5.8
82
336
mm
Web
W360
500
427
340
75.1
45.1
305
W310
454
415
336
68.7
41.3
279
415
403
334
62.7
38.9
252
375
391
330
57.2
35.4
230
342
382
328
52.6
32.6
210
313
374
325
48.3
30.0
190
283
365
322
44.1
26.9
170
253
356
319
39.6
24.4
152
226
348
317
35.6
22.1
136
202
341
315
31.8
20.1
120
179
333
313
28.1
18.0
106
158
327
310
25.1
15.5
96
143
323
309
22.9
14.0
87
129
318
308
20.6
13.1
79
117
314
307
18.7
11.9
72
107
311
306
17.0
10.9
65
97
308
305
15.4
9.9
58
86
310
254
16.3
9.1
53
79
306
254
14.6
8.8
50
74
310
205
16.3
9.4
45
67
306
204
14.6
8.5
153
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
kg/m
mm
mm
W12
W10
W8
154
mm
mm
60
303
203
13.1
7.5
35
52
317
167
13.2
7.6
30
44.5
313
166
11.2
6.6
26
38.7
310
165
9.7
5.8
22
32.7
313
102
10.8
6.6
19
28.3
309
102
8.9
6.0
16
23.8
305
101
6.7
5.6
14
21.0
303
101
5.7
5.1
40
112
mm
Web
W310
167
289
265
31.8
19.2
100
149
282
263
28.4
17.3
88
131
275
261
25.1
15.4
77
115
269
259
22.1
13.5
68
101
264
257
19.6
11.9
60
89
260
256
17.3
10.7
54
80
256
255
15.6
9.4
49
73
253
254
14.2
8.6
45
67
257
204
15.7
8.9
39
58
252
203
13.5
8.0
33
49.1
247
202
11.0
7.4
30
44.8
266
148
13.0
7.6
26
38.5
262
147
11.2
6.6
22
32.7
258
146
9.1
6.1
19
28.4
260
102
10.0
6.4
17
25.3
257
102
8.4
6.1
15
22.3
254
102
6.9
5.8
12
17.9
251
101
5.3
4.8
67
W250
100
229
210
23.7
14.5
58
W200
86
222
209
20.6
13.0
48
71
216
206
17.4
10.2
40
59
210
205
14.2
9.1
35
52
206
204
12.6
7.9
31
46.1
203
203
11.0
7.2
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
American W-Shapes · ASTM A6
B
D
t
r
T
Note: Metric and imperial sizes are not exact equivalents.
Designation
Depth
Flange
Serial Size
Weight per Foot Serial Size
Weight per Meter
D
B
T
t
in
lb/ft
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
mm
mm
W8
28
W200
41.7
205
166
11.8
7.2
24
35.9
201
165
10.2
6.2
21
31.3
210
134
10.2
6.4
18
26.6
207
133
8.4
5.8
15
22.5
206
102
8.0
6.2
13
19.3
203
102
6.5
5.8
10
15.0
200
100
5.2
4.3
W6
W5
25
37.1
162
154
11.6
8.1
20
29.8
157
153
9.3
6.6
15
22.5
152
152
6.6
5.8
16
24.0
160
102
10.3
6.6
12
18.0
153
102
7.1
5.8
9
13.5
150
100
5.5
4.3
8.5
13.0
100
4.9
4.3
19
W150
W130
16
W4
Web
13
W100
14.8
28.1
131
128
10.9
6.9
23.8
127
127
9.1
6.1
19.3
106
103
8.8
7.1
155
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Rectangular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
B
D
t
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
mm
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
kg/m
50 x 25
50 x 30
60 x 40
80 x 40
90 x 50
2.5
2.69
3.0
3.17
3.0
6.71
4.0
8.78
140 x 80
4.0
13.2
5.0
16.3
2.5
2.89
5.0
10.8
6.0
19.3
3.0
3.41
6.0
12.7
6.3
20.2
4.0
4.39
6.3
13.3
8.0
25.1
5.0
5.28
8.0
16.3
10.0
30.6
2.5
3.68
3.0
3.0
7.18
4.35
4.0
9.41
4.0
5.64
5.0
5.0
6.85
6.0
6.0
7.99
6.3
8.31
3.0
5.29
4.0
6.90
100 x 60
120 x 60
150 x 100
4.0
15.1
5.0
18.6
11.6
6.0
22.1
13.6
6.3
23.1
6.3
14.2
8.0
28.9
8.0
17.5
10.0
35.3
4.0
10.7
12.0
41.4
5.0
13.1
12.5
42.8
5.0
8.42
6.0
15.5
4.0
14.4
6.0
9.87
6.3
16.2
5.0
17.8
160 x 80
6.3
10.3
8.0
20.1
6.0
21.2
8.0
12.5
10.0
24.3
6.3
22.2
4.0
11.9
8.0
27.6
3.0
6.24
4.0
8.15
5.0
14.7
10.0
33.7
9.99
5.0
156
100 x 50
120 x 80
6.0
17.4
12.0
39.5
6.0
11.8
6.3
18.2
12.5
40.9
6.3
12.3
8.0
22.6
8.0
15.0
10.0
27.4
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Rectangular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
B
D
t
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
Size D x B
Thickness t
Weight
mm
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
kg/m
mm
mm
kg/m
250 x 150
350 x 250
180 x 100
200 x 100
200 x 120
4.0
16.9
5.0
21.0
6.0
36.2
6.3
38.0
6.0
55.1
6.3
57.8
6.0
6.3
24.9
8.0
26.1
10.0
47.7
8.0
72.8
58.8
10.0
8.0
32.6
12.0
69.6
12.0
107
10.0
12.0
40.0
12.5
72.3
12.5
112
47.0
16.0
90.3
16.0
12.5
48.7
141
6.0
40.0
4.0
18.2
6.3
41.9
10.0
5.0
22.6
8.0
52.7
12.0
107
6.0
26.8
10.0
65.1
12.5
112
6.3
28.1
12.0
77.2
16.0
141
8.0
35.1
12.5
80.1
10.0
43.1
16.0
12.0
50.8
12.5
52.7
16.0
6.0
260 x 180
300 x 200
400 x 200
450 x 250
100
8.0
8.0
10.0
90.2
72.8
90.2
85.4
106
6.0
45.7
12.0
126
6.3
47.9
12.5
131
65.2
8.0
60.3
16.0
166
28.7
10.0
74.5
6.3
30.1
12.0
8.0
37.6
12.5
10.0
46.3
16.0
12.0
54.6
12.5
56.6
10.0
122
88.5
12.0
145
91.9
12.5
151
115
500 x 300
16.0
191
20.0
235
157
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Square Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
D
D
t
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
20
2.0
1.10
80
5.0
11.6
150
10.0
43.1
220
12.5
2.5
1.32
6.0
13.6
12.0
50.8
2.0
1.41
6.3
14.2
12.5
52.7
2.5
1.71
8.0
17.5
16.0
65.2
6.3
47.9
3.0
2.00
4.0
10.7
5.0
24.1
8.0
60.3
2.0
1.72
5.0
13.1
6.0
28.7
10.0
74.5
2.5
2.11
6.0
15.5
6.3
30.1
12.0
88.5
3.0
2.47
6.3
16.2
8.0
37.6
12.5
91.9
2.5
2.89
3.0
3.41
4.0
25
30
40
50
60
70
80
158
90
160
16.0
250
6.0
45.7
8.0
20.1
10.0
46.3
4.0
11.9
12.0
54.6
4.39
5.0
14.7
12.5
5.0
5.28
6.0
17.4
2.5
3.68
6.3
18.2
3.0
4.35
8.0
22.6
6.0
32.5
12.0
92.2
4.0
5.64
10.0
27.4
6.3
34.0
12.5
95.8
5.0
6.85
5.0
17.8
8.0
42.7
6.0
7.99
6.0
21.2
10.0
52.5
6.3
8.31
6.3
22.2
12.0
62.1
6.3
57.8
2.5
4.46
8.0
27.6
12.5
64.4
8.0
72.8
3.0
5.29
10.0
33.7
4.0
6.90
12.0
39.5
5.0
8.42
6.0
9.87
100
120
140
180
200
16.0
80.1
100
260
115
6.0
47.6
56.6
6.3
49.9
16.0
70.2
8.0
62.8
5.0
27.3
10.0
77.7
16.0
300
6.0
16.0
80.2
10.0
5.0
30.4
12.0
120
55.1
90.2
107
12.5
40.9
6.0
36.2
12.5
112
5.0
21.0
6.3
38.0
16.0
141
6.3
10.3
6.0
24.9
8.0
47.7
8.0
12.5
6.3
26.1
10.0
58.8
350
10.0
8.0
106
85.4
126
3.0
6.24
8.0
32.6
12.0
69.6
12.0
4.0
8.15
10.0
40.0
12.5
72.3
12.5
131
5.0
9.99
12.0
47.0
16.0
90.3
16.0
166
10.0
122
6.0
11.8
6.3
12.3
8.0
15.0
150
12.5
48.7
6.0
40.0
5.0
22.6
220
6.3
41.9
400
12.0
145
6.0
26.8
8.0
52.7
12.5
151
3.0
7.18
6.3
28.1
10.0
65.1
16.0
191
4.0
9.41
8.0
35.1
12.0
77.2
20.0
235
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Steel Beams
Circular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
D
t
Not all sizes in EN 10210-2 are listed here
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
21.3
2.3
1.08
3.2
26.9
33.7
42.4
48.3
60.3
76.1
5.0
16.6
6.3
20.7
7.11
8.0
26.0
10.0
51.6
8.77
10.0
32.0
12.5
63.7
12.5
39.2
20.0
98.2
5.0
20.1
6.3
2.6
4.71
1.43
3.2
5.75
2.3
1.40
4.0
3.2
1.87
5.0
2.6
1.99
3.2
6.76
3.2
2.41
4.0
8.38
4.0
2.93
5.0
10.3
2.6
2.55
6.3
12.8
3.2
3.09
88.9
101.6
4.0
139.7
168.3
9.63
33.1
37.0
10.0
57.8
8.0
31.6
12.5
10.0
39.0
20.0
111
12.5
48.0
25.0
135
5.0
21.3
3.79
5.0
11.9
2.93
6.3
14.8
3.2
3.56
8.0
18.5
6.3
4.0
4.37
10.0
22.6
5.0
5.34
4.0
10.9
2.6
3.70
5.0
13.5
5.0
23.3
3.2
4.51
6.3
16.8
6.3
29.1
4.0
5.55
8.0
21.0
12.5
5.0
6.82
10.0
25.7
16.0
193.7
26.4
6.3
25.2
4.0
114.3
244.5
5.0
6.3
2.6
177.8
219.1
273.0
71.5
6.3
41.4
26.6
10.0
64.9
10.0
41.4
12.5
12.5
51.0
20.0
125
25.0
153
323.9
80.3
6.3
49.3
55.9
10.0
77.4
70.1
12.5
96.0
159
Dimensions and Weights
Beams & Sections
Circular Hollow Sections · EN 10210-2
D
t
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
Size D
Thickness
Weight
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
mm
t mm
kg/m
20.0
150
457.0
40.0
411
711.0
60.0
963
1016.0
25.0
184
508.0
6.3
762.0
6.3
117
323.9
355.6
406.4
457.0
160
77.9
1067.0
25.0
611
30.0
729
6.3
54.3
12.5
153
12.5
231
12.5
325
10.0
85.2
25.0
298
25.0
454
16.0
415
12.5
106
40.0
462
40.0
712
25.0
642
20.0
166
50.0
565
50.0
878
30.0
767
25.0
204
12.5
247
6.3
610.0
62.2
6.3
93.8
813.0
12.5
184
16.0
314
12.5
121
25.0
361
25.0
486
20.0
191
40.0
562
30.0
579
25.0
235
50.0
691
12.5
40.0
361
6.3
70.0
711.0
914.0
25.0
736
354
25.0
548
30.0
654
25.0
423
40.0
662
25.0
266
50.0
815
1016.0
705
372
16.0
216
25.0
475
109
137
455
16.0
215
20.0
356
16.0
278
6.3
12.5
309
16.0
395
1219.0
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
1168.0
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and Weights
Buttweld Fittings Index
Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et poids
Dimensioni e pesi
Dimensiones y pesos
•
Buttweld Fittings
Vorschweißfittings
Raccords à souder
Raccordi a saldare di testa
Acessorios para soldar
Elbows and Returns, long radius .......................................... 164
Elbows, short radius ............................................................ 172
Tees, equal and reducing ...................................................... 178
Reducers, concentric and excentric ...................................... 201
End Caps.............................................................................. 215
Tables are for ASME B16.9. MSS-SP-75 is not listed separately as
sizes are the same, but note that tolerances on dimensions are
different and so weights may differ slightly. ASME B16.28 has
been incorporated into ASME B16.9.
163
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
1/
2
Back
Designation/
to Face
Schedule
K in/mm
Weight measure
m3 90°
1.50
0.62
1.88
5s
0.04
0.02
0.08
38
16
48
10s
0.06
0.03
0.12
STD
40(s)
0.08
0.04
0.16
XS
80(s)
0.10
0.05
0.20
160
0.10
0.05
0.20
0.12
0.06
0.24
1.05
1.50
0.75
2.00
5s
0.04
0.02
0.08
alt 1.12
alt 0.44
alt 1.69
10s
0.06
0.03
0.12
38
19
51
STD
40(s)
0.10
0.05
0.20
XS
80(s)
0.12
0.06
0.24
160
0.12
0.06
0.24
0.14
0.07
0.28
1.32
1.50
0.88
2.19
5s
0.10
0.06
0.20
33.4
38
22
56
10s
0.12
0.08
0.24
STD
40(s)
0.15
0.11
0.31
XS
80(s)
0.19
0.14
0.40
160
0.30
0.15
0.60
0.34
0.17
0.68
1.66
1.88
1.00
2.75
5s
0.17
0.09
0.34
42.2
48
25
70
10s
0.21
0.12
0.42
STD
40(s)
0.26
0.17
0.53
XS
80(s)
0.34
0.22
0.69
160
0.44
0.22
0.88
0.61
0.31
1.22
XXS
164
Return
kg
21.3
XXS
1
2
3
45° Elbow
kg
0.84
XXS
11/4
90° Elbow
kg
B in/mm
26.7
1
Shipping2
A in/mm
XXS
3/
4
Weight1
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
0.00005
0.00005
0.00010
0.00020
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
11/2
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
K in/mm
A in/mm
B in/mm
1.90
2.25
1.12
3.25
5s
0.22
0.11
0.44
48.3
57
29
83
10s
0.28
0.14
0.56
STD
40(s)
0.38
0.23
0.76
XS
80(S)
0.48
0.29
1.00
160
0.68
0.34
1.36
0.90
0.45
1.80
XXS
2
2.38
3.00
1.38
4.19
5s
0.34
0.17
0.68
60.3
76
35
106
10s
0.47
0.24
0.94
STD
40(s)
0.68
0.37
1.36
XS
80(s)
0.91
0.49
1.85
160
1.40
0.70
2.80
1.68
0.84
3.36
XXS
21/2
2.88
3.75
1.75
5.19
5s
0.61
0.32
1.22
73.0
95
44
132
10s
0.79
0.39
1.58
STD
40(s)
1.30
0.74
2.67
XS
80(s)
1.73
0.95
3.50
160
2.34
1.17
4.68
3.20
1.60
6.40
XXS
3
3.50
4.50
2.00
6.25
5s
0.92
0.46
1.84
88.9
114
51
159
10s
1.16
0.58
2.32
STD
40(s)
2.08
1.10
4.19
XS
80(s)
2.78
1.47
5.62
160
4.02
2.01
8.04
5.17
2.59
10.34
XXS
31/2
1
2
3
Shipping2
4.00
5.25
2.25
7.25
5s
1.19
0.60
2.38
101.6
133
57
184
10s
1.55
0.78
3.10
STD
40(s)
2.92
1.49
5.90
XS
80(s)
3.96
2.01
7.98
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
0.00031
0.00058
0.00127
0.00217
0.00345
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
165
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
4
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
K in/mm
A in/mm
B in/mm
4.50
6.00
2.50
8.25
5s
1.71
0.86
3.42
114.3
152
64
210
10s
2.01
1.01
4.02
STD
40(s)
3.95
1.95
7.94
XS
80(s)
5.40
2.66
11.00
120
7.11
3.56
14.22
160
8.42
4.21
16.84
10.30
5.15
20.60
XXS
5
5.56
7.50
3.12
10.31
5s
3.10
1.55
6.20
141.3
190
79
262
10s
3.46
1.73
6.92
STD
40(s)
6.67
3.31
13.50
XS
80(s)
9.34
4.63
19.00
120
12.65
6.33
25.30
160
15.42
7.71
30.84
18.10
9.05
36.20
XXS
6
6.62
9.00
3.75
12.31
5s
4.46
2.23
8.92
168.3
229
95
313
10s
4.98
2.49
9.96
STD
40(s)
10.40
5.13
20.90
XS
80(s)
15.50
7.57
31.30
120
20.42
10.21
40.84
160
25.46
12.73
50.92
29.90
14.95
59.80
XXS
8
8.62
12.00
5.00
16.31
5s
8.80
4.40
17.60
219.1
305
127
414
10s
9.55
4.78
19.10
STD
XS
1
2
3
166
Shipping2
20
16.74
8.37
33.48
30
18.50
9.25
37.00
40(s)
20.90
10.30
41.90
60
26.60
13.33
53.32
80(s)
31.30
15.40
63.50
100
38.19
19.10
76.88
120
45.46
22.73
90.92
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
0.00540
0.00957
0.01944
0.0390
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
8
10
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
A in/mm
B in/mm
K in/mm
8.62
12.00
5.00
16.31
219.1
305
127
414
140
50.74
25.37
101.48
54.40
27.20
108.80
160
55.93
27.97
111.86
XXS
10.75
15.00
6.25
20.38
5s
16.60
8.31
33.20
273.0
381
159
518
10s
18.15
9.08
36.30
20
26.22
13.11
52.44
30
32.04
16.02
64.08
STD
40(s)
37.00
18.30
74.40
XS
60/80s
49.40
24.40
100.20
XXS
12
80
60.31
30.16
120.62
100
71.82
35.91
143.64
120
83.54
41.77
167.08
140
97.41
48.71
194.82
160
108.19
54.10
216.38
12.75
18.00
7.50
24.38
5s
24.00
12.00
48.00
323.8
457
190
619
10s
25.80
12.90
51.60
STD
XS
20
37.46
18.37
74.92
30
49.12
24.56
98.24
40s
54.00
27.00
109.30
40
60.07
30.04
120.14
80s
71.20
35.50
143.80
60
82.26
41.13
164.52
80
XXS
14
1
2
3
Shipping2
99.36
49.68
198.72
100
120.27
60.14
240.54
120
140.87
70.44
281.74
140
156.82
78.41
313.64
160
179.90
89.95
359.80
14.00
21.00
8.75
28.00
5s
28.00
14.00
56.00
355.6
533
222
711
10s
34.62
17.31
69.24
10
48.09
24.05
96.18
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
0.074
0.124
0.158
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
167
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
14
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
A in/mm
B in/mm
K in/mm
14.00
21.00
8.75
28.00
355.6
533
222
711
STD
20
59.70
29.85
119.40
30
69.90
34.70
140.20
40
83.06
41.53
166.12
91.60
45.40
184.60
60
111.49
55.75
222.98
80
138.68
69.34
277.36
100
171.23
85.62
342.46
120
197.54
98.77
395.08
140
222.96
111.48
445.92
160
247.70
123.85
495.40
XS
16
18
16.00
24.00
10.00
32.00
5s
38.00
19.00
76.00
406.4
610
254
813
10s
45.24
22.62
90.48
10
62.95
31.48
125.90
20
78.20
39.10
156.40
STD
30
91.20
45.40
183.70
XS
40
120.20
59.90
242.20
60
161.29
80.65
322.58
80
204.17
102.09
408.34
100
246.85
123.43
493.70
120
288.05
144.03
576.10
140
334.83
167.42
669.66
160
367.15
183.58
734.30
18.00
27.00
11.25
36.00
5s
48.00
24.00
96.00
457
686
286
914
10s
57.30
28.65
114.60
10
79.82
39.91
159.64
20
99.20
49.60
198.40
116.10
58.10
233.10
138.29
69.15
276.58
153.30
76.20
308.00
STD
30
XS
1
2
3
168
Shipping2
40
176.21
88.11
352.42
60
232.70
116.35
465.40
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
0.251
0.388
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
18
20
22
1
2
3
A in/mm
B in/mm
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
K in/mm
Shipping2
18.00
27.00
11.25
36.00
80
287.57
143.79
575.14
457
686
286
914
100
350.64
175.32
701.28
120
411.21
205.60
822.42
140
461.77
230.89
923.54
160
519.59
259.80
1039.18
20.00
30.00
12.50
40.00
5s
58.40
29.20
116.80
508
762
318
1016
10s
82.00
41.00
164.00
10
98.67
49.34
197.34
STD
20
143.80
71.70
288.90
XS
30
190.10
94.30
381.50
40
229.96
114.98
459.92
60
311.02
155.51
622.04
80
391.03
195.52
782.06
100
478.71
239.36
957.42
120
554.58
277.29
1109.16
140
638.27
319.14
1276.54
160
717.50
358.75
1435.00
22.00
33.00
13.50
44.00
5s
73.00
36.50
146.00
559
838
343
1118
10s
99.44
49.72
198.88
10
119.54
59.77
239.08
STD
20
174.60
87.10
349.70
XS
30
230.40
114.80
462.70
40
300.00
150.00
600.00
60
406.26
203.13
812.52
80
516.35
258.18
1032.70
100
623.36
311.68
1246.72
120
727.94
363.52
1454.08
140
829.61
414.81
1659.22
160
939.80
470.00
1879.60
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
0.498
0.684
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
169
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
24
A in/mm
B in/mm
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
K in/mm
24.00
36.00
15.00
48.00
5s
610
914
381
1219
10(s)
STD
20
XS
26
26.00
39.00
16.00
660
991
406
28
28.00
42.00
17.25
711
1067
438
30
30.00
45.00
18.50
762
1143
470
32
32.00
48.00
19.75
813
1219
502
1
2
3
170
207.70
103.90
417.30
274.90
137.00
553.40
315.36
157.68
630.72
192.05
768.20
60
534.95
267.48
1069.90
80
664.71
332.36
1329.42
100
825.23
412.62
1650.46
120
964.10
482.05
1928.20
140
1101.62
550.81
2203.24
160
1251.54
625.50
2502.00
20
10
208.10
104.05
244.50
122.00
323.40
161.00
241.56
120.78
308.00
154.00
20
385.00
193.00
30
478.56
239.28
10
STD
277.51
138.76
326.60
162.40
20
452.30
215.50
30
550.20
275.10
10
STD
XS
176.00
284.80
384.10
STD
XS
44.00
71.20
30
10
XS
88.00
142.40
40
STD
XS
Shipping2
315.95
157.98
386.00
193.00
20
511.00
255.00
30
626.84
313.42
40
688.65
344.33
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
0.854
1.078
1.357
1.694
2.128
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows and Returns · Long Radius
A
B
K
A
B
A
A
0
NB
Outside
Centre to End
Diameter
in
34
A in/mm
B in/mm
34.00
51.00
21.00
864
1295
533
Back
Designation/
Weight1
to Face
Schedule
90° Elbow
45° Elbow
Return
Weight measure
kg
kg
kg
m3 90°
K in/mm
10
STD
XS
36
36.00
54.00
22.25
914
1372
565
38
40
42
44
46
48
1
2
3
356.88
178.44
420.00
210.00
20
557.90
279.00
30
708.47
354.24
40
778.42
389.21
10
STD
XS
Shipping2
400.31
200.16
471.70
235.00
20
626.00
311.20
30
795.09
397.55
40
951.04
475.52
38.00
57.00
23.62
STD
544.00
272.00
965
1448
600
XS
717.00
354.00
40.00
60.00
24.88
STD
590.00
295.00
1016
1524
632
XS
794.00
397.00
42.00
63.00
26.00
STD
644.10
320.70
1067
1600
660
XS
852.70
425.00
44.00
66.00
27.38
STD
726.00
363.00
1118
1676
695
XS
975.00
488.00
46.00
69.00
28.62
STD
1168
1753
727
XS
48.00
72.00
29.88
STD
1219
1829
759
XS
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight measure for 45˚ is 1/2 of 90˚, weight measure of return is 2 x 90˚.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
816.00
408.00
1055.00
530.00
907.00
454.00
1134.00
567.00
2.512
2.914
3.503
3.974
4.780
5.110
5.826
6.912
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
For short radius elbows see page 172.
171
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
1
Designation
Schedule
1.00
5s
0.05
10s
0.08
STD
40(s)
0.10
XS
80(s)
0.13
160
0.18
1.25
5s
0.07
42.2
32
10s
0.14
STD
40(s)
0.17
XS
80(s)
0.23
160
0.29
172
0.00012
0.41
1.90
1.50
5s
0.10
48.3
38
10s
0.20
STD
40(s)
0.25
XS
80(s)
0.33
160
0.45
0.00020
0.60
2.38
2.00
5s
0.20
60.3
51
10s
0.33
STD
40(s)
0.45
XS
80(s)
0.60
160
0.93
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
0.00006
0.23
1.66
XXS
1
2
m3
25
XXS
2
kg
1.32
XXS
11/2
Shipping: Weight measure2
33.4
XXS
11/4
Weight1
1.13
For long radius see page 164.
0.00031
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
21/2
2.88
2.50
73.0
64
Designation
4
0.37
10s
0.57
STD
40(s)
0.87
XS
80(s)
1.14
160
1.56
3.50
3.00
5s
0.67
88.9
76
10s
0.84
STD
40(s)
1.38
XS
80(s)
1.83
160
2.68
1
2
3.50
5s
0.98
101.6
89
10s
1.15
STD
40(s)
1.93
XS
80(s)
2.61
4.50
4.00
5s
1.07
114.3
102
10s
1.40
STD
40(s)
2.62
XS
80(s)
3.58
120
4.74
160
5.62
0.0020
0.0029
6.86
5.56
5.00
5s
1.80
141.3
127
10s
2.45
STD
40(s)
4.42
XS
80(s)
6.21
120
8.43
160
10.28
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
0.0012
3.47
4.00
XXS
0.00074
2.03
XXS
5
Shipping: Weight measure2
m3
5s
XXS
31/2
Weight1
kg
XXS
3
Schedule
0.0055
12.02
For long radius see page 164.
173
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
6.62
6.00
168.3
152
6
Designation
Schedule
2.95
10s
3.65
STD
40(s)
6.89
XS
80(s)
10.30
120
13.62
160
16.97
8.62
8.00
5s
5.31
203
10s
7.81
XS
20
11.16
30
12.34
40(s)
13.80
60
17.77
80(s)
20.70
100
25.46
120
30.31
140
33.82
160
37.29
XXS
10
1
2
10.00
5s
273.0
254
10s
12.05
20
17.48
30
174
8.41
21.36
STD
40(s)
24.50
XS
60/80(s)
32.90
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
0.0207
36.12
10.75
XXS
0.0103
19.00
291.1
STD
Shipping: Weight measure2
m3
5s
XXS
8
Weight1
kg
80
40.21
100
47.88
120
55.69
140
64.94
160
72.13
For long radius see page 164.
0.0394
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
12
12.75
12.00
323.8
305
Designation
XS
XXS
5s
12.14
10s
18.10
20
24.97
30
32.75
40s
36.10
40
40.05
80s
47.20
60
54.87
80
66.24
100
80.18
120
93.91
140
104.55
160
119.93
14.00
14.00
5s
21.17
355.6
356
10s
26.13
STD
10
32.06
20
39.80
30
46.30
40
55.37
60
74.33
XS
1
2
m3
0.0660
0.0840
92.68
100
114.16
120
131.69
140
148.64
160
165.13
16.00
16.00
5s
29.31
406.4
406
10s
34.57
10
41.97
20
52.14
STD
30
61.20
XS
40
80.30
60
107.52
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
Shipping: Weight measure2
61.20
80
16
Weight1
kg
STD
14
Schedule
0.134
For long radius see page 164.
175
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
16
16.00
16.00
406.4
406
18
Designation
Schedule
80
100
164.57
192.03
140
233.22
160
244.77
18.00
18.00
5s
37.70
457
10s
43.82
10
53.21
20
66.13
30
92.19
40
117.48
60
155.13
176
102.10
80
191.71
100
233.76
120
274.14
140
307.85
160
346.39
20.00
20.00
5s
41.88
508
508
10s
56.88
XS
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
0.206
77.60
XS
1
2
m3
0.134
457
STD
Shipping: Weight measure2
136.08
120
STD
20
Weight1
kg
10
65.78
20
96.20
30
126.10
40
153.31
60
207.35
80
260.68
100
319.14
120
369.72
140
425.51
160
478.50
For long radius see page 164.
0.265
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Elbows · Short Radius
ASME B16.9
Elbows · Short Radius
A
A
NB
Diameter at Bevel
Centre to end A
in
in/mm
in/mm
Designation
22
22.00
22.00
5s
63.71
559
559
10s
77.38
XS
10
76.69
20
117.00
30
154.20
40
193.51
60
270.84
80
344.24
100
415.57
120
485.29
140
553.08
160
626.70
24.00
24.00
5s
71.50
610
610
10(s)
94.93
STD
20
138.30
30
210.24
40
256.07
60
356.63
XS
1
2
Weight1
kg
STD
24
Schedule
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Return weight and weight measure is 2 x 90° values.
Shipping: Weight measure2
m3
0.364
0.454
183.30
80
443.95
100
550.15
120
642.73
140
743.42
160
834.76
For long radius see page 164.
177
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Steel Fittings
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
1/
2
1/
2
1/
2
3/
4
3/
4
3/
4
x 1/2 x 1/2
x 1/2 x 3/8
x 1/2 x 1/4
x 3/4 x 3/4
x 3/4 x 1/2
x 3/4 x 3/8
1x1x1
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
0.84
0.84
1.00
1.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.16
21.3
21.3
25
25
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.25
0.84
0.68
1.00
1.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.16
21.3
17.3
25
25
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.25
0.84
0.54
1.00
1.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.16
21.3
13.7
25
25
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.25
1.05
1.05
1.12
1.12
5s
0.09
STD
40(s)
0.23
26.7
26.7
29
29
10s
0.11
XS
80(s)
0.38
1.05
0.84
1.12
1.12
5s
0.09
STD
40(s)
0.23
26.7
21.3
29
29
10s
0.11
XS
80(s)
0.38
1.05
0.68
1.12
1.12
5s
0.09
STD
40(s)
0.23
26.7
17.3
29
29
10s
0.11
XS
80(s)
0.38
1.32
1.32
1.50
1.50
5s
0.14
XS
80(s)
0.45
33.4
33.4
38
38
10s
0.27
160
0.47
40(s)
0.34
XXS
XS
1.05
1.50
1.50
5s
0.14
26.7
38
38
10s
0.27
40(s)
0.34
XXS
XS
1.32
0.84
1.50
1.50
5s
0.14
33.4
21.3
38
38
10s
0.27
40(s)
0.34
XXS
XS
11/4 x 11/4 x 11/4 1.66
1.66
1.88
1.88
5s
0.35
42.2
42.2
48
48
10s
0.45
1
2
3
4
m3
0.00004
0.00004
0.00004
0.00006
0.00006
0.00006
0.00014
0.65
80(s)
0.45
160
0.47
0.00014
0.65
80(s)
0.45
160
0.47
0.00014
0.65
80(s)
0.85
160
1.00
0.00028
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
178
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
33.4
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
1.32
STD
1 x 1 x 1/2
Designation/
kg
STD
1 x 1 x 3/4
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
11/4 x 11/4 x 11/4
11/4 x 11/4 x 1
M
STD
40(s)
0.63
XXS
XS
1.32
1.88
1.88
5s
0.35
33.4
48
48
10s
0.45
40(s)
0.63
XXS
XS
1.66
1.05
1.88
1.88
5s
0.35
42.2
26.7
48
48
10s
0.45
40(s)
0.63
XXS
XS
1.66
0.84
1.88
1.88
5s
0.35
42.2
21.3
48
48
10s
0.45
40(s)
0.63
XXS
XS
11/2 x 11/2 x 11/2 1.90
1.90
2.25
2.25
5s
0.55
48.3
48.3
57
57
10s
0.65
40(s)
0.92
XXS
XS
STD
11/2 x 11/2 x 11/4 1.90
1.66
2.25
2.25
5s
0.55
48.3
42.2
57
57
10s
0.65
40(s)
0.92
XXS
XS
STD
11/2 x 11/2 x 1
1.90
1.32
2.25
2.25
5s
0.55
48.3
33.4
57
57
10s
0.65
40(s)
0.92
XXS
XS
STD
11/2 x 11/2 x 3/4
1.90
1.05
2.25
2.25
5s
0.55
48.3
26.7
57
57
10s
0.65
40(s)
0.92
XXS
XS
STD
11/2 x 11/2 x 1/2
1.90
0.84
2.25
2.25
5s
0.55
48.3
21.3
57
57
10s
0.65
40(s)
0.92
XXS
2.38
2.38
2.50
2.50
5s
0.68
XS
STD
2x2x2
1
2
3
4
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
42.2
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
1.66
STD
11/4 x 11/4 x 1/2
Designation/
kg
STD
11/4 x 11/4 x 3/4
Weight 2
C
m3
1.18
80(s)
0.85
160
1.00
0.00028
1.18
80(s)
0.85
160
1.00
0.00028
1.18
80(s)
0.85
160
1.00
0.00028
1.18
80(s)
1.27
160
1.79
0.00045
2.54
80(s)
1.27
160
1.79
0.00045
2.54
80(s)
1.27
160
1.79
0.00045
2.54
80(s)
1.27
160
1.79
0.00045
2.54
80(s)
1.27
160
1.79
0.00045
2.54
80(s)
2.15
0.00072
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
179
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
2x2x2
60.3
60.3
64
64
2x2x1
1.26
160
40(s)
1.49
XXS
XS
1.90
2.50
2.38
5s
0.68
48.3
64
60
10s
1.26
40(s)
1.49
XXS
XS
2.38
1.66
2.50
2.25
5s
0.68
60.3
42.3
64
57
10s
1.26
40(s)
1.49
XXS
XS
2.38
1.32
2.50
2.00
5s
0.68
60.3
33.4
64
51
10s
1.26
40(s)
1.49
XXS
XS
STD
2 x 2 x 3/4
10s
2.38
1.05
2.50
1.75
5s
0.68
60.3
26.7
64
44
10s
1.26
40(s)
1.49
XXS
XS
STD
21/2 x 21/2 x 21/2 2.88
2.88
3.00
3.00
5s
1.06
73.0
73.0
76
76
10s
2.18
40(s)
2.68
XXS
XS
STD
21/2 x 21/2 x 2
2.88
2.38
3.00
2.75
5s
1.06
73.0
60.3
76
70
10s
2.18
40(s)
2.68
XXS
XS
STD
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/2 2.88
1.90
3.00
2.62
5s
1.06
73.0
48.3
76
67
10s
2.18
40(s)
2.68
XXS
XS
STD
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/4 2.88
1.66
3.00
2.50
5s
1.06
73.0
42.2
76
64
10s
2.18
1
2
3
4
m3
3.18
4.00
80(s)
2.15
160
3.18
0.00070
4.00
80(s)
2.15
160
3.18
0.00067
4.00
80(s)
2.15
160
3.18
0.00062
4.00
80(s)
2.15
160
3.18
0.00057
4.00
80(s)
3.00
160
4.00
0.00126
4.50
80(s)
3.00
160
3.85
0.00119
4.20
80(s)
3.00
160
3.85
0.00115
4.20
80(s)
3.00
160
3.58
0.00112
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
180
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
60.3
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
2.38
STD
2 x 2 x 11/4
Designation/
kg
STD
2 x 2 x 11/2
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
21/2 x 21/2 x 11/4
21/2 x 21/2 x 1
M
STD
2.25
5s
1.06
76
57
10s
2.18
40(s)
2.68
XXS
XS
3.50
3.50
3.38
3.38
5s
1.50
88.9
88.9
86
86
10s
3.30
40(s)
3.75
XXS
m3
4.15
80(s)
3.00
160
3.58
80(s)
4.29
160
6.58
2.88
3.38
3.25
5s
1.50
XS
73.0
86
83
10s
3.00
160
6.13
40(s)
3.75
XXS
6.60
XS
3.50
2.38
3.38
3.00
5s
1.50
60.3
86
76
10s
3.00
40(s)
3.75
XXS
XS
3.50
1.90
3.38
2.88
5s
1.50
88.9
48.3
86
73
10s
3.00
40(s)
3.75
XXS
XS
3.50
1.66
3.38
2.75
5s
1.50
88.9
42.2
86
70
10s
3.00
40(s)
3.75
101.6
80(s)
4.29
80(s)
4.29
160
5.85
80(s)
4.29
160
5.75
0.00184
0.00180
6.30
80(s)
4.29
160
5.65
XXS
0.00174
6.25
4.00
3.75
3.75
5s
2.05
STD
40(s)
5.00
101.6
95
95
10s
3.75
XS
80(s)
6.15
4.00
3.50
3.75
3.62
5s
2.05
STD
40(s)
5.00
88.9
95
92
10s
3.70
XS
80(s)
6.15
2.88
3.75
3.50
5s
2.05
STD
40(s)
5.00
73.0
95
89
10s
3.70
XS
80(s)
6.15
101.6
0.00194
6.35
101.6
31/2 x 31/2 x 21/2 4.00
0.00199
7.10
88.9
88.9
0.00104
4.00
3.50
31/2 x 31/2 x 31/2 4.00
1
2
3
4
XS
3.00
STD
31/2 x 31/2 x 3
XXS
33.4
STD
3 x 3 x 11/4
2.68
1.32
STD
3 x 3 x 11/2
40(s)
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
73.0
STD
3x3x2
Weight 2
Schedule 1
2.88
STD
3 x 3 x 21/2
Designation/
kg
STD
3x3x3
Weight 2
C
0.00283
0.00276
0.00270
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
181
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
31/2 x 31/2 x 2
4.00
2.38
3.75
3.25
5s
2.05
STD
40(s)
5.00
101.6
60.3
95
83
10s
3.70
XS
80(s)
6.15
1.90
3.75
3.12
5s
2.05
STD
40(s)
5.00
48.3
95
79
10s
3.70
XS
80(s)
6.15
31/2 x 31/2 x 11/2 4.00
101.6
4x4x4
4 x 4 x 31/2
4.50
4.12
4.12
5s
2.60
120
9.00
105
105
10s
4.40
160
11.83
STD
40(s)
6.50
80(s)
7.65
4.50
4.00
4.12
4.00
5s
2.60
114.3
101.6
105
102
10s
4.40
40(s)
6.50
1
2
3
4
3.50
4.12
3.88
5s
2.60
105
98
10s
4.40
XS
40(s)
6.50
XXS
80(s)
XS
80(s)
160
4.50
2.88
4.12
3.75
5s
2.60
114.3
73.0
105
95
10s
4.40
40(s)
6.50
XXS
XS
4.50
2.38
4.12
3.50
5s
2.60
60.3
105
89
10s
4.40
40(s)
6.50
XXS
XS
7.65
7.65
80(s)
7.65
80(s)
160
7.65
14.50
4.12
3.38
5s
2.60
86
10s
4.40
40(s)
6.50
5.56
5.56
4.88
4.88
5s
4.00
120
17.50
141.3
141.3
124
124
10s
7.42
160
25.00
10.00
80(s)
160
XXS
XXS
0.00349
10.75
105
13.50
0.00365
14.50
1.90
40(s)
0.00372
10.75
48.3
80(s)
0.00376
11.10
114.3
STD
0.00408
11.10
4.50
XS
0.00252
14.50
160
114.3
0.00258
15.00
160
88.9
7.65
0.00342
10.75
14.50
0.00681
29.90
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
182
XS
4.50
STD
5x5x5
XXS
114.3
STD
4 x 4 x 11/2
m3
114.3
XS
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
114.3
STD
4x4x2
Weight 2
Schedule 1
4.50
STD
4 x 4 x 21/2
Designation/
kg
STD
4x4x3
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
5x5x4
5.56
4.50
4.88
4.62
5s
4.00
120
17.50
141.3
114.3
124
117
10s
7.42
160
23.00
5 x 5 x 31/2
5x5x3
40(s)
10.00
80(s)
13.50
6x6x5
1
2
3
4
m3
4.00
4.88
4.50
5s
4.00
STD
40(s)
10.00
141.3
101.6
124
114
10s
7.42
XS
80(s)
13.50
XS
80(s)
13.50
160
23.00
5.56
3.50
4.88
4.38
5s
4.00
141.3
88.9
124
111
10s
7.42
40(s)
10.00
5.56
2.88
4.88
4.25
5s
4.00
141.3
73.0
124
108
10s
7.42
40(s)
10.00
5.56
2.38
4.88
4.12
5s
4.00
141.3
60.3
124
105
10s
7.42
40(s)
10.00
XXS
XS
80(s)
13.50
160
23.00
0.00637
0.00625
27.16
80(s)
13.50
160
23.00
XXS
0.00614
27.16
6.62
6.62
5.62
5.62
5s
6.35
120
24.00
168.3
168.3
143
143
10s
12.35
160
39.50
STD
40(s)
16.00
XS
80(s)
19.30
XXS
0.0109
47.48
6.62
5.56
5.62
5.38
5s
6.35
120
24.00
168.3
141.3
141
137
10s
12.35
160
32.70
STD
40(s)
16.00
XS
80(s)
19.30
XXS
0.0106
47.48
6.62
4.50
5.62
5.12
5s
6.35
120
24.00
168.3
114.3
143
130
10s
12.35
160
32.70
STD
40(s)
14.00
XS
80(s)
19.30
XXS
0.00647
27.71
XXS
XS
0.00658
28.84
5.56
6x6x5
6x6x4
XXS
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
STD
STD
6x6x6
Weight 2
Schedule 1
XS
STD
5x5x2
Designation/
kg
STD
5 x 5 x 21/2
Weight 2
C
0.0103
37.25
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
183
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
6 x 6 x 31/2
6.62
4.00
5.62
5.00
5s
168.3
101.6
143
127
10s
6x6x3
8x8x5
8 x 8 x 31/2
1
2
3
4
40(s)
14.00
12.35
XS
80(s)
19.30
6.35
XS
3.50
5.62
4.88
5s
143
124
10s
12.35
40(s)
14.00
6.35
80(s)
19.30
160
30.85
XXS
6.62
2.88
5.62
4.75
5s
168.3
73.0
143
121
10s
12.35
40(s)
14.00
XXS
XS
XS
80(s)
19.30
160
30.85
8.62
7.00
7.00
5s
10.70
80(s)
33.00
219.1
178
178
10s
20.00
100
43.60
20
23.00
120
49.50
30
24.60
140
40(s)
27.00
60
31.75
XXS
160
70.35
6.62
7.00
6.62
5s
10.70
120
49.50
168.3
178
168
10s
20.00
160
55.60
40(s)
27.00
33.00
8.62
5.56
7.00
6.38
5s
10.70
219.1
141.3
178
162
10s
20.00
STD
40(s)
27.00
XS
80(s)
33.00
8.62
4.50
7.00
6.12
5s
10.70
219.1
114.3
178
156
10s
20.00
8.62
4.00
7.00
6.00
STD
40(s)
27.00
XS
80(s)
33.00
5s
10.70
XXS
0.0290
51.30
120
XXS
43.15
0.0283
50.40
160
120
XXS
STD
0.0300
54.00
219.1
80(s)
0.00983
68.00
8.62
STD
0.00999
37.25
8.62
XS
0.0101
37.25
219.1
55.60
43.15
0.0276
50.40
160
51.00
40(s)
27.00
0.0273
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
184
m3
STD
88.9
8x8x5
8x8x4
6.35
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
6.62
STD
8x8x6
Weight 2
Schedule 1
168.3
STD
8x8x8
Designation/
kg
STD
6 x 6 x 21/2
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
8 x 8 x 31/2
219.1
101.6
178
152
10 x 10 x 10
10 x 10 x 8
10 x 10 x 6
10s
XS
80s
m3
33.00
10.75
8.50
8.50
5s
18.00
80
67.50
273.0
216
216
10s
28.15
100
74.00
20
34.70
30
40.00
STD
40(s)
41.00
XS
60/80s
58.40
XXS
120
93.00
140
98.50
160
120.30
10.75
8.62
8.50
8.00
5s
17.45
80
65.83
273.0
219.1
216
203
10s
26.30
100
73.50
20
33.15
120
88.50
30
38.60
140
STD
40(s)
39.63
XS
80s
53.53
60
53.60
10.75
6.62
8.50
7.62
5s
17.45
273.0
168.3
216
194
10s
26.30
40(s)
39.63
80
49.03
10.75
5.56
8.50
7.50
5s
17.45
273.0
141.3
216
191
10s
26.30
40(s)
39.63
80
46.30
10.75
4.50
8.50
7.25
5s
17.45
273.0
114.3
216
184
10s
26.30
40(s)
39.63
80
46.30
STD
1
2
3
4
20.00
XXS
113.00
80s
53.53
81.70
160
102.15
0.0522
90.93
80s
53.53
120
71.25
XXS
0.0517
79.30
160
XS
0.0537
95.00
120
XXS
XS
0.0560
98.50
160
XS
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
10.75
STD
12 x 12 x 12
Weight 2
Schedule 1
273.0
10 x 10 x 5
10 x 10 x 4
Designation/
kg
STD
10 x 10 x 5
Weight 2
C
91.25
80s
53.53
120
71.25
XXS
0.0507
79.30
160
85.00
12.75
12.75
10.00
10.00
5s
26.00
60
95.00
323.8
323.8
254
254
10s
47.45
80
115.00
0.0980
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
185
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
20
56.60
120
150.00
140
176.50
40
70.50
160
183.85
XS
80s
78.00
12.75
10.75
10.00
9.50
5s
25.25
60
95.00
323.8
273.0
254
241
10s
47.45
80
106.24
20
43.40
100
124.85
30
56.60
120
140.85
40s
63.00
40
70.50
140
158.00
80s
78.00
160
163.45
XXS
8.62
10.00
9.00
5s
25.25
60
77.50
323.8
219.1
254
229
10s
46.30
80
83.35
20
41.20
100
122.50
30
54.78
120
128.70
40s
63.00
40
67.20
140
140.00
80s
74.82
160
152.30
XXS
6.62
10.00
8.62
5s
25.25
80
85.35
323.8
168.3
254
219
10s
46.30
120
112.15
160
140.25
XS
40s
63.00
40
67.20
80s
74.82
XXS
5.56
10.00
8.50
5s
25.25
80
85.35
323.8
141.3
254
216
10s
46.30
120
102.60
40s
63.00
40
67.20
80s
74.82
XS
0.0840
119.50
12.75
STD
0.0861
129.07
12.75
STD
0.0889
150.00
12.75
12 x 12 x 6
XXS
0.0833
119.50
160
140.25
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
186
XXS
m3
136.20
65.00
XS
1
2
3
4
100
30
STD
12 x 12 x 5
43.40
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
40s
XS
12 x 12 x 6
Weight 2
Schedule 1
STD
STD
12 x 12 x 8
Designation/
kg
12 x 12 x 12
12 x 12 x 10
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
14 x 14 x 14
14.00
14.00
11.00
11.00
5s
40.70
355.6
355.6
279
279
10s
10
Weight 2
Schedule 1
135.00
69.90
80
165.00
68.00
100
206.00
20
84.00
120
240.00
30
102.00
140
275.00
40
105.00
160
300.00
14.00
12.75
11.00
10.62
5s
40.70
60
135.00
323.8
279
270
10s
69.90
80
162.28
20
84.00
100
206.00
30
102.00
120
235.00
40
XS
105.00
140
275.00
115.00
160
300.00
14.00
10.75
11.00
10.12
5s
39.00
60
127.10
355.6
273.0
279
257
10s
67.20
80
160.00
STD
20
80.50
100
195.00
30
97.60
120
230.00
40
100.00
140
265.00
109.55
160
285.00
XS
14 x 14 x 8
14.00
8.62
11.00
9.75
5s
39.00
60
127.10
14 x 14 x 8
355.6
219.1
279
248
10s
67.20
80
141.85
STD
20
80.50
100
195.00
30
97.60
120
220.00
40
XS
14 x 14 x 6
100.00
140
250.00
109.55
160
270.00
14.00
6.62
11.00
9.38
5s
39.00
355.6
168.3
279
238
10s
67.20
80
141.85
97.60
120
205.00
100.00
160
270.00
STD
40
1
2
3
4
m3
0.122
115.00
355.6
STD
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
60
XS
14 x 14 x 10
Designation/
kg
STD
14 x 14 x 12
Weight 2
C
XS
109.55
0.121
0.116
0.113
0.111
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
187
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
16 x 16 x 16
16.00
16.00
12.00
12.00
5s
43.95
406.4
406.4
305
305
10s
10
16 x 16 x 14
16 x 16 x 12
Weight 2
C
Designation/
Weight 2
Schedule 1
kg
Measure
kg
60
206.50
72.65
80
249.00
90.80
100
279.00
20
100.00
120
330.00
STD
30
110.00
140
385.00
XS
40
167.00
160
425.00
16.00
14.00
12.00
12.00
5s
43.95
60
206.50
406.4
355.6
305
305
10s
72.65
80
230.00
10
90.80
100
279.00
20
100.00
120
320.00
STD
30
110.00
140
360.00
XS
40
167.00
160
410.00
16.00
12.75
12.00
11.62
5s
43.95
80
181.60
406.4
323.8
305
295
10s
72.65
100
270.68
20
100.00
120
310.00
STD
30
110.00
140
340.00
XS
40
164.00
160
385.00
60
180.50
16 x 16 x 10
16.00
10.75
12.00
11.12
5s
42.70
80
163.89
16 x 16 x 10
406.4
273.0
305
283
10s
70.80
100
266.50
16 x 16 x 8
1
2
3
4
20
98.00
120
295.00
STD
30
106.50
140
310.00
XS
40
160.00
160
360.00
60
162.75
16.00
8.62
12.00
10.75
5s
42.70
80
163.89
406.4
219.1
305
273
10s
70.80
100
258.20
20
98.00
120
280.00
STD
30
106.50
140
295.00
XS
40
160.00
160
298.00
60
160.25
m3
0.170
0.170
0.165
0.161
0.158
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
188
Shipping Weight
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
16 x 16 x 6
16.00
6.62
12.00
10.38
406.4
168.3
305
264
5s
10s
XS
40
18.00
18.00
13.50
13.50
5s
457
457
343
343
10s
70.80
120
250.00
106.50
160
295.00
53.95
40
237.45
101.70
60
277.00
322.00
335.00
135.00
120
450.00
164.00
140
500.00
190.00
160
590.00
16.00
13.50
13.00
5s
457
406.4
343
330
10s
53.95
40
237.45
101.70
60
256.50
10
93.10
80
278.87
20
127.00
100
335.00
135.00
120
440.00
164.00
140
475.00
190.00
160
550.00
XS
18.00
14.00
13.50
13.00
5s
457
355.6
343
330
10s
53.95
40
192.95
101.70
60
212.50
10
93.10
80
258.00
20
127.00
100
327.00
135.00
120
420.00
164.00
140
455.00
190.00
160
520.00
STD
30
XS
18.00
12.75
13.50
12.62
5s
457
323.8
343
321
10s
20
STD
30
m3
0.155
160.00
80
30
1
2
3
4
163.89
100
18.00
XS
80
93.10
STD
18 x 18 x 12
42.70
127.00
XS
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
20
30
18 x 18 x 14
Weight 2
Schedule 1
10
STD
18 x 18 x 16
Designation/
kg
STD
18 x 18 x 18
Weight 2
C
53.95
40
192.95
101.70
60
212.50
127.00
80
233.90
135.00
100
286.50
154.00
120
400.00
164.00
140
410.00
0.243
0.235
0.235
0.231
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
189
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Weight 2
kg
10.75
13.50
12.12
5s
51.60
60
187.00
273.0
343
308
10s
98.00
80
224.85
140.00
140
385.00
160
475.00
8.62
13.50
11.75
5s
51.60
60
187.00
457
219.1
343
298
10s
98.00
80
203.50
123.00
100
273.30
129.00
120
340.00
30
140.00
140
360.00
40
149.15
160
455.00
20.00
20.00
15.00
15.00
5s
67.20
60
378.65
508
381
381
10s
84.95
80
459.00
10
112.00
100
540.00
STD
20
168.00
120
590.00
XS
30
245.00
140
720.00
40
320.00
160
790.00
20.00
18.00
15.00
14.50
5s
67.20
60
350.00
508
457
381
368
10s
84.95
80
405.42
16.00
15.00
14.00
0.221
154.00
508
20.00
0.225
154.00
18.00
10
112.00
100
540.00
STD
20
168.00
120
570.00
XS
30
218.00
140
680.00
40
265.10
160
770.00
5s
67.20
60
322.35
0.329
0.328
0.327
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
190
286.50
375.00
149.15
XS
1
2
3
4
100
120
30
20
20 x 20 x 16
123.00
129.00
40
STD
20 x 20 x 18
m3
500.00
457
XS
Shipping Weight
Measure
18.00
20
20 x 20 x 20
Weight 2
kg
160
STD
18 x 18 x 8
Designation/
Schedule 1
18 x 18 x 12
18 x 18 x 10
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
20 x 20 x 16
508
406.4
381
356
20 x 20 x 14
20 x 20 x 12
20 x 20 x 8
1
2
3
4
Designation/
10s
Weight 2
Schedule 1
kg
84.95
80
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
m3
350.50
10
112.00
100
470.00
STD
20
168.00
120
550.00
XS
30
218.00
140
630.00
40
230.00
160
750.00
20.00
14.00
15.00
14.00
5s
65.40
60
292.00
508
355.6
381
356
10s
82.95
80
319.15
10
109.45
100
470.00
STD
20
163.50
120
530.00
XS
30
214.00
140
590.00
40
224.00
160
725.00
20.00
12.75
15.00
13.62
5s
65.40
80
319.15
508
323.8
381
346
10s
82.95
100
450.00
STD
20
163.50
120
500.00
XS
30
214.00
140
540.00
40
224.00
160
700.00
60
292.00
20 x 20 x 12
20 x 20 x 10
Weight 2
C
20.00
10.75
15.00
13.12
5s
65.40
80
298.25
508
273.0
381
333
10s
80.45
100
420.00
STD
20
163.50
120
475.00
XS
30
214.00
140
500.00
40
220.00
160
680.00
60
286.00
20.00
8.62
15.00
12.75
5s
65.40
80
228.25
508
219.1
381
324
10s
80.45
100
390.00
STD
20
163.50
120
430.00
XS
30
214.00
140
450.00
40
220.20
160
660.00
60
223.85
0.327
0.326
0.305
0.300
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
191
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
22 x 22 x 22
22.00
22.00
16.50
16.50
5s
559
559
419
419
10s
10
STD
XS
22 x 22 x 20
22 x 22 x 18
119.50
80
657.34
146.00
100
803.16
20
220.00
120
949.45
30
280.00
20.00
16.50
16.00
5s
508
419
406
10s
140
1095.50
160
1241.00
79.50
80
657.34
101.45
100
803.16
10
146.00
120
949.45
STD
20
220.00
140
1095.50
XS
30
280.00
160
1241.00
60
511.06
22.00
18.00
16.50
15.50
5s
80.80
80
657.34
559
457
419
394
10s
101.45
100
803.16
10
139.40
120
949.45
20
220.00
140
1095.50
30
260.00
160
1241.00
60
511.06
STD
22.00
16.00
16.50
15.00
5s
79.00
60
511.06
559
406.4
419
381
10s
89.60
80
657.34
10
139.40
100
803.16
20
170.00
120
949.45
209.00
140
1095.50
260.00
160
1241.00
XS
30
22.00
14.00
16.50
15.00
5s
79.00
60
481.60
559
355.6
419
381
10s
89.60
80
619.00
10
111.50
100
757.00
20
170.00
120
984.90
172.50
140
1032.50
30
245.00
160
1040.00
STD
XS
m3
0.438
0.430
0.422
0.414
0.414
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
192
80.90
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
511.06
STD
1
2
3
4
Weight 2
Schedule 1
60
22.00
XS
22 x 22 x14
Designation/
kg
559
22 x 22 x 18
22 x 22 x 16
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
22 x 22 x12
22.00
12.75
16.50
14.62
5s
559
323.8
419
371
10s
XS
80
619.00
757.00
120
894.90
172.50
140
1032.50
30
245.00
160
1040.00
60
481.60
22.00
10.75
16.50
14.12
5s
77.20
80
619.00
559
273.0
419
359
10s
89.60
100
757.00
XS
170.00
120
894.90
172.50
140
1032.50
30
245.00
160
1040.00
60
481.60
95.90
60
653.75
153.25
80
748.00
24 x 24 x 24
24.00
24.00
17.00
17.00
5s
24 x 24 x 24
610
610
432
432
10s
STD
10
160.00
100
910.00
20
240.00
120
1100.00
350.00
140
1180.00
30
373.00
160
1310.00
40
570.65
XS
24.00
22.00
17.00
17.00
5s
610
559
432
432
10s
STD
653.75
748.00
140.40
100
910.00
237.00
120
1100.00
350.00
140
1180.00
30
373.00
160
1310.00
20.00
17.00
17.00
5s
610
508
432
432
10s
XS
60
80
10
24.00
STD
94.50
134.50
20
XS
1
2
3
4
77.20
100
20
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
89.60
STD
24 x 24 x 20
Weight 2
Schedule 1
170.00
STD
24 x 24 x 22
Designation/
kg
20
22 x 22 x 10
Weight 2
C
90.80
60
544.80
116.45
80
606.10
10
123.90
100
910.00
20
227.00
120
1060.00
350.00
140
1140.00
m3
0.408
0.400
0.453
0.453
0.453
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
193
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
in
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
40
390.45
18.00
17.00
16.50
5s
457
432
419
10s
123.90
100
815.00
227.00
120
1040.00
320.00
140
1090.00
30
340.00
160
1210.00
40
389.50
16.00
17.00
16.00
5s
89.00
60
426.75
406.4
432
406
10s
96.60
80
490.55
10
98.10
100
815.00
20
222.00
120
1010.00
320.00
140
1040.00
30
340.00
160
1180.00
40
368.75
24.00
14.00
17.00
16.00
5s
89.00
60
426.75
610
355.6
432
406
10s
96.60
80
490.55
STD
10
98.10
100
770.00
20
222.00
120
1000.00
300.00
140
1050.00
30
320.00
160
1140.00
40
368.75
XS
24.00
12.75
17.00
15.62
5s
87.20
60
389.00
610
323.8
432
397
10s
96.60
80
451.96
218.00
100
700.00
300.00
120
950.00
30
320.00
140
980.00
40
367.80
160
1090.00
STD
20
XS
0.427
0.419
0.419
0.414
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
194
471.50
533.25
10
XS
1
2
3
4
60
80
610
STD
24 x 24 x 12
90.80
116.45
24.00
24 x 24 x 16
m3
1270.00
20
XS
24 x 24 x 14
160
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
373.00
610
Weight 2
Schedule 1
30
24.00
STD
24 x 24 x 16
Designation/
kg
24 x 24 x 20
24 x 24 x 18
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
24 x 24 x 10
24.00
10.75
17.00
15.12
610
273.0
432
384
5s
10s
20
XS
26 x 26 x 24
26 x 26 x 22
26 x 26 x 20
26 x 26 x 18
26 x 26 x 16
26 x 26 x 14
26 x 26 x 12
28 x 28 x 28
28 x 28 x 26
1
2
3
4
26.00
26.00
19.50
19.50
660
660
495
495
26.00
24.00
19.50
19.00
660
610
495
483
26.00
22.00
19.50
18.50
660
559
495
470
26.00
20.00
19.50
18.00
660
508
495
457
26.00
18.00
19.50
17.50
660
457
495
444
26.00
16.00
19.50
17.00
660
406.4
495
432
Designation/
Weight 2
Schedule 1
kg
STD
26 x 26 x 26
Weight 2
C
Measure
kg
87.20
60
Shipping Weight
389.00
95.60
80
451.96
204.00
100
635.00
920.00
m3
0.406
300.00
120
30
320.00
140
950.00
40
367.80
160
1040.00
XS
20
360.20
0.612
XS
20
349.70
0.596
XS
20
339.70
0.586
XS
20
330.20
0.577
XS
20
320.20
0.567
XS
20
310.30
0.558
XS
20
300.30
0.558
10
STD
239.28
287.60
10
STD
234.00
279.40
10
STD
234.00
271.20
10
STD
219.20
263.50
10
STD
212.10
254.90
10
STD
205.30
246.80
26.00
14.00
19.50
17.00
660
355.6
495
432
STD
239.00
26.00
12.75
19.50
16.62
STD
234.10
XS
20
294.40
0.551
660
323.8
495
422
280.38
XS
20
421.10
0.757
30
526.25
20
410.50
28.00
28.00
20.50
20.50
711
711
521
521
28.00
26.00
20.50
20.50
10
10
STD
198.80
337.00
10
270.56
XS
0.727
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
195
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
28 x 28 x 26
711
660
521
521
28 x 28 x 24
28.00
24.00
20.50
20.00
711
610
521
508
28 x 28 x 22
28 x 28 x 20
28 x 28 x 18
28 x 28 x 16
28 x 28 x 14
28 x 28 x 12
30 x 30 x 30
30 x 30 x 28
30 x 30 x 26
30 x 30 x 24
1
2
3
4
28.00
22.00
20.50
19.50
711
559
521
495
28.00
20.00
20.50
19.00
711
508
521
483
28.00
18.00
20.50
18.50
711
457
521
470
28.00
16.00
20.50
18.00
711
406.4
521
457
Designation/
kg
STD
10
STD
266.00
XS
319.80
10
STD
258.50
XS
310.70
10
STD
250.90
XS
301.60
10
STD
243.00
XS
292.10
10
STD
235.50
XS
283.00
20.50
18.00
355.6
521
457
28.00
12.75
20.50
17.62
711
323.8
521
448
30.00
30.00
22.00
22.00
5s
155.02
STD
762
762
559
559
10s
247.65
XS
10
322.64
28.00
22.00
21.50
711
559
546
30.00
26.00
22.00
21.50
762
660
559
546
30.00
24.00
22.00
21.00
m3
325.20
14.00
30.00
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
28.00
762
Weight 2
Schedule 1
711
10
STD
228.00
XS
274.00
10
STD
221.00
XS
274.00
10
STD
314.74
XS
10
308.33
400.50
30
480.00
20
390.00
30
461.00
20
380.00
30
461.00
20
368.80
30
461.00
20
357.00
30
450.00
20
346.00
30
450.00
20
341.00
30
450.00
387.80
20
483.10
30
603.75
0.716
0.706
0.695
0.685
0.674
0.674
0.666
0.896
20
471.70
30
566.00
XS
20
462.70
0.884
XS
20
451.30
0.872
378.30
STD
20
0.884
370.60
10
300.00
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
196
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
30 x 30 x 24
762
610
559
533
30 x 30 x 22
30 x 30 x 20
30 x 30 x 18
30 x 30 x 16
30 x 30 x 14
30 x 30 x 12
30 x 30 x 10
32 x 32 x 32
30.00
22.00
22.00
20.50
762
559
559
521
30.00
20.00
22.00
20.00
762
508
559
508
30.00
18.00
22.00
19.50
762
457
559
495
30.00
16.00
22.00
19.00
762
406.4
559
483
30.00
14.00
22.00
19.00
762
355.6
559
483
30.00
12.75
22.00
18.62
762
323.8
559
473
30.00
10.75
22.00
18.12
762
273.0
559
460
32.00
32.00
23.50
23.50
813
813
597
597
32 x 32 x 28
32 x 32 x 26
1
2
3
4
32.00
30.00
23.50
23.00
813
762
597
584
32.00
28.00
23.50
22.50
813
711
597
572
32.00
26.00
23.50
22.50
813
660
597
572
Designation/
STD
10
10
STD
XS
282.65
XS
339.70
10
STD
274.40
XS
329.80
10
STD
265.65
XS
319.30
10
STD
257.00
XS
308.90
10
STD
249.00
XS
298.90
10
STD
241.00
XS
289.00
10
STD
20
10
STD
10
541.50
20
440.00
30
500.00
20
428.60
30
500.00
20
417.30
30
500.00
20
403.70
30
470.00
20
392.40
30
470.00
20
381.20
30
465.00
20
360.00
30
465.00
375.23
30
698.75
40
768.60
20
543.40
30
651.60
20
536.20
30
643.44
20
526.20
m3
0.860
0.848
0.836
0.824
0.824
0.814
0.802
1.090
559.00
365.10
XS
357.00
XS
429.10
10
30
451.00
441.40
STD
STD
291.35
350.20
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
360.60
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
kg
XS
32 x 32 x 30
Weight 2
C
349.85
XS
1.077
1.063
1.063
420.50
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
197
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
32 x 32 x 24
32.00
24.00
23.50
22.00
813
610
597
559
32 x 32 x 22
32 x 32 x 20
32 x 32 x 18
32 x 32 x 16
32 x 32 x 14
34 X 34 X 34
32.00
22.00
23.50
21.50
813
559
597
546
32.00
20.00
23.50
21.00
813
508
597
533
32.00
18.00
23.50
20.50
813
457
597
521
32.00
16.00
23.50
20.00
813
406.4
597
508
32.00
14.00
23.50
20.00
813
355.6
597
508
34.00
34.00
25.00
25.00
864
864
635
635
34 x 34 x 30
34 x 34 x 28
34 x 34 x 26
34 x 34 x 24
1
2
3
4
34.00
32.00
25.00
24.50
864
813
635
622
34.00
30.00
25.00
24.00
864
762
635
610
34.00
28.00
25.00
23.50
864
711
635
597
34.00
26.00
25.00
23.50
864
660
635
597
34.00
24.00
25.00
23.00
10
STD
341.10
XS
10
339.90
XS
408.00
10
STD
337.70
XS
406.00
10
STD
324.50
XS
390.00
10
STD
316.95
XS
381.00
10
STD
310.75
XS
372.00
10
STD
20
10
STD
10
10
10
30
616.20
20
500.55
30
601.55
20
487.60
30
585.10
20
475.00
30
570.00
20
461.00
30
553.20
20
448.50
30
548.10
30
805.13
40
885.65
m3
1.049
1.035
1.021
1.008
0.994
0.994
1.310
644.10
419.25
XS
409.40
XS
399.70
XS
392.10
20
630.50
30
788.10
20
614.60
30
768.20
1.295
1.279
20
601.00
30
751.25
XS
20
589.70
1.264
XS
20
576.10
1.248
480.40
STD
513.50
428.72
492.10
STD
20
515.30
503.90
STD
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
410.00
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
1.264
471.30
10
382.30
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
198
Designation/
kg
XS
34 x 34 x 32
Weight 2
C
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
34 x 34 x 24
864
610
635
584
34 x 34 x 22
34 x 34 x 20
34 x 34 x 18
34 x 34 x 16
36 x 36 x 36
34.00
22.00
25.00
22.50
864
559
635
572
34.00
20.00
25.00
22.00
864
508
635
559
34.00
18.00
25.00
21.50
864
457
635
546
34.00
16.00
25.00
21.00
864
406.4
635
533
36.00
36.00
26.50
26.50
914
914
673
673
36 x 36 x 32
36 x 36 x 30
36 x 36 x 28
36 x 36 x 26
36 x 36 x 24
1
2
3
4
36.00
34.00
26.50
26.00
914
864
673
660
36.00
32.00
26.50
25.50
914
813
673
648
36.00
30.00
26.50
25.00
914
762
673
635
36.00
28.00
26.50
24.50
914
711
673
622
36.00
26.00
26.50
24.50
914
660
673
622
36.00
24.00
26.50
24.00
914
610
673
610
Designation/
STD
10
10
STD
XS
361.90
XS
435.40
10
STD
354.30
XS
423.20
10
STD
342.60
XS
411.40
10
STD
20
10
STD
10
10
10
10
562.50
30
666.10
20
546.60
30
666.10
20
532.90
30
660.10
20
519.40
30
650.00
1.232
1.217
1.201
1.186
30
912.88
1004.17
1.558
20
714.40
30
893.00
20
698.50
30
873.10
20
684.90
30
856.25
20
669.00
30
836.25
XS
20
653.20
1.488
XS
20
641.80
1.471
30
802.50
730.30
477.00
XS
466.83
XS
455.50
XS
455.70
XS
535.70
STD
20
m3
40
547.50
STD
720.13
488.30
561.10
STD
30
586.90
573.30
STD
437.10
1.541
1.523
1.506
1.488
525.30
10
STD
372.10
447.20
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
459.50
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
kg
XS
36 x 36 x 34
Weight 2
C
426.10
512.10
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
199
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Tees
ASME B16.9
Equal and Reducing Tees
M
C
NB
M
C
C
OD at Bevel
Centre to End
Designation/
Run
Outlet
C
M 3, 4
Schedule 1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
36 x 36 x 22
36.00
22.00
26.50
23.50
914
559
673
597
36 x 36 x 20
36 x 36 x 18
36 x 36 x 16
36.00
20.00
26.50
23.00
914
508
673
584
36.00
18.00
26.50
22.50
914
457
673
572
36.00
16.00
26.50
22.00
914
406.4
673
559
Weight 2
C
Designation/
kg
10
STD
10
XS
404.65
XS
486.30
10
STD
394.03
XS
473.60
10
STD
415.15
383.00
XS
460.40
Shipping Weight
Measure
kg
499.00
STD
Weight 2
Schedule 1
20
626.00
30
782.50
20
610.10
30
762.60
20
596.50
30
745.60
20
580.60
30
725.70
m3
1.453
1.436
1.418
1.401
The following are equal tees only, but please note that reducing tees are also available.
38 x 38 x 38
40 x 40 x 40
42 x 42 x 42
44 x 44 x 44
46 x 46 x 46
48 x 48 x 48
1
2
3
4
38.00
38.00
28.00
28.00
965
965
711
711
40.00
40.00
29.50
29.50
1016
1016
749
749
42.00
42.00
30.00
28.00
1067
1067
762
711
44.00
44.00
32.00
30.00
1118
1118
813
762
46.00
46.00
33.50
31.50
1168
1168
851
800
48.00
48.00
35.00
33.00
1219
1219
889
838
638.00
XS
812.00
1.709
STD
690.00
XS
895.00
2.082
STD
795.00
XS
1045.00
2.456
STD
899.00
XS
1194.00
2.652
STD
1007.00
XS
1346.00
2.920
STD
1113.00
XS
1499.00
3.708
Different schedules for run and outlet can be supplied.
Weights are not specified. Values are approximate for shipping purposes. Note MSS-SP-75 tolerances mean weights may differ slightly.
Outlet dimension M for reducing tees of run size 14 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
Outlet dimension M for equal tees size 26 inch and larger is recommended but not mandatory.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
200
STD
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Steel Fittings
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
in
3/
4
3/
4
x 1/2
x 3/8
1 x 3/4
1 x 1/2
11/4 x 1
11/4 x 3/4
11/4 x 1/2
11/2 x 11/4
11/2 x 1
11/2 x 3/4
11/2 x 1/2
1
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
H
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
1.05
0.84
1.50
5s
0.03
STD
40(s)
kg
0.07
kg
26.7
21.3
38
10s
0.03
XS
80(s)
0.10
1.05
0.68
1.50
5s
0.03
STD
40(s)
0.06
26.7
17.3
38
10s
0.03
XS
80(s)
0.09
1.32
1.05
2.00
5s
0.05
STD
40(s)
0.14
33.4
26.7
51
10s
0.10
XS
80(s)
0.17
1.32
0.84
2.00
5s
0.05
STD
40(s)
0.14
33.4
21.3
51
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.16
1.66
1.32
2.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.18
42.2
33.4
51
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.22
1.66
1.05
2.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.18
42.2
26.7
51
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.22
1.66
0.84
2.00
5s
0.07
STD
40(s)
0.18
42.2
21.3
51
10s
0.09
XS
80(s)
0.22
1.90
1.66
2.50
5s
0.12
STD
40(s)
0.26
48.3
42.2
64
10s
0.14
XS
80(s)
0.35
1.90
1.32
2.50
5s
0.12
STD
40(s)
0.24
48.3
33.4
64
10s
0.14
XS
80(s)
0.31
1.90
1.05
2.50
5s
0.12
STD
40(s)
0.22
48.3
26.7
64
10s
0.14
XS
80(s)
0.27
1.90
0.84
2.50
5s
0.10
STD
40(s)
0.20
48.3
21.3
64
10s
0.14
XS
80(s)
0.28
160
XXS
0.17
160
XXS
0.11
0.15
160
XXS
0.22
0.38
160
XXS
0.22
0.38
160
XXS
0.28
0.38
160
XXS
0.28
0.38
160
XXS
0.28
0.38
160
XXS
0.60
0.79
160
XXS
0.55
0.73
160
XXS
0.51
0.67
160
XXS
0.13
0.46
0.61
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
201
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
2 x 11/2
2.38
1.90
3.00
5s
0.15
STD
40(s)
0.41
60.3
48.3
76
10s
0.27
XS
80(s)
0.54
2.38
1.66
3.00
5s
0.15
STD
40(s)
0.39
60.3
42.2
76
10s
0.23
XS
80(s)
0.53
2 x 11/4
2x1
2 x 3/4
21/2 x 2
21/2 x 11/2
21/2 x 11/4
21/2 x 1
3 x 21/2
3x2
3 x 11/2
3 x 11/4
1
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
kg
2.38
1.32
3.00
5s
0.15
STD
40(s)
0.37
60.3
33.4
76
10s
0.23
XS
80(s)
0.45
2.38
1.05
3.00
5s
0.15
STD
40(s)
0.33
60.3
26.7
76
10s
0.22
XS
80(s)
0.46
2.88
2.38
3.50
5s
0.32
STD
40(s)
0.73
73.0
60.3
89
10s
0.43
XS
80(s)
0.94
2.88
1.90
3.50
5s
0.32
STD
40(s)
0.68
73.0
48.3
89
10s
0.39
XS
80(s)
0.86
2.88
1.66
3.50
5s
0.32
STD
40(s)
0.67
73.0
42.2
89
10s
0.38
XS
80(s)
0.79
2.88
1.32
3.50
5s
0.32
STD
40(s)
0.59
73.0
33.4
89
10s
0.36
XS
80(s)
0.79
3.50
2.88
3.50
5s
0.40
STD
40(s)
0.98
88.9
73.0
89
10s
0.52
XS
80(s)
1.29
3.50
2.38
3.50
5s
0.40
STD
40(s)
0.91
88.9
60.3
89
10s
0.48
XS
80(s)
1.18
3.50
1.90
3.50
5s
0.40
STD
40(s)
0.86
88.9
48.3
89
10s
0.45
XS
80(s)
1.04
3.50
1.66
3.50
5s
0.40
STD
40(s)
0.77
88.9
42.2
89
10s
0.50
XS
80(s)
1.04
160
XXS
160
0.99
1.20
160
XXS
0.94
1.14
160
XXS
0.84
1.02
160
XXS
1.65
2.26
160
XXS
1.53
2.09
160
XXS
1.52
2.07
160
XXS
1.33
1.82
160
XXS
2.40
3.12
160
XXS
2.23
2.90
160
XXS
2.12
2.76
160
XXS
1.04
1.26
XXS
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
202
Weight1
1.89
2.46
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
31/2 x 3
4.00
3.50
4.00
5s
0.53
STD
40(s)
1.38
101.6
88.9
102
10s
0.66
XS
80(s)
1.85
31/2 x 21/2
31/2 x 2
31/2 x 11/2
31/2 x 11/4
4 x 31/2
4x3
4 x 21/2
4x2
4 x 11/2
5x4
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
kg
4.00
2.88
4.00
5s
0.53
STD
40(s)
1.34
101.6
73.0
102
10s
0.66
XS
80(s)
1.75
4.00
2.38
4.00
5s
0.53
STD
40(s)
1.23
101.6
60.3
102
10s
0.66
XS
80(s)
1.61
4.00
1.90
4.00
5s
0.53
STD
40(s)
1.14
101.6
48.3
102
10s
0.66
XS
80(s)
1.43
4.00
1.66
4.00
5s
0.53
STD
40(s)
1.07
101.6
42.2
102
10s
0.66
XS
80(s)
1.27
4.50
4.00
4.00
5s
0.65
STD
40(s)
1.64
114.3
101.6
102
10s
0.82
XS
80(s)
2.21
4.50
3.50
4.00
5s
0.65
STD
40(s)
1.59
114.3
88.9
102
10s
0.76
XS
80(s)
2.13
4.50
2.88
4.00
5s
0.65
STD
40(s)
1.52
114.3
73.0
102
10s
0.71
XS
80(s)
2.01
4.50
2.38
4.00
5s
0.65
STD
40(s)
1.44
114.3
60.3
102
10s
0.67
XS
80(s)
1.78
160
XXS
4.38
5.35
160
XXS
4.21
5.14
160
XXS
3.97
4.85
4.50
1.90
4.00
5s
0.61
STD
40(s)
1.24
114.3
48.3
102
10s
0.63
XS
80(s)
1.73
XXS
4.18
XS
XXS
8.68
5.56
4.50
5.00
5s
1.10
80(s)
3.78
141.3
114.3
127
10s
1.35
120
6.09
40(s)
2.72
160
7.41
STD
1
Weight1
160
3.42
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
203
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
5 x 31/2
5.56
4.00
5.00
5s
1.10
STD
40(s)
2.66
141.3
101.6
127
10s
1.35
XS
80(s)
3.65
5x3
5 x 21/2
5x2
6x5
6x3
6 x 21/2
8x6
Weight1
kg
3.50
5.00
5s
1.10
STD
40(s)
2.60
127
10s
1.35
XS
80(s)
3.55
5.56
2.88
5.00
5s
1.05
STD
40(s)
2.51
141.3
73.0
127
10s
1.25
XS
80(s)
3.31
160
XXS
7.10
8.31
160
XXS
6.68
7.80
5.56
2.38
5.00
5s
1.05
STD
40(s)
2.29
141.3
60.3
127
10s
1.25
XS
80(s)
3.00
XXS
7.29
XS
XXS
12.64
XXS
11.98
6.62
5.56
5.50
5s
1.60
80(s)
5.72
168.3
141.3
140
10s
2.00
120
8.65
40(s)
3.93
160
10.78
6.62
4.50
5.50
5s
1.60
80(s)
5.45
168.3
114.3
140
10s
1.65
120
8.20
40(s)
3.72
160
10.22
XS
6.62
4.00
5.50
5s
1.55
STD
40(s)
3.69
168.3
101.6
140
10s
1.95
XS
80(s)
5.27
6.62
3.50
5.50
5s
1.50
STD
40(s)
3.63
168.3
88.9
140
10s
1.53
XS
80(s)
5.04
6.62
2.88
5.50
5s
1.35
STD
40(s)
3.45
168.3
73.0
140
10s
1.41
XS
80(s)
4.52
XS
8.82
6.62
6.00
5s
2.60
219.1
168.3
152
10s
2.72
40(s)
6.31
XXS
XS
8.62
5.56
6.00
5s
2.60
219.1
141.3
152
10s
2.72
40(s)
6.08
80(s)
120
160
XXS
9.93
11.64
160
XXS
9.26
6.23
9.46
11.09
160
18.43
160
17.76
14.99
17.88
80(s)
120
XXS
160
8.85
14.44
17.22
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
204
kg
88.9
STD
1
Designation/
Schedule
5.56
STD
8x5
Weight1
Schedule
141.3
STD
6 x 31/2
Designation/
kg
STD
6x4
Weight1
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
8x4
8.62
4.50
6.00
5s
2.55
STD
40(s)
5.95
219.1
114.3
152
10s
2.63
XS
80(s)
8.44
8 x 31/2
10 x 8
10 x 6
12 x 8
1
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
kg
120
14.03
160
17.25
XXS
16.73
4.00
6.00
5s
2.50
STD
40(s)
5.81
219.1
101.6
152
10s
2.57
XS
80(s)
7.31
STD
40(s)
10.50
100
21.65
60
13.50
120
25.09
10.75
8.62
7.00
5s
4.30
273.0
219.1
178
10s
4.49
20
7.89
30
9.62
10.75
6.62
7.00
5s
4.00
273.0
168.3
178
10s
4.14
40(s)
XS
XS
10.10
XS
80(s)
14.20
80
18.10
80s
13.50
80
17.93
120
24.85
10.75
5.56
7.00
5s
3.90
80s
13.00
273.0
141.3
178
10s
3.94
80
17.59
40(s)
9.90
120
24.38
10.75
4.50
7.00
5s
3.70
80s
11.50
273.0
114.3
178
10s
3.82
80
17.08
40(s)
9.58
120
23.67
40s
40
80s
19.80
60
24.33
STD
12 x 10
Weight1
Schedule
8.62
STD
10 x 4
Designation/
kg
STD
10 x 5
Weight1
12.75
10.75
8.00
5s
6.00
323.8
273.0
203
10s
6.78
20
11.10
30
14.56
12.75
8.62
8.00
5s
5.90
323.8
219.1
203
10s
6.31
20
10.70
30
14.03
XS
STD
XS
STD
XS
XXS
140
29.27
160
32.50
XXS
28.99
160
XXS
32.19
28.44
160
XXS
31.58
27.61
160
30.66
15.20
80
29.48
17.80
100
35.70
120
41.73
140
46.25
160
53.31
28.41
XXS
40s
14.60
80
40
17.15
100
34.40
80s
19.08
120
40.22
60
23.45
140
44.76
160
51.37
XXS
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
205
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
12 x 6
12.75
6.62
8.00
5s
5.70
323.8
168.3
203
10s
5.92
40s
14.10
80
27.34
40
16.18
80s
17.70
5s
6.00
10s
7.70
40s
13.80
80
26.80
XS
Weight1
kg
XXS
XXS
120
38.70
160
49.43
120
37.94
160
48.46
59.47
14.00
12.75
13.00
5s
10.75
30
30.57
80
355.6
323.8
330
10s
13.00
40
35.55
100
73.32
20
25.56
80s
37.70
120
84.50
40s
28.80
60
47.65
140
95.37
160
105.96
56.34
XS
14.00
10.75
13.00
5s
10.65
30
28.97
80
355.6
273.0
330
10s
12.10
40
33.67
100
69.47
20
24.21
80s
36.10
120
80.05
60
45.14
140
90.35
160
100.39
53.74
XS
27.40
14.00
8.62
13.00
5s
10.55
30
27.62
80
355.6
219.1
330
10s
11.20
40
32.12
100
66.25
20
23.09
80s
34.90
120
76.34
40s
26.00
60
43.05
140
86.17
160
95.74
14.00
6.62
13.00
5s
355.6
168.3
330
10s
10.33
40s
25.30
XS
9.75
16.00
14.00
14.00
5s
13.25
406.4
355.6
356
10s
15.81
XS
XS
40
31.18
120
74.12
80s
33.70
160
92.95
80
52.17
30
36.50
100
95.87
80s
46.30
120
111.93
10
24.53
40
48.28
140
130.45
20
30.49
60
62.52
160
143.06
40s
35.21
80
79.68
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
206
18.40
8.00
STD
1
80s
203
STD
16 x 14
XS
16.50
5.56
STD
14 x 6
kg
40
141.3
STD
14 x 8
Designation/
Schedule
12.75
STD
14 x 10
Weight1
Schedule
323.8
STD
14 x 12
Designation/
kg
STD
12 x 5
Weight1
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
16 x 12
16.00
12.75
14.00
5s
13.05
406.4
323.8
356
10s
45.00
120
15.22
40
47.40
140
128.08
20
29.94
60
61.39
160
140.45
40s
34.30
80
78.24
30
35.83
100
94.12
105.82
XS
109.89
14.00
5s
12.75
80s
43.70
120
356
10s
14.41
40
45.65
140
123.33
20
28.83
60
59.11
160
135.25
40s
33.10
80
75.34
30
34.51
100
90.64
101.75
16.00
8.62
14.00
5s
12.55
80s
42.60
120
406.4
219.1
356
10s
13.63
40
43.89
140
118.59
20
27.72
60
56.84
160
130.05
40s
31.90
80
72.44
30
33.18
100
87.15
XS
30
50.35
100
127.46
80s
55.80
120
149.63
18.00
16.00
15.00
5s
16.00
457
406.4
381
10s
19.19
10
29.04
40
64.15
140
168.07
20
36.13
60
84.68
160
189.08
40s
42.70
80
104.76
30
48.95
100
123.92
80s
54.50
120
145.48
XS
18.00
14.00
15.00
5s
16.00
457
355.6
381
10s
18.21
10
28.23
40
62.37
140
163.40
20
35.12
60
82.33
160
183.82
40s
41.30
80
101.85
142.71
XS
18.00
12.75
15.00
5s
15.95
80s
53.60
120
457
323.8
381
10s
17.62
40
61.18
140
160.29
20
34.45
60
80.76
160
180.32
40s
40.50
80
30
48.02
100
STD
1
kg
80s
273.0
STD
18 x 12
kg
XS
Weight1
Schedule
10.75
STD
18 x 14
Designation/
406.4
STD
18 x 16
Weight1
Schedule
16.00
STD
16 x 8
Designation/
kg
STD
16 x 10
Weight1
XS
99.91
121.56
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
207
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
18 x 10
18.00
10.75
15.00
5s
15.85
457
273.0
381
10s
17.00
20 x 14
20 x 12
22 x 20
1
140
155.62
160
175.07
78.41
30
46.62
100
23.80
33.10
XS
118.02
30
83.52
100
205.41
80s
84.40
120
237.71
10
42.62
40
98.74
140
350.00
20
63.04
60
133.46
160
370.00
40s
64.50
80
167.52
20.00
16.00
20.00
5s
22.80
508
406.4
508
10s
31.71
XS
30
81.15
100
199.59
80s
82.60
120
230.98
10
41.10
40
95.94
140
350.00
20
61.25
60
129.69
160
370.00
40s
62.60
80
162.80
20.00
14.00
20.00
5s
22.80
508
355.6
508
10s
29.75
XS
30
79.58
100
195.72
80s
81.30
120
226.49
10
40.30
40
94.08
140
350.00
20
60.07
60
127.17
160
370.00
40s
61.30
80
159.62
20.00
12.75
20.00
5s
22.80
508
323.8
508
10s
29.75
XS
80s
79.90
120
224.25
40
93.15
140
320.00
160
340.00
20
59.47
60
125.91
40s
60.80
80
158.04
30
78.79
100
193.78
22.00
20.00
20.00
5s
26.30
559
508
508
10s
33.05
XS
30
92.08
100
242.93
80s
94.00
120
320.00
10
52.28
40
125.21
140
390.00
20
69.47
60
158.33
160
475.00
40s
71.30
80
201.18
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
208
59.40
97.00
5s
STD
138.55
40
60
10s
STD
120
80
20.00
kg
51.80
33.45
508
Weight1
80s
39.40
18.00
STD
kg
XS
20
457
Designation/
Schedule
40s
20.00
STD
Weight1
Schedule
508
STD
20 x 16
Designation/
kg
STD
20 x 18
Weight1
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
22 x 18
22.00
18.00
20.00
5s
26.10
559
457
508
10s
32.90
24 x 22
24 x 20
24 x 18
1
90.34
100
238.35
80s
92.70
120
320.00
51.29
40
122.84
140
390.00
60
155.34
160
475.00
40s
69.90
80
197.37
30
88.61
100
233.76
80s
89.90
120
320.00
120.49
140
390.00
160
465.00
229.18
20.00
5s
25.90
508
10s
32.30
10
50.31
XS
40
20
66.85
60
152.36
40s
68.50
80
193.58
30
86.87
100
80s
88.50
120
290.00
118.12
140
370.00
160
450.00
22.00
14.00
20.00
5s
25.80
559
355.6
508
10s
32.20
10
49.32
XS
40
20
65.54
60
149.37
40s
67.20
80
189.78
24.00
22.00
20.00
5s
28.70
610
559
508
10s
36.32
XS
80s
30
99.90
100
289.11
110.71
120
394.00
10
55.95
40
149.14
140
570.00
20
74.46
60
187.56
160
610.00
40s
75.80
80
233.39
24.00
20.00
20.00
5s
28.60
610
508
508
10s
36.10
XS
80s
30
99.90
100
289.11
110.71
120
394.00
10
55.95
40
134.79
140
570.00
20
74.46
60
187.56
160
610.00
40s
75.80
80
233.39
24.00
18.00
20.00
5s
28.40
610
457
508
10s
35.90
STD
kg
30
68.16
16.00
STD
kg
XS
Weight1
Schedule
10
406.4
STD
Designation/
20
559
STD
Weight1
Schedule
22.00
STD
22 x 14
Designation/
kg
STD
22 x 16
Weight1
XS
80s
30
97.60
100
283.55
108.58
120
394.00
10
54.94
40
132.20
140
570.00
20
73.03
60
183.96
160
610.00
40s
74.00
80
228.90
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
209
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
H
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
24 x 16
24.00
16.00
20.00
5s
28.20
610
406.4
508
10s
35.70
26 x 22
26 x 20
26 x 18
28 x 26
28 x 24
28 x 22
28 x 20
28 x 18
30 x 28
1
26.00
24.00
24.00
660
610
610
26.00
22.00
24.00
660
559
610
26.00
20.00
24.00
660
508
610
26.00
18.00
24.00
660
457
610
28.00
26.00
24.00
711
660
610
28.00
24.00
24.00
711
610
610
28.00
22.00
24.00
711
559
610
28.00
20.00
24.00
711
508
610
28.00
18.00
24.00
711
457
610
30.00
28.00
24.00
762
711
610
Designation/
kg
XS
80s
30
Weight1
Schedule
kg
95.80
100
277.99
106.45
120
360.00
10
53.86
40
129.61
140
570.00
20
71.60
60
180.35
160
580.00
40s
72.60
80
224.41
75.45
20
123.00
XS
123.00
20
123.00
XS
123.00
20
123.00
XS
123.00
20
123.00
XS
123.00
20
131.43
XS
132.00
10
STD
90.70
10
STD
75.45
90.70
10
STD
75.45
90.70
10
STD
75.45
90.70
10
STD
79.30
95.30
10
STD
79.30
95.30
10
STD
10
10
10
20
20
79.30
83.20
XS
166.03
131.43
30
166.03
131.43
30
166.03
30
166.03
30
178.16
132.00
20
XS
30
132.00
XS
95.30
131.34
132.00
XS
79.30
95.30
STD
20
XS
79.30
95.30
STD
STD
Weight1
Schedule
131.43
132.00
20
143.00
100.00
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
210
Designation/
kg
STD
26 x 24
Weight1
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
30 x 26
30.00
26.00
24.00
762
660
610
30 x 24
30 x 22
30 x 20
32 x 30
32 x 28
32 x 26
32 x 24
34 x 32
34 x 30
34 x 28
34 x 26
1
30.00
24.00
24.00
762
610
610
30.00
22.00
24.00
762
559
610
30.00
20.00
24.00
762
508
610
32.00
30.00
24.00
813
762
610
32.00
28.00
24.00
813
711
610
32.00
26.00
24.00
813
660
610
32.00
24.00
24.00
813
610
610
34.00
32.00
24.00
864
813
610
34.00
30.00
24.00
864
762
610
34.00
28.00
24.00
864
711
610
34.00
26.00
24.00
864
660
610
H
Weight1
Designation/
kg
10
10
STD
83.20
10
10
STD
10
STD
20
kg
XS
142.13
20
143.00
30
178.16
30
178.16
30
178.16
143.00
20
XS
83.20
Weight1
Schedule
100.00
XS
83.20
100.00
Designation/
kg
STD
83.20
100.00
STD
Weight1
Schedule
142.13
143.00
20
142.13
100.00
XS
143.00
95.70
XS
20
150.00
30
190.29
XS
20
150.00
30
190.29
20
150.00
115.00
10
STD
95.70
115.00
10
10
STD
95.70
STD
115.00
XS
95.70
XS
20
150.00
30
190.29
XS
20
157.00
30
202.42
XS
20
157.00
30
202.42
XS
20
157.00
30
202.42
20
157.00
115.00
10
STD
112.35
112.00
10
STD
112.35
112.00
10
STD
112.35
112.00
10
112.35
STD
112.00
XS
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
211
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
34 x 24
34.00
24.00
24.00
864
610
610
36 x 34
36 x 32
36 x 30
36 x 28
36 x 26
36 x 24
38 x 36
38 x 34
38 x 32
38 x 30
38 x 28
38 x 26
40 x 38
40 x 36
40 x 34
1
36.00
34.00
24.00
914
864
610
36.00
32.00
24.00
914
813
610
36.00
30.00
24.00
914
762
610
36.00
28.00
24.00
914
711
610
36.00
26.00
24.00
914
660
610
Weight1
Designation/
kg
10
STD
Weight1
Schedule
112.35
kg
157.00
30
202.42
XS
20
172.00
30
221.00
XS
20
172.00
30
221.00
XS
20
172.00
30
221.00
XS
20
172.00
30
221.00
20
172.00
30
221.00
112.00
10
STD
123.00
129.00
10
STD
123.00
129.00
10
STD
123.00
129.00
10
STD
123.00
129.00
10
STD
24.00
STD
129.00
XS
172.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
STD
143.00
XS
193.00
STD
143.00
XS
193.00
STD
143.00
XS
193.00
24.00
610
38.00
34.00
24.00
965
864
610
38.00
32.00
24.00
965
813
610
38.00
30.00
24.00
965
762
610
38.00
28.00
24.00
965
711
610
38.00
26.00
24.00
965
660
610
40.00
38.00
24.00
1016
965
610
40.00
36.00
24.00
1016
914
610
40.00
34.00
24.00
1016
864
610
123.00
129.00
610
36.00
10
123.00
24.00
914
kg
20
610
38.00
Weight1
XS
36.00
965
Designation/
Schedule
914
20
XS
172.00
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
212
H
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
40 x 32
40.00
32.00
24.00
1016
813
610
40.00
30.00
24.00
1016
762
610
40 x 30
42 x 40
42 x 38
42 x 36
42 x 34
42 x 32
42 x 30
44 x 42
44 x 40
44 x 38
44 x 36
46 x 44
46 x 42
46 x 40
46 x 38
1
42.00
40.00
24.00
1067
1016
610
42.00
38.00
24.00
1067
965
610
42.00
36.00
24.00
1067
914
610
42.00
34.00
24.00
1067
864
610
42.00
32.00
24.00
1067
813
610
42.00
30.00
24.00
1067
762
610
44.00
42.00
24.00
1118
1067
610
44.00
40.00
24.00
1118
1016
610
44.00
38.00
24.00
1118
965
610
44.00
36.00
24.00
1118
914
610
46.00
44.00
28.00
1168
1118
711
46.00
42.00
28.00
1168
1067
711
46.00
40.00
28.00
1168
1016
711
46.00
38.00
28.00
1168
965
711
H
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
STD
143.00
XS
193.00
STD
143.00
XS
193.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
152.00
XS
201.00
STD
159.00
XS
211.00
STD
159.00
XS
211.00
STD
159.00
XS
211.00
STD
159.00
XS
211.00
STD
170.00
XS
225.00
STD
170.00
XS
225.00
STD
170.00
XS
225.00
STD
170.00
XS
225.00
kg
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
213
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
Reducers
ASME B16.9
Concentric and Eccentric Reducers
H
NB
Outside Diameter End to End
Designation/
Large
Small
H
Schedule
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
48 x 46
48.00
46.00
28.00
48 x 44
48 x 42
48 x 40
1
1219
1168
711
48.00
44.00
28.00
1219
1118
711
48.00
42.00
28.00
1219
1067
711
48.00
40.00
28.00
1219
1016
711
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
Designation/
Weight1
Schedule
kg
STD
181.00
XS
238.00
STD
181.00
XS
238.00
STD
181.00
XS
238.00
STD
181.00
XS
238.00
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weight Measure = Large OD x Large OD x H with the dimensions in meters ie divide the mm values in the tables by 1000.
MSS-SP-75 fittings have different tolerances so weights may differ slightly.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
214
H
kg
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
Steel Fittings
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
1/
2
0.84
1.00
1.00
5s
0.01
21.3
25
25
10s
0.02
40(s)
0.03
XXS
XS
STD
3/
4
1.00
1.00
5s
0.02
26.7
25
25
10s
0.02
40(s)
0.06
XXS
XS
1.32
1.50
1.50
5s
0.04
38
38
10s
0.05
40(s)
0.10
XXS
11/4
XS
1.50
1.50
5s
0.05
42.2
38
38
10s
0.07
40(s)
0.14
XXS
XS
STD
11/2
1.50
1.50
5s
0.08
48.3
38
38
10s
0.10
40(s)
0.20
XXS
2
XS
2.38
1.50
1.75
5s
0.10
38
44
10s
0.13
40(s)
0.25
XXS
XS
STD
21/2
2.88
1.50
2.00
5s
0.14
73.0
38
51
10s
0.23
40(s)
0.35
STD
80(s)
80(s)
0.13
0.13
0.15
0.19
0.23
0.30
80(s)
0.23
0.30
0.35
80(s)
160
0.30
0.55
0.60
80(s)
160
XXS
0.09
0.20
160
60.3
0.06
0.18
160
1.90
STD
80(s)
160
1.66
0.05
0.10
160
33.4
STD
80(s)
160
1.05
STD
1
XS
0.45
0.90
1.00
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
215
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
3
3.50
2.00
2.50
5s
0.25
88.9
51
64
10s
0.36
40(s)
0.70
XXS
STD
31/2
4
5
6
8
XS
80(s)
160
0.85
1.45
1.80
4.00
2.50
3.00
5s
0.36
STD
40(s)
1.00
101.6
64
76
10s
0.52
XS
80(s)
1.30
4.50
2.50
3.00
5s
0.52
120
2.50
114.3
64
76
10s
0.55
160
STD
40(s)
1.10
XS
80(s)
1.60
XXS
5.56
3.00
3.50
5s
0.80
120
141.3
76
89
10s
1.00
160
STD
40(s)
2.00
XS
80(s)
2.70
XXS
4.00
5.00
5.50
6.62
3.50
4.00
5s
1.20
120
168.3
89
102
10s
1.50
160
STD
40(s)
3.00
XS
80(s)
4.40
XXS
6.00
7.50
8.12
8.62
4.00
5.00
5s
2.20
80(s)
219.1
102
127
10s
2.75
100
STD
2.75
3.50
8.35
11.00
20
4.50
120
12.27
30
5.00
140
13.85
40(s)
5.50
60
7.00
XXS
14.91
160
19.49
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
216
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
10
10.75
5.00
6.00
5s
3.60
80
16.25
273.0
127
152
10s
4.45
100
21.00
120
24.74
12
20
6.00
30
8.00
STD
40(s)
9.00
XS
60/80s
29.31
160
32.98
13.60
12.75
6.00
7.00
5s
6.00
60
25.50
152
178
10s
7.50
80
29.50
100
32.50
XS
20
10.00
30
13.00
40s
XXS
120
41.00
15.00
140
46.12
40
19.00
160
53.77
80s
22.50
14.00
6.50
7.50
5s
6.40
60
32.10
355.6
165
191
10s
8.17
80
40.39
10
14.00
100
50.00
20
14.00
120
58.91
30
16.00
140
67.30
24.50
160
75.70
STD
40
XS
16
140
323.8
STD
14
XXS
27.00
16.00
7.00
8.00
5s
8.40
60
40.76
406.4
178
203
10s
10.67
80
52.25
10
18.00
100
64.00
20
18.00
120
75.57
STD
30
21.00
140
89.16
XS
40
31.50
160
98.83
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
217
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
18
18.00
8.00
9.00
5s
10.40
40
457
203
229
10s
13.00
60
66.00
10
22.00
80
72.50
20
STD
30
XS
20
22
22.00
100
75.00
26.00
120
88.00
30.00
140
93.00
36.00
160
104.00
77.62
20.00
9.00
10.00
5s
13.60
60
508
229
254
10s
17.00
80
98.50
10
29.00
100
122.46
STD
20
32.00
120
143.56
XS
30
42.00
140
153.00
40
56.75
160
170.00
22.00
10.00
10.00
5s
16.80
60
89.10
559
254
254
10s
21.00
80
126.00
STD
XS
24
42.00
10
35.50
100
154.00
20
39.00
120
182.04
30
51.00
140
210.00
40
70.00
160
240.00
120.00
24.00
10.50
12.00
5s
20.80
60
610
267
305
10s
26.00
80
150.00
10
44.00
100
185.66
20
46.00
120
219.65
60.00
140
250.00
30
74.50
160
285.00
40
96.50
STD
XS
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
218
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
26
26.00
10.50
660
267
28
30
32
10
STD
10.50
267
30.00
10.50
5s
24.00
STD
762
267
10s
31.00
XS
10
51.68
32.00
10.50
813
267
34.00
10.50
864
267
36.00
10.50
914
267
10
STD
38
40
42
38.00
12.00
965
305
40.00
12.00
1016
305
42.00
12.00
1067
305
46.60
XS
56.00
10
STD
20
10
STD
20
10
STD
XS
20
66.10
49.80
28.00
XS
36
XS
711
XS
34
41.45
20
20
74.81
30
93.50
62.00
20
82.80
30
103.50
56.60
30
116.75
68.00
40
128.55
93.40
60.40
30
121.15
72.60
40
133.40
96.91
66.05
30
133.75
79.40
40
147.30
107.00
STD
86.20
XS
124.70
STD
95.30
XS
129.30
STD
104.00
XS
136.00
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
219
Dimensions and Weights
Steel Fittings
End Caps
ASME B16.9
End Caps
E
or
E1
NB
OD
Length2 E
Length2 E1
Designation/
Weight1
Designation/
Weight1
in
in/mm
in/mm
in/mm
Schedule
kg
Schedule
kg
44
44.00
13.50
STD
120.20
XS
167.80
1118
343
46.00
13.50
STD
136.00
XS
186.00
1168
343
48.00
13.50
STD
159.00
XS
215.50
1219
343
46
48
Weight measure = OD x OD x E or E1 with dimensions in m ie divide mm dimensions by 1000.
Shape of cap shall be ellipsoidal and shall conform to the shape requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
1 Weight is not specified and is approximate for shipping purposes only. MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly.
2 Length E applies for thicknesses not exceeding XS, E1 for thicknesses greater than XS (above 26NB by agreement).
3 MSS-SP-75 has different tolerances, so weights may differ slightly. Also lenght E1 is specified above 24“.
For dimensional tolerances see page 384.
220
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges Index
Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et poids
Dimensioni e pesi
Dimensiones y pesos
•
Flanges
Flansche
Brides
Flange
Bridas
ASME B16.5 ........................................................................ 224
ASME B16.47, Series A ........................................................ 238
ASME B16.47, Series B ........................................................ 242
223
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges · Threaded and Socket Welding
Class 150 & 300 1/2 to 4 NB
O
X (Note 1)
X (Note 1)
B
Bolt circle
D
tf Y
T
tf
O
R
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
of Flange min of Hub
Through Hub Length
O
tf
Y
in
mm
in
Diameter
X
mm
in
mm
Length
in
Thread
Bore
T
mm
in
Y
B1
O
Bore2
B
mm
in
Depth
B1
mm
in
mm
Diameter
of Socket
of Face
D
R
in
mm
in
mm
Class 150
1/
2
3.50
90
0.38
9.6
1.19
30
0.56
14
0.62
16
0.88
22.2 0.62
15.8 0.38
10
1.38
34.9
3/
4
3.88 100
0.44
11.2
1.50
38
0.56
14
0.62
16
1.09
27.7 0.82
20.9 0.44
11
1.69
42.9
1
4.25 110
0.50
12.7
1.94
49
0.62
16
0.69
17
1.36
34.5 1.05
26.6 0.50
13
2.00
50.8
11/4
4.62 115
0.56
14.3
2.31
59
0.75
19
0.81
21
1.70
43.2 1.38
35.1 0.56
14
2.50
63.5
11/2
5.00 125
0.62
15.9
2.56
65
0.81
21
0.88
22
1.95
49.5 1.61
40.9 0.62
16
2.88
73.0
2
6.00 150
0.69
17.5
3.06
78
0.94
24
1.00
25
2.44
61.9 2.07
52.5 0.69
17
3.62
92.1
21/2
7.00 180
0.75
20.7
3.56
90
1.06
27
1.12
29
2.94
74.6 2.47
62.7 0.75
19
4.12
104.8
77.9 0.81
21
3
7.50 190
0.88
22.3
4.25
108
1.12
29
1.19
30
3.57
90.7 3.07
5.00
127.0
31/2
8.50 215
0.88
22.3
4.81
122
1.19
30
1.25
32
4.07
103.4 3.55
90.1
5.50
139.7
4
9.00 230
0.88
22.3
5.31
135
1.25
32
1.31
33
4.57
116.1 4.03
102.3
6.19
157.2
Class 300
1/
2
3.75
95
0.50
12.7
1.50
38
0.81
21
0.62
16
0.88
22.2 0.62
15.8 0.38
10
1.38
34.9
3/
4
4.62 115
0.56
14.3
1.88
48
0.94
24
0.62
16
1.09
27.7 0.82
20.9 0.44
11
1.69
42.9
1
4.88 125
0.62
15.9
2.12
54
1.00
25
0.69
18
1.36
34.5 1.05
26.6 0.50
13
2.00
50.8
11/4
5.25 135
0.69
17.5
2.50
64
1.00
25
0.81
21
1.70
43.2 1.38
35.1 0.56
14
2.50
63.5
11/2
6.12 155
0.75
19.1
2.75
70
1.12
29
0.88
23
1.95
49.5 1.61
40.9 0.62
16
2.88
73.0
2
6.50 165
0.81
20.7
3.31
84
1.31
32
1.12
29
2.44
61.9 2.07
52.6 0.69
17
3.62
92.1
21/2
7.50 190
0.94
23.9
3.94
100
1.50
37
1.25
32
2.94
74.6 2.47
62.7 0.75
19
4.12
104.8
3
8.25 210
1.06
27.0
4.62
117
1.69
41
1.25
32
3.57
90.7 3.07
77.9 0.81
21
5.00
127.0
31/2
9.00 230
1.12
28.6
5.25
133
1.75
43
1.44
37
4.07
103.4 3.55
90.1
5.50
139.7
10.00 255
1.19
30.2
5.75
146
1.88
46
1.44
37
4.57
116.1 4.03
102.3
6.19
157.2
4
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
224
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 150 & 300 1/2 to 4 NB
O
L
L
Bolt circle
Point is not included in length
R
NB
Weight
Diameter
Diameter
Bolts
Thread. Socket
of Bolt Circle
of Bolt Holes
No.
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Weld
in
kg
kg
in
0.40
0.42
2.38
mm
in
mm
60.3
5/
8
15.7
Stud Bolts (not incl.height of points)
Machine Bolts
2 mm RF
Ring Joint
2 mm RF
in
in
in
in
mm
mm
mm
4
1/
2
2.25
55
2.00
50
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
2.00
50
Class 150
1/
2
3/
4
0.56
0.58
2.75
69.9
5/
8
1
0.78
0.81
3.12
79.4
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
3.00
75
2.25
55
11/4
1.02
1.08
3.50
88.9
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.75
70
3.25
85
2.25
55
11/2
1.32
1.37
3.88
98.4
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.75
70
3.25
85
2.50
65
2
2.07
2.10
4.75
120.7
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.25
85
3.75
95
2.75
70
21/2
3.29
3.32
5.50
139.7
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
3
3.85
3.90
6.00
152.4
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
31/2
4.80
7.00
177.8
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
4
5.30
7.50
190.5
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
Class 300
1/
2
0.65
0.66
2.62
66.2
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
3.00
75
2.25
55
3/
4
1.11
1.14
3.25
82.6
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.00
75
3.50
90
2.50
65
1
1.35
1.40
3.50
88.9
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.00
75
3.50
90
2.50
65
11/4
1.68
1.75
3.88
98.4
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.25
85
3.75
95
2.75
70
11/2
2.49
2.55
4.50
114.3
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
2
2.88
2.94
5.00
127.0
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
21/2
4.33
4.40
5.88
149.2
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.00
100
4.50
115
3.25
85
5.91
3
5.84
6.62
168.3
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.25
110
4.75
120
3.50
90
31/2
7.34
7.25
184.2
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.25
110
5.00
125
3.75
95
4
9.60
7.88
200.0
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.50
115
5.00
125
3.75
95
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
225
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 150
X
A
O
X (Note 1)
B
tf
B
Y
tf Y
tf
R
O
O
Blind
Slip-on-Welding
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer Slip on
Welding Neck
Slip on
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
B
B
R
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
Length through Hub
Y
mm
in
Bore2
mm
in
Diameter
mm
in
1/
2
3.50
90
0.38
9.6
1.19
30
0.84
21.3 0.56
14
1.81
46
0.88
mm
22.2
in
0.62
mm
15.8
in
1.38
mm
34.9
3/
4
3.88 100
0.44
11.2
1.50
38
1.05
26.7 0.56
14
2.00
51
1.09
27.7
0.82
20.9
1.69
42.9
1
4.25 110
0.50
12.7
1.94
49
1.32
33.4 0.62
16
2.12
54
1.36
34.5
1.05
26.6
2.00
50.8
11/4
4.62 115
0.56
14.3
2.31
59
1.66
42.2 0.75
19
2.19
56
1.70
43.2
1.38
35.1
2.50
63.5
11/2
5.00 125
0.62
15.9
2.56
65
1.90
48.3 0.81
21
2.38
60
1.95
49.5
1.61
40.9
2.88
73.0
2
6.00 150
0.69
17.5
3.06
78
2.38
60.3 0.94
24
2.44
62
2.44
61.9
2.07
52.5
3.62
92.1
21/2
7.00 180
0.81
20.7
3.56
90
2.88
73.0 1.06
27
2.69
68
2.94
74.6
2.47
62.7
4.12 104.8
3
7.50 190
0.88
22.3
4.25 108
3.50
88.9 1.12
29
2.69
68
3.57
90.7
3.07
77.9
5.00 127.0
31/2
8.50 215
0.88
22.3
4.81 122
4.00 101.6 1.19
30
2.75
70
4.07 103.4
3.55
90.1
5.50 139.7
4
9.00 230
0.88
22.3
5.31 135
4.50 114.3 1.25
32
2.94
75
4.57 116.1
4.03 102.3
6.19 157.2
5
10.00 255
0.88
22.3
6.44 164
5.56 141.3 1.38
35
3.44
87
5.66 143.8
5.05 128.2
7.31 185.7
6
11.00 280
0.94
23.9
7.56 192
6.63 168.3 1.50
38
3.44
87
6.72 170.7
6.07 154.1
8.50 215.9
8.72 221.5
8
13.50 345
1.06
27.0
9.69 246
8.63 219.1 1.69
43
3.94
100
7.89 200.7
10.62 269.9
10
16.00 405
1.12
28.6
12.00 305
10.75 273.0 1.88
48
3.94
100
10.88 276.2 10.02 254.6
12.75 323.8
12
19.00 485
1.19
30.2
14.38 365
12.75 323.8 2.12
54
4.44
113
12.88 327.0 12.00 304.8
15.00 381.0
14
21.00 535
1.31
33.4
15.75 400
14.00 355.6 2.19
56
4.94
125
16
23.50 595
1.38
35.0
18.00 457
16.00 406.4 2.44
62
4.94
125
18.50 469.9
18
25.00 635
1.50
38.1
19.88 505
18.00 457.0 2.62
67
5.44
138
14.14 359.2 To be
16.16 410.5 specified
by purchaser
18.18 461.8
20
27.50 700
1.62
41.3
22.00 559
20.00 508.0 2.81
71
5.62
143
20.20 513.1
23.00 584.2
24
32.00 815
1.81
46.1
26.12 663
24.00 610.0 3.19
81
5.94
151
24.25 616.0
27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
226
16.25 412.8
21.00 533.4
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 150
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight 1
WN
Slip on Blind
kg
kg
kg
Diameter of
Diameter of
Bolts
Bolt Circle
Bolt Holes
No.
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Stud Bolts not incl.height of points Machine Bolts
2 mm RF
in
mm
in
mm
in
in
Ring Joint
mm
in
mm
2 mm RF
in
mm
1/
2
0.48
0.39
0.42
2.38
60.3
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.25
55
2.00
50
3/
4
0.71
0.56
0.61
2.75
69.9
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
2.00
50
1
1.01
0.78
0.86
3.12
79.4
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
3.00
75
2.25
55
11/4
1.33
1.03
1.17
3.50
88.9
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.75
70
3.25
85
2.25
55
11/2
1.72
1.32
1.53
3.88
98.4
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.75
70
3.25
85
2.50
65
2
2.58
2.06
2.42
4.75
120.7
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.25
85
3.75
95
2.75
70
21/2
4.11
3.32
3.94
5.50
139.7
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
3
4.92
3.85
4.93
6.00
152.4
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
31/2
6.08
4.81
6.17
7.00
177.8
3/
4
4
6.84
5.30
7.00
7.50
190.5
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
5
8.56
6.07
8.63
8.50
215.9
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
3.75
95
4.25
110
3.25
85
6
10.60
7.45
11.31
9.50
241.3
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.00
100
4.50
115
3.25
85
8
17.61
12.11
19.59 11.75
298.5
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.25
110
4.75
120
3.50
90
10
23.98
16.49
28.80 14.25
362.0
1
25.4
12
7/
8
4.50
115
5.00
125
4.00
100
12
36.50
26.19
43.21 17.00
431.8
1
25.4
12
7/
8
4.75
120
5.25
135
4.00
100
28.4
12
1
5.25
135
5.75
145
4.50
115
14
48.39
34.61
58.10 18.75
476.3
11/8
16
60.58
44.80
76.01 21.25
539.8
11/8
28.4
16
1
5.25
135
5.75
145
4.50
115
18
68.31
48.88
93.70 22.75
577.9
11/4
31.8
16
11/8
5.75
145
6.25
160
5.00
125
20
84.49
61.91
122.01 25.00
635.0
11/4
31.8
20
11/8
6.25
160
6.75
170
5.50
140
24
115.01
86.90
184.98 29.50
749.3
13/8
35.1
20
11/4
6.75
170
7.25
185
6.00
150
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
227
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 300
X
A
O
X (Note 1)
B
tf
B
Y
tf Y
tf
R
O
O
Blind
Slip-on-Welding
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer Slip on
Welding Neck
Slip on
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
B
B
R
in
mm
in
mm
in
Length through Hub
Y
mm
in
mm
in
Bore2
mm
in
Diameter
in
mm
1/
2
3.75
95
0.50
12.7
1.50
38
0.84
21.3 0.81
21
2.00
51
0.88
mm
22.2
in
0.62
mm
15.8
in
1.38
mm
34.9
3/
4
4.62 115
0.56
14.3
1.88
48
1.05
26.7 0.94
24
2.19
56
1.09
27.7
0.82
20.9
1.69
42.9
1
4.88 125
0.62
15.9
2.12
54
1.32
33.4 1.00
25
2.38
60
1.36
34.5
1.05
26.6
2.00
50.8
11/4
5.25 135
0.69
17.5
2.50
64
1.66
42.2 1.00
25
2.50
64
1.70
43.2
1.38
35.1
2.50
63.5
11/2
6.12 155
0.75
19.1
2.75
70
1.90
48.3 1.12
29
2.62
67
1.95
49.5
1.61
40.9
2.88
73.0
2
6.50 165
0.81
20.7
3.31
84
2.38
60.3 1.31
32
2.75
68
2.44
61.9
2.07
52.5
3.62
92.1
21/2
7.50 190
0.94
23.9
3.94 100
2.88
73.0 1.50
37
3.00
75
2.94
74.6
2.47
62.7
4.12 104.8
3
8.25 210
1.06
27.0
4.62 117
3.50
88.9 1.69
41
3.12
78
3.57
90.7
3.07
77.9
5.00 127.0
31/2
9.00 230
1.12
28.6
5.25 133
4.00 101.6 1.75
43
3.19
79
4.07 103.4
3.55
90.1
5.50 139.7
4
10.00 255
1.19
30.2
5.75 146
4.50 114.3 1.88
46
3.38
84
4.57 116.1
4.03 102.3
6.19 157.2
5
11.00 280
1.31
33.4
7.00 178
5.56 141.3 2.00
49
3.88
97
5.66 143.8
5.05 128.2
7.31 185.7
6
12.50 320
1.38
35.0
8.12 206
6.63 168.3 2.06
51
3.88
97
6.72 170.7
6.07 154.1
8.50 215.9
8.72 221.5
7.98 202.7
10.62 269.9
10.88 276.2 10.02 254.6
12.75 323.8
8
15.00 380
1.56
39.7 10.25 260
8.63 219.1 2.44
60
4.38
110
10
17.50 445
1.81
46.1 12.62 321
10.75 273.0 2.62
65
4.62
116
12
20.50 520
1.94
49.3 14.75 375
12.75 323.8 2.88
71
5.12
129
12.88 327.0 12.00 304.8
15.00 381.0
14
23.00 585
2.06
52.4 16.75 425
14.00 355.6 3.00
75
5.62
141
14.14 359.2 To be
16.16 410.5 specified
by purchaser
18.18 461.8
16.25 412.8
16
25.50 650
2.19
55.6 19.00 483
16.00 406.4 3.25
81
5.75
144
18
28.00 710
2.31
58.8 21.00 533
18.00 457.0 3.50
87
6.25
157
18.50 469.9
21.00 533.4
20
30.50 775
2.44
62.0 23.12 587
20.00 508.0 3.75
94
6.38
160
20.20 513.1
23.00 584.2
24
36.00 915
2.69
68.3 27.62 702
24.00 610.0 4.19
105
6.62
167
24.25 616.0
27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
228
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 300
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight 1
WN
Slip on Blind
kg
kg
kg
Diameter of
Diameter of
Bolts
Bolt Circle
Bolt Holes
No.
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Stud Bolts not incl.height of points Machine Bolts
2 mm RF
in
mm
in
mm
in
in
Ring Joint
mm
in
2 mm RF
mm
in
mm
1/
2
0.75
0.64
0.64
2.62
66.7
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
2.50
65
3.00
75
2.25
55
3/
4
1.26
1.12
1.11
3.25
82.6
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.00
75
3.50
90
2.50
65
1
1.52
1.36
1.39
3.50
88.9
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.00
75
3.50
90
2.50
65
11/4
2.03
1.68
1.79
3.88
98.4
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.25
85
3.75
95
2.75
70
11/2
2.89
2.49
2.66
4.50
114.3
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
2
3.40
2.87
3.18
5.00
127.0
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
3.50
90
4.00
100
3.00
75
21/2
5.17
4.32
4.85
5.88
149.2
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.00
100
4.50
115
3.25
85
3
6.93
5.85
6.81
6.62
168.3
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.25
110
4.75
120
3.50
90
31/2
8.67
7.34
8.71
7.25
184.2
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.25
110
5.00
125
3.75
95
4
11.20
9.61
11.50
7.88
200.0
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.50
115
5.00
125
3.75
95
5
15.11
12.30
15.59
9.25
235.0
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.75
120
5.25
135
4.25
110
6
19.11
15.59
20.91 10.62
269.9
7/
8
22.4
12
3/
4
4.75
120
5.50
140
4.25
110
8
29.89
24.19
34.29 13.00
330.2
1
25.4
12
7/
8
5.50
140
6.00
150
4.75
120
10
42.70
34.11
53.29 15.25
387.4
11/8
28.4
16
1
6.25
160
6.75
170
5.50
140
12
61.80
49.80
78.79 17.75
450.8
11/4
31.8
16
11/8
6.75
170
7.25
185
5.75
145
14
85.81
69.90 105.00 20.25
514.4
11/4
31.8
20
11/8
7.00
180
7.50
190
6.25
160
16
106.01
88.11 136.99 22.50
571.5
13/8
35.1
20
11/4
7.50
190
8.00
205
6.50
165
18
130.99
108.99 175.01 24.75
628.6
13/8
35.1
24
11/4
7.75
195
8.25
210
6.75
170
20
158.00
134.00 221.01 27.00
685.8
13/8
35.1
24
11/4
8.00
205
8.75
220
7.25
185
24
230.01
201.00 339.00 32.00
812.8
15/8
41.1
24
11/2
9.00
230
10.00
255
8.00
205
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
229
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 600
X
A
O
X (Note 1)
B
tf
B
Y
tf Y
tf
R
O
O
Blind
Slip-on-Welding
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer Slip on
Welding Neck
Slip on
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
B
B
R
in
mm
in
mm
in
Length through Hub
Y
mm
in
mm
in
Bore2
in
mm
1/
2
3.75
95
0.56
14.3
1.50
38
0.84
21.3 0.88
22
2.06
mm
52
in
0.88
3/
4
4.62
115
0.62
15.9
1.88
48
1.05
26.7 1.00
25
2.25
57
1.09
1
4.88
125
0.69
17.5
2.12
54
1.32
33.4 1.06
27
2.44
62
11/4
5.25
135
0.81
20.7
2.50
64
1.66
42.2 1.12
29
2.62
Diameter
mm
in
mm
in
mm
1.38
34.9
1.69
42.9
1.36
22.2 To be
27.7 specified
by purchaser
34.5
2.00
50.8
67
1.70
43.2
2.50
63.5
11/2
6.12
155
0.88
22.3
2.75
70
1.90
48.3 1.25
32
2.75
70
1.95
49.5
2.88
73.0
2
6.50
165
1.00
25.4
3.31
84
2.38
60.3 1.44
37
2.88
73
2.44
61.9
3.62
92.1
21/2
7.50
190
1.12
28.6
3.94 100
2.88
73.0 1.62
41
3.12
79
2.94
74.6
4.12 104.8
3
8.25
210
1.25
31.8
4.62 117
3.50
88.9 1.81
46
3.25
83
3.57
90.7
5.00 127.0
31/2
9.00
230
1.38
35.0
5.25 133
4.00 101.6 1.94
49
3.38
86
4.07 103.4
5.50 139.7
6.19 157.2
4
10.75
275
1.50
38.1
6.00 152
4.50 114.3 2.12
54
4.00
102
4.57 116.1
5
13.00
330
1.75
44.5
7.44 189
5.56 141.3 2.38
60
4.50
114
5.66 143.8
7.31 185.7
6
14.00
355
1.88
47.7
8.75 222
6.63 168.3 2.62
67
4.62
117
6.72 170.7
8.50 215.9
8
16.50
420
2.19
55.6 10.75 273
8.63 219.1 3.00
76
5.25
133
8.72 221.5
10.62 269.9
10
20.00
510
2.50
63.5 13.50 343
10.75 273.0 3.38
86
6.00
152
10.88 276.2
12.75 323.8
12
22.00
560
2.62
66.7 15.75 400
12.75 323.8 3.62
92
6.12
156
12.88 327.0
15.00 381.0
14
23.75
605
2.75
69.9 17.00 432
14.00 355.6 3.69
94
6.50
165
14.14 359.2
16.25 412.8
16
27.00
685
3.00
76.2 19.50 495
16.00 406.4 4.19
106
7.00
178
16.16 410.5
18.50 469.9
18
29.25
745
3.25
82.6 21.50 546
18.00 457.0 4.62
117
7.25
184
18.18 461.8
21.00 533.4
20
32.00
815
3.50
88.9 24.00 610
20.00 508.0 5.00
127
7.50
190
20.20 513.1
23.00 584.2
24
37.00
940
4.00 101.6 28.25 718
24.00 610.0 5.50
140
8.00
203
24.25 616.0
27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
230
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 600
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight 1
WN
Slip on
Blind
kg
kg
kg
Diameter of
Diameter of
Bolts
Bolt Circle
Bolt Holes
No.
in
in
mm
mm
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
7 mm Raised Face
Ring Joint
in
in
in
mm
mm
1/
2
1.24
1.06
1.02
2.62
66.7
5/
8
15.7
4
1/
2
3.00
75
3.00
75
3/
4
2.08
1.85
1.76
3.25
82.6
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
3.50
90
1
2.51
2.24
2.21
3.50
88.9
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.50
90
3.50
90
11/4
3.35
2.77
2.85
3.88
98.4
3/
4
19.1
4
5/
8
3.75
95
3.75
95
11/2
4.77
4.11
4.23
4.50
114.3
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.25
110
4.25
110
2
5.61
4.74
5.06
5.00
127.0
3/
4
19.1
8
5/
8
4.25
110
4.25
110
21/2
8.53
7.13
7.71
5.88
149.2
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
4.75
120
4.75
120
10.8
6.62
168.3
7/
8
22.4
8
3/
4
5.00
125
5.00
125
3
11.4
31/2
14.3
12.1
13.8
7.25
184.2
1
25.4
8
7/
8
5.50
140
5.50
140
4
18.5
15.9
18.3
8.50
215.9
1
25.4
8
7/
8
5.75
145
5.75
145
5
24.9
20.3
24.8
10.50
266.7
11/8
28.4
8
1
6.50
165
6.50
165
6
31.5
25.7
33.2
11.50
292.1
11/8
28.4
12
1
6.75
170
6.75
170
8
49.3
39.9
54.5
13.75
349.2
11/4
31.8
12
11/8
7.50
190
7.75
195
70.5
56.3
84.7
10
12
102
14
127
16
177
9.65
17.00
431.8
13/8
35.1
16
11/4
8.50
215
8.50
215
125
19.25
489.0
13/8
35.1
20
11/4
8.75
220
8.75
220
115
152
20.75
527.0
11/2
38.1
20
13/8
9.25
235
9.25
235
145
216
23.75
603.2
15/8
41.1
20
11/2
10.00
255
10.00
255
82.2
18
215
180
274
25.75
654.0
13/4
44.5
20
15/8
10.75
275
10.75
275
20
268
221
356
28.50
723.9
13/4
44.5
24
15/8
11.25
285
11.50
290
24
376
332
547
33.00
838.2
2
50.8
24
17/8
13.00
330
13.25
335
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
231
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 900
X
A
O
X (Note 1)
B
tf
B
Y
tf Y
tf
R
O
O
Blind
Slip-on-Welding
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer Slip on
Welding Neck
Slip on
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
B
B
R
in
mm
in
mm
in
Length through Hub
Y
mm
in
mm
in
Bore2
in
mm
1/
2
4.75
120
0.88
22.3
1.50
38
0.84
21.3 1.25
32
2.38
mm
60
in
0.88
3/
4
5.12
130
1.00
25.4
1.75
44
1.05
26.7 1.38
35
2.75
70
1.09
1
5.88
150
1.12
28.6
2.06
52
1.32
33.4 1.62
41
2.88
73
11/4
6.25
160
1.12
28.6
2.50
64
1.66
42.2 1.62
41
2.88
11/2
7.00
180
1.25
31.8
2.75
70
1.90
48.3 1.75
44
3.25
2
8.50
215
1.50
38.1
4.12 105
2.38
60.3 2.25
21/2
9.62
245
1.62
41.3
4.88 124
2.88
3
9.50
240
1.50
38.1
5.00 127
3.50
4
11.50
290
1.75
44.5
6.25 159
5
13.75
350
2.00
50.8
7.50 190
5.56 141.3 3.12
Diameter
mm
in
mm
in
mm
1.38
34.9
1.69
42.9
1.36
22.2 To be
27.7 specified
by purchaser
34.5
2.00
50.8
73
1.70
43.2
2.50
63.5
83
1.95
49.5
2.88
73.0
57
4.00 102
2.44
61.9
3.62
92.1
73.0 2.50
64
4.12 105
2.94
74.6
4.12 104.8
88.9 2.12
54
4.00 102
3.57
90.7
5.00 127.0
4.50 114.3 2.75
70
4.50 114
4.57 116.1
6.19 157.2
79
5.00 127
5.66 143.8
7.31 185.7
6
15.00
380
2.19
55.6
9.25 235
6.63 168.3 3.38
86
5.50 140
6.72 170.7
8.50 215.9
8
18.50
470
2.50
63.5 11.75 298
8.63 219.1 4.00
102
6.38 162
8.72 221.5
10.62 269.9
10
21.50
545
2.75
69.9 14.50 368
10.75 273.0 4.25
108
7.25 184
10.88 276.2
12.75 323.8
12
24.00
610
3.12
79.4 16.50 419
12.75 323.8 4.62
117
7.88 200
12.88 327.0
15.00 381.0
14
25.25
640
3.38
85.8 17.75 451
14.00 355.6 5.12
130
8.38 213
14.14 359.2
16.25 412.8
16
27.75
705
3.50
88.9 20.00 508
16.00 406.4 5.25
133
8.50 216
16.16 410.5
18.50 469.9
18
31.00
785
4.00 101.6 22.25 565
18.00 457.0 6.00
152
9.00 229
18.18 461.8
21.00 533.4
20
33.75
855
4.25 108.0 24.50 622
20.00 508.0 6.25
159
9.75 248
20.20 513.1
23.00 584.2
24
41.00 1040
5.50 139.7 29.50 749
24.00 610.0 8.00
203
11.50 292
24.25 616.0
27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
232
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 900
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight 1
WN
Slip on
Blind
kg
kg
kg
Diameter of
Diameter of
Bolts
Bolt Circle
Bolt Holes
No.
in
in
mm
mm
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
7 mm Raised Face
Ring Joint
in
in
in
mm
mm
1/
2
1.87
1.74
1.77
3.25
82.6
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.25
110
4.25
110
3/
4
2.56
2.34
2.42
3.50
88.9
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.50
115
4.50
115
1
3.74
3.44
3.57
4.00
101.6
1
25.4
4
7/
8
5.00
125
5.00
125
11/4
4.33
3.91
4.14
4.38
111.1
1
25.4
4
7/
8
5.00
125
5.00
125
11/2
5.94
5.36
5.75
4.88
123.8
11/8
28.4
4
1
5.50
140
5.50
140
10.1
6.50
165.1
1
25.4
8
7/
8
5.75
145
5.75
145
2
10.8
9.85
21/2
15.0
13.7
14.0
7.50
190.5
11/8
28.4
8
1
6.25
160
6.25
160
3
13.7
11.6
13.1
7.50
190.5
1
25.4
8
7/
8
5.75
145
5.75
145
4
22.5
19.7
26.9
9.25
235.0
11/4
31.8
8
11/8
6.75
170
6.75
170
35.1
8
11/4
7.50
190
7.50
190
5
37.4
31.9
36.5
11.00
279.4
11/8
6
47.7
41.1
47.4
12.50
317.5
11/4
31.8
12
11/8
7.50
190
7.75
195
8
81.3
70.7
82.5
15.50
393.7
11/2
38.1
12
13/8
8.75
220
8.75
220
10
119
101
122
18.50
469.9
11/2
38.1
16
13/8
9.25
235
9.25
235
12
157
133
173
21.00
533.4
11/2
38.1
20
13/8
10.00
255
10.00
255
14
180
153
206
22.00
558.8
15/8
41.1
20
11/2
10.75
275
11.00
280
16
217
185
259
24.25
616.0
13/4
44.5
20
15/8
11.25
285
11.50
290
18
292
258
367
27.00
685.8
2
50.8
20
17/8
12.75
325
13.25
335
20
362
317
463
29.50
749.3
21/8
53.8
20
2
13.75
350
14.25
360
24
665
606
876
35.50
901.7
25/8
66.5
20
21/2
17.25
440
18.00
455
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
233
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 1500
X
A
O
X (Note 1)
B
tf
B
Y
tf Y
tf
R
O
O
Blind
Slip-on-Welding
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer Slip on
Welding Neck
Slip on
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
B
B
R
in
mm
in
mm
in
Length through Hub
Y
mm
in
mm
in
Bore2
mm
Diameter
in
mm
in
mm
in
1/
2
4.75
120
0.88
22.3
1.50
38
0.84
21.3 1.25
32
2.38
60
0.88
22.2
3/
4
5.12
130
1.00
25.4
1.75
44
1.05
26.7 1.38
35
2.75
70
1.09
27.7
1
5.88
150
1.12
28.6
2.06
52
1.32
33.4 1.62
41
2.88
73
1.36
34.5
To be
specified
by purchaser
mm
in
1.38
mm
34.9
1.69
42.9
2.00
50.8
11/4
6.25
160
1.12
28.6
2.50
64
1.66
42.2 1.62
41
2.88
73
1.70
43.2
2.50
63.5
11/2
7.00
180
1.25
31.8
2.75
70
1.90
48.3 1.75
44
3.25
83
1.95
49.5
2.88
73.0
2
8.50
215
1.50
38.1
4.12 105
2.38
60.3 2.25
57
4.00 102
2.44
61.9
3.62
92.1
21/2
9.62
245
1.62
41.3
4.88 124
2.88
73.0 2.50
64
4.12 105
2.94
74.6
4.12 104.8
3
10.50
265
1.88
47.7
5.25 133
3.50
88.9
4.62 117
4
12.25
310
2.12
54.0
6.38 162
4.50 114.3
4.88 124
6.19 157.2
5
14.75
375
2.88
73.1
7.75 197
5.56 141.3
6.12 156
7.31 185.7
5.00 127.0
6
15.50
395
3.25
82.6
9.00 229
6.63 168.3
6.75 171
8.50 215.9
8
19.00
485
3.62
92.1 11.50 292
8.63 219.1
8.38 213
10.62 269.9
10
23.00
585
4.25 108.0 14.50 368
10.75 273.0
10.00 254
12.75 323.8
12
26.50
675
4.88 123.9 17.75 451
12.75 323.8
11.12 283
15.00 381.0
14
29.50
750
5.25 133.4 19.50 495
14.00 355.6
11.75 298
16.25 412.8
16
32.50
825
5.75 146.1 21.75 552
16.00 406.4
12.25 311
18.50 469.9
18
36.00
915
6.38 162.0 23.50 597
18.00 457.0
12.88 327
21.00 533.4
20
38.75
985
7.00 177.8 25.25 641
20.00 508.0
14.00 356
23.00 584.2
24
46.00 1170
8.00 203.2 30.00 762
24.00 610.0
16.00 406
27.25 692.2
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
234
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 1500
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight 1
WN
Slip on
Blind
kg
kg
kg
Diameter of
Diameter of
Bolts
Bolt Circle
Bolt Holes
No.
in
in
mm
mm
Lenght of Bolts L
ø
Stud Bolts not incl.height of points
7 mm Raised Face
Ring Joint
in
in
in
mm
mm
1/
2
1.87
1.74
1.77
3.25
82.6
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.25
110
4.25
110
3/
4
2.56
2.34
2.42
3.50
88.9
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.50
115
4.50
115
1
3.74
3.44
3.57
4.00
101.6
1
25.4
4
7/
8
5.00
125
5.00
125
11/4
4.33
3.91
4.14
4.38
111.1
1
25.4
4
7/
8
5.00
125
5.00
125
11/2
5.94
5.36
5.75
4.88
123.8
11/8
28.4
4
1
5.50
140
5.50
140
6.50
165.1
1
25.4
8
7/
8
5.75
145
5.75
145
2
10.8
9.85
10.1
21/2
15.0
14.0
7.50
190.5
11/8
28.4
8
1
6.25
160
6.25
160
3
19.9
19.1
8.00
203.2
11/4
31.8
8
11/8
7.00
180
7.00
180
4
29.9
29.9
9.50
241.3
13/8
35.1
8
11/4
7.75
195
7.75
195
41.1
8
11/2
9.75
250
9.75
250
13.7
5
55.4
58.4
11.50
292.1
15/8
6
68.4
71.8
12.50
317.5
11/2
38.1
12
13/8
10.25
260
10.50
265
8
117
122
15.50
393.7
13/4
44.5
12
15/8
11.50
290
12.75
325
10
194
210
19.00
482.6
2
50.4
12
17/8
13.25
335
13.50
345
12
288
316
22.50
571.5
21/8
53.8
16
2
14.75
375
15.25
385
14
380
420
25.00
635.0
23/8
60.5
16
21/4
16.00
405
16.75
425
16
485
558
27.75
704.8
25/8
66.5
16
21/2
17.50
445
18.50
470
18
644
760
30.50
774.7
27/8
73.2
16
23/4
19.75
495
20.75
525
20
775
965
32.75
831.8
31/8
79.2
16
3
21.25
540
22.25
565
24
1232
1558
39.00
990.6
35/8
91.9
16
31/2
24.25
615
25.50
650
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
235
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Pipe Flanges
Class 2500
X
A
O
tf
B
Y
tf
R
O
Blind
Welding Neck
NB
in
Outside
Thickness
Diameter
Welding Neck
Len. through Hub Bore1
Diameter
Flange min
of Hub
OD at Chamfer
Welding Neck
Welding Neck
of Face
O
tf
X
A
Y
Y
B
mm
in
1/
2
5.25
135
1.19
30.2
1.69
43
0.84
21.3
2.88
73
3/
4
5.50
140
1.25
31.8
2.00
51
1.05
26.7
3.12
79
1
6.25
160
1.38
35.0
2.25
57
1.32
33.4
3.50
89
11/4
7.25
185
1.50
38.1
2.88
73
1.66
42.2
3.75
11/2
8.00
205
1.75
44.5
3.12
79
1.90
48.3
2
9.25
235
2.00
50.9
3.75
95
2.38
10.50
265
2.25
57.2
4.50
114
2.88
21/2
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
in
Diameter
mm
in
mm
1.38
34.9
1.69
42.9
2.00
50.8
95
2.50
63.5
4.38
111
2.88
73.0
60.3
5.00
127
3.62
92.1
73.0
5.62
143
4.12
104.8
127.0
To be
specified
by purchaser
3
12.00
305
2.62
66.7
5.25
133
3.50
88.9
6.62
168
5.00
4
14.00
355
3.00
76.2
6.50
165
4.50
114.3
7.50
190
6.19
157.2
5
16.50
420
3.62
92.1
8.00
203
5.56
141.3
9.00
229
7.31
185.7
6
19.00
485
4.25
108.0
9.25
235
6.63
168.3
10.75
273
8.50
215.9
8
21.75
550
5.00
127.0
12.00
305
8.63
219.1
12.50
318
10.62
269.9
10
26.50
675
6.50
165.1
14.75
375
10.75
273.0
16.50
419
12.75
323.8
12
30.00
760
7.25
184.2
17.38
441
12.75
323.8
18.25
464
15.00
381.0
1 For large end of hub. Can be tapered 7° maximum.
2 Bore is nominal OD – twice nominal thickness. The figures are for schedule standard.
Raised face is 2 mm (0.06 in) for 150 and 300, and 7 mm (0.25 in) for 400–2500, which is in addition to tf
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
Note that metric and imperial dimensions are not equivalent, but are parallel systems
236
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.5
Class 2500
O
L
L
Point is not included in length
Bolt circle
NB
in
Weight1
WN
Blind
kg
kg
Diameter
Diameter
Bolts
of Bolt Circle
of Bolt Holes
No.
in
in
mm
mm
Length L
Ø
of Stud Bolts not including height of points
7 mm Raised Face
Ring Joint
in
in
in
mm
mm
1/
2
3.12
2.99
3.50
88.9
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
4.75
120
4.75
120
3/
4
3.70
3.50
3.75
95.2
7/
8
22.4
4
3/
4
5.00
125
5.00
125
1
5.24
4.96
4.25
108.0
1
25.4
4
7/
8
5.50
140
5.50
140
11/4
7.74
7.35
5.12
130.2
11/8
28.4
4
1
6.00
150
6.00
150
5.75
146.0
11/4
31.8
4
11/8
6.75
170
6.75
170
11/2
10.9
10.4
2
16.2
15.6
6.75
171.4
11/8
28.4
8
1
7.00
180
7.00
180
21/2
23.7
22.6
7.75
196.8
11/4
31.8
8
11/8
7.75
195
8.00
205
3
36.2
34.8
9.00
228.6
13/8
35.1
8
11/4
8.75
220
9.00
230
41.1
8
11/2
10.00
255
10.25
260
4
55.3
53.9
10.75
273.0
15/8
5
92.5
90.8
12.75
323.8
17/8
47.8
8
13/4
11.75
300
12.25
310
355
6
143
141
14.50
368.3
21/8
53.8
8
2
13.50
345
14.00
8
215
214
17.25
438.2
21/8
53.8
12
2
15.00
380
15.50
395
10
406
411
21.25
539.8
25/8
66.5
12
21/2
19.25
490
20.00
510
572
592
24.38
619.1
27/8
73.2
12
23/4
21.25
540
22.00
560
12
1
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
237
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 150 Series A
Dimensions in inches.
Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
WN
Blind
in
kg
kg
26
136
250
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
X
A
R
34.25
2.69
2.69
4.75
26.62
26.00
29.50
31.75
24
1.38
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
11/4
0.38
28
143
330
36.50
2.81
2.81
4.94
28.62
28.00
31.50
34.00
28
1.38
11/4
0.44
30
163
437
38.75
2.94
2.94
5.38
30.75
30.00
33.75
36.00
28
1.38
11/4
0.44
32
197
544
41.75
3.19
3.19
5.69
32.75
32.00
36.00
38.50
28
1.62
11/2
0.44
34
211
609
43.75
3.25
3.25
5.88
34.75
34.00
38.00
40.50
32
1.62
11/2
0.50
36
236
698
46.00
3.56
3.56
6.19
36.75
36.00
40.25
42.75
32
1.62
11/2
0.50
38
353
807
48.75
3.44
3.44
6.19
39.00
38.00
42.25
45.25
32
1.62
11/2
0.50
40
377
903
50.75
3.56
3.56
6.44
41.00
40.00
44.25
47.25
36
1.62
11/2
0.50
42
438
1058
53.00
3.81
3.81
6.75
43.00
42.00
47.00
49.50
36
1.62
11/2
0.50
44
480
1205
55.25
4.00
4.00
7.00
45.00
44.00
49.00
51.75
40
1.62
11/2
0.50
46
513
1317
57.25
4.06
4.06
7.31
47.12
46.00
51.00
53.75
40
1.62
11/2
0.50
48
566
1486
59.50
4.25
4.25
7.56
49.12
48.00
53.50
56.00
44
1.62
11/2
0.50
50
613
1635
61.75
4.38
4.38
8.00
51.25
50.00
55.50
58.25
44
1.88
13/4
0.50
52
684
1834
64.00
4.56
4.56
8.25
53.25
52.00
57.50
60.25
44
1.88
13/4
0.50
54
756
2051
66.25
4.75
4.75
8.50
55.25
54.00
59.50
62.75
44
1.88
13/4
0.50
56
824
2259
68.75
4.88
4.88
9.00
57.38
56.00
62.00
65.00
48
1.88
13/4
0.50
58
910
2513
71.00
5.06
5.06
9.25
59.38
58.00
64.00
67.25
48
1.88
13/4
0.50
60
956
2722
73.00
5.19
5.19
9.44
61.38
60.00
66.00
69.25
52
1.88
13/4
0.50
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
238
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 300 Series A
Dimensions in inches.
Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
291
477
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
38.25
3.12
3.31
34.50
28
1.75
7.25
X
A
R
28.38
26.00
29.50
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
15/8
0.38
28
352
584
40.75
3.38
3.56
7.75
30.50
28.00
31.50
37.00
28
1.75
15/8
0.44
30
405
685
43.00
3.62
3.75
8.25
32.56
30.00
33.75
39.25
28
1.88
13/4
0.44
32
465
793
45.25
3.88
3.94
8.75
34.69
32.00
36.00
41.50
28
2.00
17/8
0.44
34
523
919
47.50
4.00
4.12
9.12
36.88
34.00
38.00
43.50
28
2.00
17/8
0.50
36
580
1072
50.00
4.12
4.38
9.50
39.00
36.00
40.25
46.00
32
2.12
2
0.50
38
324
900
46.00
4.25
4.25
7.12
39.12
38.00
40.50
43.00
32
1.62
11/2
0.50
40
391
1066
48.75
4.50
4.50
7.62
41.25
40.00
42.75
45.50
32
1.75
15/8
0.50
42
428
1206
50.75
4.69
4.69
7.88
43.25
42.00
44.75
47.50
32
1.75
15/8
0.50
44
485
1378
53.25
4.88
4.88
8.12
45.25
44.00
47.00
49.75
32
1.88
13/4
0.50
46
559
1570
55.75
5.06
5.06
8.50
47.38
46.00
49.00
52.00
28
2.00
17/8
0.50
48
597
1745
57.75
5.25
5.25
8.81
49.38
48.00
51.25
54.00
32
2.00
17/8
0.50
50
674
1983
60.25
5.50
5.50
9.12
51.38
50.00
53.50
56.25
32
2.12
2
0.50
52
728
2194
62.25
5.69
5.59
9.38
53.38
52.00
55.50
58.25
32
2.12
2
0.50
54
871
2538
62.25
6.00
6.00
9.94
55.50
54.00
57.75
61.00
28
2.38
21/4
0.50
56
921
2728
67.25
6.06
6.06
10.25
57.62
56.00
59.75
63.00
28
2.38
21/4
0.50
58
968
2975
69.25
6.25
6.25
10.50
59.62
58.00
62.00
65.00
32
2.38
21/4
0.50
60
1032
3250
71.25
6.44
6.44
10.75
61.62
60.00
64.00
67.00
32
2.38
21/4
0.50
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
239
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 600 Series A
Dimensions in inches.
Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
450
777
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
40.00
4.25
4.94
36.00
28
2.00
8.75
X
A
R
29.44
26.00
29.50
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
17/8
0.50
28
506
909
42.25
4.38
5.19
9.25
31.62
28.00
31.50
38.00
28
2.12
2
0.50
30
575
1074
44.50
4.50
5.50
9.75
33.94
30.00
33.75
40.25
28
2.12
2
0.50
32
642
1253
47.00
4.62
5.81
10.25
36.12
32.00
36.00
42.50
28
2.38
21/4
0.50
34
705
1427
49.00
4.75
6.06
10.62
38.31
34.00
38.00
44.50
28
2.38
21/4
0.56
36
800
1665
51.75
4.88
6.38
11.12
40.62
36.00
40.25
47.00
28
2.62
21/2
0.56
38
674
1509
50.00
6.00
6.12
10.00
40.25
38.00
41.50
45.75
28
2.38
21/4
0.56
40
725
1695
52.00
6.25
6.38
10.38
42.25
40.00
43.75
47.75
32
2.38
21/4
0.56
42
895
2028
55.25
6.62
6.75
11.00
44.38
42.00
46.00
50.50
28
2.62
21/2
0.56
44
951
2246
57.25
6.81
7.00
11.38
46.50
44.00
48.25
52.50
32
2.62
21/2
0.56
46
1055
2543
59.50
7.06
7.31
11.81
48.62
46.00
50.25
54.75
32
2.62
21/2
0.56
48
1247
2951
62.75
7.44
7.69
12.44
50.75
48.00
52.50
57.50
32
2.88
23/4
0.56
50
1423
3381
65.75
7.75
8.00
12.94
52.88
50.00
54.50
60.00
28
3.12
3
0.56
52
1493
3682
67.75
8.00
8.25
13.25
54.88
52.00
56.50
62.00
32
3.12
3
0.56
54
1637
4091
70.00
8.25
8.56
13.75
57.00
54.00
58.75
64.25
32
3.12
3
0.56
56
1843
4585
73.00
8.56
8.88
14.25
59.12
56.00
60.75
66.75
32
3.38
31/4
0.62
58
1954
4986
75.00
8.75
9.12
14.56
61.12
58.00
63.00
68.75
32
3.38
31/4
0.62
60
2353
5750
78.50
9.19
9.56
15.31
63.38
60.00
65.25
71.75
28
3.62
31/2
0.69
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
240
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 900 Series A
Dimensions in inches.
Series A is equivalent to MSS-SP44.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
C
Y
X
A
R
WN
Blind
kg
kg
O
C
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
26
890
1110
42.75
5.50
6.31
11.25
30.50
26.00
29.50
37.50
20
2.88
23/4
0.44
28
1055
1350
46.00
5.62
6.75
11.75
32.75
28.00
31.50
40.25
20
3.12
3
0.50
30
1230
1610
48.50
5.88
7.18
12.25
35.00
30.00
33.75
42.75
20
3.12
3
0.50
32
1480
1940
51.75
6.25
7.62
13.00
37.25
32.00
36.00
45.50
20
3.38
31/4
0.50
34
1750
2310
55.00
6.50
8.06
13.75
39.62
34.00
38.00
48.25
20
3.62
31/2
0.56
36
1997
2660
57.50
6.75
8.44
14.25
41.88
36.00
40.25
50.75
20
3.62
31/2
0.56
38
2000
2690
57.50
7.50
8.50
13.88
42.25
38.00
43.25
50.75
20
3.62
31/2
0.75
40
2161
2950
59.50
7.75
8.81
14.31
44.38
40.00
45.75
52.75
24
3.62
31/2
0.81
42
2379
3280
61.50
8.12
9.12
14.62
46.31
42.00
47.75
54.75
24
3.62
31/2
0.81
44
3321
3810
64.88
8.44
9.56
15.38
48.62
44.00
50.00
57.62
24
3.88
33/4
0.88
46
3224
4430
68.25
8.88
10.86
16.18
50.88
46.00
52.50
60.50
24
4.12
4
0.88
48
3500
4860
70.25
9.19
10.38
16.50
52.88
48.00
54.50
62.50
24
4.12
4
0.94
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
241
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 75 Series B
Dimensions in inches.
Series B is equivalent to API 605.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
45.5
97.5
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
Radius
O
C
C
Y
X
A
R
30.00
1.31
1.31
2.31
26.62
26.06
27.75
28.50
36
0.75
5/
8
0.31
min
r1
28
52.5
129
32.00
1.31
1.31
2.44
28.62
28.06
29.75
30.50
40
0.75
5/
8
0.31
30
57.4
170
34.00
1.31
1.31
2.56
30.62
30.06
31.75
32.50
44
0.75
5/
8
0.31
32
65.8
212
36.00
1.38
1.38
2.75
32.62
32.06
33.75
34.50
48
0.75
5/
8
0.31
34
79.1
238
38.00
1.38
1.38
2.88
34.62
34.06
35.75
36.50
52
0.75
5/
8
0.31
36
89.6
272
40.69
1.44
1.44
3.38
36.81
36.06
38.00
39.06
40
0.88
3/
4
0.38
38
107
315
42.69
1.50
1.50
3.50
38.81
38.06
40.00
41.06
40
0.88
3/
4
0.38
40
116
352
44.69
1.50
1.50
3.62
40.81
40.06
42.00
43.06
44
0.88
3/
4
0.38
42
127
413
46.69
1.56
1.56
3.75
42.81
42.06
44.00
45.06
48
0.88
3/
4
0.38
44
137
470
49.25
1.69
1.69
4.12
44.88
44.06
46.25
47.38
36
1.00
7/
8
0.38
46
160
514
51.25
1.75
1.75
4.25
46.88
46.06
48.25
49.38
40
1.00
7/
8
0.38
48
174
580
53.25
1.81
1.81
4.38
48.88
48.06
50.25
51.38
44
1.00
7/
8
0.38
50
188
638
55.25
1.88
1.88
4.56
50.94
50.06
52.25
53.38
44
1.00
7/
8
0.38
52
199
715
57.38
1.88
1.88
4.75
52.94
52.06
54.25
55.50
48
1.00
7/
8
0.38
54
226
800
59.38
1.94
1.94
4.94
55.00
54.06
56.25
57.50
48
1.00
7/
8
0.38
56
230
881
62.00
2.00
2.00
5.31
57.12
56.06
58.25
59.88
40
1.12
1
0.44
58
274
980
64.00
2.06
2.06
5.44
59.12
58.06
60.50
61.88
44
1.12
1
0.44
60
290
1062
66.00
2.19
2.19
5.69
61.12
60.06
62.50
63.88
44
1.12
1
0.44
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
242
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 150 Series B
Dimensions in inches.
Series B is equivalent to API 605.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
65.0
127.4
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
Radius
O
C
C
Y
X
A
R
30.94
1.62
1.75
3.50
29.64
26.06
28.00
29.31
36
0.88
3/
4
0.38
min
r1
28
75.0
159.6
32.94
1.75
1.88
3.75
28.94
28.06
30.00
31.31
40
0.88
3/
4
0.38
30
82.0
178.3
34.94
1.75
2.00
3.94
31.00
30.06
32.00
33.31
44
0.88
3/
4
0.38
32
94.0
254.1
37.06
1.81
2.12
4.25
33.06
32.06
34.00
35.44
48
0.88
3/
4
0.38
34
113.0
318.3
39.56
1.94
2.25
4.34
35.12
34.06
36.25
37.69
40
1.00
7/
8
0.38
36
128.0
365.6
41.62
2.06
2.31
4.62
37.19
36.06
38.25
39.75
44
1.00
7/
8
0.38
38
153.0
447.4
44.25
2.12
2.50
4.88
39.12
38.12
40.25
42.12
40
1.12
1
0.38
40
166.0
485.4
46.25
2.19
2.62
5.06
41.31
40.12
42.50
44.12
44
1.12
1
0.38
42
182.0
543.3
48.25
2.31
2.69
5.25
43.38
42.12
44.50
46.12
48
1.12
1
0.44
44
195.0
541.7
50.25
2.38
2.81
5.38
45.38
44.12
46.50
48.12
52
1.12
1
0.44
46
229.0
700.3
52.81
2.44
2.94
5.69
47.44
46.12
48.62
50.56
40
1.25
11/8
0.44
48
248.0
775.0
54.81
2.56
3.06
5.88
49.50
48.12
50.75
52.56
44
1.25
11/8
0.44
50
268.0
850.8
56.81
2.69
3.18
6.06
51.50
50.12
52.75
54.56
48
1.25
11/8
0.44
52
284.0
931.1
58.81
2.75
3.31
6.19
53.56
52.12
54.75
56.56
52
1.25
11/8
0.44
54
309.0
1030.0
61.00
2.81
3.44
6.38
55.62
54.12
56.75
58.75
56
1.25
11/8
0.44
56
329.0
1115.3
63.00
2.88
3.56
6.56
57.69
56.12
58.75
60.75
60
1.25
11/8
0.56
58
391.0
1348.3
65.94
2.94
3.68
6.88
59.69
58.12
60.75
63.44
48
1.38
11/4
0.56
60
414.0
1452.6
67.94
3.00
3.81
7.06
61.81
60.12
63.00
65.44
52
1.38
11/4
0.56
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
243
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 300 Series B
Dimensions in inches.
Series B is equivalent to API 605.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
193.0
378.4
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
34.12
3.50
3.50
31.62
32
1.38
5.69
X
A
R
27.62
26.19
29.00
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
11/4
0.56
28
211.0
444.2
36.25
3.50
3.50
5.88
29.75
28.19
31.00
33.75
36
1.38
11/4
0.56
30
258.0
560.9
39.00
3.69
3.69
6.22
32.00
30.25
33.25
36.25
36
1.50
13/8
0.56
32
315.0
870.2
41.50
4.06
4.06
6.62
34.00
32.25
35.50
38.50
32
1.62
11/2
0.62
34
339.0
954.9
43.62
4.06
4.06
6.81
36.12
34.25
37.50
40.62
36
1.62
11/2
0.62
36
380.0 1082.6
46.12
4.06
4.06
7.12
38.00
36.25
39.75
42.88
32
1.75
15/8
0.62
38
425.0 1231.9
48.12
4.38
4.38
7.56
40.00
38.25
41.75
44.88
36
1.75
15/8
0.62
40
459.0 1330.4
50.12
4.56
4.56
7.81
42.00
40.25
43.88
46.88
40
1.75
15/8
0.62
42
514.0 1404.4
52.50
4.69
4.69
8.06
44.00
42.31
46.00
49.00
36
1.88
13/4
0.62
44
567.0 1702.7
54.50
5.00
5.00
8.44
46.19
44.31
48.00
51.00
40
1.88
13/4
0.62
46
666.0 2061.9
57.50
5.06
5.12
8.75
48.38
46.31
50.00
53.75
36
2.00
17/8
0.62
48
687.0 2146.8
59.50
5.06
5.31
8.81
50.31
48.31
52.25
55.75
40
2.00
17/8
0.62
50
797.0 2530.2
61.50
5.44
5.50
9.25
52.38
50.31
54.25
57.75
44
2.00
17/8
0.62
52
806.0 2625.4
63.50
5.62
5.68
9.56
54.44
52.31
56.25
59.75
48
2.00
17/8
0.62
54
840.0 2800.0
65.88
5.38
5.88
9.44
56.50
54.31
58.25
62.12
48
2.00
17/8
0.62
56
1117.0 3786.0
69.50
6.06
6.18
10.56
58.81
56.31
60.50
65.00
36
2.38
21/4
0.69
58
1194.0 4117.0
71.94
6.06
6.38
10.81
60.94
58.31
62.75
67.44
40
2.38
21/4
0.69
60
1215.0 4263.2
73.94
5.94
6.56
10.69
62.94
60.31
65.00
69.44
40
2.38
21/4
0.69
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
244
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
Pipe Flanges
Class 600 Series B
Dimensions in inches.
Series B is equivalent to API 605.
Dimensions NPS 38 and larger are
the same as Series A flanges.
C
O
R
C
Y
r1
A
x
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
WN
Blind
in
kg
kg
26
260.0
448.9
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
X
A
R
35.00
4.38
4.38
7.12
27.50
26.00
28.62
31.75
28
1.75
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
min
r1
15/8
0.50
28
305.0
547.9
37.50
4.56
4.56
7.50
29.62
28.00
30.88
34.00
28
1.88
13/4
0.50
30
378.0
707.0
40.25
4.94
5.00
8.06
31.75
30.00
33.12
36.50
28
2.00
17/8
0.50
32
436.0
850.9
42.75
5.12
5.31
8.50
33.88
32.00
35.25
38.75
28
2.12
2
0.50
34
550.0
1113.2
45.75
5.56
5.68
9.19
36.00
34.00
37.50
41.50
24
2.38
21/4
0.56
36
591.0
1230.0
47.75
5.76
5.94
9.56
38.12
36.00
39.75
43.50
28
2.38
21/4
0.56
Ø of
Fillet
Bolt
Radius
Class 900 Series B
Dimensions in inches.
Series B is equivalent to API 605.
Dimensions NPS 38 and larger are
the same as Series A flanges.
Nominal
Weight
Pipe Size
in
26
WN
Blind
kg
kg
534.0
666.0
OD of
Thickness of
Length
Ø of
Ø of
Raised
Drilling
Flange
Flange min 2
Through
Hub
Hub Top
Face Ø
Ø Bolt
Holes
WN
Blind
Hub
Circle
No.
Ø
O
C
C
Y
X
A
R
40.25
5.31
6.06
10.91
29.25
26.00
30.00
35.50
20
2.62
min
r1
21/2
0.44
28
633.0
810.0
43.50
5.81
6.56
10.88
31.38
28.00
32.25
38.25
20
2.88
23/4
0.50
30
800.0 1047.1
46.50
6.12
6.93
11.38
33.50
30.00
34.50
40.75
20
3.12
3
0.50
32
1006.4 1319.2
48.75
6.31
7.31
11.94
35.75
32.00
36.50
43.00
20
3.12
3
0.50
34
1225.0 1617.0
51.75
6.75
7.68
12.56
37.88
34.00
39.00
45.50
20
3.38
31/4
0.56
36
1398.0 1862.1
53.00
6.81
7.94
12.81
40.00
36.00
40.50
47.25
24
3.12
3
0.56
1
2
The bore of weld neck flanges is to be specified by the purchaser.
Flat face flanges can be supplied either with the full thickness or thickness with raised face removed. Classes 75, 150, 300 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.06 in raised face which is included in the minimum flange thickness C. Classes 400, 600, 900 flanges are
regularly furnished with a 0.25 in raised face which is additional to the minimum flange thickness C.
For ring joint the minimum flange thickness is from the bottom of the joint.
For dimensional tolerances see page 385.
245
Dimensions and Weights
Flanges
ASME B16.47
246
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Fittings · Bolts and Nuts Index
Dimensions and Weights
Abmessungen und Gewichte
Dimensions et poids
Dimensioni e pesi
Dimensiones y pesos
•
Forged Fittings
Schmiedefittings
Raccords forgés
Raccordi forgiati
Acessorios forjados
Socket Weld ........................................................................ 250
Threaded ............................................................................ 252
Plugs .................................................................................. 254
Welding Bosses .................................................................... 255
Unions ................................................................................ 257
Hexagonal Nipples .............................................................. 259
Round Nipples .................................................................... 260
Bushings .............................................................................. 260
Swage Nipples .................................................................... 260
Correlation of Fitting Class .................................................. 261
Welding Outlets .................................................................. 262
Reinforced Nipples .............................................................. 263
•
Bolts and Nuts
Schrauben und Muttern
Boulonnerie
Tiranti e Dadi
Tuercas y Tornillos
Stud Bolts ............................................................................ 264
Heavy Hex Nuts .................................................................. 265
249
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Forged Steel Fittings
ASME B16.11 Socket Weld Forged Fittings 3000 & 6000 lbs
C
A
C
D
A
A
C
C
C
G
B
A
D
G
B
G
C
B
C
D
B
B
D
A
J
J
C
K
J
A
A
J
C
D
D
J
E
F
J
J
B
B
NB
Socket Bore Diameter
Socket Wall
Bodywall
Depth Centre to Bottom of Socket
Laying Length
Bore Ø of Fitting
Thickness
Thickness
of
Coupl. Half
DN
max & max & min
ave 1 & min
minimum
Socket Tees & Crosses
in
min
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
min
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
mm
B mm
D mm
D mm
C mm
C mm
G mm
G mm
J mm
A mm
A mm
A mm
A mm
E mm
F mm
K mm
K mm
1/
8
11.2
7.6
4.8
3.18
3.96
2.41
3.15
9.5
11.0
11.0
8.0
8.0
6.5
16.0
4.8
6.4
6
10.8
6.1
3.2
3.18
3.43
±1.0
±1.0
±1.0
±1.0
±1.5
±1.0
1/
4
14.6
10.0
7.1
3.78
4.60
4.8
6.4
8
14.2
8.5
5.6
3.30
4.01
4.8
6.4
6.4
7.9
6.4
7.9
9.6
11.2
9.6
11.2
11.2
12.7
12.7
15.7
15.7
19.0
19.0
22.4
22.4
28.4
3/
8
18.0
13.3
9.9
4.01
5.03
10
17.6
11.8
8.4
3.50
4.37
1/
2
22.2
16.6
12.5
4.67
5.97
15
21.80
15.0
11.0
4.09
5.18
3/
4
27.6
21.7
16.3
4.90
6.96
20
27.2
20.2
14.8
4.27
6.04
1
34.3
27.4
21.5
5.69
7.92
25
33.9
25.9
19.9
4.98
6.93
11/4
43.1
35.8
30.2
6.07
7.92
32
42.7
34.3
28.7
5.28
6.93
11/2
49.2
41.6
34.7
6.35
8.92
40
48.8
40.1
33.2
5.54
7.80
2
61.7
53.3
43.6
6.93
10.92
50
61.2
51.7
42.1
6.04
9.50
21/2
74.4
64.2
8.76
65
73.9
61.2
7.67
3
90.3
79.4
9.52
80
89.8
76.4
8.30
4
115.7
103.8
10.69
100
115.2
100.7
9.35
1
3.20
3.73
3.91
4.55
4.85
5.08
5.54
7.01
7.62
8.56
3.68
4.01
4.78
5.56
6.35
6.35
7.14
8.74
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
16
16
16
19
45° Elbows
Coupl.
11.0
13.5
8.0
8.0
6.5
16.0
±1.0
±1.0
±1.0
±1.0
±1.5
±1.0
13.5
15.5
8.0
11.0
6.5
17.5
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±3.0
±1.5
15.5
19.0
11.0
12.5
9.5
22.5
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±3.0
±1.5
19.0
22.5
13.0
14.0
9.5
24.0
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±1.5
±3.0
±1.5
22.5
27.0
14.0
17.5
12.5
28.5
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±4.0
±2.0
27.0
32.0
17.5
20.5
12.5
30.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±4.0
±2.0
32.0
38.0
20.5
25.5
12.5
32.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±4.0
±2.0
38.0
41.0
25.5
28.5
19.0
41.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±2.0
±4.0
±2.0
41.0
28.5
19.0
43.0
±2.5
±2.5
±5.0
±2.5
57.0
32.0
19.0
44.5
±2.5
±2.5
±5.0
±2.5
66.5
41.0
19.0
48.0
±2.5
±2.5
±5.0
±2.5
End Wall
Thickness
Cap
Average of Socket Wall Thickness around periphery shall be no less than listed values. The minimum values are in localised areas.
For additional tolerances see page 384.
250
3.02
90° Elbows
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
C
A
C
D
A
A
C
C
C
G
B
A
D
G
B
G
C
C
D
B
B
K
J
A
A
J
J
C
C
D
A
J
B
D
D
J
E
F
J
J
B
B
NB
90° Elbow
Cross
Tee
45° Elbow
Coupling
Half Coupling
Cap
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
in
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
1/
8
0.080
0.160
0.130
0.260
0.110
0.210
0.070
0.120
0.050
0.070
0.050
0.070
0.030
0.070
1/
4
0.082
0.165
0.135
0.260
0.118
0.210
0.078
0.120
0.050
0.070
0.058
0.075
0.035
0.075
3/
8
0.115
0.300
0.205
0.495
0.191
0.400
0.100
0.240
0.065
0.095
0.085
0.110
0.060
0.135
1/
2
0.235
0.430
0.340
0.670
0.310
0.555
0.192
0.300
0.105
0.148
0.180
0.205
0.135
0.180
3/
4
0.290
0.660
0.470
1.06
0.400
0.910
0.250
0.530
0.152
0.335
0.205
0.300
0.175
0.210
1
0.480
1.14
0.800
1.79
0.580
1.41
0.380
0.860
0.260
0.370
0.320
0.470
0.295
0.460
11/4
0.750
1.60
1.25
2.15
0.910
1.750
0.580
1.070
0.370
0.490
0.410
0.600
0.510
0.700
11/2
0.950
2.70
1.50
4.45
1.25
3.56
0.830
1.90
0.420
0.680
0.560
1.05
0.650
0.885
2
1.65
2.95
2.23
5.40
2.10
4.10
1.15
2.35
0.770
1.24
0.960
1.60
0.920
1.20
21/2
2.50
3.75
3.95
7.75
3.15
6.25
2.05
3.00
1.10
1.81
1.50
2.30
1.40
2.00
3
4.30
7.50
6.50
12.80
5.25
10.30
3.40
6.00
1.40
2.80
2.00
2.65
2.50
3.25
4
9.70
13.00
16.00
21.00
13.50
17.00
9.00
10.30
2.35
3.50
3.40
5.00
3.50
5.50
Note: Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
251
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Forged Steel Fittings
ASME B16.11 Threaded Forged Fittings 3000 & 6000 lbs
A
C
A
A
G
A
H
H
A
L2
A
C
B
H
A
NB
DN Centre to End
90° Elbow,
H
OD of Band
45° Elbow
H
Wall Thickness End to End
OD
End Wall
End
min
Coupling, Cap
Thickness of
to End Thread min1
Caps
Tee, Cross
3000
in
6000
mm A mm A mm
3000
6000
C mm C mm
Length of
half Coupling
Cap min
Coup-
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
ling
H mm
H mm
G mm
G mm
P mm
P mm
D mm
D mm
G mm
G mm
W mm B mm L2 mm
1/
8
6
21
25
17
19
22
25
3.18
6.35 19
16
22
4.8
1/
4
8
25
28
19
22
25
33
3.30
6.60 25
32
6.4
6.7
27
19
25
4.8
6.4
35
8.1
10.2
3/
8
10
28
33
22
25
33
38
3.51
1/
2
15
33
38
25
28
38
46
4.09
6.98 25
27
22
32
4.8
6.4
38
9.1
10.4
8.15 32
33
28
38
6.4
7.9
48
10.9
13.6
3/
4
20
38
44
28
33
46
56
4.32
8.53 37
38
35
44
1
25
44
51
33
35
56
62
4.98
9.93 41
43
44
57
6.4
7.9
51
12.7
13.9
9.7
11.2
60
14.7
11/4
32
51
60
35
43
62
75
5.28
10.59 44
46
57
64
17.3
9.7
11.2
67
17.0
18.0
11/2
40
60
64
43
44
75
84
5.56
11.07 44
48
64
76
11.2
12.7
79
17.8
18.4
2
50
64
83
44
52
84
102
7.14
12.09 48
51
76
92
12.7
15.7
86
19.0
19.2
21/2
65
83
95
52
64
102
121
7.65
15.29 60
64
92
108
15.7
19.0
92
23.6
28.9
3
80
95
106
64
79
121
146
8.84
16.64 65
68
108
127
19.0
22.4
108
25.9
30.5
4
100
114
114
79
79
152
152
11.18
18.67 68
75
140
159
22.4
28.4
121
27.7
33.0
1
Dimension B is a minimum length of perfect thread. The length of useful thread (B plus threads with fully formed roots and flat crests) shall
not be less than L2 (effective length of external thread) required by American National Standard for Pipe Threads (ASME B1.20.1).
For additional tolerances see page 384.
252
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
G
W
L2
W
2 L
2
B
P
D
NB
DN 90° Elbow
in
mm kg
3000
Tee
B
B
D
D
Cross
L2
45° Elbow
Coupling
Half Coupling
Cap
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
3000
6000
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
1/
8
6
0.140
0.310
0.200
0.410
0.220
0.450
0.130
0.250
0.050
0.100
0.020
0.050
0.040
0.160
1/
4
8
0.140
0.310
0.205
0.410
0.220
0.450
0.130
0.250
0.056
0.105
0.028
0.053
0.047
0.160
3/8
10
0.265
0.500
0.305
0.600
0.400
0.700
0.250
0.350
0.066
0.115
0.033
0.058
0.058
0.200
1/
2
15
0.365
0.685
0.490
0.935
0.630
1.16
0.360
0.600
0.140
0.370
0.070
0.185
0.125
0.290
3/4
20
0.600
1.25
0.800
1.59
0.990
1.80
0.530
0.950
0.200
0.450
0.110
0.225
0.210
0.395
1
25
1.08
1.65
1.31
2.14
1.63
2.50
0.780
1.22
0.390
1.00
0.195
0.500
0.370
0.700
11/4
32
1.22
2.75
1.61
3.39
1.97
4.10
1.02
1.35
0.730
1.65
0.365
0.830
0.600
1.10
11/2
40
2.45
3.22
3.20
4.50
3.70
5.20
1.70
2.55
1.03
1.85
0.510
0.920
0.730
1.35
2
50
2.50
6.25
3.55
10.00
4.90
12.30
2.35
5.60
1.35
2.80
0.660
1.40
1.10
2.10
21/2
65
5.25
10.00
6.50
13.00
10.50
14.00
5.40
8.00
2.30
4.00
1.15
2.00
2.31
3.50
3
80
7.40
17.00
9.25
19.50
11.50
25.00
6.00
15.50
3.15
5.50
1.57
2.75
3.00
4.80
4
100
13.00
34.50
17.00
38.00
21.70
43.00
10.50
23.00
5.80
10.00
2.90
5.00
4.50
7.50
Note: Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
253
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Forged Steel
Forged Steel Plugs · ASME B16.11
F
E
C
B
H
D
A
A
Nominal DN
Length
Plugs Square Head
Pipe Size
min
Height of
Width Flats
Square min
min
B mm
C mm
in
1/
8
mm
6
A mm
10
6
7
Plugs Round Head
Weight1
kg
0.016
Nominal Ø
Length
of Head
min
E mm
10
D mm
Hex Plugs
Weight1
kg
35
Width Flats
Height of
(Nominal)
Hex min
F mm
H mm
11
Weight1
kg
6
1/
4
8
11
6
10
0.016
14
41
0.048
16
6
0.026
3/
8
10
13
8
11
0.028
18
41
0.070
18
8
0.047
1/
2
15
14
10
14
0.048
21
44
0.130
22
8
0.071
3/
4
20
16
11
16
0.090
27
44
0.220
27
10
0.130
1
25
19
13
21
0.170
33
51
0.320
36
10
0.218
11/4
32
21
14
24
0.273
43
51
0.500
46
14
0.410
11/2
40
21
16
28
0.400
48
51
0.720
50
16
0.490
2
50
22
18
32
0.600
60
64
1.35
65
18
0.770
21/2
65
27
19
36
0.890
73
70
2.20
75
19
1.61
3
80
28
21
41
1.25
89
70
3.30
90
21
1.94
4
100
32
25
65
3.10
114
76
6.00
115
25
4.50
1
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
See page 255 for Hex Head Bushings + Flush Bushings.
254
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Welding Bosses · Screwed · BS 3799
D
L2
A
45°
1.6 mm
b
Nominal Size
Length of thread
in
Length
Bore Diameter
b mm
Weight 1
6000
3000
D mm
D mm
kg
kg
6000
mm
L2 mm
(6)
6.70
38
8.4
16
22
0.05
0.10
1/
4
(8)
10.21
41
11.1
19
26
0.06
0.11
3/
8
(10)
10.36
45
14.2
22
32
0.07
0.12
1/
2
(15)
13.56
51
18.0
29
38
0.14
0.37
3/
4
(20)
13.86
51
23.0
35
45
0.20
0.45
1/
8
A mm
Outside Diameter
3000
1
(25)
17.34
51
29.0
45
60
0.39
1.00
11/2
(40)
18.38
51
44.0
64
76
1.03
1.85
95
1.35
2.80
2
(50)
19.22
51
56.0
76
21/2
(65)
28.89
51
67.0
95
2.30
3
(80)
30.48
57
82.0
110
3.15
4
(100)
33.02
64
95.0
140
5.80
1
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Welding Bosses · Socket Weld · BS 3799
C
B
S
F
45°
d
Nominal Size
1.6 mm
Bore Ø of
Socket wall thickn. (min)
Bore Ø of fitting
socket (min)
3000
6000
3000
6000
mm
B mm
C mm
C mm
d1 mm
d1 mm
(6)
10.7
3.2
1/
4
(8)
14.1
3/
8
(10)
17.6
1/
2
(15)
21.8
4.1
5.2
15.5
3/
4
(20)
27.4
4.3
6.1
1
(25)
34.1
5.0
11/2
(40)
49.0
5.6
in
1/
8
Length
Depth of
Weight 2
socket (min)
3000
6000
F mm
S mm
kg
kg
6.8
28
10
0.054
3.3
9.2
32
10
0.072
3.5
12.5
34
11
0.091
11.8
38
13
0.19
0.24
21.0
15.5
38
13
0.25
0.30
7.0
26.5
20.7
35
16
0.41
0.45
7.8
40.5
34.0
32
19
0.50
0.65
2
(50)
61.0
6.1
9.5
52.0
43.0
29
22
0.67
0.91
21/2
(65)
73.8
7.7
10.4
62.0
54.0
29
22
0.86
1.14
3
(80)
89.7
8.3
12.2
78.0
66.0
29
22
1.03
1.25
1
2
d corresponds to Sch 40.
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
255
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Forged Steel
Unions 3000 · Socket Weld · BS 3799
S
A
S
EE
C
B
d
F
Nominal Size
G
min Depth
Distance
Bore
Socket wall Bore
Thickness
of Socket
between
diameter
thickness
diameter
of shoulder across flats
Width
bottoms of
of sockets
min
of union
min
of nut min
d1 mm
E mm
F mm
6.8
3.2
32
Height
Weight2
of nut min
sockets min
in
1/
8
mm
(6)
S mm
A mm
B mm
C mm
10
17
10.7
3.2
G mm
kKg
16
0.14
1/
4
(8)
10
17
14.1
3.3
9.2
3.2
32
18
0.16
3/
8
(10)
10
17
17.6
3.5
12.5
3.2
36
19
0.20
1/
2
(15)
10
18
21.8
4.1
15.5
4.0
41
21
0.35
3/
4
(20)
13
20
27.4
4.3
21.0
4.8
50
24
0.43
1
(25)
13
26
34.1
5.0
26.5
4.8
60
25
0.65
11/4
(32)
13
28
42.9
5.3
35.0
5.6
70
29
0.98
1.26
11/2
(40)
13
30
49.0
5.6
40.5
5.6
78
30
2
(50)
16
36
61.0
6.1
52.0
6.4
95
37
2.01
21/2
(65)
16
57
73.8
7.7
62.0
9.6
125
48
5.50
3
(80)
16
70
89.7
8.3
78.0
12.7
140
51
8.00
1
2
256
d corresponds to Sch 40.
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Unions 3000 · Screwed · BS 3799
A
C
EE
D
Nominal Size
End to End
E
L2
B
Width A
Heigth of
across flats
union nut min flats of ends
union nut min
in
mm
A mm
B mm
1/
8
(6)
40
32
Width across
Thickness of
Length
shoulder min
of thread min
E mm
L2 mm
3.2
6.70
Weight1
min
C mm
16
D mm
17
kg
0.14
1/
4
(8)
43
32
18
19
3.2
10.21
0.16
3/
8
(10)
48
36
19
22
3.2
10.36
0.20
1/
2
(15)
51
43
21
30
4.0
13.56
0.35
3/
4
(20)
57
50
24
36
4.8
13.86
0.43
1
(25)
64
60
25
41
4.8
17.34
0.65
11/4
(32)
70
70
29
50
5.6
17.93
0.98
11/2
(40)
79
78
30
60
5.6
18.38
1.26
2
(50)
89
95
37
70
6.4
19.22
2.01
21/2
(65)
118
125
48
85
9.6
28.89
5.50
3
(80)
121
140
51
100
12.7
30.48
8.00
Note: Other external forms of nut and ends are permissible provided the minimum s shown in this table are maintained.
1 Weights are not specific and are approximate for shipping purposes.
257
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Screwed Hexagonal Nipples · BS 3799
W
W
A A/F Hex
A A/F Hex
b
b
E
E
E
C
Nominal Size
Equal
in
Reducing
mm
1/
8
(6)
1/
4
(8)
3/
8
1/
2
3/
4
1
11/2
2
in
mm
Reducing
258
A
W
E
b
b
C
F
Weight1
(min)
(min)
(min)
3000
6000
(min)
(min)
3000
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
11
26
10
5
2
6
0.041
0.041
6000
15
36
15
8
6
6
1/
4
x 1/8
(8 x 6)
15
31
15
5
2
6
18
40
16
11
8
8
3/
8
x 1/4
(10 x 8)
18
39
16
8
6
8
22
48
20
14
11
8
1/
2
x 3/8
(15 x 10)
22
44
20
11
8
8
16
0.075
0.11
1/
2
x 1/4
(15 x 8)
22
43
20
8
6
8
15
0.070
0.10
27
52
21
19
13
10
0.15
0.17
3/
4
x 1/2
(20 x 15)
27
50
21
14
11
9
20
0.14
0.16
3/
4
x 3/8
(20 x 10)
16
(10)
(15)
(20)
(25)
27
46
21
11
8
9
35
60
25
24
17
10
0.041
0.041
10
0.041
0.041
0.045
0.045
15
0.041
0.041
0.080
0.12
0.12
0.15
0.24
0.30
1 x 3/4
(25 x 20)
35
56
25
19
13
10
21
0.22
0.28
1 x 1/2
(25 x 15)
35
55
25
14
11
10
20
0.20
0.26
50
68
26
38
30
16
(40)
0.45
0.63
11/2 x 1
(40 x 25)
50
67
26
24
17
16
25
0.43
0.60
11/2 x 3/4
(40 x 20)
50
63
26
19
13
16
21
0.41
0.58
11/2 x 1/2
(40 x 15)
50
62
26
14
11
16
20
0.40
0.56
62
71
27
49
39
17
62
70
27
38
30
17
(50)
2 x 11/2
1
F
C
Equal
(50 x 40)
26
0.76
0.93
0.74
0.91
2x1
(50 x 25)
62
70
27
24
17
18
25
0.73
0.90
2 x 3/4
(50 x 20)
62
65
27
19
13
17
21
0.70
0.88
2 x 1/2
(50 x 15)
62
65
27
14
11
18
20
0.69
0.86
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Screwed Round Nipples · BS 3799
t
L
Nominal Size
in
Std. Lengths L1
Wall thickness t
Weight kg 2,3
3000
6000
3000
6000
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1/
8
(6)
50
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.050
0.075
1/
4
(8)
50
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.075
0.11
3/
8
(10)
50
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.11
0.17
1/
2
(15)
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.16
0.25
3/
4
(20)
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.22
0.36
1
(25)
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.31
0.54
11/2
(40)
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.53
0.95
2
(50)
75
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
0.74
1.31
21/2
(65)
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
1.12
2.00
3
(80)
100
150
Sched. 80
XXS
1.46
2.65
4
(100)
150
Sched. 80
XXS
2.15
4.00
1
2
3
Other lengths are available when specified.
Weights not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Weights here are for 100mm length. Weights for other lengths can be calculated pro-rata.
Screwed Bushings · BS 3799
Hex Head Bushings ASME B16.11
L2
D
Nominal Size
in
E
C
ASME B16.11
G
A
C+G
D
E
Weight1
A
Weight1
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
kg
1/
4
(8)
3
16
15
0.027
11
0.020
3/
8
(10)
4
18
16
0.036
13
0.029
1/
2
(15)
5
22
20
0.055
14
0.039
3/
4
(20)
6
27
21
0.082
16
0.063
1
(25)
6
35
25
0.15
19
0.12
11/4
(32)
7
45
26
0.28
21
0.23
11/2
(40)
8
51
26
0.31
21
0.25
2
(50)
9
64
27
0.51
22
0.42
21/2
(65)
10
76
41
1.14
27
0.75
3
(80)
10
90
42
1.35
28
0.90
4
(100)
13
118
45
2.90
32
2.06
1
2
mm
L2
BS 3799
Weights are not specified. These are approximate for shipping purposes.
For L2 see screwed elbows, tees and crosse. Internal thread size specified by purchaser.
Flush bushings are of length A and weight 2/3 of Hex Head Bushings.
259
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Swage Nipples · BS 3799
t
C
A
E
B
Plain
Nominal Size
T
Parallel Length
(min) A
(min) B
(min) C
Plain
Screwed
Screwed
Eccentricity E
Thickness T and t
3000
Screwed/
6000
Plain 3000
in
mm
mm
mm
3/
8
x 1/4
mm
(10 x 8)
76
48
16
mm
1.6
1/
2
x 3/8
(15 x 10)
89
56
19
1.6
1/
2
x 1/4
(15 x 8)
89
56
19
3.2
3/
4
x 1/2
(20 x 15)
95
57
22
2.4
3/ x 3/
4
8
(20 x 10)
95
57
22
4.0
Weight kg1
Plain 6000 Screwed
3000
6000
6000
mm
0.064
All sizes
sch 80
0.134
0.136
2.4
sch160
XXS
0.180
0.258
0.180
All sizes
sch 160
All sizes
sch XXS
1 x 3/4
(25 x 20) 102
64
22
2.8
2.0
1 x 1/2
(25 x 15) 102
64
22
5.2
4.4
0.250
0.423
0.250
11/2 x 1
(40 x 25) 114
70
25
6.7
6.4
0.600
0.423
1.10
11/2 x 3/4
(40 x 20) 114
70
25
9.5
8.3
0.600
1.10
11/2 x 1/2
(40 x 15) 114
70
25
11.9
10.7
0.600
1.10
2 x 11/2
(50 x 40) 165
108
29
5.6
5.2
1.14
2.20
2x1
(50 x 25) 165
108
29
12.7
11.5
1.14
2.20
2 x 3/4
(50 x 20) 165
108
29
15.5
13.5
1.14
2.20
2.20
2 x 1/2
(50 x 15) 165
108
29
17.5
15.9
1.14
21/2 x 2
(65 x 50) 178
114
32
4.8
3.2
1.69
3.05
21/2 x 11/2
(65 x 40) 178
114
32
10.3
8.3
1.69
3.05
3 x 21/2
(80 x 65) 203
133
41
7.1
6.7
2.90
5.25
3x2
(80 x 50) 203
133
41
11.9
9.9
2.90
5.25
3 x 11/2
(80 x 40) 203
133
41
17.5
15.5
2.90
5.25
4x3
(100 x 80) 229
140
48
11.9
10.7
4.20
7.80
4 x 21/2
(100 x 65) 229
140
48
19.1
17.5
4.20
7.80
1
260
Thickness and outside diameters of swage nipples shall correspond to those of the appropriate nominal pipe size.
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Steel Fittings
Correlation for Fittings Class
with Schedule Number or Wall Designation of Pipe for Calculation of Ratings
Pressure Class
Type of Fitting
Pipe 1 used for Rating Basis
Designation of Fittings
Schedule No.
2000
Threaded
80
3000
Threaded
160
6000
Threaded
3000
Socket Weld
80
6000
Socket Weld
160
9000
Socket Weld
–
1
Designation
XS
–
XXS
XS
XXS
Pipe actually used may be thinner, or thicker. When thinner pipe is used its strength may govern the rating. When thicker pipe is used the
strength of the fitting governs the rating.
Types of Fittings by Class and Size Range
Description
Socket Weld
Threaded
3000
6000
9000
2000
3000
6000
45°, 90° Elbow
1/ –4
8
1/ –2
8
1/ –2
2
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
Tees, Crosses
1/ –4
8
1/ –2
8
1/ –2
2
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
Coupling, Half Coupling
1/ –4
8
1/ –2
8
1/ –2
2
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
Caps
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –2
2
–
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
Plugs1
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
Bushings1
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1/ –4
8
1
Plugs and Bushings are not identified by pressure class.
261
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Fittings
Branch Outlet Fittings
Weldolets, Sockolets, Threadolets, Elbowlets, Laterolets, Re-inforced Nipples
These are generally made to a manufacturers own standard, following the principals of ANSI B16.11 and BS 3799.
Weights are given here for some sizes.
All of these fittings are specified by material, output size and pipe run size and rating/wall thickness:
eg Weldolet: A105, 1“, 6-36“, Sch 80.
A 1“ Sch 80 outlet suitable for run pipe of NB 6“ to 36“ in A105.
Weldolets, Threadolets and Sockolets
Weights in kg
NB
3000
in
Threaded
Socket Weld
6000
1/
4
0.065
0.070
3/
8
0.100
0.105
1/
2
0.125
0.132
0.425
0.307
3/
4
0.240
0.240
0.690
1
0.379
0.370
11/4
0.460
11/2
Threaded
Butt Weld
Socket Weld
Std
XS
Sch 160
XXS
0.045
0.050
0.075
0.078
0.095
0.100
0.23
0.24
0.405
0.160
0.175
0.33
0.34
1.05
0.700
0.23
0.27
0.53
0.55
0.465
1.45
0.950
0.32
0.39
0.75
0.80
0.660
0.650
2.30
1.25
0.42
0.50
1.00
1.10
2
0.950
1.02
2.90
1.87
0.60
0.85
1.40
1.50
21/2
1.45
1.50
4.25
2.50
0.95
1.30
2.10
2.25
3
2.05
2.39
7.07
4.00
1.20
1.72
3.40
3.65
4
3.80
3.80
10.40
6.30
6
8
2.20
3.30
4.75
5.00
4.77
6.85
11.48
14.97
8.20
13.03
24.76
25.50
10
12.37
16.45
36.85
32.43
12
20.00
30.45
79.78
60.63
14
25.45
32.84
16
34.54
46.41
18
44.09
58.98
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
262
Dimensions and Weights
Forged Fittings
Elbowlets and Laterolets
Weights in kg
NB
3000
in
Threaded
6000
1/
4
0.22
3/
8
0.17
1/
2
0.17
0.45
3/
4
0.37
0.82
1
0.58
11/4
Socket Weld
Threaded
Butt Weld
Socket Weld
Std/XS
Sch 160
XXS
0.19
0.48
0.15
0.39
0.43
0.39
0.90
0.32
0.68
0.84
1.50
0.68
1.55
0.52
1.25
1.45
1.00
2.35
1.10
2.40
0.88
2.00
2.35
11/2
1.35
3.11
1.50
3.20
1.10
2.75
3.15
2
2.10
4.85
2.36
5.00
1.80
4.25
4.85
0.22
0.19
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
Re-inforced Nipples
Weights in kg
NB in
Sch 40/80
Sch 160
XXS
1/
2
0.20
0.29
0.34
3/
4
0.34
0.39
0.46
1
0.50
0.66
0.73
11/4
0.65
0.88
1.07
11/2
0.80
1.15
1.35
2
1.22
1.65
1.90
Weights are not specified and are approximate for shipping purposes.
263
Dimensions and Weights
Bolts and Nuts
Bolts and Nuts
ANSI B18.2 · Stud Bolts
Nom.
L
Size in mm
w
L
w
L
w
L
w
L
w
L
w
L
w
L
w
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
3/
8
60
2.7
70
3.1
80
3.5
90
3.9
100
4.3
120
5.1 130
5.7
150
6.6
7/
16
60
3.8
70
4.4
80
5.0
100
6.2
120
7.4
140
8.4 160
9.6
180
10.9
1/
2
60
4.8
70
5.6
75
6.0
80
6.4
90
7.2
120
9.6 160
12.8
200
16.0
9/
16
60
6.1
80
8.1
100
10.1
120
12.1
150
15.1
180
18.1 200
20.2
230
23.2
5/
8
70
9.0
100
12.6
120
15.0
150
18.6
180
22.7
200
25.3 220
27.8
240
30.3
3/
4
80
14.8
100
18.6
120
22.4
150
28.1
180
33.2
200
36.9 220
40.1
250
46.1
66.3
7/
8
90
23.0
120
30.8
150
38.6
180
46.4
200
51.0
220
56.1 240
61.2
260
1
100
33.2
120
40.0
150
50.2
200
67.4
230
76.4
250
83.4 280
93.4
300
11/8
110
48.2
150
65.2
200
87.2
220
95.2
250
81.6
108
280
121
300
130
360
99.4
156
11/4
120
65.6
150
200
109
230
125
270
146
300
162
350
189
400
217
13/8
130
86.4
150
100
200
133
250
167
300
199
350
233
400
266
460
306
11/2
140
115
200
164
250
205
300
239
350
279
400
318
450
358
500
398
15/8
150
142
200
189
250
235
300
282
350
330
400
377
500
472
560
528
13/4
160
178
200
222
250
278
300
333
350
387
400
442
500
553
560
619
17/8
170
218
200
256
250
319
300
383
350
447
400
512
500
639
620
792
2
220
321
250
365
300
438
350
511
400
584
500
728
600
874
660
961
21/4
230
430
300
563
350
658
400
745
500
932
550
1026
600
1119
700
1305
21/2
320
743
400
928
450
1044
500
1160
550
1276
600
1392
650
1508
700
1624
23/4
340
959
400
1128
450
1269
500
1410
550
1551
600
1692
650
1833
700
1974
3
380
1283
400
1350
450
1520
500
1688
550
1857
600
2026
650
2195
700
2363
L = Length · w = weight in kg per 100 pieces
Note: The weight of a stud bolt of any length can be calculated approximately:
Weight (kg) per 100 of length L =
264
L
x weight in table
length in table L
Dimensions and Weights
Bolts and Nuts
ANSI B18.2 · Heavy Hex Nuts
30°
e
h
d
S
Nominal
Threads per in Widths across flats S
Size in
in
mm
Thickness h
in
mm
Width across corners e
Wgt of 100
in
kg
mm
3/
8
16
11/
16
17.5
3/
8
9.1
3/
4
19.7
1.4
7/
16
14
3/
4
19.0
7/
16
10.7
7/
8
22.0
1.9
1/
2
13
7/
8
22.2
1/
2
12.3
1
25.4
3.0
9/
16
12
15/
16
23.8
9/
16
13.9
11/16
27.0
3.7
5/
8
11
11/16
27.0
5/
8
15.5
11/4
31.2
5.4
3/
4
10
11/4
31.7
3/
4
18.7
13/8
35.7
8.8
7/
8
9
17/16
36.5
7/
8
21.8
15/8
41.6
13.5
1
8
15/8
41.3
1
25.0
17/8
47.2
19.3
11/8
8
113/16
46.0
11/8
28.2
21/
16
52.0
26.9
11/4
8
2
50.8
11/4
31.0
21/4
57.8
35.7
13/8
8
23/16
55.6
13/8
34.1
21/2
63.5
46.3
11/2
8
23/8
60.3
11/2
37.3
23/4
69.3
59.5
18/8
8
29/16
65.1
15/8
40.5
215/16
75.0
73.6
13/4
8
23/4
69.8
13/4
43.6
31/16
78.6
92.7
17/8
8
215/16
74.6
17/8
46.8
33/8
85.5
109.5
2
8
31/8
79.4
2
50.0
39/16
90.0
135.8
21/4
8
31/2
88.9
21/4
56.0
315/16
100.0
190.3
21/2
8
37/8
98.4
21/2
62.3
43/8
111.6
256.0
23/4
8
41/4
108.0
23/4
70.0
47/8
124.3
335.0
3
8
45/8
117.5
3
76.2
53/8
135.3
432.0
265
Dimensions and Weights
Bolts and Nuts
266
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Valves
Index
Valves
Valvole
General Descriptions of Valves with Diagrams ...................... 270
Materials:Mechanical and Chemical Properties .................... 278
Valve Specifications ............................................................ 280
Testing of Valves .................................................................. 282
End to End Dimensions ........................................................ 284
Pressure/Temperature Ratings .............................................. 296
Descrizione delle valvole e loro diagrammi .......................... 270
Materiali: Caratteristiche chimiche e fisiche .......................... 278
Specifiche valvole ................................................................ 280
Prove di collaudo delle valvole .............................................. 282
Scartamento ........................................................................ 284
Pressioni/Temperatura di esercizio ........................................ 296
Armaturen
Válvulas
Allgemeine Beschreibung der Armaturen
mit Diagrammen ................................................................ 270
Werkstoffe: chemische und mechanische Eigenschaften ...... 278
Armaturenspezifikationen .................................................... 280
Prüfung der Armaturen ........................................................ 282
Einbaumaße ........................................................................ 284
Druck-/Temperaturwerte ...................................................... 296
Descripción general de válvulas con diagramas .................... 270
Materiales, propiedades mecánicas y quimicas .................... 278
Especificaciones .................................................................. 280
Inspección de válvulas .......................................................... 282
Dimensiones de cara a cara ................................................ 284
Tabla de presiones/temperaturas .......................................... 296
Vannes
Description générale des vannes avec plans ........................ 270
Matériaux: Propriétés chimiques et mécaniques .................. 278
Spécifications des vannes .................................................... 280
Tests des vannes .................................................................. 282
Dimensions hors tout .......................................................... 284
Gamme de Pression/Températures ...................................... 296
269
Valves
General Description of Valves
Basic Introduction to Valve Types
Air/Vacuum Breaker Valve · To release pressure or vacuum
when filling or emptying a tank or pipeline, automatic operation.
Used as depression limiting devices on condensers, tanks or other
equipment which, for any reason, are subject to contractions in
the volume of the liquid they contain.
Ball Valve
Body
Shaft
Seat Ring
•
•
•
Types: side entry · top entry
Pattern: floating ball · trunnion mounted
Construction: single body · split body · bolted body · fully
welded body · double block and bleed · soft seated · metal
seated
Butterfly Valve · An economical bi-directional valve with a
quarter turn, low torque operation. Uses a rotating disc as closing
element and provides tight shutoff in the closed position. Also
suitable for flow regulation.
Used in refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and oil
transportation.
Upper Stem
Upper Ring
O' Ring
O' Ring
Body
Spacer
Ball
Bushing
O' Ring
Seat
Disk
Lower Stem
Spacer
Side Entry Trunnion Mounted
Bushing
Lower Ring
Washer
Spherical closure between two seats, which rotates about an
axis which is perpendicular to the direction of flow, with hole
bored through. Operated by a quarter turn, by wrench or
gearbox. May be full or reduced bore and body construction may
be in one, two or three pieces, bolted or fully welded. Side/end
entry valves are assembled through the side of the valve, top
entry valves through the top.
Floating ball valves for small sizes, trunnion mounted (seat
supported) valves with a bottom bearing for large sizes and high
pressures.
A double block and bleed valve has two seating surfaces which in
the closed position provide blockage of flow from both valve
ends when the cavity between the sealing surface is vented or
drained.
Valves can be multi-port, 3 way and 4 way.
Generally all types are fire safe designed with anti-static devices
and blow out proof stems.
Ball valves have the advantage of positive tight shut off, low
operating torque and low resistance to flow.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and
oil transportation, and drilling applications.
270
•
•
•
Plug
Types:cold working pressure rated butterfly valves that
normally have a concentric disc and seat · pressuretemperature rated butterfly valves whose seat rating may be
less than their body rating, and which have an offset seat
with either a concentric or eccentric disc configuration.
Patterns: Wafer · Lug · Flanged
Construction: Soft lined · Metal seated
Wafer type
Lug type
Flanged type
Valves
General Description of Valves
•
•
Check Valve
Cover
Cover Gasket
Cover Bolt
Hinge Pin
Hinge
Disc
Seat Ring
Body
Swing Check
Self-acting valve allowing unlimited flow in one direction only
and restraining flow in the opposite direction.
Swing check valves have a disc held by an arm which rotates on
a pin contained in the upper portion of the valve. The disk swings
away from the seat upon exertion of fluid pressure on the
upstream side. When the flow direction reverses, the reversal
pressure and the weight of the disc closes the disc against the
seat, stopping backflow.
Lift check valves operate with a piston or ball as closing member
to provide some damping. They are best suited for moderate
velocity applications.
Dual plate check, wafer type valves operate with two hinged discs
and are used to save space to be fitted between two flanges.
Tilting disc check valves have a closure element which pivots on
support pins located close to the centre of gravity of the disc.
This, together with the contoured shape of the disc, provides
rapid closing while minimising slamming and vibration.
Check valves perform the single function of preventing reversal of
flow in a pipe. Used for refineries, power generation plants, offshore, gas and oil transportation and drilling aplications.
•
Types: swing · lift piston · lift ball · wafer · tilting disc
Pattern: straight way · angle · oblique (Y)· single plate · dual
plate
Construction: bolted cover · welded cover · pressure seal
cover
Choke Valve · A dependable means of controlling pressure on
service applications. In two different configurations, with fixed
orifice (positive) and adjustable.
Positive configuration has a replaceable element (flow bean) with
a fixed orifice diameter. Adjustable configuration has an
externally controlled variable orifice with a visual mechanism to
indicate orifice increments. Used for drilling applications.
• Types: plug · cage
• Pattern: straight way· angle
• Construction: fixed orifice· adjustable
Control Valve · For regulation of fluid flow, used with
appropriate pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical actuation.
Automatic control by response to a process signal, or self acting
through up-stream and down-stream pressure differential.
Used for high control and regulation of flow.
• Types: globe · ball
• Pattern: single seated · double seated, invertible type · V
port
• Construction: double port · multi port 3 way
Diaphragm Valve
Handwheel
Felt Washer
Stem
Bonnet
Body Studs
Body Nuts
Stem Nut
Compressor
Diaphragm
Body
Body
Plate (Disc)
Plate (Disc)
Spring
Flexible elastomeric diaphragm with a piston operated by a
multi-turn handle. The diaphragm isolates the valve working
parts from the operating fluid.
Suitable for tight shut-off service applications, especially in
chemical plants.
• Pattern: weir · straight through
• Construction: sealed bonnet · lined body
Dual Plate Wafer Check
271
Valves
General Description of Valves
Float Valve · Automatic control and maintenance of fluid
levels in tanks and vessels. Medium level can be regulated in
many ways. The double equilibrated disc allows a gradual closing
without vibrations.
•
•
Through conduit gate valves use a parallel disc, extended with a
circular port to obtain a smooth bore in the open position. Knife
gate valves use a narrow section parallel disc tapered at the end
to provide a simple cutting edge.
Types: fixed stroke · adjustable stroke
Pattern:straight way · angle
Gate Valve
Yoke
Stem
Stem
Yoke
Bonnet
Bonnet
Wedge
Seat Ring
Body
Body
Wedge
Through Conduit Gate valve
Seat Ring
All types are provided with a secondary stem sealing capability or
back seat in addition to the primary stem seal.
Wedge Gate valve
Disc with two seats as the closing element, raised and lowered
with a stem. The closure member moves in a plane perpendicular
to the direction of flow. Wedge gates are tapered and may be
solid, flexible or double disc (split) type. Parallel slide have two
discs separated by an expanding spring that keeps the upstream
and downstream seats in sliding contact and improves the
seating load at low fluid pressure.
Used preferably for services that require infrequent valve
operation, and where disc is kept either in fully opened or closed
position. Gate valves provide bi-directional on-off service with
minimal pressure drop and flow turbulance.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and
oil transportation, and drilling activities.
•
•
•
Solid
Wedge
272
Flexible
Wedge
Split
Wedge
Expanding
Wedge
Types: wedge gate · through conduit · parallel slide · knife
Pattern: standard · wafer· slab
Construction: bolted bonnet · welded bonnet · pressure seal
bonnet
Valves
General Description of Valves
Globe Valve
Piston Valve
Handwheel
Yoke Bush
Stainless Steel Piston
Yoke
Stem
Cover Nut
Disk Spring
Washer
Gland
Bonnet
Gland Packing
Bonnet Gasket
Back Seat
Disk Stem Nut
Upper Valve Ring
Lantern Bush
Lower Valve Ring
Disk
Body Seat Ring
Body
Closure member is a disc moved squarely on and off the seat.
A single direction flow valve that may be straight, angle or
oblique (Y) pattern. Parabolic, ball or needle shaped disc for
throttling and regulating service. Stop check globe valve type in
the open position allows unlimited flow in one direction and no
flow in the opposite direction.
All types are provided with a secondary stem sealing capability or
back seat in addition to the primary stem seal.
The globe valve seating construction increases resistance and
therefore permits close regulation of flow.
The disc is replaced with a piston arrangement and a lantern
bush, and elastomer upper and lower valve rings. In order to
provide a constant load to the sealing rings, the valve is provided
with cup springs below the bonnet stud bolts that have been
adjusted to the correct tightening moment.
Used for durable perfect tightness and for resistance to etching
of process fluids, especially for steam installations.
•
•
•
Types: stop · flow control
Pattern: straight way · angle
Construction:with standard lantern bush · with regulating
lantern
Plug Valve
Lubricant Screw
Used mainly for moderate control or regulation of flow, due to
the seating design which causes a change in direction of flow
through valve body.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and
oil transportation, and drilling applications.
•
•
•
Types: on-off · throttling · stop check
Pattern: straight way · angle · oblique (Y) pattern
Construction: bolted bonnet · welded bonnet · pressure seal
bonnet
Gland
Gland Packing
Cover
Body
Lubricant Grooves
Plug
Disc types
Plug
Needle
Ball
Parabolic
Soft inserted
Equilibrated
Conical or cylindrical closure member which rotates about an axis
which is perpendicular to the direction of flow. Operated by a
quarter turn, wrench or gear box. A sealing compound (lubricant)
is usually injected between the plug and valve body.
273
Valves
General Description of Valves
Multi port in various flow configurations, two way coaxial port,
three way, four way.
Sleeved Plug Valves have a soft insert between the plug and
valve body.
Used for refineries, power generation plants, off-shore, gas and
oil transportation, and drilling applications.
•
•
•
Types: tapered · parallel plug · standard · inverted · pressure
balanced
Pattern: short · regular · venturi · round full port
Construction: lubricated · non-lubricated · soft seated ·
sleeve lined
Pressure Reducing and Controlling Valve · Automatic
valve for reduction and maintenance of upstream line pressure
irrespective of pressure changes or flow variation. A balanced
single-seat disc arrangement guarantees stable operation
without noise. Can be pilot operated and equipped with integral
strainer.
Safety and Safety relief Valve · A pressure
relieving spring loaded device actuated by the static pressure
upstream of the valve which discharges the medium
automatically, to prevent a pre-determined safe-pressure being
exceeded. May be low-lift type, where the discharge area
depends on the lift, and full-lift where the discharge area does
not depend on the lift. Can be pilot operated, allowing more
reliability and superior performance compared with traditional
spring loaded versions.
Solenoid Valve · A type where the closing member moves
under the action of a solenoid. A combination of two basic
functional units, a solenoid (electro-magnet) with its core
(plunger), and an orifice in which the closure element is
positioned to stop or allow flow. The valve is opened or closed by
movement of the magnetic core which is drawn into the solenoid
when the coil is energised.
•
•
•
Types : disc operated · pilot operated · pressure operated
Pattern: disc · diaphragm · piston
Construction: floating · hung · multi port 3-4 way
Strainer · Not a valve but a piece of equipment for providing a
fine filtering action for inline installation for the decontamination
of fluids. Filter elements are screens (perforated plates in basket
or cylinder shape) that allow the filtering action with a low
pressure drop. A strainer assures free flow of fluid whilst
sediments are accumulated on the screen which can be removed
at regular intervals.
Cap
Adjusting Scew
Yoke Nut
Gasket
Spring Washer
Spring
Stem
•
•
•
Types: low lift · full lift
Pattern: straight way · angle
Construction: metal seated · soft seated · with balancing
bellows
Bonnet
Bolt
Gasket
Guide
Pin
Screw
Disk-Holder
Disk
Blowdown
Blowdown Ring
Gasket
Screw
Body
Nozzle
Gasket
Safety Relief valve
274
Valves
General Description of Valves
Design Options and Manœvre
Anti-Static · Valves with non-metallic (soft) seating usually
require anti-static devices to ensure electrical continuity between
all valve components. A stainless steel or inconel spring between
the stem and the closure member acts as an anti-static device.
When a valve has to operate at very low temperatures, often
down to –196° C., apart from material selection criteria, design
features require an extended bonnet and stem to isolate the
closure elements from the actuator mechanism. Applicable only
for ball, gate and globe valves.
Emergency Shut Down Service · Usually automatic ball
Bellows Seal · A flexible metallic component that provides an
hermetic seal capable of following the closure element stroke in
the opening and closing position. The stem of the valve is weldsealed to the body with the bellows to eliminate fugitive
emissions through the most vulnerable leakage path of the valve,
the stem packing surface.
Mainly used for gate and globe valves in special environmental
conditions with a dangerous medium.
Cryogenic Gate valve
Cryogenic Globe valve
valves actioned by a pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical actuator
are employed for this service and operate “fail safe”.
Fire Safe Design · Fire safe Ball, Plug and Butterfly valves have
a secondary metal to metal seal for use when the non-metallic
primary seal is destroyed by fire, to ensure operating continuity.
Manufacturers can qualify a specific design by testing to
standards eg API 607, API 6FA or BS 6755 part2.
Bellows Seal Gate valve
Bellows Seal Globe valve
Bypass · A smaller valve used for equalising the pressure
around the disc of the main valve before opening. The bypass
valve can form an integral part of the main valve or can be
attached by piping. Bypasses are usually installed only with gate
and globe valves.
Cryogenic Service
Manœuvre · All types of valves except check, can be operated
manually with hand or chain wheel, with gear assistance or by
using actuators. Lock open and lock closed features can be
designed in or added as a separate device.
A wide range of electric, hydaulic or pneumatic actuators are
available for different output torques and thrusts.
Cryogenic Ball valve
275
Valves
General Description of Valves
Taps and Drains · When a valve has to be internally cleaned
and purged frequently, auxiliary conections such as taps and
drains are connected to the valve body for this purpose.
The position of these auxillary connections are shown in standard
ASME B16.34.
Underground Service · When valves are to be installed
below ground on buried pipelines or where they are not easily
accessible, a special operating device is required for gate and
globe valves.
Ball valves have the stem extended and are usually equipped with
drain lines and grease injectors piped up to the top of the
extension for easier access.
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties · Materials are
selected for strength, ductility and corrosion resistance
suitable for various temperature ranges. Various materials as
castings or forgings are specified in national or international
standards. See overleaf for the more common ASTM
Standards.
Body/Bonnet · Materials are listed in the appropriate valve
standards. Pressure and temperature limits for the materials
are given for particular valve ratings. See for example
ANSI/ASME B16.34 in the following pages.
Ratings · Are based on the valve body or for flanged valves,
the flange if its rating is less. The bonnet or cover, stem,
disc, bolts, nuts and any other pressure retaining parts are
selected consistent with the rating.
Valve Parts · Are defined in the relevant standards,
specifications and manufacturers data sheets. They cover
closure element (obdurator), body and back seat(s), stem,
bolting nut, stem nut, packing, gaskets and other parts.
Valve Trims · Are specified in API 600 and other
standards. Trim parts are disc, disc seats, body seats and
stem and may include bushings, bolts and nuts etc. Plastic
and elastomeres are very common but care must be taken
with temperature limitations.
Trim materials · Are the manufacturers standard trim
material for the combination number, CN, stated in the
purchase order. An alternative CN may be furnished in
accordance with this table:
Specified CN
Alternative CN
1
8 or 8A
2
10
5A
5
6
8
8A
8
Note: if the alternative CN is specified in the order, the specified CN
cannot be supplied without purchaser agreement.
276
Valves
Materials
Typical Trim Material based on API 600
The trim combination number, CN, identifies both the stem material and the associated seating surfaces
Part
Combination number
Material description
Stem (shall be wrought material)
1 and 4 through 8A
13Cr
Brinnell hardness
200 HB min
275 HB max
Seating surfaces
2
18Cr-8Ni
not specified
3
25Cr-20Ni
not specified
9 or 11
NiCu alloy
not specified
10 or 12
18Cr-8Ni-Mo
not specified
13 or 14
19Cr-29Ni
not specified
1
13Cr
250 HB min
2
18 Cr-8Ni
not specified
3
25Cr-20Ni
not specified
4
13Cr
750 HB min
5 or 5A
HF
350 HB min
6
13Cr/
250 HB min
CuNi
175 HB min
7
13Cr/
250 HB min
13Cr
750 HB min
8 or 8A
13Cr/
250 HB min
HF
350 HB min
9
NiCu alloy
not specified
10
18Cr-8Ni-Mo
not specified
11 or 11 A
NiCu alloy/
not specified
HF
350 HB min
12 or 12A
18Cr-8Ni-Mo
not specified
HF
350 HB min
13
19Cr-29Ni
not specified
14 or 14A
19Cr- 29Ni/
not specified
HF
350 HB min
notes Backseat surfaces for CN 1 and 4 through 8A shall have a minimum hardness of 250 HB
HF = Hard Facing using CoCr or NiCr welding alloy. The suffix A applies to NiCr
Free machining grades of 13Cr shall not be used
For CN 1 a differential hardness of at least 50 Brinell points is required between mating surfaces
When two materials are separated by a slash this denotes two separate materials, one for the seat ring seating surface and the other for
the gate seating surface without implying a preference for which is to be applied to other part
277
Valves
Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties
Standard
Form
Grade
Description
Mechanical Properties min
Carbon Steel
Tensile
Yield
Charpy J
N/mm2
N/mm2
ave/min/T °C
Hardness
485
250
187
HB max
ASTM A105
Forged
ASTM A126
Cast
CLB
Cast Iron
214
ASTM A182
Forged
F5
4–6% Chromium
485
275
143–217
Forged
F6a
13% Chromium
Cl1
485
275
143–207
Cl2
585
380
167–229
Cl3
760
585
235–302
Cl4
895
760
263–321
Forged
F11
11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum
Cl2
485
275
143–207
Forged
F22
21/4% Chromium 1% Molybdenum
Cl3
515
310
156–207
Forged
F304
18 Chromium 8 Nickel
515
205
Forged
F304L
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Low Carbon
485
170
Forged
F316
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Molybdenum Modified
515
205
Forged
F316L
18 Cr 8 Ni Mo Modified Low Carbon
485
170
Forged
F321
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Titanium Stabilised
515
205
205
Forged
F347
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Columbium Stabilised
515
ASTM A216
Cast
WCB
Carbon Steel
485–655 250
ASTM A217
Cast
WC1
Carbon Molybdenum
450–620 240
Cast
WC4
Nickel Chromium Molybdenum
485–655 275
Cast
WC5
Nickel Chromium Molybdenum
485–655 275
Cast
WC6
11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum
485–655 275
Cast
WC9
21/4% Chromium 1% Molybdenum
485–655 275
ASTM A350
ASTM A351
ASTM A352
ASTM A694
ASTM B148
278
Cast
WC11
11/4% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum
550–725 345
Cast
C5
5% Chromium 1/2% Molybdenum
620–795 415
Cast
C12
9% Chromium 1% Molybdenum
620–795 415
Cast
CA15
13% Chromium
620–795 450
Forged
LF2
Low Temperature Carbon Steel
485–655 250
20/16–46°C
Forged
LF3
Low Temperature Nickel Steel
485–655 260
20/16–101°C 197max
Cast
CF3
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Low Carbon
485
205
Cast
CF8
18 Chromium 8 Nickel
485
205
Cast
CF3M
18 Cr 8 Ni Mo Modified Low Carbon
485
205
Cast
CF8M
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Molybdenum Modified
485
205
Cast
CF8C
18 Chromium 8 Nickel Columbium Modified
485
205
Cast
CN7M
Alloy 20 (20% Cr, 30% Ni, 2% Mo, 3% Cu)
425
170
485
Cast
CD4MCu
25% Chromium 5% Nickel 2% Mo 3% Copper
690
Cast
LCB
Low Temperature Carbon Steel
450–620 240
Cast
LC1
Low Temperature Carbon Molybdenum Steel
450–620 240
18/14–59°C
Cast
LC3
Low Temperature 3.1/2% Nickel Steel
485–655 275
20/16–101°C
27/20–196°C
Cast
LC9
Low Temperature 9% Nickel Steel
585
515
Forged
F42
High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel
415
290
Forged
F52
High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel
455
360
Forged
F60
High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel
515
415
Forged
F65
High Strength Carbon Manganese Steel
530
450
Cast
955
Aluminium Bronze
620
275
197max
18/14–46°C
190
Valves
Materials
Chemical Properties % (maximum values unless stated otherwise)
C
Mn
Si
P
S
Cr
Mo
Cu
0.35
0.60–1.05
0.10–0.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.40
0.750
0.120
0.44–0.65
Ni
0.40
0.15
0.30–0.60
0.50
0.030
0.030
4.0–6.0
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.50
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.50
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.50
0.15
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.030
11.5–13.5
0.10–0.20
0.30–0.80
0.50–1.00
0.040
0.040
1.00–1.50
0.44–0.65
0.05–0.15
0.30–0.60
0.50
0.040
0.040
2.00–2.50
0.87–1.13
0.08
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
0.035
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
18.0–20.0
0.08
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–14.0
2.00–3.00
10.0–15.0
V 0.08
0.50
0.50
8.0–11.0
8.0–13.0
0.035
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
16.0–18.0
0.08
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–19.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
2.00
1.00
0.045
0.030
17.0–20.0
9.0–13.0
10C ) Nb ) 1.10
0.30
1.00
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.50
0.50
V 0.03, Cu+Ni+Mo+V+Cr ) 1.00
0.20
0.30
5C ) Ti ) 0.70
0.25
0.50–0.80
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.35
0.45–0.65
0.50
0.50
Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Cr+V+Tu ) 1.00
0.05–0.20
0.50–0.80
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.50–0.80
0.45–0.65
0.50
0.70–1.10
Tu 0.10, Cr+Ni+Cu+Tu ) 0.60
0.05–0.20
0.40–0.70
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.50–0.90
0.90–1.20
0.50
0.60–1.00
Tu 0.10, Cr+Ni+Cu+Tu ) 0.60
0.05–0.20
0.50–0.80
0.60
0.040
0.045
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.50
0.50
Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V ) 1.00
0.05–0.18
0.40–0.70
0.60
0.040
0.045
2.00–2.75
0.90–1.20
0.50
0.50
Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V ) 1.00
0.15–0.21
0.50–0.80
0.30–0.60
0.020
0.015
1.00–1.50
0.45–0.65
0.35
0.50 Al 0.01 V 0.030, Cu+Ni+V+Cr+Tu ) 1.00
0.20
0.40–0.70
0.75
0.040
0.045
4.00–6.50
0.45–0.65
0.50
0.50
Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V ) 1.00
0.20
0.35–0.65
1.00
0.040
0.045
8.00–10.00
0.90–1.20
0.50
0.50
Tu 0.10, Cu+Ni+Tu+Cr+V ) 1.00
0.15
1.00
1.50
0.040
0.040
11.5–14.00
0.50
0.30
1.35
0.15–0.30
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.40
0.40
Nb 0.02 V 0.03
0.20
0.90
0.20–0.35
0.035
0.040
0.30
0.12
0.40
3.25–3.75
Nb 0.02 V 0.03
0.03
1.50
2.00
0.040
0.040
17.0–21.0
0.50
0.08
1.50
2.00
0.040
0.040
18.0–21.0
0.50
8.0–11.0
0.03
1.50
1.50
0.040
0.040
17.0–21.0
2.0–3.0
9.0–13.0
0.08
1.50
1.50
0.040
0.040
18.0–21.0
2.0–3.0
9.0–12.0
0.08
1.50
2.00
0.040
0.040
18.0–21.0
0.50
0.07
1.50
1.50
0.040
0.040
19.0–22.0
2.0–3.0
0.04
1.00
1.00
0.040
0.04
24.5–26.5
1.75–2.25
2.75–3.25
4.75–6.00
0.30
1.00
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.50
0.20
0.30
0.50
0.25
0.50–0.80
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.15
0.50–0.80
0.60
0.040
0.045
0.13
0.90
0.45
0.040
0.045
0.30
8.50–10.00
0.26
1.40
0.15–0.35
0.025
0.025
0.26
1.40
0.15–0.35
0.025
0.025
0.26
1.40
0.15–0.35
0.025
0.025
0.26
1.40
0.15–0.35
0.025
0.025
3.50
1.00
8.0–12.0
9.0–12.0
3.00–4.00
8C ) Nb ) 1.0
27.5–30.5
V 0.03 Cu+Ni+Mo+Cr+V ) 1.00
0.45–0.65
3.00–4.00
0.50
0.20
78 min
3.00–5.50
V 0.03
Fe 3.00–5.00 Al 10.00–11.50
279
Valves
Specifications
Valve Specifications
API
ASME
BS
6A
Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
6D
Specification for Pipeline Valves (Steel Gate, Plug, Ball and Check Valves)
591
User Acceptance of Refinery Valves
593
Ductile Iron Plug Valves, Flanged Ends
594
Wafer and Wafer Lug Check Valves
595
Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
598
Valve Inspection and Testing
599
Metal Plug Valves, Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends
600
Steel Gate Valves- Flanged and Welding Ends
602
Compact Steel Gate Valves- Flanged, Threaded, Welding, and Extended-Body Ends
603
Class 150, Cast, Corrosion Resistant, Flanged-End Gate Valves
604
Ductile Iron Gate Valves, Flanged Ends
606
Compact Steel Gate Valves – Extended Body
607
Fire Test for Soft Seated Quarter-Turn Valves
609
Lug Type and Wafer Type Butterfly Valves
B1.20.1
Pipe Threads, General Purpose
B16.5
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
B16.10
Face to Face and End to End Dimensions of Valves
B16.11
Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
B 16.25
Butt Welding Ends
B16.34
Valves- Flanged, Threaded and Welding Ends
B16.47
Large Diameter Steel Flanges
1414
Steel Wedge Gate Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries.
1868
Steel Check Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
1873
Steel Globe and Globe Stop and Check Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
2080
Face-to-Face, Centre-to-Face, End-to-End and Centre-to-End Dimensions of Valves
5146
Inspection and Test of Steel valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
5150
Cast Iron Wedge and Double Disk Gate Valves for General Purposes
5151
Cast Iron Gate (Parallel Slide) Valves for General Purposes
5152
Cast Iron Globe and Globe Stop Check Valves for General Purposes
5153
Cast Iron Check Valves for General Purposes
5154
Copper Alloy Globe, Globe Stop Check, Check and gate Valves
5155
Butterfly Valve
5156
Diaphragm Valves
5157
Steel Gate (Parallel Slide) Valves
5158
Cast Iron and Carbon Steel Plug Valves
5159
Cast Iron and Carbon Steel Ball valves
5160
Steel Globe Valves, Globe Stop Check Valves and Lift Type Check Valves
5351
Steel Ball Valves for the Petroleum, Petrochemical and Allied Industries
5352
Specification for Steel Wedge Gate, Globe and Check Valves 50 mm and smaller
5353
Steel Plug Valves
5998
Quality Levels for Steel Valve Castings
for the Petroleum,Petrochemical and Allied Industries
280
Valves
Specifications
Valve Specifications
BS
6364
Valves for Cryogenic Service
6755
Testing of Valves – Part 1 Specification for Production Pressure Testing Requirements
– Part 2 Specification for Fire Type Testing Requirements
DIN
MSS SP
3202
Face-to-face and Centre-to-Face Dimensions
3230
Technical Conditions of Delivery of Valves
3239
Valve Welding Ends
3352
Gate Valves
3354
Butterfly Valves
3356
Globe Valves
3357
Ball valves
3437
Gas Stopvalves
3840
Valve Bodies-Strength Calculation in respect of Internal Pressure
5210
Industrial Valves – Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachments
6
Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
25
Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges and Unions
42
Class 150 Corrosion Resistant Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves with Flanged and Butt-Weld Ends
53
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Magnetic Particle Examination Method
54
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Radiographic Examination Method
55
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Visual Method
61
Pressure Testing of Steel Valves
67
Butterfly Valves
68
High Pressure – Offset Seat Butterfly Valves
70
Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
71
Cast Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
72
Ball Valves with Flanged or Butt-Welding Ends for General Service
78
Cast Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
80
Bronze Gate,Globe,Angle and Check Valves
81
Stainless Steel, Bonnetless, Flanged Knife Gate Valves
82
Valve Pressure Testing Methods
84
Valves-Socket Welding and Threaded Ends
85
Cast Iron Globe & Angle Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends
88
Diaphragm Type Valves
93
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Liquid Penetrant Examination Method
94
Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings – Ultrasonic Examination Method
98
Protective Epoxy Coatings for the Interior of Valves and Hydrants
99
Instrument Valves
101
Part-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment: Flange and Driving Component
102
Multi-Turn Valve Actuator Attachment: Flange and Driving Component
108
Resilient Seated-Eccentric Cast Iron Plug Valves
110
Ball Valves Threaded, Socket Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends
Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
Dimensions and Performance Characteristics
281
Valves
Pressure Tests
API 598
Tests Required: valves NPS 4 and smaller up to and incl. class 1500, and above NPS 4 up to and incl. class 600
Test Description
Gate
Globe
Plug
Check
Floating Ball
Butterfly and Trunnion Mounted Ball
Shell
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
Back Seat1
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Low Pressure Closure
Yes
Optional5
Yes4
Optional5
Yes
Yes
High Pressure Closure2
Optional5,6
Yes3
Optional4,5,6
Yes
Optional5,6
Optional5,6
1 Either high pressure or low pressure test at manufacturer’s option. Required for all valves with this feature except bellows seal valves
2 May degrade subsequent sealing performance of resiliant-seated valves in low pressure service
3 Power operated: at 110% of the design differential pressure used for sizing the power operator
4 For lubricated Plug Valves, high pressure closure is mandatory and low-pressure closure is optional.
5 When purchaser specifier an optional test, it shall be performed in addition to the required test.
6 A high pressure closure test is requested for all valves specified as double block and bleed.
Tests Required: valves NPS 4 and smaller above class 1500 and above NPS 4 above class 600
Test Description
Gate
Globe
Plug
Check
Floating Ball
Butterfly and Trunnion Mounted Ball
Shell
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
N/A
Back Seat1
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
Low Pressure Closure
Optional4
Optional4
Optional4
Optional4
Yes
Optional4
High Pressure Closure2
Yes
Yes3
Yes
Yes
Optional4,5
Yes3
1 Either high pressure or low pressure test at manufacturer’s option. Required for all valves with this feature except bellows seal valves
2 May degrade subsequent sealing performance of resiliant-seated valves in low pressure service
3 Power operated: at 110% of the design differential pressure used for sizing the power operator
4 When purchaser specifier an optional test, it shall be performed in addition to the required test.
5 A high pressure closure test is requested for all valves specified as double block and bleed.
Shell Test Pressure
Steel Valves: as ANSI B16.34 (see facing page), except class 800 screwed and socket-weld where the test pressure is 11/2 times the
pressure rating at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C) rounded off to the next higher increment of 25 psi or 1 bar.
Other Test Pressures
Test
Valve Type
Pressure
P.S.I.G.
Bar
Low Pressure Closure and Back Seat1
All
60 – 100
4–7
High Pressure Closure and Back Seat1
Butterfly Valves
110% of design differential pressure at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C)
All other steel valves
110% of maximum allowable pressure at 100 ˚F (38 ˚C)
in accordance with purchase specification
1 Where applicable
Test Duration seconds minimum
Valve Size NPS
Check
in
Shell
Other
Closure
Backseat
Shell
Closure
Backseat
)2
60
60
15
2 1/2 – 6
60
60
60
60
60
60
8 – 12
60
60
60
120
120
60
120
120
60
300
120
60
* 14
282
15
15
15
Valves
Pressure Tests
API 598
Test Leakage Rates Allowable for closure tests, past the seats only
Valve Size NPS
All resilient
All metal and non-resilient seated valves except check
Metal and non-resilient seated check valves
in
seated valves
Liquid (drops per minute)1 Gas (bubbles per minute)
Liquid
Gas
)2
0
0
0.18 cu in (3cc)
1.5 cu ft
0
2 1/2 – 6
0
12
24
per minute per
(0.042 cu m)
8 – 12
0
20
40
inch of nominal
per hour per inch of
* 14
0
pipe size
nominal pipe size
2/min/NPS size in
4/min/NPS size in
N.B. NO LEAKAGE allowed for shell or back seat tests, or other than past the seats for closure tests
1 Drops per minute. 1 millilitre = 16 drops
High-Pressure Pneumatic Shell Test
Required when specified by the client, after hydrostatic test. Test is 110% of the maximum allowable pressure at 38 °C ( 100 °F).
ASME B16.34
Shell Test Pressure
1.5 x 100 ˚F rating, rounded to next higher 25 psi increment. Fluid: water, kerosene, or suitable fluid with viscosity ) water at ) 125 ˚F
Shell Test Duration
Valve Size NPS in
)2
2 1/2 – 8
* 10
Test Time, sec.
15
60
180
Closure Test Pressure
110% of 100 ˚F rating
At manufacturer’s option, a gas closure test at 80 psi can be substituted for valves ) 12 NPS ) 400 class, ) 4 NPS all classes
Closure Test Duration
Valve Size NPS in
)2
2 1/2 – 8
10 – 18
* 20
Test Time, sec.
15
30
60
120
Notes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Closure tests apply to valves designed for shut off or isolation service.
Test fluid as shell test.
Double seated valves shall have test pressure applied successively on each side of closed valve.
For other valves, pressure shall be applied in the directions producing the most adverse seating condition, except marked one
way valves.
For valves where the pressure differential is less than 100 ˚F pressure rating, test pressure shall be 110% of maximum specified
closed position differential pressure. Manufacturer’s nameplate data shall include this limitation.
283
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 150
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Raised
face
D
D
E
Buttwelding
end
E
Flanged End (2 mm in Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve Size
Plug
Short
NPS in
Raised face
DN
Regular
Short and
Venturi
Round Port,
Globe, Lift,
Angle and Lift
Y-Globe and
Check and
Check
Y-Swing
D and E
A and B
Pattern
Pattern
Reg. Pattern
Pattern
Full Bore
Swing Check2
A
A
B
A
A
A and B
Check
1/
4
8
102
51
3/
8
10
102
51
1/
2
15
108
57
3/
4
20
117
64
152
1
25
70
165
11/4
32
11/2
140
140
176
127
140
76
184
40
165
222
165
83
203
2
50
178
267
267
203
102
229
21/2
65
190
305
298
216
108
279
3
80
203
330
203
343
241
121
318
4
100
229
305
356
229
432
292
146
368
5
125
254
381
381
3564
178
6
150
267
394
457
394
4064
203
8
200
292
457
521
457
495
248
597
10
250
330
533
559
533
622
311
673
12
300
356
610
635
610
698
349
775
14
350
686
686
787
394
16
400
762
762
9145
457
18
450
864
864
9786
20
500
914
914
9786
22
550
24
600
1067
1067
12956
26
650
12956
28
700
14486
30
750
15246
32
800
34
850
36
900
1
2
3
284
178
470
10676
1016
19566
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at end of this section.
These dimensions are not intended to cover the type of check valve having the seat angle at approximately 45 deg. to the run of the valve,
or the “Underwriter Pattern”, or other patterns where large clearances are required.
Double disc and conduit only.
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 150
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Gate
Buttwelding
end
E
D
E
Ball
Valve Size
Flanged End1
Solid Wedge and Conduit Solid Wedge, Double
Double Disc
NPS in
Raised
face
D
DN
A
Welding End
Long Pattern
Short Pattern
Long Pattern
Short Pattern
A
A
B
B
Disc and Conduit
A
B
1/
4
8
102
102
3/
8
10
102
102
1/
2
15
108
108
108
108
140
3/
4
20
117
117
117
117
152
1
25
127
127
127
127
165
11/4
32
140
140
140
140
11/2
40
165
165
165
165
190
190
2
50
178
178
216
178
178
216
216
21/2
65
190
190
241
190
190
241
241
3
80
203
203
282
203
203
282
282
4
100
229
229
305
229
229
305
305
5
125
254
6
150
267
267
403
394
267
457
403
8
200
292
292
419
457
292
521
419
10
250
330
330
457
533
330
559
457
12
300
356
356
502
610
356
635
502
14
350
381
381
572
686
381
762
572
16
400
406
406
610
762
406
838
610
18
450
432
432
660
864
914
660
20
500
457
457
711
914
991
711
22
550
508
762
24
600
508
508
813
26
650
559
559
8643
1245
178
381
1092
1067
1143
28
700
610
610
9143
1356
30
750
610
660
9143
1397
32
800
711
9653
1524
34
850
762
10163
1626
36
900
813
10163
1727
4
5
6
711
813
Globe and horizontal lift check only. The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions for Class 150 steel flanged and butt welding end, swing
check valves in NPS 5 is 330 and in NPS 6 is 356.
Globe and horizontal lift check only. The face-to-face and end-to-end dimensions of swing check valves in NPS 16 is 864.
Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS12 and larger: ±3 mm
285
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 300
Dimensions in mm
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Nominal
Flanged End (2 mm in Raised Face1) and Welding End
Valve Size
Gate, Solid Wedge,
Double Disc & Conduit
NPS in
DN
A and B
1/
2
15
1402
3/
4
20
1522
1
25
1652
11/4
32
1782
11/2
40
2
21/2
3
Raised
face
D
E
D
Buttwelding
end
E
Plug
Short and Venturi
Short and Venturi
Regular
Round Port,
Pattern
Pattern
Pattern
Full Bore
A
B
A
A and B
1593
190
190
1903
241
50
216
216
2673
282
65
241
241
3053
330
80
282
282
3303
387
4
100
305
305
3563
457
5
125
381
6
150
403
403
457
403
8
200
419
419
521
502
686
10
250
457
457
559
568
826
12
300
502
502
635
711
965
14
350
762
7624
7624
762
16
400
838
8384
8384
838
18
450
914
9144
9144
914
20
500
991
9914
9914
991
22
550
1092
10924
10924
1092
24
600
1143
11434
11434
1143
26
650
1245
12454
12454
1245
28
700
1346
13464
13464
1346
30
750
1397
13974
13974
1397
32
800
1524
15244
15244
1524
34
850
1626
16264
16264
1626
36
900
1727
17274
17274
1727
1
2
3
4
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.
Solid wedge only.
Short pattern only.
Venturi pattern only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm.
286
559
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Dimensions in mm
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Nominal
Globe and
Angle and
Valve Size
Lift Check
Lift Check
NPS in
DN
A and B
D and E
D
Raised
face
E
D
Swing Check
Buttwelding
end
E
Ball
Flanged1 and Welding End
A and B
76
Long Pattern
Short Pattern
Long Pattern
A
A and B
B
1/
2
15
152
140
140
3/
4
20
178
89
152
152
1
25
203
102
216
165
165
11/4
32
216
108
229
178
178
11/2
40
229
114
241
190
190
2
50
267
133
267
216
216
216
21/2
65
292
146
292
241
241
241
190
3
80
318
159
318
282
282
282
4
100
356
178
356
305
305
305
5
125
400
200
400
6
150
444
222
444
403
403
457
8
200
559
279
533
502
419
521
10
250
622
311
622
568
457
559
12
300
711
356
711
648
502
635
14
350
838
762
572
762
16
400
864
838
610
838
18
450
978
914
660
914
20
500
1016
991
711
991
22
550
1118
1092
24
600
1346
1143
26
650
1346
1245
1245
28
700
1499
1346
1346
30
750
1594
1397
1397
32
800
1524
1524
34
850
1626
1626
36
900
1727
1727
2083
1092
813
1143
287
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 600
Dimensions in mm
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Nominal
Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve
Ball
Gate
Raised
face
D
E
D
Buttwelding
end
E
Plug
Globe, Lift Check,
Size
Angle and Lift Check,
and Swing Check,
Long
Solid Wedge,
Short
Regular
Round
Round
Long
Short
Long
Short
Pattern
Double Disc
Pattern2
and Venturi
Bore,
Bore,
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Full Port
Full Port
A and B
A
B
A and B
B
D and E
E
and Conduit
Long Pattern
NPS in
1/
2
DN
15
A and B
A and B
165
1653
B
165
3/
4
20
190
1903
1
25
216
216
133
2165
11/4
32
229
229
146
2295
11/2
40
241
241
152
241
318
2
50
292
292
178
292
21/2
65
330
330
216
330
3
80
356
356
254
4
100
432
5
125
6
150
8
200
10
12
83
190
254
95
216
133
108
229
146
114
241
152
121
330
292
178
146
381
330
216
165
127
356
444
356
254
178
152
432
508
432
305
508
381
559
559
457
559
660
660
660
584
660
794
250
787
787
711
787
940
1016
787
711
394
300
838
838
813
838
1067
1067
838
813
419
14
350
889
889
889
889
16
400
991
991
991
18
450
1092
1092
1092
10926
10927
20
500
1194
1194
1194
11946
11947
12956
12957
13976
13977
550
1295
1295
24
600
1397
1397
26
650
1448
1448
28
700
1549
1549
30
750
1651
1651
16516
17786
1397
800
1778
34
850
1930
19304
19306
36
900
2083
20834
20836
288
216
178
254
216
711
559
457
279
254
845
660
584
330
14487
16007
32
2
305
381
9917
14486
17784
1
432
508
8897
991
22
559
108
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for
adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.
These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves.
They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.
16517
20837
3
4
5
6
7
Solid wedge only.
Double disc and conduit only.
Regular pattern only.
Venturi pattern only.
Swing check only.
Tolerances:
NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm
NPS 12 and larger: ± 3mm
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 900
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
D
E
D
Buttwelding
end
E
Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve
Gate
Plug
Size
Solid Wedge, Double Disc,
Regular
Round Port
and Conduit
and
Full Bore
NPS in
Raised
face
DN
Globe Lift Check, and
Angle and Lift Check
Ball
Long
Swing Check
Long
Short
Venturi
Long
Short
Long
Short
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
A and B
B
A and B
A and B
B
D and E
E
A and B
A
1/
2
15
216
3/
4
20
229
108
114
1
25
2543
140
2544
254
127
11/4
32
2793
165
2794
279
140
279
11/2
40
3053
178
3054
356
305
152
305
2
50
368
216
3684
381
368
216
184
368
21/2
652
419
254
4194
432
419
254
210
3
80
381
305
3814
470
381
305
190
152
381
4575
559
457
356
229
178
457
559
432
279
216
254
419
4
100
457
356
5
125
559
432
6
150
610
508
610
737
610
508
305
254
610
8
200
737
660
737
813
737
660
368
330
737
10
250
838
787
838
965
838
787
419
394
838
12
300
965
914
965
1118
965
914
483
457
965
14
350
1029
991
991
514
495
16
400
1130
1092
1092
660
1130
18
450
1219
20
500
1321
22
550
24
600
1
2
3
4
5
6
1029
1029
11305
11306
12196
737
1219
13215
13216
826
1321
15496
991
1549
1549
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.
These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.
Solid wedge only.
Regular apttern only.
Venturi pattern only.
Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
289
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 1500
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
Raised
face
D
D
Buttwelding
end
E
Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve
Gate
Plug
Size
Solid Wedge, Double Disc,
Regular
Round Port
and
Full Bore
and Conduit
NPS in
E
DN
Globe Lift Check, and
Angle
Swing Check
and
Ball
Lift Check
Long
Short
Venturi
Long
Short
Long
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Pattern
Pattern2
Pattern
Pattern
A and B
B
A and B
A and B
B
D and E
A and B
A
1/
2
15
2166
3/
4
20
229
114
1
25
2543
140
2544
254
127
Long
108
11/4
32
2793
165
2794
279
140
11/2
40
3053
178
3054
305
152
2
50
368
216
3684
391
368
216
184
368
21/2
65
419
254
4194
454
419
254
210
419
3
80
470
305
4704
524
470
305
235
470
4
100
546
406
5464
625
546
406
273
546
5
125
673
483
673
483
337
6
150
705
559
705
787
705
559
353
8
200
832
711
832
889
832
711
416
832
10
250
991
864
991
1067
991
864
495
991
12
300
1130
991
1130
1219
14
350
1257
1067
16
400
1384
1194
18
450
1537
1346
15377
20
500
1664
1473
16647
22
550
24
600
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
13845
1943
1130
991
565
1130
1257
1067
629
1257
13847
1194
1384
19437
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.
These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.
Solid wedge only.
Regular apttern only.
Venturi pattern only.
Globe and Lift check only.
Swing check only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
290
705
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 2500
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Raised face
Buttwelding
end
A
B
D
Raised
face
E
Buttwelding
end
D
E
Flanged End (7 mm Raised Face)1 and Welding End
Valve
Gate
Plug
Globe, Lift
Globe, Lift
Angle and
Ball
Size
Solid Wedge
Regular
Check and
Check and
Lift Check
Long Pattern
Double Disc,
Pattern
Swing Check
Swing Check
Long Pattern
and Conduit
NPS in
1/
2
DN
15
Long Pattern
Short Pattern2
A and B
B
A and B
2643
Long
Short
Pattern
Pattern2
A and B
B
D and E
264
A and B
132
3/
4
20
2733
1
25
3083
186
11/4
32
3493
232
11/2
40
3843
2
50
451
21/2
65
508
330
508
508
330
254
508
3
80
578
368
578
578
368
289
578
4
100
673
457
673
673
457
337
673
5
125
794
533
794
794
533
397
6
150
914
610
914
914
610
457
914
8
200
1022
762
1022
1022
762
511
1022
10
250
1270
914
1270
1270
914
635
1270
12
300
1422
1041
1422
1422
1041
711
1422
14
350
1118
16
400
1245
18
450
1397
1
2
3
273
137
308
308
154
349
175
232
384
384
192
279
451
451
279
226
451
For flanged valves with flat face or RTJ face, see the table for adjustment to dimensions at the end of this section.
These dimensions apply to pressure seal or flangeless bonnet valves. They may be applied at the manufacturer‘s option to valves with
flanged bonnets.
Solid wedge only.
Tolerances: NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm, NPS 12 and larger: ±3 mm
291
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 150 to 2500 Wafer Type Valves
Dimensions in mm
Nom.
Bonnetless Knife
Valve
Gate, Class 150
Long Pattern
Short Pattern
Size
Flange Mating
Class
Class
Dimensions
150
300
600
900
1500
2500
150
300
600
900
1500
60
60
60
70
70
70
19
19
19
19
19
NPS in
2
DN
50
48
Swing Check, Single and Dual Plate, Installation Between Standard ANSI Flanges
21/2
65
67
67
67
83
83
83
19
19
19
19
19
3
80
51
73
73
73
83
83
86
19
19
19
19
22
4
100
51
73
73
79
102
102
105
19
19
22
22
32
5
125
57
6
150
57
99
99
137
159
159
159
19
22
28
35
44
8
200
70
127
127
165
206
206
206
28
28
38
44
57
10
250
70
146
146
213
241
248
254
28
38
57
57
73
12
300
76
181
181
229
292
305
305
38
51
60
14
350
76
184
222
273
356
356
44
51
67
16
400
89
190
232
305
384
384
51
51
73
18
450
89
203
264
362
451
468
60
76
83
20
500
114
219
292
368
451
533
64
83
92
24
600
114
222
318
438
495
559
30
750
305
368
505
36
900
368
483
635
42
1050
432
568
702
48
1200
524
629
Note: Valves of sizes NPS 30 and larger in Classes 150, 300, 400 and 600 shall have body outside diameters and gasket surface dimensions compatible with flange standards specified in the purchase order, e.g., API 605 or MSS SP-44.
Tolerances face-to-face dimensions:
NPS 10 and smaller: ±2 mm
NPS 12 to 24:
±3 mm
NPS30 and larger:
±6 mm
292
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Class 150 to 600 Butterfly Valves
Dimensions in mm
Nominal
Class 150 Cast Iron and Steel
Valve Size
Flanged End
NPS in
11/2
DN
Narrow
Lug and Wafer Style
Wide
40
Narrow
33
Wide
37
Extra Wide
38
Steel Grooved
Steel Offset Seat
End
Lug and Wafer Style
Class
Class
Class
Class
150
150
300
600
86
2
50
43
44
46
81
21/2
65
46
49
51
97
3
80
127
127
46
49
51
97
48
48
54
4
100
127
178
52
56
57
116
54
54
64
5
125
127
190
56
64
65
148
6
150
127
203
56
70
71
148
57
59
78
8
200
152
216
60
71
75
133
64
73
102
10
250
203
381
68
76
79
159
71
83
117
12
300
203
381
78
83
86
165
81
92
140
14
350
203
406
78
92
95
178
92
117
155
16
400
203
406
79
102
105
178
102
133
178
18
450
203
406
102
114
117
203
114
149
200
20
500
203
457
111
127
130
216
127
159
216
24
600
203
457
154
157
254
154
181
232
30
750
305
559
165
36
900
305
559
200
42
1050
305
610
251
48
1200
381
660
276
54
1350
381
711
60
1500
381
762
66
1650
457
864
72
1800
457
914
Note: The valves are of the design having concentric location of disc, unless they are offset type.
Tolerances:
NPS 6 and smaller:
NPS 8 and larger:
NPS 30 and larger, single flange and flangeless:
Offset valves all sizes
±2 mm
±3 mm
±6 mm
±3 mm
293
Valves
Sizes and face-to-face/end-to-end dimensions
ASME B16.10 Steel
Correction factors for different flange facings
Ring Joint Facings: Add (substract) X to the raised face dimensions in tables (1/2 x for angle valves).
Dimensions in mm
Center-toend
s
End-to-end
Ring joint
Ring joint
Nominal
Class 150
Class 300
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Valve Size
NPS in
X
S
X
S
1/
2
DN
15
X
S
11
3
–2
3
X
0
S
4
X
0
S
4
X
0
S
4
3/
4
20
13
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
1
25
13
4
13
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
11/4
32
13
4
13
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
3
3
1 1/2
40
13
4
13
4
0
4
0
4
0
4
3
3
3
2
50
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
3
3
3
3
2 1/2
65
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
80
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
3
3
6
3
4
100
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
3
3
10
4
5
125
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
3
3
13
4
6
150
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
6
3
13
4
8
200
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
10
4
16
5
10
250
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
10
4
22
6
12
300
13
4
16
6
3
5
3
4
16
5
22
8
14
350
13
3
16
6
3
5
10
4
19
6
16
400
13
3
16
6
3
5
10
4
22
8
18
450
13
3
16
6
3
5
13
5
22
8
20
500
13
3
19
6
6
5
13
5
22
10
19
6
28
11
22
550
13
1
22
6
10
6
24
600
13
3
22
6
10
6
26
650
25
6
13
6
28
700
25
6
13
6
30
750
25
6
13
6
32
800
28
1
16
1
34
850
28
1
16
1
36
900
28
1
16
1
1
not determined.
Flanges conform to ASME B16.5, except NPS22 and NPS26 and above which conform to ASME B16.47, Series A
S dimension should be used with octagonal or oval gaskets when the rings are compressed.
294
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
The following tables give pressure/temperature ratings for valves by class number 150, 300, 400, 600, 800, 900, 1500, 2500 and
4500. Apart from 800, these are defined in ASME B 16.34 (800 valves are an interpolation between 600 and 900, for example see
API 602).
Location of Grades
Specification
Grade
A 105
A 182
A 216
Page
Specification
Grade
Page
296
A 217
C5
304
F1
300
C12
305
F5, F5a
304
WC1
300
F9
305
WC4, WC5
301
F11, F12
302
WC6
302
F22
303
WC9
303
F304, F304H
306
LF1
299
F304L
314
A 350
LF2
296
F316, F316H
308
LF3
297
F316L
314
CF3, CF8
306
F321, F321H
310
CF3M, CF8M
308
F347, F347H
312
CF8C
312
WCB
296
LC1
300
WCC
297
LC2, LC3, LCC
297
LCB
298
A 351
A 352
Special class valves can only be used under certain circumstances:
1.
If allowed by the valve standard.
2.
If the following examinations are performed:
• Radiography or ultrasonic examination of pressure containing parts
• MPI or dye penetrant testing of exterior and accessible interior surfaces
Full definitions of testing and acceptance are given in ANSI B16.34 section 8.
3.
If valves are threaded or have welding ends.
The following points should be noted:
Class 4500 applies only to welding end valves.
The tables do not apply to threaded valves greater than either class 2500 or 1000 ˚F in temperature.
The tables do not apply to threaded and socket welding end valves larger than NPS 2.1/2.
Except for flanged end valves, linear interpolation is allowed between temperatures and between class numbers.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 364.
295
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials ASTM A105 · A216 WCB · A350LF2
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
285
740
990
1,480
2,220
3,705
6,170
Class 4500
11,110
200
260
675
900
1,350
2,025
3,375
5,625
10,120
300
230
655
875
1,315
1,970
3,280
5,470
9,845
400
200
635
845
1,270
1,900
3,170
5,280
9,505
500
170
600
800
1,200
1,795
2,995
4,990
8,980
600
140
550
730
1,095
1,640
2,735
4,560
8.210
650
125
535
715
1,075
1,610
2,685
4,475
8,055
700
110
535
710
1,065
1,600
2,665
4,440
7,990
750
95
505
670
1,010
1,510
2,520
4,200
7,560
800
80
410
550
825
1,235
2,060
3,430
6,170
850
65
270
355
535
805
1,340
2,230
4,010
900
50
170
230
345
515
860
1,430
2,570
950
35
105
140
205
310
515
860
1,545
1000
20
50
70
105
155
260
430
770
Notes:
ASTM A105, A216 WCB: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
400
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
500
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
600
275
715
950
1,425
2,140
3,565
5,940
10,690
650
270
700
935
1,400
2,100
3,495
5,825
10,485
700
265
695
925
1,390
2,080
3,470
5,780
10,405
750
240
630
840
1,260
1,890
3,150
5,250
9,450
800
200
515
685
1,030
1,545
2,570
4,285
7,715
850
130
335
445
670
1,005
1,670
2,785
5,015
900
85
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
950
50
130
170
260
385
645
1,070
1,930
1000
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
Notes:
ASTM A105, A216 WCB: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
296
Class 4500
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A216 WCC · 350 LF3 · 352 LC2 · LC3 · LCC
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
260
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
230
730
970
1,455
2,185
3,640
6,070
10.925
400
200
705
940
1,410
2,115
3,530
5,880
10,585
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
505
670
1,010
1,510
2,520
4,200
7,560
800
80
410
550
825
1,235
2,060
3,430
6,170
850
65
270
355
535
805
1,340
2,230
4,010
900
50
170
230
345
515
860
1,430
2,570
950
35
105
140
205
310
515
860
1,545
1000
20
50
70
105
155
260
430
770
Notes:
ASTM A216 WCC: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
ASTM A350 LF3, A352 LC2, LC3, LCC: not to be used over 650 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
400
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
500
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
600
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
650
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
700
275
710
950
1,425
2,135
3,560
5,930
10,670
750
240
630
840
1,260
1,890
3,150
5,250
9,450
800
200
515
685
1,030
1,545
2,570
4,285
7,715
850
130
335
445
670
1,005
1,670
2,785
5,015
900
85
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
950
50
130
170
260
385
645
1,070
1,930
1000
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
Notes:
ASTM A216 WCC: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 800 °F.
ASTM A350 LF3, A352 LC2, LC3, LCC: not to be used over 650 °F.
297
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material: ASTM A352 LCB
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
200
250
655
875
1,315
1,970
3,280
5,470
9,845
300
230
640
850
1,275
1,915
3,190
5,315
9,565
400
200
620
825
1,235
1,850
3,085
5,145
9,260
500
170
585
775
1,165
1,745
2,910
4,850
8,735
600
140
535
710
1,065
1,600
2,665
4,440
7,990
650
125
525
695
1,045
1,570
2,615
4,355
7,840
700
110
520
690
1,035
1,555
2,590
4,320
7,775
750
95
475
630
945
1,420
2,365
3,945
7,100
800
80
390
520
780
1,175
1,955
3,260
5,865
850
65
270
355
535
805
1,340
2,230
4,010
900
50
170
230
345
515
860
1.430
2,570
950
35
105
140
205
310
515
860
1,545
1000
20
50
70
105
155
260
430
770
Note:
ASTM A352 LCB: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
200
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
300
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
400
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
500
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
600
265
695
925
1,390
2,080
3,470
5,780
10,405
650
260
680
910
1,360
2,040
3,400
5,670
10,205
700
255
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,320
5,535
9,965
750
225
590
790
1,185
1,775
2,960
4,930
8,870
800
190
490
650
980
1,465
2,445
4,070
7,330
850
130
335
445
670
1,005
1,670
2,785
5,015
900
85
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
950
50
130
170
260
385
645
1,070
1,930
1000
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
Note:
ASTM A352 LCB: ASTM A352 LCB: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
298
Class 4500
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material ASTM A350 LF1
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
235
620
825
1,235
1,850
3,085
5,145
Class 4500
9,260
200
215
560
750
1,125
1,685
2,810
4,680
8,425
300
210
550
730
1,095
1,640
2,735
4,560
8,210
400
200
530
705
1,060
1,585
2,645
4,405
7,930
500
170
500
665
995
1,495
2,490
4,150
7,470
600
140
455
610
915
1,370
2,285
3,805
6,850
650
125
450
600
895
1,345
2,245
3,740
6,725
700
110
450
600
895
1,345
2,245
3,740
6,725
750
95
445
590
885
1,325
2,210
3,685
6,635
800
80
370
495
740
1,110
1,850
3,085
5,555
850
65
270
355
535
805
1,340
2,230
4,010
900
50
170
230
345
515
860
1,430
2,570
950
35
105
140
205
310
515
860
1,545
1000
20
50
70
105
155
260
430
770
Note:
ASTM A350LF1: permissible but not recommended over 800 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
245
645
860
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,360
Class 4500
9,645
200
245
645
860
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,360
9,645
300
245
645
860
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,630
9,645
400
245
645
860
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,630
9,645
500
245
645
860
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,630
9,645
600
230
595
795
1,190
1,785
2,975
4,955
8,920
650
225
585
780
1,170
1,750
2,920
4,865
8,760
700
220
580
770
1,160
1,735
2,895
4,820
8,680
750
210
555
740
1,105
1,660
2,765
4,610
8,295
800
180
465
620
925
1,390
2,315
3,860
6,945
850
130
335
445
670
1,005
1,670
2,785
5,015
900
85
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
950
50
130
170
260
385
645
1,070
1,930
1000
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
Note:
ASTM A350LF1: permissible but not recommended over 800 °F.
299
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material: ASTM A182 F1 · A217 WC1 · A352 LC1
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
Class 4500
10,415
200
260
680
905
1,360
2,035
3,395
5,660
10,185
300
230
655
870
1,305
1,955
3,260
5,435
9,780
400
200
640
855
1,280
1,920
3,200
5,330
9,595
500
170
620
830
1,245
1,865
3,105
5,180
9,320
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,660
4,430
7,970
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,305
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
280
375
560
845
1,405
2,345
4,215
1000
20
165
220
330
495
825
1,370
2,470
Notes:
ASTM A182 F1, A217 WC1: permissible, but not recommended for usage above 875 ˚F.
ASTM A352 LC1: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
200
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
300
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
400
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
500
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
600
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
650
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
700
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
750
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
800
265
695
925
1,390
2,085
3,470
5,785
10,415
850
260
680
905
1,355
2,030
3,335
5,645
10,160
900
225
590
785
1,175
1,760
2,935
4,895
8,810
950
135
350
470
705
1,055
1,755
2,930
5,270
80
205
275
410
615
1,030
1,715
3,085
1000
Notes:
ASTM A182 F1, A217 WC1: permissible, but not recommended for usage above 875 ˚F.
ASTM A352 LC1: not to be used over 650 ˚F.
300
Class 4500
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material: ASTM A217 WC4 · WC5
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
200
260
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
230
720
965
1,445
2,165
3,610
6,015
18,830
400
200
695
925
1,385
2,080
3,465
5,775
10,400
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,660
4,430
7,970
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,305
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
315
420
630
945
1,575
2,630
4,730
1000
20
200
270
405
605
1,010
1,685
3,035
1050
201
160
210
315
475
790
1,315
2,365
1
Class 4500
For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only ASTM A217 WC4: not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
400
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
500
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
600
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
650
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
700
280
735
980
1,465
2,200
3,665
6,110
10,995
750
280
730
970
1,460
2,185
3,645
6,070
10,930
800
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
850
260
680
905
1,355
2,030
3,385
5,645
10,160
900
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
9,000
950
150
395
525
790
1,185
1,970
3,285
5,915
1000
95
255
335
505
760
1,265
2,105
3,795
1050
75
195
265
395
590
985
1,645
2,955
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only ASTM A217 WC4: not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
301
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material ASTM A182 F11cl 2· F12cl 2· A217 WC6
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
260
750
1,000
1.500
2,250
3,950
6,250
11,250
300
230
720
965
1,445
2,165
3,610
6,015
10,830
400
200
695
925
1,385
2,080
3,465
5,775
10,400
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,660
4,430
7,970
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,305
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
320
425
640
955
1,595
2,655
4,785
1000
20
215
290
430
650
1,080
1,800
3,240
1050
201
145
190
290
430
720
1,200
2,160
1100
201
95
130
190
290
480
800
1,440
1150
201
60
80
125
185
310
515
925
1200
151
40
50
75
115
190
315
565
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only
ASTM A182 F11cl2, F12cl2: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above about 1100 ˚F. 217 WC6: not to be used over 1100 ˚F
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
400
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
500
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
600
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
650
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
700
280
735
980
1,465
2,200
3,665
6,110
10,995
750
280
730
970
1,460
2,185
3,645
6,070
10,930
800
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
850
260
680
905
1,355
2,030
3,385
5,645
10,160
900
225
585
785
1,175
1,760
2,935
4,895
8, 805
950
155
400
530
795
1,195
1,995
3,320
5,980
1000
105
270
360
540
810
1,350
2,250
4,050
1050
70
180
240
360
540
900
1,500
2,700
1100
45
120
160
240
360
600
1,000
1,800
1150
30
75
105
155
230
385
645
1,155
1200
20
45
65
95
140
235
395
705
Note: use normalised and tempered materials only
ASTM A182 F11cl2, F12cl2: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged use above about 1100 ˚F. 217 WC6: not to be used over 1100 ˚F
302
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Material: ASTM A182 F22cl 3· A217 WC9
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
260
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
230
730
970
1,455
2,185
3,640
6,070
10,925
400
200
705
940
1,410
2,115
3,530
5,880
10,585
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,660
4,430
7,970
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,305
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
375
505
755
1,130
1,885
3,145
5,665
1000
20
260
345
520
780
1,305
2,170
3,910
1050
201
175
235
350
525
875
1,455
2,625
1100
201
115
150
225
340
565
945
1,700
1150
201
70
90
135
205
345
570
1,030
1200
201
40
55
80
125
205
345
615
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note: ASTM A182 F22: permissible, but not recommended for prolonged uasage above 1100 °F. A217 WC9: not to be used over 1100 °F.
ASTM A217 WC9 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
285
740
990
1,485
2,225
3,705
6,180
11,120
400
280
725
965
1,450
2,175
3,620
6,035
10,865
500
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
600
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
650
275
715
955
1,430
2,145
3,580
5,965
10,735
700
275
710
955
1,425
2,135
3,555
5,930
10,670
750
265
690
920
1,380
2,070
3,450
5,750
10,350
800
260
675
895
1,345
2,020
3,365
5,605
10,095
850
245
645
855
1,285
1,930
3,215
5,355
9,645
900
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
9,000
950
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,355
3,930
7,070
1000
125
325
435
650
975
1,630
2,715
4,885
1050
85
220
290
435
655
1,095
1,820
3,280
1100
55
135
185
275
410
685
1,145
2,055
1150
35
85
115
170
255
430
715
1,285
1200
25
50
70
105
155
255
430
770
Note: ASTM A182 F22 Permissible, but not recommended for prolonged usage above 1100 ˚F. A217 WC9 not to be used over 1100 ˚F.
ASTM A219 WC9 use normalised and tempered materials only
303
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F5 · F5a · A217 C5
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
200
260
745
995
1,490
2,235
3,725
6,205
11,170
300
230
715
955
1,430
2,150
3,580
5,965
10,740
400
200
705
940
1,410
2,115
3,530
5,880
10,585
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
705
1,055
1,585
2,640
4,400
7,920
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
645
965
1,450
2,415
4,030
7,250
900
50
390
495
740
1,110
1,850
3,085
5,555
950
35
275
365
550
825
1,370
2,285
4,115
1000
20
200
265
400
595
995
1,655
2,985
1050
201
145
190
290
430
720
1,200
2,160
1100
201
100
135
200
300
495
830
1,490
1150
201
60
80
125
185
310
515
925
1200
151
35
45
70
105
170
285
515
1
Class 4500
For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A217 C5 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
280
730
970
1,455
2,185
3,645
6,070
10,930
400
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
500
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
600
270
705
945
1,415
2,120
3,535
5,895
10,605
650
270
700
930
1,395
2,095
3,495
5,820
10,480
700
265
685
915
1,370
2,055
3,430
5,715
10,285
750
255
660
880
1,320
1,980
3,300
5,500
9,900
800
245
640
850
1,275
1,915
3,195
5,320
9,580
850
230
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,020
5,035
9,065
900
175
465
615
925
1,390
2,315
3,855
6,945
950
130
345
455
685
1,030
1,715
2,855
5,145
1000
95
250
330
495
745
1,245
2,070
3,730
1050
70
180
240
360
540
900
1,500
2,700
1100
50
125
165
250
375
620
1,035
1,865
1150
30
75
105
155
230
385
645
1,155
1200
15
45
55
85
130
215
355
645
ASTM A217 C5 use normalised and tempered materials only
304
Class 4500
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F9 · A217 C12
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
200
260
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
230
730
970
1,455
2,185
3,640
6,070
10,925
400
200
705
940
1,410
2,115
3,530
5,880
10,585
500
170
665
885
1,330
1,995
3,325
5,540
9,965
600
140
605
805
1,210
1,815
3,025
5,040
9,070
650
125
590
785
1,175
1,765
2,940
4,905
8,825
700
110
570
755
1,135
1,705
2,840
4,730
8,515
750
95
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,660
4,430
7,970
800
80
510
675
1,015
1,525
2,540
4,230
7,610
850
65
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,305
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
375
505
755
1,130
1,850
3,145
5,655
1000
20
255
340
505
760
1,270
2,115
3,805
1050
201
170
230
345
515
855
1,430
2,570
1100
201
115
150
225
340
565
945
1,695
1150
201
75
100
150
225
375
630
1,130
1200
201
50
70
105
155
255
430
770
1
Class 4500
For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A217 C12 use normalised and tempered materials only
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
300
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
400
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
500
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
600
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
650
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
11,250
700
280
735
980
1,465
2,200
3,665
6,110
10,995
750
280
730
970
1,460
2,185
3,645
6,070
10,930
800
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
850
260
680
905
1,355
2,030
3,385
5,645
10,160
900
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
9,000
950
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,355
3,930
7,070
1000
120
315
425
635
950
1,585
2,645
4,755
1050
80
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
1100
55
140
190
285
425
710
1,180
2,120
1150
35
95
125
190
285
470
785
1,415
1200
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
ASTM A217 C12 use normalised and tempered materials only
305
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F304 · F304H · A351 CF3 · CF8
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
200
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
9,000
300
205
540
720
1,080
1,620
2,700
4,500
8,100
400
190
495
660
995
1,490
2,485
4,140
7,450
500
170
465
620
930
1,395
2,330
3,880
6,985
600
140
435
580
875
1,310
2,185
3,640
6,550
650
125
430
575
860
1,290
2,150
3,580
6,445
700
110
425
565
850
1,275
2,125
3,540
6,370
750
95
415
555
830
1,245
2,075
3,460
6,230
800
80
405
540
805
1,210
2,015
3,360
6,050
850
65
395
530
790
1,190
1,980
3,300
5,940
900
50
390
520
780
1,165
1,945
3,240
5,830
950
35
385
510
765
1,145
1,910
3,180
5,725
1000
20
320
430
640
965
1,605
2,675
4,815
1050
201
310
410
615
925
1,545
2,570
4,630
1100
201
255
345
515
770
1,285
2,145
3,855
1150
201
200
265
400
595
995
1,655
2,985
1200
201
155
205
310
465
770
1,285
2,315
1250
201
115
150
225
340
565
945
1,695
1300
201
85
115
170
255
430
715
1,285
1350
201
60
80
125
185
310
515
925
1400
201
50
65
90
145
240
400
720
1450
151
35
45
70
105
170
285
515
1500
101
25
35
55
80
135
230
410
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000˚ F.
Notes:
ASTM A182 304, A351 CF8: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higher
ASTM A351 CF3: not to be used over 800 ˚F.
306
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
255
670
890
1,335
2,005
3,345
5,570
10,030
300
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
9,000
400
210
555
735
1,105
1,660
2,765
4,605
8,295
500
200
520
690
1,035
1,555
2,595
4,320
7,780
600
185
490
650
975
1,465
2,440
4,065
7,315
650
185
480
640
960
1,440
2,395
3,995
7,190
700
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,355
3,930
7,070
750
175
465
615
925
1,390
2,315
3,855
6,945
800
175
450
600
900
1,350
2,250
3,750
6,750
850
170
440
590
885
1,325
2,205
3,680
6,620
900
165
435
575
865
1,300
2,165
3,605
6,495
950
165
425
565
850
1,275
2,120
3,535
6,365
1000
155
405
545
815
1,220
2,035
3,395
6,105
1050
150
385
515
770
1,155
1,930
3,215
5,785
1100
125
320
430
645
965
1,605
2,680
4,820
1150
95
250
330
495
745
1,245
2,070
3,730
1200
75
195
255
385
580
965
1,605
2,895
1250
55
140
190
285
425
705
1,180
2,120
1300
40
105
145
215
320
535
895
1,605
1350
30
75
105
155
230
385
645
1,155
1400
25
60
80
120
180
300
500
900
1450
15
45
55
85
130
215
355
645
1500
15
35
45
70
105
170
285
515
Notes:
ASTM A182 304, A351 CF8: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higher
ASTM A351 CF3: not to be used over 800 ˚F.
307
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F316 · F316H · A351 CF3M · CF8M
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
200
235
620
825
1,240
1,860
3,095
5,160
9,290
300
215
560
745
1,120
1,680
2,795
4,660
8,390
400
195
515
685
1,025
1,540
2,570
4,280
7,705
500
170
480
635
955
1,435
2,390
3,980
7,165
600
140
450
600
900
1,355
2,255
3,760
6,770
650
125
445
590
890
1,330
2,220
3,700
6,660
700
110
430
580
870
1,305
2,170
3,620
6,515
750
95
425
570
855
1,280
2,135
3,560
6,410
800
80
420
565
845
1,265
2,110
3,520
6,335
850
65
420
555
835
1,255
2,090
3,480
6,265
900
50
415
555
830
1,245
2,075
3,460
6,230
950
35
385
515
775
1,160
1,930
3,220
5,795
1000
20
350
465
700
1,050
1,750
2,915
5,245
1050
201
345
460
685
1,030
1,720
2,865
5,155
1100
201
305
405
610
915
1,525
2,545
4,575
1150
201
235
315
475
710
1,185
1,970
3,550
1200
201
185
245
370
555
925
1,545
2,775
1250
201
145
195
295
440
735
1,230
2,210
1300
201
115
155
235
350
585
970
1,750
1350
201
95
130
190
290
480
800
1,440
1400
201
75
100
150
225
380
630
1,130
1450
201
60
80
115
175
290
485
875
1500
151
40
55
85
125
205
345
620
1
For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Notes:
ASTM A182 316, A351 CF8M: over 1000 ˚F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
ASTM A351 CF3M: not to be used over 850 ˚F.
308
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
265
690
920
1,380
2,070
3,450
5,750
10,350
300
240
625
830
1,250
1,870
3,120
5,200
9,360
400
220
570
760
1,140
1,710
2,850
4,750
8,550
500
205
530
710
1,065
1,595
2,655
4,430
7,970
600
195
505
670
1,005
1,510
2,520
4,195
7,555
650
190
495
655
985
1,480
2,465
4,105
7,395
700
185
485
645
970
1,455
2,420
4,035
7,265
750
180
475
635
950
1,415
2,380
3,965
7,135
800
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,355
3,930
7,070
850
180
465
620
930
1,400
2,330
3,885
6,990
900
175
465
615
925
1,390
2,315
3,855
6,945
950
175
460
610
915
1,375
2,290
3,815
6,870
1000
160
420
560
840
1,260
2,105
3,505
6,310
1050
160
420
560
840
1,260
2,105
3,505
6,310
1100
145
380
510
765
1,145
1,905
3,180
5,720
1150
115
295
395
590
885
1,480
2,465
4,435
1200
90
230
310
465
695
1,155
1,930
3,470
1250
70
185
245
370
555
920
1,535
2,765
1300
55
145
195
290
435
730
1,215
2,185
1350
45
120
160
240
360
600
1.000
1,800
1400
35
95
125
190
285
470
785
1,415
1450
30
75
100
145
220
365
610
1,095
1500
20
50
70
105
155
260
430
770
Notes:
ASTM A182 316, A351 CF8M: over 1000˚ F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
ASTM A351 CF3M: not to be used over 850 ˚F.
309
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F321 · F321H
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
200
245
645
860
1,290
1,935
3,230
5,380
9,685
300
230
595
795
1,190
1,785
2,975
4,960
8,930
400
200
550
735
1,105
1,655
2,760
4,600
8,280
500
170
515
685
1,030
1,545
2,570
4,285
7,715
600
140
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,310
650
125
480
635
955
1,435
2,390
3,980
7,165
700
110
465
620
930
1,395
2,330
3,880
6,985
750
95
460
610
915
1,375
2,290
3,820
6,875
800
80
450
600
900
1,355
2,255
3,760
6,770
850
65
445
595
895
1,340
2,230
3,720
6,695
900
50
440
590
885
1,325
2,210
3,680
6,625
950
35
385
515
775
1,160
1,930
3,220
5,795
1000
20
355
475
715
1,070
1,785
2,970
5,350
1050
201
315
415
625
940
1,565
2,605
4,690
1100
201
270
360
545
815
1,360
2,265
4,075
1150
201
235
315
475
710
1,185
1,970
3,550
1200
201
185
245
370
555
925
1,545
2,775
1250
201
140
185
280
420
705
1,170
2,110
1300
201
110
145
220
330
550
915
1,645
1350
201
85
115
170
255
430
715
1,285
1400
201
65
85
130
195
325
545
975
1450
201
50
70
105
155
255
430
770
1500
201
40
50
75
115
190
315
565
1 For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note: ASTM A182 F321 not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A182 F321H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
310
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
260
680
910
1,365
2,045
3,405
5,680
10,220
300
235
610
810
1,215
1,825
3,045
5,070
9,130
400
210
555
735
1,105
1,660
2,765
4,605
8,295
500
195
515
685
1,030
1,545
2,570
4,285
7,715
600
185
490
650
975
1,465
2,445
4,070
7,330
650
185
480
640
960
1,440
2,400
4,000
7,200
700
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,355
3,930
7,070
750
180
465
625
935
1,400
2,335
3,895
7,005
800
175
465
615
925
1,390
2,315
3,855
6,945
850
175
460
610
915
1,375
2,295
3,820
6,880
900
175
455
605
910
1,365
2,270
3,785
6,815
950
175
455
605
910
1,365
2,270
3,785
6,815
1000
160
420
560
840
1,260
2,105
3,505
6,310
1050
155
405
545
815
1,220
2,035
3,395
6,105
1100
135
355
470
705
1,060
1,770
2,945
5,305
1150
115
295
395
590
885
1,480
2,465
4,435
1200
90
230
310
465
695
1,155
1,930
3,470
1250
65
175
235
350
525
880
1,465
2,635
1300
55
135
185
275
410
685
1,145
2,055
1350
40
105
145
215
320
535
895
1,605
1400
30
80
110
165
245
405
680
1,220
1450
25
65
85
130
195
320
535
965
1500
20
45
65
95
140
235
395
705
Note: ASTM A182 F321 not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A182 F321H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
311
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F347 · F347H · A351 CF8C
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
275
720
960
1,440
2,160
3,600
6,000
10,800
200
255
660
880
1,320
1,980
3,300
5,500
9.900
300
230
615
820
1,230
1,845
3,070
5,120
9,215
400
200
575
765
1,145
1,720
2,870
4,780
8,605
500
170
540
720
1,080
1,620
2,700
4,500
8,100
600
140
515
685
1,025
1,540
2,570
4,280
7,705
650
125
505
670
1,010
1,510
2,520
4,200
7,560
700
110
495
660
990
1,485
2,470
4,120
7,415
750
95
490
655
985
1,475
2,460
4,100
7,380
800
80
485
650
975
1,460
2,435
4,060
7,310
850
65
485
645
970
1,455
2,425
4,040
7,270
900
50
450
600
900
1,350
2,245
3,745
6,740
950
35
385
515
775
1,160
1,930
3,220
5,795
1000
20
365
485
725
1,090
1,820
3,030
5,450
1050
201
360
480
720
1,080
1,800
3,000
5,400
1100
201
325
430
645
965
1,610
2,685
4,835
1150
201
275
365
550
825
1,370
2,285
4,115
1200
201
170
230
345
515
855
1,430
2,570
1250
201
125
165
245
370
615
1,030
1,850
1300
201
95
125
185
280
465
770
1,390
1350
201
70
90
135
205
345
570
1,030
1400
201
55
75
110
155
275
455
825
1450
151
40
55
80
125
205
345
615
1500
151
35
45
70
105
170
285
515
1
For welding end valves only. Flanged end ratings terminate at 1000 ˚F.
Note:
ASTM A182 F347: Not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A182 F347H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
ASTM A351 CF8C: over 1000 °F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
312
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
290
750
1,000
1,500
2,250
3,750
6,250
Class 4500
11,250
200
275
715
955
1,430
2,145
3,580
5,965
10,735
300
250
655
875
1,310
1,965
3,280
5,465
9,835
400
235
615
825
1,235
1,850
3,085
5,145
9,255
500
230
595
795
1,190
1,785
2,980
4,965
8,935
600
220
575
765
1,145
1,720
2,865
4,775
8,600
650
215
565
750
1,125
1,690
2,815
4,690
8,440
700
210
550
735
1,105
1,655
2,760
4,600
8,275
750
210
550
730
1,095
1,645
2,745
4,570
8,230
800
210
545
725
1,090
1,630
2,720
4,530
8,155
850
205
540
720
1,080
1,625
2,705
4,510
8,115
900
205
540
720
1,075
1,615
2,690
4,485
8,075
950
180
470
630
945
1,415
2,360
3,930
7,070
1000
160
420
560
840
1,260
2,105
3,505
6,310
1050
160
420
560
840
1,260
2,105
3,505
6,310
1100
155
405
540
805
1,210
2,015
3,360
6,045
1150
130
345
455
685
1,030
1,715
2,855
5,145
1200
80
215
285
430
645
1,070
1,785
3,215
1250
60
155
205
310
465
770
1,285
2,315
1300
45
115
155
230
345
580
965
1,735
1350
35
85
115
170
255
430
715
1,285
1400
25
70
90
135
205
345
570
1,030
1450
20
50
70
105
155
255
430
770
1500
15
45
55
85
130
215
355
645
Note:
ASTM A182 F347: Not to be used over 1000 ˚F.
ASTM A182 F347H, at temperatures over 1000 °F use only if material is heat treated to 2000 °F minimum
ASTM A351 CF8C: over 1000 ˚F use only when C 0.04% or higher.
313
Valves
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.34
Materials: ASTM A182 F304L · F316L
Standard Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
–20 to 100
230
600
800
1,200
1,800
3,000
5,000
Class 4500
9,000
200
195
505
675
1,015
1,520
2,530
4,220
7,595
300
175
455
605
910
1,360
2,270
3,780
6,805
400
160
415
550
825
1,240
2,065
3,440
6,190
500
145
380
510
765
1,145
1,910
3,180
5,725
600
140
360
480
720
1,080
1,800
3,000
5,400
650
125
350
470
700
1,050
1,750
2,920
5,255
700
110
345
460
685
1,030
1,715
2,860
5,150
750
95
335
450
670
1,010
1,680
2,800
5,040
800
80
330
440
660
985
1,645
2,740
4,930
850
65
320
430
645
965
1,610
2,680
4,825
Note: A182 F304L not to be used over 800 °F.
Special Class Pressure in psig.
For ASME B16.5 and B16.47 flange pressure temperature ratings see page 366.
Temp. °F
Class 150
Class 300
Class 400
Class 600
Class 900
Class 1500
Class 2500
Class 4500
–20 to 100
255
670
890
1,340
2,005
3,345
5,570
10,030
200
215
565
755
1,130
1,695
2,825
4,710
8,480
300
195
505
675
1,010
1,520
2,530
4,215
7,585
400
175
460
615
920
1,385
2,305
3,840
6,910
500
165
425
570
850
1,280
2,130
3,550
6,390
600
155
400
535
805
1,205
2,010
3,350
6,025
650
150
390
520
780
1,170
1,950
3,250
5,850
700
145
380
510
765
1,145
1,910
3,180
5,720
750
145
375
500
745
1,120
1,865
3,110
5,595
800
140
365
490
735
1,100
1,835
3,060
5,505
850
140
360
480
720
1,075
1,795
2,990
5,385
Note: A182 F304L not to be used over 800 °F.
314
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L · ASTM A450 · A530
Line Pipe
Formulae
Fiber Stress S and max Test Pressures
Hydraulic Test Pressures are derived from the following formula:
API 5L
Percentage of Specified Yield Strength
Metric Units: P =
P
t
D
s
=
=
=
=
20 · s · t
D
Pressure in bar
Wall thickness in mm
Outside diameter in mm
Stress level. A percentage of yield strength
depending on the standard in N/mm2
Grade
P
t
D
s
=
=
=
=
2·s·t
D
Pressure in lbs/sq in
Wall thickness in inches
Outside diameter in inches
Stress level. A percentage of yield strength
depending on the standard in lb/sq in
e.g. 103/4 0.5“ grade B then
P = 2 x 35 000 x 0.6 x 0.5/10.75 = 1950 psi
With end load compensation
eg API 5L Appendix K, EN 10 208-21
S–
Metric Units: P = 10 ·
D
A
– I
AP
2t
S–
Imperial Units:
P=
PR · AR
AP
PR · AR
AP
D
A
– I
AP
2t
AI
AP
AR
PR
=
=
=
=
internal cross sectional area of pipe
cross sectional area of pipe wall
cross sectional area of ram
internal pressure on end sealing ram
1
For EN 10 208-2 t is the specified
minimum wall thickness
Percentage of
Specified Yield Strength
Standard Test
Alternate Test
A + B1
23/8 and larger
60
75
X42–X80
59/16 and
60
75
65/8 and 85/8
752
753
103/4 to 18
852
853
20 and larger
902
903
smaller
e.g. 103/4 12.7 mm grade B then
P = 20 x 241 x 0.6 x 12.7/273 = 134 bar
Imperials Units: P =
Size (in)
1
2
3
limited to 2500 psi (172 bar) for 3.1/2 and smaller
and to 2800 psi (193 bar) for all others
3000 psi (207 bar) maximum
7260 psi (500 bar) maximum < 16, 3630 psi (250 bar) >14
API 5L Test Pressures are listed on the following pages.
ASTM A450
Applies to ASTM A 179, 213, 214
S
S
= 1103 Metric
= 16000 Imperial
Outside
Maximum Test Pressure
Diameter
in
mm
psi
under 1
25.4
1000
MPa
7
bar
69
1–11/2 excl.
25.4–38.1
1500
10
104
11/2–2 excl.
38.1–50.8
2000
14
138
2–3 excl.
50.8–76.2
2500
17
172
3–5 excl.
76.2–127
3500
24
241
5 and over
127
4500
31
310
ASTM A530
Applies to ASTM A 106, 312, 333, 335, 358, 671, 672, 691
S
S
= 60% minimum specified yield carbon & ferritic alloy
= 50% minimum specified yield austenitic alloy (stainless).
Maximum pressure:
2500 psi (172 bar, 17.0 MPa) for 31/2 and smaller
2800 psi (193 bar, 19.0 MPa) for all others.
317
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
Hydraulic Test Pressure for API 5L Pipe
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
0.405
0.068
1.7
STD
48
48
10.3
0.095
2.4
STD
59
59
mm
B
0.540
0.088
2.2
STD
48
48
13.7
0.119
3.0
STD
59
59
0.675
0.091
2.3
STD
48
48
17.1
0.126
3.2
STD
59
59
0.840
0.109
2.8
STD
48
48
21.3
0.147
3.7
STD
59
59
0.294
7.5
STD
69
69
1.050
0.113
2.9
STD
48
48
26.7
0.154
3.9
STD
59
59
0.308
7.8
STD
69
69
1.315
0.133
3.4
STD
48
48
33.4
0.179
4.5
STD
59
59
0.358
9.1
STD
69
69
1.660
0.140
3.6
STD
83
90
42.2
0.191
4.9
STD
124
131
0.382
9.7
STD
152
158
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
207
1.900
0.145
3.7
STD
83
90
48.3
0.200
5.1
STD
124
131
0.400
10.2
STD
152
158
0.083
2.1
STD
87
101
121
132
150
161
173
187
202
ALT
108
126
151
166
188
202
216
234
252
288
115
134
162
177
200
207
207
207
207
207
2 3/8
60.3
318
0.109
2.8
STD
ALT
144
168
202
221
250
269
288
312
336
384
0.125
3.2
STD
132
153
185
202
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
165
172
231
252
286
307
330
357
384
439
0.141
3.6
STD
148
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
260
284
321
346
371
401
433
495
0.154
3.9
STD
161
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
281
308
348
374
402
435
469
500
0.172
4.4
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
317
347
393
422
453
490
500
500
0.188
4.8
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
172
172
346
379
429
461
494
500
500
500
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
397
434
491
500
500
500
500
500
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
mm
2 3/8
60.3
2 7/8
0.218
5.5
0.250
6.4
STD
ALT
172
172
462
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.281
7.1
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.436
11.1
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
71
83
100
109
124
133
143
155
167
190
ALT
89
104
125
137
155
167
179
193
208
238
95
111
133
146
165
178
191
206
207
207
0.083
2.1
73.0
0.109
2.8
STD
ALT
119
139
167
182
207
222
238
258
278
318
0.125
3.2
STD
109
127
153
167
189
203
207
207
207
207
ALT
136
158
191
208
236
254
272
295
318
363
0.141
3.6
STD
122
143
172
188
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
153
172
215
234
266
286
306
331
357
408
STD
136
158
191
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
170
172
238
261
295
317
340
368
395
454
STD
150
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
262
287
325
349
374
405
437
499
163
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
0.156
0.172
3 1/2
4.0
4.4
0.188
4.8
STD
ALT
172
172
286
313
354
381
408
442
476
500
0.203
5.2
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
310
339
384
412
442
479
500
500
0.216
5.5
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
328
358
406
436
468
500
500
500
0.250
6.4
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
381
417
472
500
500
500
500
500
0.276
7.0
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
417
456
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.552
14.0
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
59
68
82
90
102
109
117
127
137
157
ALT
73
85
103
112
127
137
147
159
171
196
78
91
110
120
136
146
156
169
183
207
0.083
2.1
88.9
0.109
2.8
STD
ALT
98
114
137
150
170
182
196
212
228
261
0.125
3.2
STD
89
104
125
137
155
167
179
194
207
207
ALT
112
130
157
171
194
208
224
242
261
298
0.141
3.6
STD
101
117
141
154
174
188
201
207
207
207
ALT
126
146
176
193
218
234
251
272
293
335
0.156
4.0
STD
112
130
157
171
194
207
207
207
207
207
319
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
140
163
196
214
242
261
279
302
326
373
STD
123
143
172
188
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
154
172
215
235
267
287
307
333
359
410
134
156
188
205
207
207
207
207
207
207
mm
3 1/2
88.9
4
0.172
4.4
0.188
4.8
STD
ALT
168
172
235
257
291
313
335
363
391
447
0.216
5.5
STD
154
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
269
294
333
358
384
416
448
500
0.250
6.4
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
313
342
388
417
447
484
500
500
0.281
7.1
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
347
380
430
462
496
500
500
500
0.300
7.6
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
372
407
460
495
500
500
500
500
0.600
15.2
STD
172
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
172
172
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
51
60
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
ALT
64
75
90
98
111
120
128
139
150
171
68
80
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
183
0.083
2.1
101.6
4 1/2
0.109
2.8
STD
ALT
86
100
120
131
148
160
171
185
200
228
0.125
3.2
STD
78
91
110
120
136
146
156
169
183
207
ALT
98
114
137
150
170
182
196
212
228
261
0.141
3.6
STD
88
102
123
135
153
164
176
190
205
207
ALT
110
128
154
168
191
205
220
238
257
293
0.156
4.0
STD
98
114
137
150
170
182
196
207
207
207
ALT
122
142
171
187
212
228
244
265
285
326
0.172
4.4
STD
108
125
151
165
187
201
207
207
207
207
ALT
134
157
188
206
233
251
269
291
314
359
0.188
4.8
STD
117
137
164
180
204
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
147
171
206
225
254
274
293
317
342
391
0.226
5.7
STD
139
162
195
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
174
193
244
267
302
325
348
377
406
465
0.250
6.4
STD
156
182
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
274
300
339
365
391
423
456
500
0.281
7.1
STD
174
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
304
332
376
405
434
470
500
500
0.318
8.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
347
379
426
462
495
500
500
500
STD
46
53
64
70
79
85
91
99
106
122
ALT
57
66
80
87
99
106
114
123
133
152
70
81
97
106
121
130
139
151
162
185
0.083
2.1
114.3
320
0.125
3.2
STD
ALT
87
101
122
133
151
162
174
188
203
232
0.141
3.6
STD
78
91
110
120
136
146
156
169
183
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
4 1/2
114.3
5 9/16
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
98
114
137
150
170
182
196
212
228
261
STD
87
101
122
133
151
162
174
188
203
207
ALT
109
127
152
166
188
203
217
235
254
290
96
111
134
146
166
178
191
207
207
207
ALT
0.156
4.0
0.172
4.4
STD
ALT
120
139
167
183
207
223
239
259
279
319
0.188
4.8
STD
104
121
146
160
181
195
207
207
207
207
ALT
130
152
183
200
226
243
261
282
304
348
0.203
5.2
STD
113
132
158
173
196
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
141
164
198
216
245
263
283
306
330
377
0.219
5.6
STD
122
142
170
186
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
152
177
213
233
264
284
304
329
355
406
0.237
6.0
STD
130
152
183
200
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
163
190
228
250
283
304
326
353
380
435
0.250
6.4
STD
139
162
195
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
174
193
244
266
302
324
348
376
406
464
0.281
7.1
STD
154
180
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
270
295
335
360
386
417
450
500
0.312
7.9
STD
172
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
301
329
372
400
429
464
500
500
0.337
8.6
STD
187
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
327
358
405
436
467
500
500
500
0.438
11.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
422
462
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.531
13.5
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.674
17.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
50
STD
37
43
52
57
64
69
74
80
86
98
ALT
46
54
65
71
80
86
92
100
108
123
STD
56
65
79
86
98
105
113
122
131
150
ALT
70
82
99
108
122
131
141
152
164
188
70
82
99
108
122
131
141
152
164
188
0.083
2.1
141.3
0.125
3.2
0.156
4.0
STD
ALT
88
102
123
135
152
164
176
190
205
234
0.188
4.8
STD
84
98
118
129
146
157
169
183
197
207
ALT
105
123
148
162
183
197
211
228
246
281
0.219
5.6
STD
98
115
138
151
171
184
197
207
207
207
ALT
123
143
172
188
213
229
246
266
287
328
0.258
6.6
STD
116
135
163
178
201
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
145
169
203
222
252
270
290
314
338
387
0.281
7.1
STD
125
145
175
191
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
156
182
219
239
271
291
312
338
364
416
0.312
7.9
STD
139
162
195
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
174
193
243
266
301
324
347
376
405
463
321
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
5 9/16
0.344
8.7
STD
153
178
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
191
193
268
293
332
356
382
414
446
500
0.375
9.5
STD
167
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
292
320
362
389
418
452
487
500
0.500
12.7
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
391
427
484
500
500
500
500
500
0.625
15.9
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
489
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.750
19.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
31
36
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
ALT
39
45
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
41
48
72
79
90
96
103
112
121
138
mm
141.3
6 5/8
0.083
2.1
168.3
322
0.109
2.8
STD
ALT
52
60
72
79
90
96
103
112
121
138
0.125
3.2
STD
47
55
83
90
102
110
118
128
138
157
ALT
59
69
83
90
102
110
118
128
138
157
0.141
3.6
STD
53
62
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
ALT
66
77
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
0.156
4.0
STD
59
69
103
113
128
138
148
160
172
197
ALT
74
86
103
113
128
138
148
160
172
197
0.172
4.4
STD
65
76
114
124
141
151
162
176
189
207
ALT
81
95
114
124
141
151
162
176
189
216
0.188
4.8
STD
71
82
124
136
154
165
177
192
207
207
ALT
89
103
124
136
154
165
177
192
207
236
0.203
5.2
STD
77
89
134
147
166
179
192
207
207
207
ALT
96
112
134
147
166
179
192
208
224
256
0.219
5.6
STD
83
96
145
158
179
193
207
207
207
207
ALT
103
120
145
158
179
193
207
224
241
276
0.250
6.4
STD
94
110
165
181
205
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
118
137
165
181
205
220
236
256
276
315
0.280
7.1
STD
105
122
184
201
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
131
153
184
201
227
244
262
283
306
349
0.312
7.9
STD
117
136
204
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
146
170
204
223
253
272
291
315
340
389
0.344
8.7
STD
128
149
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
161
187
225
246
278
299
321
347
375
428
0.375
9.5
STD
140
163
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
175
193
246
268
304
327
351
379
409
467
0.432
11.0
STD
162
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
284
311
352
378
406
439
474
500
0.500
12.7
STD
187
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
328
359
406
437
469
500
500
500
0.562
14.3
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
193
193
370
404
458
492
500
500
500
500
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
411
449
500
500
500
500
500
500
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
mm
6 5/8
168.3
8 5/8
0.625
15.9
0.719
18.3
STD
ALT
193
193
473
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.750
19.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
494
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.864
21.9
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.875
22.2
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
36
42
64
69
79
85
91
98
106
121
ALT
45
53
64
69
79
85
91
98
106
121
45
53
79
87
98
106
113
123
132
151
0.125
3.2
219.1
0.156
4.0
STD
ALT
57
66
79
87
98
106
113
123
132
151
0.188
4.8
STD
54
63
95
104
118
127
136
147
159
181
ALT
68
79
95
104
118
127
136
147
159
181
0.203
5.2
STD
59
69
103
113
128
137
147
159
172
197
ALT
74
86
103
113
128
137
147
159
172
197
0.219
5.6
STD
63
74
111
122
138
148
159
172
185
207
ALT
79
92
111
122
138
148
159
172
185
212
0.250
6.4
STD
73
84
127
139
157
169
181
196
207
207
ALT
91
106
127
139
157
169
181
196
212
242
0.277
7.0
STD
79
92
139
152
172
185
198
207
207
207
ALT
99
115
139
152
172
185
198
215
231
265
0.312
7.9
STD
90
104
157
171
194
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
112
130
157
171
194
209
224
242
261
299
0.322
8.2
STD
93
108
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
116
135
163
178
202
217
232
252
271
310
0.344
8.7
STD
99
115
173
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
123
144
173
189
214
230
247
267
288
329
0.375
9.5
STD
108
125
189
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
135
157
189
206
233
251
269
291
314
359
0.438
11.1
STD
126
147
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
157
183
220
241
273
293
315
340
367
419
0.500
12.7
STD
144
168
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
180
193
252
276
312
336
360
390
420
480
0.562
14.3
STD
162
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
284
310
351
378
405
439
473
500
0.625
15.9
STD
180
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
316
345
391
420
451
488
500
500
0.719
18.3
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
363
397
450
484
500
500
500
500
323
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
8 5/8
0.750
19.1
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
379
415
469
500
500
500
500
500
0.812
20.6
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
409
447
500
500
500
500
500
500
0.875
22.2
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
441
482
500
500
500
500
500
500
1.000
25.4
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
36
42
72
79
89
96
103
112
120
137
ALT
45
53
72
79
89
96
103
112
120
137
44
51
87
95
107
115
124
134
144
165
219.1
10 3/4
0.156
4.0
273.1
324
0.188
4.8
STD
ALT
55
64
87
95
107
115
124
134
144
165
0.203
5.2
STD
47
55
94
103
116
125
134
145
156
179
ALT
59
69
94
103
116
125
134
145
156
179
0.219
5.6
STD
51
59
101
111
125
135
144
156
168
192
ALT
64
74
101
111
125
135
144
156
168
192
0.250
6.4
STD
58
68
116
126
143
154
165
178
192
207
ALT
73
85
116
126
143
154
165
178
192
220
0.279
7.1
STD
65
75
128
140
159
171
183
198
207
207
ALT
81
94
128
140
159
171
183
198
213
244
0.307
7.8
STD
71
83
141
154
174
187
201
207
207
207
ALT
89
103
141
154
174
187
201
218
235
268
0.344
8.7
STD
79
92
157
172
194
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
99
115
157
172
194
209
224
243
262
299
0.365
9.3
STD
85
98
168
184
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
106
123
168
184
208
223
240
259
280
320
0.438
11.1
STD
101
118
200
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
126
147
200
219
248
267
286
310
334
381
0.500
12.7
STD
116
134
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
144
168
229
251
284
305
327
354
382
436
0.562
14.3
STD
130
151
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
163
189
258
282
320
344
369
399
430
491
0.625
15.9
STD
145
168
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
181
193
287
314
355
382
410
443
478
500
0.719
18.3
STD
166
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
330
361
409
440
472
500
500
500
0.812
20.6
STD
187
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
372
406
460
495
500
500
500
500
0.875
22.2
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
401
438
496
500
500
500
500
500
0.938
23.8
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
430
470
500
500
500
500
500
500
1.000
25.4
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
193
193
459
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
34
39
67
73
83
89
96
103
112
127
ALT
42
49
67
73
83
89
96
103
112
127
37
43
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
mm
10 3/4
273.1
12 3/4
1.250
0.172
31.8
4.4
323.9
0.188
4.8
STD
ALT
46
54
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
0.203
5.2
STD
40
46
79
87
98
105
113
122
132
151
ALT
50
58
79
87
98
105
113
122
132
151
0.219
5.6
STD
43
50
85
93
106
113
122
132
142
162
ALT
54
63
85
93
106
113
122
132
142
162
0.250
6.4
STD
49
57
97
106
121
130
139
150
162
185
ALT
61
71
97
106
121
130
139
150
162
185
0.281
7.1
STD
54
63
108
118
134
144
154
167
180
206
ALT
68
79
108
118
134
144
154
167
180
206
0.312
7.9
STD
61
71
120
131
149
160
172
186
200
207
ALT
76
88
120
131
149
160
172
186
200
229
0.330
8.4
STD
64
75
128
140
158
170
183
198
207
207
ALT
81
94
128
140
158
170
183
198
213
243
0.344
8.7
STD
67
78
132
145
164
176
189
205
207
207
ALT
83
97
132
145
164
176
189
205
221
252
0.375
9.5
STD
73
85
145
158
179
192
206
207
207
207
ALT
91
106
145
158
179
192
206
223
241
275
0.406
10.3
STD
79
92
157
171
194
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
99
115
157
171
194
209
224
242
261
298
0.438
11.1
STD
85
99
169
185
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
106
124
169
185
209
225
241
261
281
322
0.500
12.7
STD
97
113
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
122
142
193
211
239
257
276
299
322
368
0.562
14.3
STD
110
128
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
137
160
218
238
269
290
311
336
363
414
0.625
15.9
STD
122
142
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
152
177
242
265
300
322
345
374
403
461
0.688
17.5
STD
134
156
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
168
193
266
291
330
355
380
411
444
500
0.750
19.1
STD
146
171
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
183
193
291
318
360
387
415
449
484
500
0.812
20.6
STD
158
184
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
314
343
388
417
448
484
500
500
0.875
22.2
STD
170
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
338
369
418
450
482
500
500
500
0.938
23.8
STD
183
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
362
396
448
482
500
500
500
500
325
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
12 3/4
1.000
25.4
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
387
423
479
500
500
500
500
500
1.062
27.0
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
411
449
500
500
500
500
500
500
1.125
28.6
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
435
476
500
500
500
500
500
500
1.250
31.8
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
484
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
34
39
67
73
82
89
95
103
111
127
ALT
42
49
67
73
82
89
95
103
111
127
36
42
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
323.9
14
0.188
4.8
355.6
326
0.203
5.2
STD
ALT
45
53
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
0.210
5.3
STD
37
43
73
80
91
98
105
114
122
140
ALT
46
54
73
80
91
98
105
114
122
140
0.219
5.6
STD
39
46
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
ALT
49
57
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
0.250
6.4
STD
45
52
89
97
110
118
127
137
148
169
ALT
56
65
89
97
110
118
127
137
148
169
0.281
7.1
STD
50
58
98
108
122
131
141
152
164
187
ALT
62
72
98
108
122
131
141
152
164
187
0.312
7.9
STD
55
64
110
120
136
146
156
169
182
207
ALT
69
80
110
120
136
146
156
169
182
208
0.344
8.7
STD
61
71
121
132
150
161
173
187
201
207
ALT
76
88
121
132
150
161
173
187
201
230
0.375
9.5
STD
66
77
132
144
163
175
188
203
207
207
ALT
83
97
132
144
163
175
188
203
219
251
0.406
10.3
STD
72
84
143
156
177
190
204
207
207
207
ALT
90
105
143
156
177
190
204
221
238
272
0.438
11.1
STD
78
90
154
168
191
205
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
154
168
191
205
220
238
256
293
0.469
11.9
STD
83
97
165
180
204
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
104
121
165
180
204
220
236
255
275
314
0.500
12.7
STD
89
103
176
192
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
111
129
176
192
218
234
251
272
293
335
0.562
14.3
STD
100
116
198
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
124
145
198
217
245
264
283
306
330
377
0.625
15.9
STD
111
129
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
139
162
220
241
273
293
315
341
367
420
0.688
17.5
STD
122
142
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
153
178
243
265
300
323
346
375
404
462
0.750
19.1
STD
133
155
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
167
193
265
289
328
352
378
409
441
500
0.812
20.6
STD
144
168
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
180
193
286
312
354
380
408
441
476
500
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
308
336
381
410
439
475
500
500
166
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
mm
14
355.6
16
0.875
22.2
0.938
23.8
STD
ALT
193
193
330
361
408
439
471
500
500
500
1.000
25.4
STD
177
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
352
385
436
469
500
500
500
500
1.062
27.0
STD
189
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
374
409
463
498
500
500
500
500
1.125
28.6
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
397
433
491
500
500
500
500
500
1.250
31.8
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
441
482
500
500
500
500
500
500
STD
29
34
58
64
72
78
83
90
97
111
ALT
37
43
58
64
72
78
83
90
97
111
32
37
63
69
78
84
90
97
105
120
0.188
4.8
406.4
0.203
5.2
STD
ALT
40
46
63
69
78
84
90
97
105
120
0.219
5.6
STD
34
40
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
ALT
43
50
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
0.250
6.4
STD
39
46
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
ALT
49
57
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
0.281
7.1
STD
43
51
86
94
107
115
123
133
143
164
ALT
54
63
86
94
107
115
123
133
143
164
0.312
7.9
STD
48
56
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
182
ALT
60
70
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
182
0.344
8.7
STD
53
62
106
115
131
140
151
163
176
201
ALT
66
77
106
115
131
140
151
163
176
201
0.375
9.5
STD
58
68
115
126
143
153
165
178
192
207
ALT
73
85
115
126
143
153
165
178
192
219
0.406
10.3
STD
63
73
125
137
155
166
178
193
207
207
ALT
79
92
125
137
155
166
178
193
208
238
0.438
11.1
STD
68
79
135
147
167
179
192
207
207
207
ALT
85
99
135
147
167
179
192
208
224
250
0.469
11.9
STD
73
85
144
158
179
192
206
207
207
207
ALT
91
106
144
158
179
192
206
223
240
250
0.500
12.7
STD
78
90
154
168
191
205
207
207
207
207
ALT
78
90
154
168
191
205
220
238
250
250
0.562
14.3
STD
87
102
173
190
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
109
127
173
190
215
231
248
250
250
250
0.625
15.9
STD
97
113
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
121
141
193
211
239
250
250
250
250
250
0.688
17.5
STD
107
125
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
134
156
212
232
250
250
250
250
250
250
327
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
16
0.750
19.1
STD
117
136
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
146
170
232
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.812
20.6
STD
126
147
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
157
183
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
136
158
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
170
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
145
169
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
182
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
165
192
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
175
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
185
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
193
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
26
30
52
57
64
69
74
80
86
99
ALT
33
38
52
57
64
69
74
80
86
99
66
75
80
86
93
101
115
406.4
18
0.188
4.8
457.0
328
0.219
5.6
STD
30
35
60
ALT
38
44
60
66
75
80
86
93
101
115
0.250
6.4
STD
35
41
69
75
85
92
99
107
115
131
ALT
43
51
69
75
85
92
99
107
115
131
0.281
7.1
STD
39
45
77
84
95
102
109
118
128
146
ALT
48
56
77
84
95
102
109
118
128
146
0.312
7.9
STD
43
50
85
93
106
113
122
132
142
162
ALT
54
62
85
93
106
113
122
132
142
162
0.344
8.7
STD
47
55
94
103
116
125
134
145
156
179
ALT
59
69
94
103
116
125
134
145
156
179
0.375
9.5
STD
52
60
102
112
127
136
146
158
171
195
ALT
65
75
102
112
127
136
146
158
171
195
0.406
10.3
STD
56
65
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
207
ALT
70
81
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
211
0.438
11.1
STD
60
70
120
131
148
159
171
185
199
207
ALT
75
88
120
131
148
159
171
185
199
228
0.469
11.9
STD
65
75
128
140
159
171
183
198
207
207
ALT
81
94
128
140
159
171
183
198
214
244
0.500
12.7
STD
69
80
137
150
170
182
196
207
207
207
ALT
86
100
137
150
170
182
196
212
228
250
0.562
14.3
STD
78
90
154
169
191
205
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
154
169
191
205
220
238
250
250
0.625
15.9
STD
86
101
172
187
207
207
207
207
207
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
108
126
172
187
212
228
245
250
250
250
STD
95
111
189
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
119
138
189
206
234
250
250
250
250
250
STD
104
121
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
130
151
206
225
250
250
250
250
250
250
112
130
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
mm
18
457.0
ALT
0.688
0.750
20
17.5
19.1
0.812
20.6
STD
ALT
140
163
222
243
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
121
140
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
151
176
239
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
129
151
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
162
188
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
138
161
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
173
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
147
171
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
183
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
164
191
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
173
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
27
32
58
63
71
77
82
89
96
110
ALT
34
40
58
63
71
77
82
89
96
110
31
36
66
72
81
88
94
102
110
125
0.219
5.6
508.0
0.250
6.4
STD
ALT
39
46
66
72
81
88
94
102
110
125
0.281
7.1
STD
35
40
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
ALT
43
51
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
0.312
7.9
STD
39
45
81
89
100
108
116
125
135
155
ALT
48
56
81
89
100
108
116
125
135
155
0.344
8.7
STD
43
50
89
98
111
119
128
138
149
170
ALT
53
62
89
98
111
119
128
138
149
170
0.375
9.5
STD
46
54
98
107
121
130
139
151
163
186
ALT
58
68
98
107
121
130
139
151
163
186
0.406
10.3
STD
50
59
106
116
131
141
151
164
176
201
ALT
63
73
106
116
131
141
151
164
176
201
0.438
11.1
STD
54
63
114
125
141
152
163
176
190
207
ALT
68
79
114
125
141
152
163
176
190
217
0.469
11.9
STD
58
68
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
207
ALT
73
85
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
233
0.500
12.7
STD
62
72
131
143
162
174
186
202
207
207
ALT
78
90
131
143
162
174
186
202
217
248
0.562
14.3
STD
70
81
147
161
182
196
207
207
207
207
ALT
70
81
147
161
182
196
207
207
207
207
329
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
20
0.625
15.9
STD
ALT
97
113
163
179
202
217
233
250
250
250
0.688
17.9
STD
88
102
184
201
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
109
127
184
201
228
245
250
250
250
250
0.750
19.1
STD
93
109
196
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
117
136
196
215
243
250
250
250
250
250
0.812
20.6
STD
101
117
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
126
147
212
231
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
109
126
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
136
158
228
249
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
116
135
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
145
169
245
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
124
145
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
155
181
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
132
154
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
165
192
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
140
163
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
175
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
148
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
185
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.312
33.3
STD
163
190
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.375
34.9
STD
171
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
25
29
52
57
65
70
75
81
87
100
ALT
31
36
52
57
65
70
75
81
87
100
65
74
80
85
92
100
114
508.0
22
0.219
5.6
559.0
330
78
B
91
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
163
179
202
207
207
207
207
207
0.250
6.4
STD
28
33
60
ALT
36
41
60
65
74
80
85
92
100
114
0.281
7.1
STD
32
37
66
73
82
88
95
102
110
126
ALT
39
46
66
73
82
88
95
102
110
126
0.312
7.9
STD
35
41
74
81
91
98
105
114
123
140
ALT
44
51
74
81
91
98
105
114
123
140
0.344
8.7
STD
39
45
81
89
101
108
116
126
135
155
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
135
155
0.375
9.5
STD
42
49
89
97
110
118
127
137
148
169
ALT
53
61
89
97
110
118
127
137
148
169
0.406
10.3
STD
46
53
96
105
119
128
137
149
160
183
ALT
57
67
96
105
119
128
137
149
160
183
0.438
11.1
STD
49
57
104
113
128
138
148
160
173
197
ALT
62
72
104
113
128
138
148
160
173
197
0.469
11.9
STD
53
62
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
207
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
22
559.0
24
0.500
12.7
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
66
B
77
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
212
STD
56
66
119
130
147
158
169
183
198
207
ALT
71
82
119
130
147
158
169
183
198
226
64
74
134
146
165
178
191
206
207
207
0.562
14.3
STD
ALT
79
92
134
146
165
178
191
206
222
250
0.625
15.9
STD
71
82
148
162
184
198
207
207
207
207
ALT
88
103
148
162
184
198
212
229
247
250
0.688
17.5
STD
78
91
163
179
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
179
202
218
233
250
250
250
0.750
19.1
STD
85
99
178
195
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
106
124
178
195
221
237
250
250
250
250
0.812
20.6
STD
92
107
192
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
114
133
192
210
238
250
250
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
99
115
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
123
144
207
227
250
250
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
106
123
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
132
154
222
243
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
113
131
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
141
164
237
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
120
140
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
150
175
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
127
148
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
159
185
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
134
156
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
168
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
141
165
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
177
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.312
33.3
STD
148
172
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
185
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.375
34.9
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.438
36.5
STD
162
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.500
38.1
STD
169
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
26
30
55
60
68
73
78
85
91
104
ALT
33
38
55
60
68
73
78
85
91
104
29
34
61
66
75
81
87
94
101
116
0.250
6.4
610.0
0.281
7.1
STD
ALT
36
42
61
66
75
81
87
94
101
116
0.312
7.9
STD
32
37
68
74
84
90
96
104
113
129
ALT
40
47
68
74
84
90
96
104
113
129
0.344
8.7
STD
35
41
74
81
92
99
106
115
124
142
ALT
44
52
74
81
92
99
106
115
124
142
331
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
24
0.375
9.5
STD
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
135
155
0.406
10.3
STD
42
49
88
96
109
117
126
136
147
168
ALT
52
61
88
96
109
117
126
136
147
168
0.438
11.1
STD
45
53
95
104
118
126
135
147
158
181
ALT
57
66
95
104
118
126
135
147
158
181
0.469
11.9
STD
48
56
102
111
126
136
145
157
170
194
ALT
61
71
102
111
126
136
145
157
170
194
0.500
12.7
STD
52
60
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
ALT
65
75
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
0.562
14.3
STD
58
68
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
207
ALT
73
85
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
233
0.625
15.9
STD
65
75
136
149
168
181
194
207
207
207
ALT
81
94
136
149
168
181
194
210
227
250
0.688
17.5
STD
71
83
150
164
185
199
207
207
207
207
ALT
89
104
150
164
185
199
214
231
249
250
0.750
19.1
STD
78
91
163
179
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
179
202
218
233
250
250
250
0.812
20.6
STD
84
98
176
193
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
105
122
176
193
218
235
250
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
90
105
190
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
113
132
190
208
235
250
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
97
113
204
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
121
141
204
223
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
103
120
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
129
151
217
238
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
110
128
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
137
160
231
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
116
136
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
146
169
245
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
123
143
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
154
179
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
129
151
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
162
188
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.312
33.3
STD
136
158
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
170
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.375
34.9
STD
142
165
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
178
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.438
36.5
STD
149
173
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
186
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.500
38.1
STD
155
181
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.562
39.7
STD
162
188
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
193
193
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
mm
610.0
332
39
B
45
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
81
89
101
108
116
126
135
155
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
26
0.250
mm
6.4
660.0
28
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
STD
24
B
28
51
55
63
67
72
78
84
96
ALT
30
35
51
55
63
67
72
78
84
96
STD
27
31
56
61
70
75
80
87
94
107
0.281
7.1
ALT
33
39
56
61
70
75
80
87
94
107
0.312
7.9
STD
30
35
62
68
77
83
89
97
104
119
ALT
37
43
62
68
77
83
89
97
104
119
0.344
8.7
STD
33
38
69
75
85
92
98
106
115
131
ALT
41
48
69
75
85
92
98
106
115
131
0.375
9.5
STD
36
42
75
82
93
100
107
116
125
143
ALT
45
52
75
82
93
100
107
116
125
143
0.406
10.3
STD
39
45
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
0.438
11.1
STD
42
49
88
96
109
117
125
136
146
167
ALT
52
61
88
96
109
117
125
136
146
167
0.469
11.9
STD
45
52
94
103
117
125
134
145
157
179
ALT
56
65
94
103
117
125
134
145
157
179
0.500
12.7
STD
48
56
100
110
124
134
143
155
167
191
ALT
60
70
100
110
124
134
143
155
167
191
0.562
14.3
STD
54
63
113
124
140
151
161
175
188
207
ALT
67
78
113
124
140
151
161
175
188
207
0.625
15.9
STD
60
70
126
137
156
167
180
194
207
207
ALT
75
87
126
137
156
167
180
194
209
239
0.688
17.5
STD
66
77
138
151
171
184
198
207
207
207
ALT
82
96
138
151
171
184
198
214
231
250
0.750
19.1
STD
72
84
151
165
187
201
207
207
207
207
ALT
90
105
151
165
187
201
216
233
250
250
0.812
20.6
STD
78
90
163
178
201
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
233
250
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
84
97
176
192
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
104
122
176
192
217
234
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
90
104
188
206
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
112
130
188
206
233
250
250
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
96
111
201
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
119
139
201
220
249
250
250
250
250
250
STD
22
26
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
89
ALT
28
33
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
89
STD
25
29
52
57
65
69
74
81
87
99
ALT
31
36
52
57
65
69
74
81
87
99
STD
28
32
58
63
72
77
83
90
97
110
0.250
6.4
711.0
0.281
7.1
0.312
7.9
ALT
35
40
58
63
72
77
83
90
97
110
0.344
8.7
STD
30
35
64
70
79
85
91
99
106
122
ALT
38
44
64
70
79
85
91
99
106
122
0.375
9.5
STD
33
39
70
76
86
93
100
108
116
133
333
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
28
711.0
30
0.406
10.3
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
41
B
48
70
76
86
93
100
108
116
133
STD
36
42
76
83
94
101
108
117
126
144
ALT
45
52
76
83
94
101
108
117
126
144
39
45
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
0.438
11.1
STD
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
0.469
11.9
STD
42
48
87
96
108
116
125
135
146
166
ALT
52
61
87
96
108
116
125
135
146
166
0.500
12.7
STD
44
52
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
ALT
55
65
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
0.562
14.3
STD
50
58
105
115
130
139
150
162
175
200
ALT
62
73
105
115
130
139
150
162
175
200
0.625
15.9
STD
56
65
117
128
145
155
167
180
194
207
ALT
69
81
117
128
145
155
167
180
194
222
0.688
17.5
STD
61
71
128
140
159
171
183
198
207
207
ALT
76
89
128
140
159
171
183
198
214
245
0.750
19.1
STD
67
78
140
153
174
187
200
207
207
207
ALT
83
97
140
153
174
187
200
217
234
250
0.812
20.6
STD
72
84
151
165
187
201
207
207
207
207
ALT
90
105
151
165
187
201
216
234
250
250
0.875
22.2
STD
78
90
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
250
250
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
83
97
175
191
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
104
121
175
191
216
233
249
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
89
103
186
204
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
111
129
186
204
231
248
250
250
250
250
STD
21
24
44
48
54
58
63
68
73
83
ALT
26
30
44
48
54
58
63
68
73
83
STD
23
27
49
53
60
65
69
75
81
93
ALT
29
34
49
53
60
65
69
75
81
93
STD
26
30
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
0.250
6.4
762.0
334
X42
ALT
0.281
7.1
0.312
7.9
ALT
32
37
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
0.344
8.7
STD
28
33
60
65
74
79
85
92
99
113
ALT
35
41
60
65
74
79
85
92
99
113
0.375
9.5
STD
31
36
65
71
81
87
93
101
108
124
ALT
39
45
65
71
81
87
93
101
108
124
0.406
10.3
STD
34
39
71
77
87
94
101
109
118
134
ALT
42
49
71
77
87
94
101
109
118
134
0.438
11.1
STD
36
42
76
83
94
101
109
117
127
145
ALT
45
53
76
83
94
101
109
117
127
145
0.469
11.9
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
ALT
48
56
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
0.500
12.7
STD
41
48
87
95
108
116
124
134
145
166
ALT
52
60
87
95
108
116
124
134
145
166
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
30
0.562
14.3
STD
ALT
58
68
98
107
121
130
140
151
163
186
0.625
15.9
STD
52
60
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
ALT
65
75
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
0.688
17.5
STD
57
66
120
131
148
160
171
185
200
207
ALT
71
83
120
131
148
160
171
185
200
228
0.750
19.1
STD
62
72
131
143
162
174
187
202
207
207
ALT
78
91
131
143
162
174
187
202
218
249
0.812
20.6
STD
67
78
141
154
175
188
201
207
207
207
ALT
84
98
141
154
175
188
201
218
235
250
0.875
22.2
STD
72
84
152
166
188
202
207
207
207
207
ALT
90
105
152
166
188
202
217
235
250
250
0.938
23.8
STD
78
90
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
233
250
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
83
96
174
190
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
104
121
174
190
215
232
248
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
88
102
185
202
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
110
128
185
202
229
246
250
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
93
109
196
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
117
136
196
214
243
250
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
98
115
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
123
143
207
226
250
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
104
121
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
130
151
218
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
20
23
41
45
51
55
59
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
51
55
59
63
68
78
STD
22
25
46
50
56
61
65
70
76
87
ALT
27
32
46
50
56
61
65
70
76
87
STD
24
28
51
55
63
68
72
78
84
97
ALT
30
35
51
55
63
68
72
78
84
97
STD
27
31
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
762.0
32
0.250
6.4
813.0
47
B
54
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
98
107
121
130
140
151
163
186
0.281
7.1
0.312
7.9
0.344
8.7
ALT
33
39
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
0.375
9.5
STD
29
34
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
ALT
36
42
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
0.406
10.3
STD
31
37
66
72
82
88
94
102
110
126
ALT
39
46
66
72
82
88
94
102
110
126
0.438
11.1
STD
34
39
71
78
88
95
102
110
119
136
ALT
42
49
71
78
88
95
102
110
119
136
0.469
11.9
STD
36
42
76
84
95
102
109
118
127
145
ALT
45
53
76
84
95
102
109
118
127
145
0.500
12.7
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
ALT
49
56
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
0.562
14.3
STD
44
51
92
100
114
122
131
142
153
175
335
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
32
813.0
34
0.625
15.9
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
55
B
64
92
100
114
122
131
142
153
175
STD
49
57
102
112
126
136
146
158
170
194
ALT
61
71
102
112
126
136
146
158
170
194
53
62
112
123
139
150
160
174
187
207
0.688
17.5
STD
ALT
67
78
112
123
139
150
160
174
187
214
0.750
19.1
STD
58
68
123
134
152
163
175
189
204
207
ALT
73
85
123
134
152
163
175
189
204
233
0.812
20.6
STD
63
73
132
145
164
176
189
204
207
207
ALT
79
92
132
145
164
176
189
204
220
250
0.875
22.2
STD
68
79
143
156
176
190
203
207
207
207
ALT
85
99
143
156
176
190
203
220
237
250
0.938
23.8
STD
73
85
153
167
189
203
207
207
207
207
ALT
91
106
153
167
189
203
218
236
250
250
1.000
25.4
STD
78
90
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
233
250
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
82
96
173
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
103
120
173
189
215
231
247
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
87
102
184
201
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
109
127
184
201
227
244
250
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
92
107
194
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
115
134
194
212
240
250
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
97
113
204
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
121
141
204
223
250
250
250
250
250
250
STD
18
21
39
42
48
51
55
60
64
74
ALT
23
27
39
42
48
51
55
60
64
74
STD
20
24
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
82
ALT
26
30
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
82
STD
23
26
48
52
59
64
68
74
79
91
ALT
28
33
48
52
59
64
68
74
79
91
STD
25
29
53
57
65
70
75
81
88
100
0.250
6.4
864.0
336
X42
ALT
0.281
7.1
0.312
7.9
0.344
8.7
ALT
31
36
53
57
65
70
75
81
88
100
0.375
9.5
STD
27
32
57
63
71
76
82
89
96
109
ALT
34
40
57
63
71
76
82
89
96
109
0.406
10.3
STD
30
34
62
68
77
83
89
96
104
118
ALT
37
43
62
68
77
83
89
96
104
118
0.438
11.1
STD
32
37
67
74
83
89
96
104
112
128
ALT
40
46
67
74
83
89
96
104
112
128
0.469
11.9
STD
34
40
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
ALT
43
50
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
0.500
12.7
STD
37
43
77
84
95
102
110
119
128
146
ALT
46
53
77
84
95
102
110
119
128
146
0.562
14.3
STD
41
48
86
94
107
115
123
133
144
164
ALT
51
60
86
94
107
115
123
133
144
164
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
34
0.625
15.9
STD
ALT
57
67
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
183
0.688
17.5
STD
50
59
106
131
130
141
151
163
176
201
ALT
63
73
106
131
130
141
151
163
176
201
0.750
19.1
STD
55
64
115
126
143
154
165
178
192
207
ALT
69
80
115
126
143
154
165
178
192
220
0.812
20.6
STD
59
69
124
136
154
166
178
192
207
207
ALT
74
86
124
136
154
166
178
192
207
237
0.875
22.2
STD
64
74
134
147
166
179
191
207
207
207
ALT
80
93
134
147
166
179
191
207
223
250
0.938
23.8
STD
68
80
144
157
178
191
205
207
207
207
ALT
86
100
144
157
178
191
205
222
239
250
1.000
25.4
STD
73
85
153
168
190
204
207
207
207
207
ALT
91
106
153
168
190
204
219
237
250
250
1.062
27.0
STD
78
90
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
233
250
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
82
96
173
189
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
103
120
173
189
214
230
247
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
87
101
182
199
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
109
126
182
199
226
243
250
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
91
106
192
207
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
114
133
192
210
238
250
250
250
250
250
STD
17
20
37
40
45
49
52
56
61
70
ALT
22
25
37
40
45
49
52
56
61
70
STD
19
22
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
ALT
24
28
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
STD
21
25
45
49
56
60
64
70
75
86
ALT
27
31
45
49
56
60
64
70
75
86
STD
24
28
50
54
62
66
71
77
83
95
ALT
30
34
50
54
62
66
71
77
83
95
STD
26
30
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
864.0
36
0.250
6.4
914.0
46
B
53
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
183
0.281
7.1
0.312
7.9
0.344
8.7
0.375
9.5
ALT
32
38
54
59
67
72
77
84
90
103
0.406
10.3
STD
28
33
59
64
73
78
84
91
98
112
ALT
35
41
59
64
73
78
84
91
98
112
0.438
11.1
STD
30
35
63
69
78
84
91
98
106
121
ALT
38
44
63
69
78
84
91
98
106
121
0.469
11.9
STD
32
38
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
ALT
40
47
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
0.500
12.7
STD
35
40
73
79
90
97
104
112
121
138
ALT
43
50
73
79
90
97
104
112
121
138
0.562
14.3
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
0.625
15.9
STD
43
50
91
99
112
121
130
140
151
173
337
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
36
914.0
38
0.688
17.5
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
54
B
63
91
99
112
121
130
140
151
173
STD
48
55
100
109
124
133
143
154
166
190
ALT
59
69
100
109
124
133
143
154
166
190
52
60
109
119
135
145
156
169
182
207
0.750
19.1
STD
ALT
65
76
109
119
135
145
156
169
182
208
0.812
20.6
STD
56
65
118
129
146
157
168
182
196
207
ALT
70
81
118
129
146
157
168
182
196
224
0.875
22.2
STD
60
70
127
139
157
169
181
196
207
207
ALT
75
88
127
139
157
169
181
196
211
241
0.938
23.8
STD
65
75
136
149
168
181
194
207
207
207
ALT
81
94
136
149
168
181
194
210
226
250
1.000
25.4
STD
69
80
145
159
180
193
207
207
207
207
ALT
86
100
145
159
180
193
207
224
242
250
1.062
27.0
STD
73
85
154
169
191
205
207
207
207
207
ALT
92
107
154
169
191
205
220
238
250
250
1.125
28.6
STD
78
90
163
178
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
178
202
217
233
250
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
82
96
172
188
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
103
119
172
189
214
230
246
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
86
101
182
199
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
108
126
182
199
225
242
250
250
250
250
STD
20
24
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
81
ALT
25
30
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
81
STD
22
26
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
90
ALT
28
33
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
90
STD
24
28
51
56
64
68
73
79
86
98
0.312
7.9
965.0
338
X42
ALT
0.344
8.7
0.375
9.5
ALT
31
36
51
56
64
68
73
79
86
98
0.406
10.3
STD
27
31
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
ALT
33
39
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
0.438
11.1
STD
29
33
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
ALT
36
42
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
0.469
11.9
STD
31
36
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
123
ALT
38
45
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
123
0.500
12.7
STD
33
38
69
75
85
91
98
106
114
131
ALT
41
48
69
75
85
91
98
106
114
131
0.562
14.3
STD
37
43
77
85
96
103
110
119
129
147
ALT
46
54
77
85
96
103
110
119
129
147
0.625
15.9
STD
41
48
86
94
106
114
123
133
143
164
ALT
51
60
86
94
106
114
123
133
143
164
0.688
17.5
STD
45
52
95
103
117
126
135
146
158
180
ALT
56
66
95
103
117
126
135
146
158
180
0.750
19.1
STD
49
57
103
113
128
138
147
160
172
197
ALT
61
72
103
113
128
138
147
160
172
197
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
38
0.812
20.6
STD
ALT
66
77
111
122
138
148
159
172
186
212
0.875
22.2
STD
57
67
120
131
149
160
171
186
200
207
ALT
71
83
120
131
149
160
171
186
200
229
0.938
23.8
STD
61
71
129
141
159
171
184
199
207
207
ALT
77
89
129
141
159
171
184
199
214
245
1.000
25.4
STD
65
76
137
150
170
183
196
207
207
207
ALT
82
95
137
150
170
183
196
212
229
250
1.062
27.0
STD
70
81
146
160
181
194
207
207
207
207
ALT
87
101
146
160
181
194
209
226
243
250
1.125
28.6
STD
74
86
155
169
192
206
207
207
207
207
ALT
92
107
155
169
192
206
221
239
250
250
1.188
30.2
STD
78
91
163
179
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
179
202
217
233
250
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
82
95
172
188
207
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
102
119
172
188
213
229
246
250
250
250
77
965.0
40
0.312
7.9
1016.0
53
B
62
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
111
122
138
148
159
172
186
207
STD
19
22
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
ALT
24
28
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
STD
21
25
45
49
55
59
64
69
74
85
ALT
27
31
45
49
55
59
64
69
74
85
STD
23
27
49
53
60
65
70
75
81
93
ALT
29
34
49
53
60
65
70
75
81
93
STD
25
29
53
58
66
70
76
82
88
101
0.344
8.7
0.375
9.5
0.406
10.3
ALT
31
37
53
58
66
70
76
82
88
101
0.438
11.1
STD
27
32
57
62
71
76
81
88
95
109
ALT
34
39
57
62
71
76
81
88
95
109
0.469
11.9
STD
29
34
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
ALT
36
42
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
0.500
12.7
STD
31
36
65
71
81
87
93
101
109
124
ALT
39
45
65
71
81
87
93
101
109
124
0.562
14.3
STD
35
41
73
80
91
98
105
113
122
140
ALT
44
51
73
80
91
98
105
113
122
140
0.625
15.9
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
0.688
17.5
STD
43
50
90
98
111
120
128
139
150
171
ALT
53
62
90
98
111
120
128
139
150
171
0.750
19.1
STD
47
54
98
107
121
131
140
152
163
187
ALT
58
68
98
107
121
131
140
152
163
187
0.812
20.6
STD
50
59
106
116
131
141
151
164
176
201
ALT
63
73
106
116
131
141
151
164
176
201
0.875
22.2
STD
54
63
114
125
141
152
163
176
190
207
ALT
68
79
114
125
141
152
163
176
190
217
0.938
23.8
STD
58
68
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
207
339
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
40
1016.0
42
1.000
25.4
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
73
B
85
122
134
151
163
175
189
204
233
STD
62
72
131
143
162
174
186
202
207
207
ALT
78
90
131
143
162
174
186
202
207
207
66
77
139
152
172
185
198
207
207
207
1.062
27.0
STD
ALT
83
96
139
152
172
185
198
214
231
250
1.125
28.6
STD
70
81
147
161
182
196
207
207
207
207
ALT
87
102
147
161
182
196
210
227
245
250
1.188
30.2
STD
74
86
155
170
192
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
92
107
155
170
192
207
222
240
250
250
1.250
31.8
STD
78
91
163
179
202
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
97
113
163
179
202
217
233
250
250
250
STD
20
24
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
81
ALT
25
29
43
47
53
57
61
66
71
81
STD
22
26
46
51
58
62
66
72
77
88
ALT
28
32
46
51
58
62
66
72
77
88
STD
24
28
50
55
62
67
72
78
84
96
ALT
30
35
50
55
62
67
72
78
84
96
STD
26
30
54
59
67
72
78
84
90
103
0.344
8.7
1067.0
340
X42
ALT
0.375
9.5
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
ALT
32
38
54
59
67
72
78
84
90
103
0.469
11.9
STD
28
32
58
64
72
77
83
90
97
111
ALT
35
40
58
64
72
77
83
90
97
111
0.500
12.7
STD
30
34
62
68
77
83
89
96
103
118
ALT
37
43
62
68
77
83
89
96
103
118
0.562
14.3
STD
33
39
70
76
87
93
100
108
117
133
ALT
42
48
70
76
87
93
100
108
117
133
0.625
15.9
STD
37
43
78
85
96
104
111
120
130
148
ALT
46
54
78
85
96
104
111
120
130
148
0.688
17.5
STD
41
47
86
94
106
114
122
132
143
163
ALT
51
59
86
94
106
114
122
132
143
163
0.750
19.1
STD
44
52
93
102
116
124
133
144
156
178
ALT
56
65
93
102
116
124
133
144
156
178
0.812
20.6
STD
48
56
101
110
125
134
144
156
168
192
ALT
60
70
101
110
125
134
144
156
168
192
0.875
22.2
STD
52
60
109
119
134
145
155
168
181
207
ALT
65
75
109
119
134
145
155
168
181
207
0.938
23.8
STD
55
65
116
127
144
155
166
180
194
207
ALT
69
81
116
127
144
155
166
180
194
222
1.000
25.4
STD
59
69
124
136
154
165
177
192
207
207
ALT
74
86
124
136
154
165
177
192
207
237
1.062
27.0
STD
63
73
132
144
164
176
189
204
207
207
ALT
79
91
132
144
164
176
189
204
207
207
1.125
28.6
STD
67
78
140
153
173
186
200
207
207
207
ALT
83
97
140
153
173
186
200
216
233
250
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
42
1.188
30.2
STD
1.250
31.8
1067.0
44
0.344
8.7
1118.0
46
1168.0
B
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
148
162
183
197
207
207
207
207
70
82
ALT
88
102
148
162
183
197
211
228
246
250
STD
74
86
156
170
193
207
207
207
207
207
ALT
93
108
156
170
193
207
222
240
250
250
77
STD
19
23
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
ALT
24
28
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
STD
21
25
44
48
55
59
63
69
74
84
ALT
26
31
44
48
55
59
63
69
74
84
STD
23
27
48
53
60
64
69
74
80
92
ALT
29
33
48
53
60
64
69
74
80
92
STD
25
29
52
57
64
69
74
80
86
99
ALT
31
36
52
57
64
69
74
80
86
99
STD
26
31
56
61
69
74
79
86
93
106
0.375
9.5
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
ALT
33
38
56
61
69
74
79
86
93
106
0.500
12.7
STD
28
33
59
65
73
79
85
92
99
113
ALT
35
41
59
65
73
79
85
92
99
113
0.562
14.3
STD
32
37
67
73
83
89
95
103
111
127
ALT
40
46
67
73
83
89
95
103
111
127
0.625
15.9
STD
35
41
74
81
92
99
106
115
124
141
ALT
44
51
74
81
92
99
106
115
124
141
0.688
17.5
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
156
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
156
0.750
19.1
STD
42
49
89
97
110
119
127
138
149
170
ALT
53
62
89
97
110
119
127
138
149
170
0.812
20.6
STD
46
53
96
105
119
128
137
149
160
183
ALT
57
67
96
105
119
128
137
149
160
183
0.875
22.2
STD
49
57
104
113
128
138
148
160
173
197
ALT
62
72
104
113
128
138
148
160
173
197
0.938
23.8
STD
53
62
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
207
ALT
66
77
111
121
138
148
159
172
185
212
1.000
25.4
STD
56
66
119
130
147
158
169
183
198
207
ALT
71
82
119
130
147
158
169
183
198
226
1.062
27.0
STD
60
70
126
138
156
168
180
195
207
207
ALT
75
87
126
138
156
168
180
195
210
240
1.125
28.6
STD
64
74
134
146
165
178
191
206
207
207
ALT
79
92
134
146
165
178
191
206
222
250
1.188
30.2
STD
67
78
141
154
175
188
201
207
207
207
ALT
84
98
141
154
175
188
201
218
235
250
1.250
31.8
STD
71
82
148
162
184
198
207
207
207
207
ALT
88
103
148
162
184
198
212
229
247
250
STD
19
22
39
43
48
52
56
60
65
74
ALT
23
27
39
43
48
52
56
60
65
74
0.344
8.7
341
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
46
0.375
mm
9.5
1168.0
48
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
20
B
24
42
46
53
57
61
66
71
81
ALT
25
29
42
46
53
57
61
66
71
81
STD
22
26
46
50
57
61
66
71
77
88
ALT
27
32
46
50
57
61
66
71
77
88
STD
24
27
50
54
61
66
71
77
83
94
ALT
30
34
50
54
61
66
71
77
83
94
STD
25
29
53
58
66
71
76
82
89
101
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
ALT
32
37
53
58
66
71
76
82
89
101
0.500
12.7
STD
27
31
57
62
70
76
81
88
95
108
ALT
34
39
57
62
70
76
81
88
95
108
0.562
14.3
STD
30
35
64
70
79
85
91
99
106
122
ALT
38
44
64
70
79
85
91
99
106
122
0.625
15.9
STD
34
39
71
78
88
95
101
110
118
135
ALT
42
49
71
78
88
95
101
110
118
135
0.688
17.5
STD
37
43
78
85
97
104
112
121
130
149
ALT
47
54
78
85
97
104
112
121
130
149
0.750
19.1
STD
41
47
85
93
106
114
122
132
141
162
ALT
51
59
85
93
106
114
122
132
141
162
0.812
20.6
STD
44
51
92
101
114
123
131
142
153
175
ALT
55
64
92
101
114
123
131
142
153
175
0.875
22.2
STD
47
55
99
108
123
132
142
153
165
189
ALT
59
69
99
108
123
132
142
153
165
189
0.938
23.8
STD
51
59
106
116
132
142
152
164
177
202
ALT
63
74
106
116
132
142
152
164
177
202
1.000
25.4
STD
54
63
114
124
141
151
162
175
189
207
ALT
68
79
114
124
141
151
162
175
189
216
1.062
27.0
STD
57
67
121
132
149
161
172
186
201
207
ALT
72
84
121
132
149
161
172
186
201
230
1.125
28.6
STD
61
71
128
140
158
170
182
197
207
207
ALT
76
89
128
140
158
170
182
197
213
243
1.188
30.2
STD
64
75
135
148
167
180
193
207
207
207
ALT
80
93
135
148
167
180
193
209
225
250
1.250
31.8
STD
68
79
142
155
176
189
203
207
207
207
ALT
85
98
142
155
176
189
203
220
237
250
71
0.344
8.7
1219.0
342
X42
STD
0.375
9.5
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
STD
18
21
37
41
46
50
53
58
62
ALT
22
26
37
41
46
50
53
58
62
71
STD
19
23
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
ALT
24
28
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
STD
21
24
44
48
55
59
63
68
73
84
ALT
26
31
44
48
55
59
63
68
73
84
STD
23
26
48
52
59
63
68
73
79
90
ALT
28
33
48
52
59
63
68
73
79
90
STD
24
28
51
56
63
68
73
79
85
97
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
48
1219.0
52
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
ALT
30
B
35
51
56
63
68
73
79
85
X80
97
26
30
54
59
67
72
78
84
91
104
0.500
12.7
STD
ALT
32
38
54
59
67
72
78
84
91
104
0.562
14.3
STD
29
34
61
67
76
82
87
95
102
117
ALT
36
42
61
67
76
82
87
95
102
117
0.625
15.9
STD
32
38
68
74
84
91
97
105
113
130
ALT
41
47
68
74
84
91
97
105
113
130
0.688
17.5
STD
36
42
75
82
93
100
107
116
125
143
ALT
45
52
75
82
93
100
107
116
125
143
0.750
19.1
STD
39
45
81
89
101
109
117
126
136
156
ALT
49
57
81
89
101
109
117
126
136
156
0.812
20.6
STD
42
49
88
96
109
117
126
136
147
168
ALT
52
61
88
96
109
117
126
136
147
168
0.875
22.2
STD
45
53
95
104
118
127
136
147
158
181
ALT
57
66
95
104
118
127
136
147
158
181
0.938
23.8
STD
48
56
102
111
126
136
145
157
170
194
ALT
61
71
102
111
126
136
145
157
170
194
1.000
25.4
STD
52
60
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
ALT
65
75
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
1.062
27.0
STD
55
64
116
126
143
154
165
179
193
207
ALT
69
80
116
126
143
154
165
179
193
220
1.125
28.6
STD
58
68
122
134
152
163
175
189
204
207
ALT
73
85
122
134
152
163
175
189
204
233
1.188
30.2
STD
62
72
129
141
160
172
185
200
207
207
ALT
77
90
129
141
160
172
185
200
215
246
1.250
31.8
STD
65
75
136
149
169
181
194
207
207
207
ALT
81
94
136
149
169
181
194
210
227
250
71
0.375
9.5
1321.0
STD
18
21
38
41
46
50
54
58
63
ALT
22
26
38
41
46
50
54
58
63
71
STD
19
23
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
ALT
24
28
41
44
50
54
58
63
68
77
STD
21
24
44
48
54
58
63
68
73
83
ALT
26
30
44
48
54
58
63
68
73
83
STD
22
26
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
90
ALT
28
33
47
51
58
63
67
73
78
90
STD
24
28
50
55
62
67
72
78
84
96
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
0.500
12.7
ALT
30
35
50
55
62
67
72
78
84
96
0.562
14.3
STD
27
31
57
62
70
75
81
87
94
108
ALT
34
39
57
62
70
75
81
87
94
108
0.625
15.9
STD
30
35
63
69
78
84
90
97
105
120
ALT
37
44
63
69
78
84
90
97
105
120
0.688
17.5
STD
33
38
69
76
86
92
99
107
115
132
ALT
41
48
69
76
86
92
99
107
115
132
343
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
52
0.750
19.1
STD
ALT
45
52
75
83
93
100
108
117
126
144
0.812
20.6
STD
39
45
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
0.875
22.2
STD
42
49
88
96
109
117
125
136
146
167
ALT
52
61
88
96
109
117
125
136
146
167
0.938
23.8
STD
45
52
94
103
116
125
134
145
157
179
ALT
56
65
94
103
116
125
134
145
157
179
1.000
25.4
STD
48
56
100
110
124
134
143
155
167
191
ALT
60
70
100
110
124
134
143
155
167
191
1.062
27.0
STD
51
59
107
117
132
142
152
165
178
203
ALT
63
74
107
117
132
142
152
165
178
203
1.125
28.6
STD
54
63
113
124
140
150
161
175
188
207
ALT
67
78
113
124
140
150
161
175
188
215
1.188
30.2
STD
57
66
119
130
148
159
170
184
199
207
ALT
71
83
119
130
148
159
170
184
199
227
1.250
31.8
STD
60
70
126
137
156
167
179
194
207
207
ALT
75
87
126
137
156
167
179
194
209
239
66
1321.0
56
0.375
9.5
1422.0
344
36
B
42
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
75
83
93
100
108
117
126
144
STD
17
19
35
38
43
46
50
54
58
ALT
21
24
35
38
43
46
50
54
58
66
STD
18
21
38
41
47
50
54
58
63
72
ALT
22
26
38
41
47
50
54
58
63
72
STD
19
23
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
STD
21
24
44
48
54
58
62
67
73
83
ALT
26
30
44
48
54
58
62
67
73
83
STD
22
26
47
51
58
62
67
72
78
89
ALT
28
32
47
51
58
62
67
72
78
89
STD
25
29
52
57
65
70
75
81
87
100
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
0.500
12.7
0.562
14.3
ALT
31
36
52
57
65
70
75
81
87
100
0.625
15.9
STD
28
32
58
64
72
78
83
90
97
111
ALT
35
40
58
64
72
78
83
90
97
111
0.688
17.5
STD
31
36
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
122
ALT
38
44
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
122
0.750
19.1
STD
33
39
70
77
87
93
100
108
117
133
ALT
42
49
70
77
87
93
100
108
117
133
0.812
20.6
STD
36
42
76
83
94
101
108
117
126
144
ALT
45
52
76
83
94
101
108
117
126
144
0.875
22.2
STD
39
45
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
ALT
48
56
81
89
101
108
116
126
136
155
0.938
23.8
STD
42
48
87
96
108
116
125
135
146
166
ALT
52
61
87
96
108
116
125
135
146
166
1.000
25.4
STD
44
52
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
56
1422.0
60
1.062
27.0
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
ALT
55
B
65
93
102
115
124
133
144
155
177
STD
47
55
99
108
123
132
141
153
165
189
ALT
59
69
99
108
123
132
141
153
165
189
50
58
105
115
130
140
150
162
175
200
1.125
28.6
STD
ALT
62
73
105
115
130
140
150
162
175
200
1.188
30.2
STD
53
61
111
121
137
148
158
171
185
207
ALT
66
77
111
121
137
148
158
171
185
211
1.250
31.8
STD
56
65
117
128
145
155
167
180
194
207
ALT
69
81
117
128
145
155
167
180
194
222
62
0.375
9.5
1524.0
STD
15
18
33
36
40
43
46
50
54
ALT
19
23
33
36
40
43
46
50
54
62
STD
17
20
35
39
44
47
50
55
59
67
ALT
21
24
35
39
44
47
50
55
59
67
STD
18
21
38
42
47
51
54
59
63
72
ALT
23
26
38
42
47
51
54
59
63
72
STD
19
23
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
STD
21
24
44
48
54
58
62
67
72
83
ALT
26
30
44
48
54
58
62
67
72
83
STD
23
27
49
54
61
65
70
76
82
93
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
0.500
12.7
0.562
14.3
ALT
29
34
49
54
61
65
70
76
82
93
0.625
15.9
STD
26
30
54
60
67
72
78
84
91
104
ALT
32
38
54
60
67
72
78
84
91
104
0.688
17.5
STD
29
33
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
ALT
36
42
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
0.750
19.1
STD
31
36
65
72
81
87
93
101
109
125
ALT
39
45
65
72
81
87
93
101
109
125
0.812
20.6
STD
34
39
71
77
87
94
101
109
118
134
ALT
42
49
71
77
87
94
101
109
118
134
0.875
22.2
STD
36
42
76
83
94
101
109
118
127
145
ALT
45
53
76
83
94
101
109
118
127
145
0.938
23.8
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
ALT
48
56
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
1.000
25.4
STD
41
48
87
95
108
116
124
134
145
166
ALT
52
60
87
95
108
116
124
134
145
166
1.062
27.0
STD
44
51
92
101
114
123
132
143
154
176
ALT
55
64
92
101
114
123
132
143
154
176
1.125
28.6
STD
47
54
98
107
121
130
140
151
163
186
ALT
58
68
98
107
121
130
140
151
163
186
1.188
30.2
STD
49
57
103
113
128
138
148
160
172
197
ALT
62
72
103
113
128
138
148
160
172
197
1.250
31.8
STD
52
60
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
ALT
65
75
109
119
135
145
155
168
181
207
345
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
64
0.375
mm
9.5
1626.0
68
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
15
B
17
30
33
38
41
44
47
51
58
ALT
18
21
30
33
38
41
44
47
51
58
STD
16
18
33
36
41
44
47
51
55
63
ALT
20
23
33
36
41
44
47
51
55
63
STD
17
20
36
39
44
47
51
55
59
68
ALT
21
25
36
39
44
47
51
55
59
68
STD
18
21
38
42
47
51
55
59
64
73
ALT
23
26
38
42
47
51
55
59
64
73
STD
19
23
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
50
54
58
63
68
78
STD
22
25
46
50
57
61
66
71
76
87
ALT
27
32
46
50
57
61
66
71
76
87
STD
24
28
51
56
63
68
73
79
85
97
0.406
10.3
0.438
11.1
0.469
11.9
0.500
12.7
0.562
14.3
0.625
15.9
ALT
30
35
51
56
63
68
73
79
85
97
0.688
17.5
STD
27
31
56
61
70
75
80
87
94
107
ALT
33
39
56
61
70
75
80
87
94
107
0.750
19.1
STD
29
34
61
67
76
82
88
95
102
117
ALT
36
42
61
67
76
82
88
95
102
117
0.812
20.6
STD
31
37
66
72
82
88
94
102
110
126
ALT
39
46
66
72
82
88
94
102
110
126
0.875
22.2
STD
34
39
71
78
88
95
102
110
119
136
ALT
42
49
71
78
88
95
102
110
119
136
0.938
23.8
STD
36
42
76
84
95
102
109
118
127
145
ALT
45
53
76
84
95
102
109
118
127
145
1.000
25.4
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
ALT
49
56
82
89
101
109
116
126
136
155
1.062
27.0
STD
41
48
87
95
107
115
124
134
144
165
ALT
52
60
87
95
107
115
124
134
144
165
1.125
28.6
STD
44
51
92
100
114
122
131
142
153
175
ALT
55
64
92
100
114
122
131
142
153
175
1.188
30.2
STD
46
54
97
106
120
129
138
150
161
185
ALT
58
67
97
106
120
129
138
150
161
185
1.250
31.8
STD
49
57
102
112
126
136
146
158
170
194
ALT
61
71
102
112
126
136
146
158
170
194
STD
17
20
36
39
45
48
51
56
60
68
ALT
21
25
36
39
45
48
51
56
60
68
STD
18
21
38
42
48
51
55
59
64
73
ALT
23
27
38
42
48
51
55
59
64
73
STD
21
24
43
47
54
58
62
67
72
82
ALT
26
30
43
47
54
58
62
67
72
82
STD
23
27
48
53
59
64
69
74
80
91
ALT
29
33
48
53
59
64
69
74
80
91
STD
25
29
53
58
65
70
76
81
88
101
0.469
11.9
1727.0
346
X42
STD
0.500
12.7
0.562
14.3
0.625
15.9
0.688
17.5
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
A
mm
68
1727.0
ALT
0.750
B
37
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
53
58
65
70
76
81
88
101
110
STD
27
32
58
63
71
77
82
89
96
ALT
34
40
58
63
71
77
82
89
96
110
30
34
62
68
77
83
89
96
104
119
0.812
20.6
STD
ALT
37
43
62
68
77
83
89
96
104
119
0.875
22.2
STD
32
37
67
73
83
89
96
104
112
128
ALT
40
46
67
73
83
89
96
104
112
128
0.938
23.8
STD
34
40
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
ALT
43
50
72
79
89
96
103
111
120
137
1.000
25.4
STD
37
43
77
84
95
102
110
119
128
146
ALT
46
53
77
84
95
102
110
119
128
146
1.062
27.0
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
1.125
28.6
STD
41
48
86
94
107
115
123
134
144
165
ALT
51
60
86
94
107
115
123
134
144
165
STD
43
51
91
100
113
121
130
141
152
174
ALT
54
63
91
100
113
121
130
141
152
174
STD
46
53
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
183
ALT
57
67
96
105
119
128
137
148
160
183
69
1.188
1.250
72
19.1
31
0.500
30.2
31.8
12.7
1829.0
STD
17
20
36
40
45
48
52
56
60
ALT
22
25
36
40
45
48
52
56
60
69
STD
19
23
41
45
51
54
58
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
51
54
58
63
68
78
STD
22
25
45
50
56
60
65
70
76
86
ALT
27
31
45
50
56
60
65
70
76
86
STD
24
28
50
55
62
66
71
77
83
95
ALT
30
35
50
55
62
66
71
77
83
95
STD
26
30
55
60
67
73
78
84
91
104
0.562
14.3
0.625
15.9
0.688
17.5
0.750
19.1
ALT
32
38
55
60
67
73
78
84
91
104
0.812
20.6
STD
28
33
59
64
73
78
84
91
98
112
ALT
35
41
59
64
73
78
84
91
98
112
0.875
22.2
STD
30
35
63
69
78
84
90
98
106
121
ALT
38
44
63
69
78
84
90
98
106
121
0.938
23.8
STD
32
38
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
ALT
40
47
68
74
84
90
97
105
113
129
1.000
25.4
STD
34
40
72
79
90
96
103
112
121
138
ALT
43
50
72
79
90
96
103
112
121
138
1.062
27.0
STD
37
43
77
84
95
103
110
119
128
147
ALT
46
53
77
84
95
103
110
119
128
147
1.125
28.6
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
1.188
30.2
STD
41
48
86
94
107
115
123
133
144
164
ALT
51
60
86
94
107
115
123
133
144
164
347
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
72
1.250
31.8
1829.0
76
0.500
12.7
1930.0
80
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
43
B
50
91
99
112
121
130
140
151
173
ALT
54
63
91
99
112
121
130
140
151
173
STD
16
19
34
38
43
46
49
53
57
65
ALT
20
24
34
38
43
46
49
53
57
65
STD
18
21
39
42
48
51
55
60
64
74
ALT
23
27
39
42
48
51
55
60
64
74
STD
20
24
43
47
53
57
61
66
72
82
ALT
26
30
43
47
53
57
61
66
72
82
STD
23
26
47
52
59
63
68
73
79
90
ALT
28
33
47
52
59
63
68
73
79
90
STD
25
29
52
56
64
69
74
80
86
98
0.562
14.3
0.625
15.9
0.688
17.5
0.750
19.1
ALT
31
36
52
56
64
69
74
80
86
98
0.812
20.6
STD
27
31
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
ALT
33
39
56
61
69
74
80
86
93
106
0.875
22.2
STD
29
33
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
ALT
36
42
60
66
74
80
86
93
100
114
0.938
23.8
STD
31
36
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
123
ALT
38
45
64
70
80
86
92
99
107
123
1.000
25.4
STD
33
38
69
75
85
91
98
106
114
131
ALT
41
48
69
75
85
91
98
106
114
131
1.062
27.0
STD
35
40
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
ALT
43
51
73
80
90
97
104
113
122
139
1.125
28.6
STD
37
43
77
85
96
103
110
119
129
147
ALT
46
54
77
85
96
103
110
119
129
147
1.188
30.2
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
1.250
31.8
STD
41
48
86
94
106
114
123
133
143
164
ALT
51
60
86
94
106
114
123
133
143
164
STD
17
20
37
40
45
49
52
57
61
70
ALT
22
25
37
40
45
49
52
57
61
70
STD
19
23
41
45
51
54
58
63
68
78
ALT
24
28
41
45
51
54
58
63
68
78
STD
21
25
45
49
56
60
64
69
75
86
ALT
27
31
45
49
56
60
64
69
75
86
STD
23
27
49
54
61
65
70
76
82
93
ALT
29
34
49
54
61
65
70
76
82
93
STD
25
29
53
58
66
70
76
82
88
101
0.562
14.3
2032.0
348
X42
STD
0.625
15.9
0.688
17.5
0.750
19.1
0.812
20.6
ALT
31
37
53
58
66
70
76
82
88
101
0.875
22.2
STD
27
32
57
62
71
76
81
88
95
109
ALT
34
39
57
62
71
76
81
88
95
109
0.938
23.8
STD
29
34
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
ALT
36
42
61
67
76
81
87
94
102
116
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
NB from 1/8 in to 80 in
Size
Wall Thickness
Hydraulic Test Pressure bar for Grade
OD mm
in
mm
A
80
1.000
25.4
STD
ALT
39
45
65
71
81
87
93
101
109
124
1.062
27.0
STD
33
38
69
76
86
92
99
107
116
132
ALT
41
48
69
76
86
92
99
107
116
132
1.125
28.6
STD
35
41
73
80
91
98
105
113
122
140
ALT
44
51
73
80
91
98
105
113
122
140
1.188
30.2
STD
37
43
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
ALT
46
54
78
85
96
103
111
120
129
148
1.250
31.8
STD
39
45
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
ALT
49
57
82
89
101
109
117
126
136
155
2032.0
31
B
36
X42
X46
X52
X56
X60
X65
X70
X80
65
71
81
87
93
101
109
124
349
Hydraulic Test Pressure
Line Pipe
API 5L
Tables
350
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Index
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Druck-Temperaturwerte
Gammes de Pressions/Témperatures
Pressione/Temperature di Servizio
Presiones/Temperaturas
Formulae and Design
Formeln und Planung
Formules et Conception
Formulario e Disegno
Las Fórmulas y el Dibujo ...................................................... 354
ASME B31.1 ........................................................................ 356
ASME B31.3 ........................................................................ 360
BS 3799 .............................................................................. 364
ASME B16.5, B16.47 .......................................................... 366
For valves see page 295.
Note: this data is for general use only. The codes should be consulted when specifying material to ensure that all parameters and
notes are included in calculations. This data is useful for rough calculations and initial draft design.
353
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Formulae
Formulae
The following pages contain stress values at temperature for the
various materials in this catalogue, in accordance with
ASME B31.1 and B.31.3, B16.5 and B16.47 and BS 3799.
For valves see section 9.
These tables can be used as a ready reference, however the code
should be checked for exceptions and special conditions when
designing a system.
Allowable Stresses
The allowable stress for a material is taken from the tables.
In all cases the temperature is taken to be the metal
temperature.
A
Tension
In some cases a quality factor E must be applied to the
values of S in the tables giving a usable value SE.
E
Ec
=
=
Ej
Es
=
=
Ec x Ej x Es
Casting quality factor
(not applicable to materials listed overleaf)
Weld quality factor (see table below)
Structural quality factor = 0.92
B
Shear and Bearing
Allowable stresses in shear shall not exceed 80% of the
values in tension.
Allowable stresses in bearing shall not exceed 160% of
the values in tension.
C
Compression
Allowable stresses in compression shall not exceed the
values in tension.
Weld Quality Factor Ej applies equally to straight seam or spiral
weld.
Values of Ej
Butt weld (straight ends)
ERW
Electric or gas fusion:
single butt
B31.1
B31.3
0.60
0.60
0.85
0.85
with filler
0.80
0.80
without filler
0.85
0.80
with or without filler, with 100% X-Ray
1.00
1.00
with or without filler
0.90
0.85
1.00
1.00
0.90
0.95
with or without filler, with spot X-Ray
double butt
0.90
with or without filler, with spot X-Ray
with or without filler, with 100% X-Ray
SAW or GMAW to API 5L
with 100% X-Ray
354
0.90
1.00
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Formulae
Pressure Design of Piping Components
1. Straight pipe under internal pressure
In all cases the minimum thickness T for the pipe selected, considering any negative tolerance in the product specification, shall be
not less than tm or t.
The required thickness is calculated from the formula.
ASME B31.1
tm =
ASME B31.3 for t < D/6
PD0
+A
2 (SE + Py)
tm =
Pd + 2SEA + 2yPA
2 (SE + Py – P)
t=
PD
2 (SE + Py)
t=
P (d + 2c)
2 (SE + Py – P)
ASME B31.3 for t * D/6 or P/SE > 0.385
Calculation of pressure design thickness for straight pipe
requires special consideration of factors such as theory of failure,
effects of fatigue, and thermal stress.
Values of y for Do/ tm * 6 (B31.1) and t < D/6 (B31.3)
˚F
)900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
˚C
)482
510
538
566
593
621
649
*1250
*672
Ferritic steel
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
Austenitic steel
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.7
0.7
Nickel Alloys UNS1
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.5
0.7
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
08800, 08810, 08825
Other ductile metals2
1
B31.1
2
B31.3
(d + 2c)
Values of y (B31.1) for Do/ tm > 6 for ferritic and austenitic steel designed for use )900 ˚F (480 ˚C), y =
(d + Do)
(d + 2c)
Values of y (B31.3) for t * D/6 , y =
(d + D + 2c)
tm
t
P
D
Do
= minimum required thickness
= pressure design thickness (see formulae)
= internal design gage pressure
= pipe outside diameter
= pipe outside diameter
2. Straight pipe under external pressure:
3. Pipe fittings ASME B 16.9:
4. Pipe fittings ASME B 16.11:
5. Pipe flanges ASME B 16.5; 16.47:
6. Valves:
A
c
d
SE
y
= sum of threading, mechanical, corrosion and errosion allowances
= sum of mechanical, corrosion and erosion allowances
= pipe inside diameter
= allowable stress
= coefficient: see table
As UG-28, -29, & -30 of ASME VIII Div. I
As for straight seamless pipe
As for straight seamless pipe, with ASME B36.10 wall thickness for the size
and applicable schedule of pipe reduced by tolerances and other
allowances (eg threading allowance). See also BS3799 in following pages.
Listed in following pages
See section on valves in this catalogue.
355
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.1
Allowable Stresses in Tension
ASME B31.1 Values in ksi
Temp °F
-20 to 100
200
300
400
500
600
Temp °C
-28.9 to 37.8
93
149
204
260
316
Specification (ASTM)
Grade
Min. Tensile
Min.Yield
A53 · A106 · A234 · API 5L
B, WCB
60
35
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
A179
47
26
11.8
11.8
11.8
11.8
11.8
11.8
A214 (weld factor.85)
47
26
9.9
9.9
9.9
9.9
9.9
9.9
A105
70
36
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
A106 · A234
C, WPC
70
40
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
A333
1
55
30
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
3
65
35
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
6
60
35
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
LF2
70
36
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
55
30
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
CM65
65
37
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
F1
70
40
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
T5, P5, 5CR
60
30
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.4
14.4
14.1
WP5
60
30
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.4
14.1
F5
70
40
17.5
17.5
17.0
16.8
16.8
16.5
T9, P9
60
30
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.4
14.4
14.2
F9
85
55
21.3
21.2
20.6
20.4
20.4
20.1
P11, T11, WP11
60
30
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
11/4 CR
60
35
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
F11 cl2
70
40
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
P12, T12
60
32
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
WP12 cl1
60
30
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
1CR
55
33
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
F12 cl2
70
40
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
P22, T22, 21/4 CR WP22
60
30
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
F22 cl3
75
45
18.8
18.8
18.3
18.0
17.9
17.8
T91, P91, F91, WP91, 91
85
60
21.3
21.3
21.2
21.2
21.1
20.8
CC60, B60
60
32
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
CC65, CB65, B65
65
35
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
16.3
CC70, CB70, B70
70
38
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
A350
A182 · A213 · A234 · A335 · A691 P1, T1, WP1
A671 · A672
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system.
Note: No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous page.
1
Applies over 1000 °F only if carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
356
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.1
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
343
371
399
427
454
482
510
538
566
593
621
649
677
704
732
760
788
816
15.0
14.4
13.0
10.8
11.8
11.5
10.6
9.2
9.9
9.8
9.1
7.6
17.5
16.6
14.8
12.0
17.5
16.6
14.8
12.0
13.8
16.3
15.0
14.4
17.5
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.5
13.1
16.3
16.3
16.3
15.8
15.3
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.1
13.9
13.7
13.2
12.8
12.1
10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
13.9
13.7
13.2
12.8
12.1
10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
16.3
16.0
15.4
14.9
14.1
10.8
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
13.9
13.7
13.2
12.3
12.1
11.4
10.6
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
19.7
19.4
18.7
18.1
17.1
16.2
11.0
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
15.0
15.0
14.8
14.4
14.0
13.6
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.6
13.7
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.1
13.7
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.6
14.0
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
15.0
15.0
14.8
14.4
14.0
13.6
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.8
13.4
12.9
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.0
16.4
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.4
13.6
10.8
8.0
5.7
3.8
17.7
17.5
17.2
16.9
16.4
15.8
11.4
7.8
5.1
3.2
20.5
20.0
19.4
18.7
17.8
16.7
15.5
14.3
12.9
10.3
7.0
4.3
15.0
14.4
13.0
10.8
16.3
15.5
13.9
11.4
17.5
16.6
14.8
12.0
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89 N/mm2
357
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.1
Allowable Stresses in Tension
ASME B31.1 Values in ksi
Specification (ASTM)
A182 · A213 · A312 · A 403
Grade
200
300
400
500
600
-28.9 to 37.8
93
149
204
260
316
Min. Tensile
Min.Yield
3041
75
30
18.8
15.7
14.1
13.0
12.2
11.4
75
30
18.8
15.7
14.1
13.0
12.2
11.4
304L
70
25
15.7
13.4
12.0
11.0
10.3
9.7
3161
75
30
18.8
16.2
14.6
13.4
12.5
11.8
316H
75
30
18.8
16.2
14.6
13.4
12.5
11.8
316L
70
25
15.7
13.3
11.9
10.8
10.0
9.4
3211
75
30
18.8
15.9
14.2
12.9
12.0
11.4
321H
75
30
18.8
15.9
14.2
12.9
12.0
11.4
3471
75
30
18.8
17.3
16.1
15.0
14.1
13.4
75
30
18.8
17.3
16.1
15.0
14.1
13.4
20.0
347H
as A312 with allowance for appropriate weld factor
B5 ) 4”
100
80
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B6 ) 4”
110
85
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
B7 ) 2 1/2”
125
105
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B7 > 2 1/2” ) 4”
115
95
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
B7 > 4” ) 7”
100
75
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.8
B7M ) 4”
100
80
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B8 Cl11
75
30
18.8
15.6
14.0
12.9
12.1
11.4
B8C Cl11
75
30
18.8
17.2
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.4
B8M Cl11
75
30
18.8
16.1
14.6
13.3
12.5
11.8
B8T CL11
75
30
18.8
15.9
14.1
12.9
12.0
11.3
125
100
25.0
B8,B8C,B8T cl2 )3/4”
A320
-20 to 100
Temp °C
304H
A358
A193
Temp °F
B8,B8C,B8T cl2>3/4” ) 1”
115
80
20.0
B8,B8C,B8T cl2> 1” ) 11/4”
105
65
16.2
B8,B8C,B8Tcl2>1 1/4”) 1 1/2” 100
50
12.5
B8M cl2 ) 3/4”
110
80
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
B8M cl2> 3/4” ) 1”
100
80
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B8M cl2> 1” ) 11/4”
95
75
18.8
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
B8M cl2>1 1/4”) 1 1/2”
90
65
18.8
16.1
14.6
13.3
12.5
12.5
B16 ) 2 1/2”
125
105
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B16 > 2 1/2” ) 4”
110
95
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
B16 > 4” ) 7”
100
85
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
L7
125
105
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
L7M
100
80
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system.
Note: No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous page.
1
Applies over 1000 °F only if carbon content is 0.04% or higher.
358
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.1
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
343
371
399
427
454
482
510
538
566
593
621
649
677
704
732
760
788
816
11.3
11.1
10.8
10.6
10.4
10.2
10.0
9.8
9.5
8.9
7.7
6.1
11.3
11.1
10.8
10.6
10.4
10.2
10.0
9.8
9.5
8.9
7.7
6.1
4.7
3.7
2.9
2.3
1.8
1.4
9.5
9.4
9.2
9.1
11.6
11.3
11.2
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.5
10.3
9.3
7.4
11.6
11.3
11.2
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.5
10.3
9.3
7.4
5.5
4.1
3.1
2.3
1.7
1.3
9.2
9.0
8.8
8.6
8.4
11.2
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.6
10.4
9.2
6.9
5.0
3.6
11.2
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.6
10.5
10.1
8.8
6.9
5.4
4.1
3.2
2.5
1.9
1.5
1.1
13.2
12.9
12.8
12.7
12.7
12.6
12.6
12.5
11.9
9.1
6.1
4.4
13.2
12.8
12.8
12.7
12.7
12.6
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.1
10.5
7.9
5.9
4.4
3.2
2.5
1.8
1.3
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
14.5
10.4
7.6
5.6
4.2
3.1
2.0
1.3
21.2
21.2
21.2
19.5
15.6
12.0
25.0
25.0
23.5
21.0
17.0
12.5
8.5
4.5
23.0
23.0
22.2
20.0
16.3
12.5
8.5
4.5
18.8
18.8
18.8
18.0
16.3
12.5
8.5
4.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.2
12.5
8.5
4.5
11.2
11.0
10.8
10.5
10.3
10.1
9.9
9.7
9.5
8.8
7.7
6.0
13.1
12.9
12.8
12.7
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.5
11.9
9.1
6.1
4.4
11.5
11.3
11.1
11.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.5
10.3
9.3
7.4
11.1
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
10.6
10.5
10.4
9.2
6.9
5.0
3.6
22.0
22.0
22.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
16.2
16.2
16.2
12.5
12.5
12.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.5
20.5
16.0
11.0
6.3
2.8
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
21.0
18.5
15.3
11.0
6.3
2.8
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.8
16.7
14.3
11.0
6.3
2.8
25.0
25.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.2
12.5
8.5
4.5
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89 N/mm2
359
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.3
Allowable Stresses in Tension
ASME B31.3 Values in ksi
Temperature °F:
100
200
300
400
500
600
Temperature °C:
37.8
93
149
204
260
316
Specification (ASTM)
Grade
min Tens. min Yield
A53 · A106 · A234 · API 5L
B, WCB
min T °C1
min T °F1
60.0
35.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.9
17.3
A105
70.0
36.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
21.9
21.3
20.6
19.4
17.8
A179
47.0
26.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
15.7
15.0
14.2
13.5
12.8
12.1
19.7
A106 · A234
C, WPC
70.0
40.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.9
21.6
A333
1
55.0
30.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
18.3
18.3
17.7
17.2
16.2
14.8
3
65.0
35.0
–150˚
21.7
19.6
19.6
18.7
17.8
16.8
6
60.0
35.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.9
17.3
LF1
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.3
17.7
17.2
16.2
14.8
LF2
70.0
36.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
23.3
21.9
21.3
20.6
19.4
17.8
LF3
70.0
37.5
–150˚
23.3
55.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
18.3
18.3
17.5
16.9
16.3
15.7
CM65
65.0
37.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
21.7
21.7
21.7
20.7
20.0
19.3
F1
70.0
40.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.5
21.7
20.9
P5, WP5
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.1
17.4
17.2
17.1
16.8
5CR
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.1
17.4
17.2
17.1
16.8
F5
70.0
40.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
23.3
22.6
22.4
22.4
22.0
P9, WP9, 9CR
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.1
17.4
17.2
17.1
16.8
A350
A182 · A234 · A335 · A691 P1, WP1
–101˚
–101˚
F9
85.0
55.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
28.3
28.3
27.5
27.2
27.1
26.8
P11
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.7
18.0
17.5
17.2
16.7
1 1/4 CR
60.0
35.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.7
18.9
18.3
WP11 cl1, F11 cl1
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.7
18.0
17.5
17.2
16.7
WP12 cl1,F12 cl1
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.7
18.0
17.5
17.2
16.7
WP11 cl2, F11 cl2
70.0
40.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.5
21.7
20.9
WP12 cl2,F12 cl2
70.0
40.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
23.3
23.3
22.5
21.7
20.9
P12
60.0
32.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.7
18.0
17.5
17.2
16.7
1CR
55.0
33.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
18.3
18.3
18.3
18.3
17.9
17.3
P22, 2.1/4CR
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.5
18.0
17.9
17.9
17.9
WP22 cl1, F22 cl1
60.0
30.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
18.5
18.0
17.9
17.9
17.9
WP22 cl3, F22 cl3
75.0
45.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
25.0
25.0
24.5
24.1
23.9
23.8
P91, WP91, F91
85.0
55.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
28.3
28.3
27.5
27.2
27.1
26.8
A420
WPL3
65.0
35.0
–150˚
21.7
WPL6
60.0
35.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.9
17.3
A671
CC60
60.0
32.0
–46˚
–50˚
20.0
19.5
18.9
18.3
17.3
15.8
–101˚
A671
CC65
65.0
35.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
21.7
21.3
20.7
20.0
18.9
17.3
A671 · A6722
C65, CB65, B65
65.0
35.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
21.7
21.3
20.7
20.0
18.9
17.3
23.1
22.5
21.7
20.5
18.7
A671
CF66
65.0
35.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
21.7
A671 · A6722
C70, CB70, B70
70.0
38.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
23.3
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system. Figures in parenthesis ( ) mean restrictions apply.
No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous pages.
1 Minimum temperature increases with wall thickness for some grades.
2 B65 and B70 minimum temperature -10 °C, 14 °F.
360
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.3
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
343
371
399
427
454
482
510
538
566
593
621
649
677
704
732
760
788
816
17.0
16.5
13.0
10.8
(8.7)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
17.4
17.3
14.8
12.0
(9.3)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
11.8
11.5
10.6
9.2
(7.9)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
19.4
19.2
14.8
12.0
14.5
14.4
12.0
10.2
(8.3)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
16.3
15.5
13.9
11.4
9.0
6.5
4.5
2.5
1.6
1.0
17.0
16.5
13.0
10.8
(8.7)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
14.5
14.4
13.0
10.8
(7.8)
(5.0)
(3.0)
(1.5)
17.4
17.3
14.8
12.0
(7.8)
(5.0)
(3.0)
(1.5)
15.4
15.1
13.8
13.5
13.2
(12.7)
(8.2)
(4.8)
(4.0)
(2.4)
19.0
18.6
16.3
15.8
15.3
(13.7)
(8.2)
(4.8)
(4.0)
(2.4)
20.5
20.1
17.5
17.5
17.1
13.7
8.2
4.8
4.0
2.4
16.6
16.3
13.2
12.8
12.1
10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
16.6
16.3
13.2
12.8
12.1
10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.8
2.0
1.3
21.7
21.3
15.4
14.8
14.1
10.9
8.0
5.8
4.2
2.9
1.8
1.0
16.6
16.3
13.2
12.8
12.1
11.4
10.6
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
26.3
25.8
18.7
18.1
17.1
16.2
11.0
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
16.2
15.6
15.2
15.0
14.5
12.8
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
1.9
1.2
18.0
17.6
17.3
16.8
16.3
15.0
9.9
6.3
4.2
2.8
1.9
1.2
16.2
15.6
15.2
15.0
14.5
12.8
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
1.9
1.2
16.2
15.6
15.2
15.0
14.5
12.8
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
1.8
1.1
20.5
20.1
19.1
19.2
18.7
13.7
9.3
6.3
4.2
2.8
1.9
1.2
20.5
20.1
19.7
19.2
18.7
18.0
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
1.8
1.1
16.2
15.6
15.2
15.0
14.5
12.8
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
1.8
1.1
16.9
16.6
16.3
15.9
15.4
14.0
11.3
7.2
4.5
2.8
1.8
1.1
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.8
14.5
12.8
10.8
7.8
5.1
3.2
2.0
1.6
17.9
17.9
17.9
17.8
14.5
12.8
10.8
7.8
5.1
3.2
2.0
1.2
23.6
23.4
23.0
22.5
21.8
17.0
11.4
7.8
5.1
3.2
2.0
1.2
26.3
25.8
18.7
18.1
17.1
16.2
11.0
7.4
5.0
3.3
2.2
1.5
17.0
16.8
13.0
10.8
(7.8)
(5.0)
(3.0)
15.5
15.4
13.0
10.8
8.7
6.5
4.5
2.5
17.0
16.8
13.9
11.4
(9.0)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
17.0
16.8
13.9
11.4
(9.0)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
18.4
18.3
14.8
12.0
(9.3)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
(1.6)
(1.0)
(1.5)
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89N/mm2
3 applies to A320 L7 only.
361
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.3
Allowable Stresses in Tension
ASME B31.3 Values in ksi
Specification (ASTM)
Grade
Temperature °F:
100
200
300
400
500
600
Temperature °C:
37.8
93
149
204
260
316
–20˚
23.3
23.1
22.5
21.7
20.5
18.7
14˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
min Tens. min Yield
min T °C1
A671
CC70
70.0
38.0
–28.9˚
API 5L
X42
60.0
42.0
–10˚
min T °F1
API 5L
X52
66.0
52.0
–10˚
14˚
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
A193 alloy
B5 ) 4”
100.0
80.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B7 ) 2 1/2”
125.0
105.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B7 > 2 1/2”) 4”
115.0
95.0
–40˚
–40˚
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
B7M ) 4”
100.0
80.0
–45.6˚
–50˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B16 ) 2 1/2”
125.0
105.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B16 > 2 1/2”) 4
110.0
95.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
B6 ) 4”
110.0
85.0
–28.9˚
–20˚
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
B8 Cl1
75.0
30.0
–254˚
–425˚
18.8
16.7
15.0
13.8
12.9
12.1
B8C Cl1
75.0
30.0
–254˚
–425˚
18.8
17.9
16.4
15.5
15.0
14.3
A193 · A320 stainless
A320 alloy ) 2
1/ ”
2
A312 · A182 · A403
A358
B8M Cl1
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
18.8
17.7
15.6
14.3
13.3
12.6
B8T Cl1
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
18.8
17.8
16.5
15.3
14.3
13.5
B8 Cl2 ) 3/4”
125.0
100.0
–198˚
–325˚
25.0
17.2
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.4
B8 C Cl2 ) 3/4”
125.0
100.0
–198˚
–325˚
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B8M Cl2 ) 3/4”
110.0
95.0
–198˚
–325˚
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
B8T Cl2 ) 3/4”
125.0
100.0
–198˚
–325˚
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
B8 Cl2 > 3/4” ) 1”
115.0
80.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B8 C Cl 2 > 3/4” ) 1”
115.0
80.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
17.2
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.4
B8M Cl 2 > 3/4” ) 1” 100.0
80.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
B8T Cl2 > 3/4” ) 1”
115.0
80.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
L7,L7A,B,C
125.0
105.0
–101˚
–150˚
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
L7M
100.0
80.0
–100˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
304
75.0
30.0
–254˚
–425˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.7
17.5
16.4
304H
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.7
17.5
16.4
304L
70.0
25.0
–254˚
–425˚
16.7
16.7
16.7
15.8
14.8
14.0
316
75.0
30.0
–254˚
–425˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
17.9
17.0
316H
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
17.9
17.0
316L
70.0
25.0
–198˚
–325˚
16.7
16.7
16.7
15.5
14.4
13.5
–73.3˚
321 smls > 3/8”t
75.0
25.0
–198˚
–325˚
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.1
15.2
321 smls ) 3/8”t+wld
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
18.3
321H smls > 3/8”t
75.0
25.0
–198˚
–325˚
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.7
16.1
15.2
321H smls ) 3/8”t+wld
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.3
18.3
347
75.0
30.0
–254˚
–425˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.9
19.3
347H
75.0
30.0
–198˚
–325˚
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
19.9
19.3
as A312 with allowance for appropriate weld factor
These tables are for guidance only. Consult the standard when designing a system. Figures in parenthesis ( ) mean restrictions apply.
No allowance is made in these tables for weld factors. See previous pages.
1 Minimum temperature increases with wall thickness for some grades.
2 B65 and B70 minimum temperature -10 °C, 14 °F.
362
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B31.3
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
343
371
399
427
454
482
510
538
566
593
621
649
677
704
732
760
788
816
18.4
18.3
14.8
12.0
(9.3)
(6.5)
(4.5)
(2.5)
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
21.0
18.5
15.3
11.0
25.0
25.0
23.6
21.0
17.0
12.5
8.5
4.5
23.0
23.0
22.2
20.0
16.3
12.5
8.5
4.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.2
12.5
8.5
4.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
23.5
20.5
16.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
21.0
18.5
21.2
21.2
(21.2)
(19.6)
(15.6)
(12.0)
12.0
11.8
11.5
11.2
11.0
14.1
13.8
13.7
13.6
13.5
12.3
12.1
11.9
11.7
11.6
13.3
12.9
12.7
12.5
13.1
11.0
10.8
10.5
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
22.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
20.0
20.0
13.1
6.3
2.8
11.0
6.3
2.8
15.3
11.0
6.3
2.8
10.8
10.6
10.4
10.1
9.8
7.7
6.0
4.7
Z.7
2.9
2.3
1.8
13.5
13.4
13.4
12.1
9.1
6.1
4.4
3.3
2.7
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.7
11.5
11.4
11.3
11.2
11.0
9.8
7.4
5.4
4.1
3.0
2.2
1.7
1.2
12.4
12.3
12.1
12.1
9.6
6.9
5.0
3.6
2.5
1.7
1.1
0.7
0.5
0.3
10.3
10.1
9.9
9.7
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
25.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
12.9
12.8
12.7
12.6
12.6
12.5
12.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
10.9
10.8
10.7
10.6
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
25.0
25.03
1.4
20.0
20.0
20.0
18.5
16.2
12.5
8.5
4.5
16.2
16.0
15.6
15.2
14.9
14.6
14.4
13.8
(12.2)
(9.7)
(7.7)
(6.0)
(4.7)
(3.7)
(2.9)
(2.3)
(1.8)
(1.4)
16.2
16.0
15.6
15.2
14.9
14.6
14.4
13.8
12.2
(9.7)
(7.7)
(6.0)
(4.7)
(3.7)
(2.9)
(2.3)
(1.8)
(1.4)
13.7
13.5
13.3
13.0
12.8
11.9
9.9
7.8
6.3
5.1
4.0
3.2
2.6
2.1
1.7
1.1
1.0
0.9
16.7
16.3
16.1
15.9
15.7
15.5
15.4
15.3
(14.5)
(12.4)
(9.8)
(7.4)
(5.5)
(4.1)
(3.1)
(2.3)
(1.7)
(1.3)
16.7
16.3
16.1
15.9
15.7
15.5
15.4
15.3
14.5
12.4
9.8
7.4
5.5
4.1
3.1
2.3
1.7
1.3
13.2
12.9
12.6
12.4
12.1
11.8
11.5
11.2
10.8
10.2
8.8
6.4
4.7
3.5
2.5
1.8
1.3
1.0
14.9
14.6
14.3
14.1
14.0
13.8
13.6
13.5
(5.0)
(3.6)
(2.6)
(1.7)
(1.1)
(0.8)
(0.5)
(0.3)
17.9
17.5
17.2
16.9
16.7
16.6
16.4
16.2
(9.6)
(6.9)
(5.0)
(3.6)
(2.6)
(1.7)
(1.1)
(0.8)
(0.5)
(0.3)
14.9
14.6
14.3
14.1
14.0
13.8
13.6
13.5
(11.7)
(9.1)
(6.9)
(5.4)
(4.1)
(3.2)
(2.5)
(1.9)
(1.5)
(1.1)
17.9
17.5
17.2
16.9
16.7
16.6
16.4
16.2
(11.7)
(9.1)
(6.9)
(5.4)
(4.1)
(3.2)
(2.5)
(1.9)
(1.5)
(1.1)
19.0
18.6
18.5
18.4
18.2
18.1
18.1
18.0
(12.1)
(9.1)
(6.1)
(4.4)
(3.3)
(2.2)
(1.5)
(1.2)
(0.9)
(0.8)
19.0
18.6
18.5
18.3
18.2
18.1
18.1
18.0
17.1
7.9
5.9
4.4
3.2
2.5
1.8
1.3
(9.6)
(6.9)
14.2
10.5
Conversion: 1ksi = 6.89N/mm2
3 applies to A320 L7 only.
363
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
BS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
BS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
Temp °C
-100/
-50/
-30/
-50
-30
+40
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
275
300
325
155
Material
lb
A105
3000
Pressure in bar
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
6000
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
A350 LF1 · A350 LF2
3000
207
207
207
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
414
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
A182 F1 · WP1
3000
207
207
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
207
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
207
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
207
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
A182 F11 ·WP11
A182 F22 · WP22
A182 F5 · WP5
A350 LF3 · WPL3
A182 F304 · WP304
A182 F304H · WP304H
A182 F304L · WP304L
A182 F316 · WP316
A182 F316H · WP316H
A182 F316L · WP316L
A182 F321 · WP 321
A182 F321H · WP321H
A182 F347 · WP347
A182 F347H · WP347H
3000
207
207
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
177
177
177
172
165
155
148
142
136
130
125
120
116
112
108
6000
354
354
354
345
330
311
297
284
272
260
250
240
231
224
217
3000
177
172
165
155
148
142
136
130
125
120
115
112
108
6000
354
345
330
311
297
284
272
260
250
240
231
224
217
3000
147
147
147
147
146
142
133
123
114
105
6000
295
295
295
294
292
285
266
247
229
211
99.5
199
94
90
188
180
85
170
3000
207
207
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
147
147
147
147
147
147
142
137
126
115
110
106
102
6000
295
295
295
295
295
294
284
274
252
230
220
212
204
98.5
197
95
190
3000
207
207
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
207
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
414
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
3000
207
206
203
200
198
196
194
192
188
183
174
165
155
6000
414
411
406
401
396
392
388
384
377
366
349
331
311
Note: Solid plugs and bushings do not carry specific ratings and are intended for use with screwed fittings of all designations.
364
87.5
175
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
BS 3799 Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
350
375
400
425
450
475
500
525
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
Pressure in bar
145
134
122
106
89
70
290
268
244
212
178
140
145
134
122
106
89
70
290
268
244
212
178
140
146
137
127
118
109
292
274
254
236
218
199
146
137
128
120
111
103
292
275
257
241
223
206
146
137
128
120
111
103
292
275
257
241
223
206
146
137
128
120
111
103
292
275
257
241
223
206
99.5
51.5
103
51.5
103
33.6
67.2
33.6
67.2
90
79
180
158
94.5
189
94.5
189
94.5
189
86
67
49.2
35.8
22.8
11.4
172
134
98.4
71.7
45.6
22.8
51.5
38.8
28
19.4
77.6
56
38.8
86
68.5
172
137
103
86
63
44.8
30
20.8
14.4
172
126
89.6
60
41.7
28.8
145
290
105
101
98
95
92
210
203
196
190
184
105
101
98
95
92
88
87
210
203
196
190
184
179
176
174
82.5
80.5
78.5
89.5
179
89.5
88
87
176
174
85.5
171
85.5
171
80.5
161
80.5
161
69.5
139
69.5
139
55
43.8
32.9
25.2
19.3
15.1
11.7
8.7
110
87.7
65.8
50.5
38.7
30.2
23.5
17.5
55
43.8
32.9
25.2
19.3
15.1
11.7
8.7
110
87.7
65.8
50.5
38.7
30.2
23.5
17.5
76.5
165
161
157
153
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
92
89
86
184
178
172
167
83.5
162
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
147
141
135
129
123
117
111
105
294
282
270
258
246
234
223
211
99.5
199
99.5
199
94
89
79
188
178
158
94
89
79
188
178
158
66.5
133
66.5
133
53
41.3
29.8
22
17
12.5
106
82.7
59.6
44.1
34
25.1
53
41.3
29.8
22
17
12.5
106
82.7
59.6
44.1
34
25.1
81
99.5
199
99.5
199
99.5
199
99.5
199
94
88
71
48.7
33.8
23.3
16.6
12.8
10.2
8.2
188
176
142
97.4
67.6
46.6
33.2
25.7
20.5
16.4
94
88
71
48.7
33.8
23.3
16.6
12.8
10.2
8.2
188
176
142
97.4
67.6
46.6
33.2
25.7
20.5
16.4
94
88
71
48.7
33.8
23.3
16.6
12.8
10.2
8.2
188
176
142
97.4
67.6
46.6
33.2
25.7
20.5
16.4
94
88
71
48.7
33.8
23.3
16.6
12.8
10.2
8.2
188
176
142
97.4
67.6
46.6
33.2
25.7
20.5
16.4
365
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressure
Class 150
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 19.6
19.2
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A515-65 · A516-65
18.4
18.2
17.4
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
16.3
16.0
14.9
14.4
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F1
18.4
18.4
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F5, F11 cl 2, F12 cl 2
19.8
19.5
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F22 cl 3
19.8
19.5
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F5a
20.0
19.5
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F9, F91
20.0
19.5
17.7
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F304, F304H
19.0
18.3
15.7
14.2
13.2
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F316, F316H
19.0
18.4
16.2
14.8
13.7
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F304L, F316L
15.9
15.3
13.3
12.0
11.2
10.5
10.0
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F321, F321H
19.0
18.6
17.0
15.7
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
A182 F347, F347H
19.0
18.7
17.4
15.8
13.8
12.1
10.2
9.3
8.4
7.4
Specification and Grade
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
Class 300
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
36.4
Specification and Grade
bar
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70
51.1
50.1
46.6
45.1
1bar = 14.5038psig
43.8
41.9
39.8
38.7
37.6
A515-65 · A516-65
48.0
47.5
45.3
43.9
42.5
40.8
38.7
37.6
36.4
35.0
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
42.6
41.8
38.8
37.6
36.4
34.9
33.2
32.2
31.2
30.4
A182 F1
48.0
48.0
47.9
47.3
45.8
44.5
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F5, F12 cl 2
51.7
51.5
50.4
48.2
46.3
44.8
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F11 cl 2
51.7
51.7
51.5
49.7
48.0
46.3
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F22 cl 3
51.7
51.7
51.5
50.3
48.6
46.3
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F5a
51.7
51.7
51.5
50.3
48.6
46.3
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F9
51.7
51.7
51.5
50.3
48.6
46.3
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F91
51.7
51.7
51.5
50.3
48.6
46.3
42.9
41.4
40.3
38.9
A182 F304, F304H
49.6
47.8
40.9
37.0
34.5
32.5
30.9
30.2
29.6
29.0
A182 F316, F316H
49.6
48.1
42.2
38.5
35.7
33.4
31.6
30.9
30.3
29.9
A182 F304L, F316L
41.4
40.0
34.8
31.4
29.2
27.5
26.1
22.5
25.1
24.8
A182 F321, F321H
49.6
48.6
44.2
41.0
38.3
36.0
34.1
33.3
32.6
32.0
A182 F347, F347H
49.6
48.8
45.3
42.5
39.9
37.8
36.1
35.4
34.8
34.2
Temperature Limitations:
A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70
A516-60, 65, 70
A182 F1
A182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3
A 182 304, 316
A182 F304L
A182 F321, 347
A182 F12cl2, F11cl2
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °C
At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higher
Not to be used over 425 °C
Not to be used over 538 °C
Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
366
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Class 75
400
425
450
475
500
538
Temp °C
-28.9/37.8
93
149
204
260
316
343
750
800
840
890
930
1000
Temp °F
-20/100
200
300
400
500
600
650
pounds per square inch gauge (psig)
1bar = 14.5038psig
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
140
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
130
125
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
115
105
105
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
130
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
145
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
145
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
145
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
145
130
115
100
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
135
115
100
90
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
135
120
105
95
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
115
95
85
80
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
135
115
105
95
85
70
60
6.5
5.5
4.6
3.7
2.8
1.4
135
120
110
100
85
70
60
400
425
450
475
500
538
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
816
750
800
840
890
930
1000
1020
1070
1110
1160
1200
1250
1290
1340
1380
1430
1470
1500
34.7
28.8
23.0
17.4
11.8
5.9
32.6
27.3
21.6
15.7
11.1
5.9
29.3
25.8
21.4
14.1
10.3
5.9
36.5
35.2
33.7
31.7
24.1
11.3
36.5
35.2
33.7
27.9
21.4
13.7
12.0
8.8
6.1
4.0
36.5
35.2
33.7
31.7
25.7
14.9
12.7
8.8
6.1
4.3
2.8
36.5
35.2
33.7
31.7
28.2
18.4
15.6
10.5
6.9
4.5
2.8
36.5
35.2
33.7
27.9
21.4
13.7
12.0
8.9
6.2
4.0
2.4
36.5
35.2
33.7
31.7
28.2
17.5
15.0
10.5
7.2
5.0
3.5
36.5
35.2
33.7
31.7
28.2
25.2
25.0
24.0
19.5
14.6
9.9
28.4
28.0
27.4
26.9
26.5
24.4
23.6
20.8
16.9
13.8
11.3
9.3
8.0
6.8
5.8
4.6
3.5
2.8
29.4
29.1
28.8
28.7
28.2
25.2
25.0
24.0
19.9
15.8
12.7
10.3
8.4
7.0
5.9
4.6
3.5
2.8
24.3
23.9
23.4
31.6
31.1
30.8
30.5
28.2
25.2
25.0
24.0
20.3
15.8
12.6
9.9
33.9
33.6
33.5
31.7
28.2
25.2
25.0
24.0
21.6
18.3
14.1
12.4
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
2.4
7.9
6.3
5.0
4.0
3.1
2.6
10.1
7.9
5.9
4.6
3.5
2.8
367
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressure
Class 600
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
Specification and Grade
bar
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70
102.1
100.2
93.2
90.2
87.6
83.9
79.6
77.4
75.1
A515-65 · A516-65
96.0
94.9
90.7
87.9
85.1
81.6
77.4
75.2
72.6
69.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
85.1
83.5
77.7
75.1
72.8
69.8
66.4
64.5
62.5
60.7
A182 F1
A182 F11 cl 2
1bar = 14.5038psig
72.7
96.0
96.0
95.9
94.7
91.6
89.0
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
103.4
103.4
103.0
99.5
95.9
92.7
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F5, F12 cl 2
103.4
103.0
100.9
96.4
92.5
89.6
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F22 cl 3
103.4
103.4
103.0
100.3
97.2
92.7
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F5a
103.4
103.4
103.0
100.3
97.2
92.7
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F9
103.4
103.4
103.0
100.3
97.2
92.7
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F91
103.4
103.4
103.0
100.3
97.2
92.7
85.7
82.6
80.4
77.6
A182 F304, F304H
99.3
95.6
81.7
74.0
69.0
65.0
61.8
60.4
59.3
58.1
A182 F316, F316H
99.3
96.2
84.4
77.0
71.3
66.8
63.2
61.8
60.7
59.8
A182 F304L, F316L
82.7
80.0
69.6
62.8
58.3
54.9
52.1
51.0
50.1
49.5
A182 F321, F321H
99.3
97.1
88.5
82.0
76.6
72.0
68.3
66.6
65.2
64.1
A182 F347, F347H
99.3
97.5
90.6
84.9
79.9
75.6
72.2
70.7
69.5
68.4
Class 900
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
Specification and Grade
bar
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70
153.2
150.4
139.8
135.2
131.4
125.8
119.5
116.1
112.7
109.1
A515-65 · A516-65
144.1
142.4
136.0
131.8
127.6
122.3
116.1
112.7
109.2
104.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
127.7
125.3
116.5
112.7
109.2
104.7
99.5
96.7
93.7
91.1
A182 F1
144.1
144.1
143.8
142.0
137.4
133.5
128.6
124.0
102.7
116.5
A182 F11 cl 2
155.1
155.1
154.4
149.2
143.9
139.0
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F5, F12 cl 2
155.1
154.5
151.3
144.5
138.8
134.5
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F22 cl 3
155.1
155.1
154.6
150.6
145.8
139.0
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F5a
155.1
155.1
154.6
150.6
145.8
139.0
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F9
155.1
155.1
154.6
150.6
145.8
139.0
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F91
155.1
155.1
154.6
150.6
145.8
139.0
128.6
124.0
120.7
116.5
A182 F304, F304H
148.9
143.5
122.6
111.0
103.4
97.5
92.7
90.7
88.9
87.1
A182 F316, F316H
148.9
144.3
126.6
115.5
107.0
100.1
94.9
92.7
91.0
89.6
A182 F304L, F316L
124.1
120.1
104.4
94.2
87.5
82.4
78.2
76.4
75.2
74.3
A182 F321, F321H
148.9
145.7
132.7
122.9
114.9
108.1
102.4
99.9
97.8
96.1
A182 F347, F347H
148.9
146.3
135.9
127.4
119.8
113.4
108.3
106.1
104.3
102.6
Temperature Limitations:
A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70
A516-60, 65, 70
A182 F1
A182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3
A 182 304, 316
A182 F304L
A182 F321, 347
A182 F12cl2, F11cl2
1bar = 14.5038psig
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °C
At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higher
Not to be used over 425 °C
Not to be used over 538 °C
Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
368
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
400
425
450
475
500
538
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
816
750
800
840
890
930
1000
1020
1070
1110
1160
1200
1250
1290
1340
1380
1430
1470
1500
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
69.4
57.5
46.0
34.9
23.5
11.8
65.2
54.6
43.2
31.3
22.1
11.8
58.7
51.5
42.7
28.2
20.6
11.8
73.3
70.0
67.7
63.4
48.1
22.7
73.3
70.0
67.7
63.4
51.5
29.8
25.4
17.6
12.2
8.5
5.7
73.3
70.0
67.7
57.5
42.8
27.4
24.1
17.6
12.1
8.0
4.7
73.3
70.0
67.7
63.4
56.5
36.9
31.3
21.1
13.8
8.9
5.7
73.3
70.0
67.7
55.7
42.8
27.4
24.1
17.8
12.5
8.0
4.7
73.3
70.0
67.7
63.4
56.5
35.0
30.0
20.9
14.4
9.9
7.1
73.3
70.0
67.7
63.4
56.5
50.0
49.8
47.9
39.0
29.2
19.9
56.9
56.0
54.8
53.9
53.0
48.9
47.1
41.7
33.8
27.6
22.5
18.7
16.1
13.5
11.6
9.0
7.0
5.9
58.9
58.3
57.7
57.3
56.5
50.0
49.8
47.9
39.8
31.6
25.3
20.6
16.8
14.0
11.7
9.0
7.0
5.9
48.6
47.7
46.8
63.2
62.3
61.7
61.1
56.5
50.0
49.8
47.9
40.5
31.6
25.3
19.8
15.8
12.7
10.0
8.0
6.3
5.2
67.8
67.2
66.9
63.4
56.5
50.0
49.8
47.9
42.9
36.6
28.1
25.2
20.0
15.4
11.7
9.0
7.0
5.9
400
425
450
475
500
538
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
816
750
800
840
890
930
1000
1020
1070
1110
1160
1200
1250
1290
1340
1380
1430
1470
1500
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
104.2
86.3
69.0
52.3
35.3
17.7
97.9
81.9
64.8
47.0
33.2
17.7
88.0
77.3
64.1
42.3
30.9
17.7
109.8 105.1
101.4
95.1
72.2
34.0
109.8 105.1
101.4
95.1
77.2
44.7
38.1
26.4
18.3
12.8
8.5
109.8 105.1
101.4
83.6
64.1
41.1
36.1
26.4
18.2
12.0
7.1
109.8 105.1
101.4
95.1
84.7
55.3
46.9
31.6
20.7
13.4
8.5
109.8 105.1
101.4
83.6
64.1
41.1
36.1
26.7
18.7
12.0
7.1
109.8 105.1
101.4
95.1
84.7
52.5
45.0
31.4
21.5
14.9
10.6
109.8 105.1
101.4
95.1
84.7
75.2
74.8
71.8
58.5
43.8
29.8
85.3
84.0
82.2
80.8
79.5
73.3
70.7
62.5
50.6
41.4
33.8
28.0
24.1
20.3
17.3
13.7
10.5
8.6
88.3
87.4
86.5
86.0
84.7
75.2
74.8
71.8
59.7
47.4
38.0
31.0
25.1
21.0
17.6
13.7
10.5
8.6
72.9
71.6
70.2
94.8
93.4
92.5
91.6
84.7
75.2
74.8
71.8
60.8
47.4
37.9
29.6
23.7
19.0
15.0
11.9
9.4
7.8
101.7 100.8
100.4
95.1
84.7
75.2
74.8
71.8
64.2
54.9
42.5
37.6
29.8
23.2
17.6
13.7
10.5
8.6
369
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
Maximum allowable non-shock working pressure
Class 1500
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70 255.3
250.6
233.0
225.4
219.0
209.7
199.1
193.6
187.8
181.8
A515-65 · A516-65
240.1
237.3
226.7
219.7
212.7
203.9
193.4
187.9
182.0
174.9
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
212.8
208.9
194.2
187.8
182.1
174.6
165.9
161.2
156.2
151.8
A182 F1
240.1
240.1
239.7
236.7
229.0
222.5
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F11 cl 2
258.6
258.6
257.7
248.7
239.8
231.8
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F5, F12 cl 2
258.6
257.5
252.2
240.9
231.3
224.1
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F22 cl 3
258.6
258.6
257.6
250.8
243.4
231.8
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F5a
258.6
258.6
257.6
250.8
243.4
231.8
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F9
258.6
258.6
257.6
250.8
243.4
231.8
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F91
258.6
258.6
257.6
250.8
243.4
231.8
214.4
206.6
201.1
194.1
A182 F304, F304H
248.2
239.1
204.3
185.0
172.0
162.4
154.6
151.1
148.1
145.2
A182 F316, F316H
248.2
240.6
211.0
192.5
178.3
166.9
158.1
154.4
151.6
149.4
A182 F304L, F316L
206.8
200.1
173.9
157.0
145.8
137.3
130.3
127.4
125.4
123.8
A182 F321, F321H
248.2
248.2
221.2
204.9
191.5
180.1
170.7
166.5
163.0
160.2
A182 F347, F347H
248.2
243.8
226.5
212.4
199.7
189.1
180.4
176.8
173.8
171.0
Specification and Grade
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
Class 2500
Temp °C
-29/38
50
100
150
200
250
300
325
350
375
Temp °F
-20/100
120
220
300
390
480
570
620
660
700
303.1
Specification and Grade
bar
A105 · A350 LF2, LF3 · A515, 516-70
425.5
417.7
388.3
375.6
365.0
349.5
331.8
322.6
313.0
A515-65 · A516-65
400.1
395.6
377.8
366.1
354.4
339.8
322.4
313.1
303.3
291.4
A350 LF1 · A515-60 · A516-60
354.6
348.1
323.6
313.0
303.4
291.0
276.5
268.6
260.4
253.0
A182 F1
400.1
400.1
399.5
394.5
381.7
370.9
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F11 cl 2
430.9
430.9
429.0
415.5
399.6
386.2
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F5, F12 cl 2
430.9
429.2
420.4
401.5
385.6
386.2
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F22 cl 3
430.9
430.9
429.4
418.2
405.4
373.5
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F5a
430.9
430.9
429.4
418.2
405.4
386.2
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F9
430.9
430.9
429.4
418.2
405.4
386.2
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F91
430.9
430.9
429.4
418.2
405.4
386.2
357.1
344.3
335.3
323.2
A182 F304, F304H
413.7
398.5
340.4
308.4
287.3
270.7
257.6
251.9
246.9
241.9
A182 F316, F316H
413.7
400.9
351.6
320.8
297.2
278.1
263.5
257.4
252.7
249.0
A182 F304L, F316L
344.7
333.5
289.9
261.6
243.0
228.9
217.2
212.3
208.9
206.3
A182 F321, F321H
413.7
404.6
368.7
341.5
319.1
300.2
384.6
277.6
271.7
266.9
A182 F347, F347H
413.7
406.4
377.4
353.9
332.8
315.1
300.7
294.6
289.6
285.1
Temperature Limitations:
A105 · A350 LF1, LF2 · 515-60, 65, 70
A516-60, 65, 70
A182 F1
A182 F11cl2, F12cl2, F22cl3
A 182 304, 316
A182 F304L
A182 F321, 347
A182 F12cl2, F11cl2
1bar = 14.5038psig
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 425 °C, not to be used over 455 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 465 °C
Not recommended for prolonged use above 590 °C
At temperatures over 538 °C use only when carbon content 0.04% or higher
Not to be used over 425 °C
Not to be used over 538 °C
Normalised and Tempered material only
Note: ASME B16.47 1996, ratings are in psig which here are converted into bar.
370
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
400
425
450
475
500
538
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
816
750
800
840
890
930
1000
1020
1070
1110
1160
1200
1250
1290
1340
1380
1430
1470
1500
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
173.6 143.8
115.0
87.2
58.8
29.5
163.1 136.5
107.9
78.3
55.4
29.5
146.7 128.8
106.8
70.5
51.5
29.5
183.1 175.1
169.0
158.2
120.3
56.7
183.1 175.1
169.0
158.2
128.6
74.5
63.5
44.0
30.5
21.3
14.2
183.1 175.1
169.0
139.3
106.9
68.6
60.2
44.0
30.3
20.0
11.8
183.1 175.1
169.0
158.2
140.9
92.2
78.2
52.6
34.4
22.3
14.2
183.1 175.1
169.0
139.3
106.9
68.6
60.2
44.4
31.2
20.0
11.8
183.1 175.1
169.0
158.2
140.9
87.5
75.0
52.3
35.9
24.8
17.7
183.1 175.1
169.0
158.2
140.9
125.5
124.9
119.7
97.5
73.0
49.6
143.2 140.0
137.0
134.7
132.4
122.1
117.8
104.2
84.4
68.9
56.9
46.7 40.1
33.8
28.9
22.8
17.4
14.1
147.2 145.7
144.2
143.4
140.9
125.5
124.9
119.7
99.5
79.1
63.3
51.6 41.9
34.9
29.3
22.8
17.4
14.1
121.5 119.3
117.1
157.9 155.7
154.2
152.7
140.9
125.5
124.9
119.7
101.3
79.1
63.2
49.4 39.5
31.7
25.0
19.9
15.6
13.0
169.5 168.1
167.3
158.2
140.9
125.5
124.9
119.7
107.1
91.2
70.7
62.7 49.7
38.6
29.6
22.8
17.4
14.1
400
425
450
475
500
538
550
575
600
625
650
675
700
725
750
775
800
816
750
800
840
890
930
1000
1020
1070
1110
1160
1200
1250
1290
1340
1380
1430
1470
1500
289.3 239.7
191.7
145.3
97.9
49.2
271.9 227.5
179.9
130.6
92.3
49.2
244.5 214.7
178.0
117.4
85.9
48.2
304.9 291.6
281.8
263.9
200.5
94.6
304.9 291.6
281.8
263.9
214.4
124.1
105.9
73.4
50.9
35.5
23.6
304.9 291.6
281.8
232.1
178.2
114.3
100.4
73.4
50.4
33.3
19.7
304.9 291.6
281.8
263.9
235.0
153.7
130.3
87.7
57.4
37.2
23.6
304.9 291.6
281.8
232.1
178.2
114.3
100.4
74.0
51.9
33.3
19.7
304.9 291.6
281.8
263.9
235.0
145.8
125.0
87.1
59.8
41.4
29.5
304.9 291.6
281.8
263.9
235.0
208.9
208.0
199.5
163.5
121.7
82.7
237.0 233.3
228.4
224.5
220.7
203.6
196.3
173.7
140.7
114.9
93.8
77.9 66.9
56.3
48.1
38.0
29.2
23.8
245.3 242.9
240.4
238.9
235.0
208.9
208.0
199.5
162.5
131.8
105.5
86.0 69.8
58.2
48.9
38.0
29.2
23.8
202.5 198.8
195.1
263.2 259.5
256.9
254.4
235.0
208.9
208.0
199.5
168.9
131.8
105.4
82.3 65.9
52.8
41.7
32.2
26.1
21.7
282.6 280.1
278.8
263.9
235.0
208.9
208.0
199.5
178.5
152.0
117.7
104.5 83.0
64.4
49.1
38.0
29.2
23.8
bar
1bar = 14.5038psig
371
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
ASME B16.5, B16.47 Flanges
372
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Tolerances and End Finishes
Index
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes
Rohre
Tubes
Tubi
Tubo
ASTM
A53 · A106 · A252 ........................................ 376
API
DIN
BS
A358 · A671 · A672 · A691 .......................... 376
A450 for A179 · A213 · A214 ........................ 377
A530 for A312 · A333 · A335 ........................ 378
5L · 2B · 2H .................................................... 379
1626 · 1629 · 2462 · 2463 · 17172 · 17175 .. 380
4848 · 7191 .................................................. 383
Fittings
Fittings
Raccords
Raccordi
Acessorios
ASME
B16.9 · B16.11 .............................................. 384
Flanges
Flansche
Brides
Flange
Bridas
ASME
B16.5 · B16.47 .............................................. 385
End Finishes
Welding End Preparation
Schweißendenvorbereitung
Extrémités à souder
Preparazione delle estremità per saldatura
Biseles
API 5L
ASME B16.25
DIN 2559
...................................................................... 386
...................................................................... 386
...................................................................... 387
Threads
Gewinde
Filetages
Filettatura
Roscas
ASME B1.1
for ASTM A 193 · A 194..................................388
ASME B1.20.1
for pipe and fittings NPT..................................389
BS21
for BS pipe threads..........................................390
ISO 7/1
DIN pipe threads ............................................390
375
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
ASTM A53
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
ASTM A252
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weight:
± 10 % per lift
Can be per pipe over 4” NB
Weight
+ 15%–5% each pipe separately
Diameter:
1 1/2” NB
+/– 1/64” (0.40 mm)
Diameter
± 1%
Thickness
– 12.5%
Length
Single randoms
and under
2” NB and over
Thickness:
Length:
± 1%
–12.5% of nominal
Less than XS
single random
16–22ft
minimum 25ft (7.62m)
4.88–6.71m
5%max
16–25ft (4.8–7.62m)
Double randoms minimum average 35ft (10.67m)
Exacts
± 1” (25.4mm)
12–16ft
3.66–4.88m
XS and heavier
12–22ft
3.66–6.71m
5%max
6–12ft
1.83–3.66m
All sizes when doubles are specified 6.7m min., minimum
average 35ft (10.67m).
ASTM A106
Weight
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
+10%–3.5% 4’’ NB and smaller in lots
over 4’’ NB individually
Diameter NB
over
in
under
mm
in
ASTM A358, A671, A672, A691
Diameter
± 0.5% based on circumference
Out of roundness
1% difference between major
and minor diameter
mm
– 1 1/2 incl.
1/
64
(0.015)
0.4
1/
64
(0.015)
0.40
Alignment
10ft or 3 m straight edge : 1/8” (3mm)
over 1 1/2 – 4 incl.
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
Thickness
– 0.01” (0.3mm)
Length
1/
8
unmachined ends: –0 + 1/2” (13mm)
over 4 – 8 incl.
1/
16
(0.062)
1.6
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
over 8 – 18 incl.
3/
32
(0.093)
2.4
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
machined ends: by agreement
over 18 – 26 incl.
1/
8
(0.125)
3.2
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
length tolerance does not apply to A358
over 26 – 34 incl.
5/
32
(0.156)
4.0
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
over 34 – 48 incl.
3/
16
(0.187)
4.8
1/
32
(0.031)
0.8
Note: pipe ≥ 10 NB ordered as special outside diameter pipe
tolerance is ± 1% OD
Thickness
Length
–12.5% of nominal
As specified by customer for exacts
Single randoms 16 – 22ft (4.8 – 6.7m)
5% max 12 – 16ft (3.7 – 4.8m)
Double randoms minimum average 35ft (10.67m)
minimum 22ft (6.7m) 5% max 16– 22ft (4.8 – 6.7 m)
376
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
ASTM A450
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Weight
calculated from standard formula (see page 80)
with t = minimum wall.
Variation in weight per ft (per m)
OD in (mm)
%
HFS
+16 –0
CDS
1 1/2 (38.1) and under
+12 –0
CDS
Over 1 1/2 (38.1)
+13 –0
Welded
+10 –0
Variations apply to lots of 50 tubes or more in 4” (101.6 mm) and
under and 20 tubes or more in larger sizes.
Diameter
OD
over
under
in
mm
in
mm
in
mm
Hot finished seamless
Welded tubes and cold drawn seamless
4
101.6 and under
1/
64
0.4
1/
32
0.8
over 4–71/2
101.6-190.5 incl.
1/
64
0.4
3/
64
1.2
over 71/2–9
190.5-228.6 incl.
1/
64
0.4
1/
16
1.6
under 1
25.4
0.004
0.1
0.004
0.1
0.15
1–11/2 incl.
25.4–38.1 incl.
0.006
0.15
0.006
over 11/2–2 excl.
38.1–50.8 excl.
0.008
0.2
0.008
0.2
2–21/2 excl.
50.8–63.5 excl.
0.010
0.25
0.010
0.25
21/2–3 excl.
63.5–76.2 excl.
0.012
0.3
0.012
0.3
3–4 incl.
76.2–101.6 incl.
0.015
0.38
0.015
0.38
over 4–71/2 incl.
101.6–190.5 incl.
0.015
0.38
0.025
0.64
over 71/2–9 incl.
190.5–228.6 incl.
0.015
0.38
0.045
1.14
Exceptions for thin wall tubes
Table above is applicable only to the mean diameter.
Exceptions for cold drawn austenitic
and ferritic/austenitic
Thin wall is defined as follows:
•
Diameter in (mm)
Wall thickness
2 (50.8) and less
2% or less of O.D.
Greater than 2 (50.8)
3% or less of O.D.
All diameters
0.020” (0.5mm) or less
•
•
All sizes less than 2”(50.8mm).
Table above applicable only to the mean diameter.
Ovality must not exceed 0.010“ (0.25mm).
In the case of conflict with these ovality allowances,
the larger will apply.
Ovality for thin wall
1” (25.4mm) and under
0.02” (0.5mm)
over 1” (25.4mm)
2% of OD
A450 continued over the page
377
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
ASTM A450 cont.
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Thickness
Minus tolerance is zero, plus tolerance as table in %
Thickness
HFS
in (mm)
Ø ≤ 4 (101.6)
t ≤ 0.095 (2.4)
40
0.095 (2.4) < t ≤ 0.150 (3.8)
35
CDS
Ø > 4 (101.6)
35
Welded
Ø ≤ 11/2 (38.1)
Ø > 11/2 (38.1)
20
22
18
20
22
18
all sizes
0.150 (3.8) < t ≤ 0.180 (4.6)
33
33
20
22
18
0.180 (4.6) < t
28
28
20
22
18
Tubes 2” (50.8 mm) and over in diameter and 0.220” (5.6 mm) and over in thickness, variation in wall thickness about mean measured
wall shall not exceed ±10% seamless and ± 5% welded in any one cross section of any tube.
Cold drawn tubes of wall 3/4” 19.1 mm or over, or with inside diameter 60% of outside diameter,
variations in wall thickness are HFS values.
Length
in (mm)
Outside diameter
Cut length
HFS
All sizes
+3/16 (5) –0
CDS
Ø < 2 (50.8)
+1/8 (3) –0
Welded
Ø ≥ 2 (50.8)
+3/16 (5) –0
Ø < 2 (50.8)
+1/8 (3) –0
Ø ≥ 2 (50.8)
+3/16 (5) –0
Values are for lengths up to and including 24ft (7.3m).
Additional tolerance of 1/8” (3mm) for each 10ft (3m) or part extra to a maximum of 1/2” (13mm).
ASTM A 530
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
N.B. special tolerances apply to forged, bored and cast pipe
Weight
NPS12 and under
+10% –3.5%
over NPS 12
+10% –5%
NPS 4 and smaller weigh by lot, over NPS 4 each pipe individually
Thickness
• –12.5% of nominal
• Overthickness:
NPS Designator
t/D ratio
1/
8
all
over tolerance
% from nominal
Diameter
• Table as A 106 except 1/8” to 11/2” inclusive minus tolerance
is 1/32” (0.31”) 0.80mm
• For thin wall pipe where wall thickness is 3% or less of
outside diameter, the table refers to mean diameter.
• Ovality is 1.5% max.
Length
Exacts
+1/4” 6mm -0
Random lengths
as agreed
378
to 2 1/2 inclusive
20.0
3 –18 inclusive
≤ 5%
22.5
3 –18 inclusive
> 5%
15.0
≥ 20” welded
all
17.5
≥ 20” seamless
≤ 5%
22.5
≥ 20” seamless
> 5%
15.0
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
API 5L
For Dimensions and Weights see page 81.
Diameter · Body
N.B. grade A25 not included
in (mm)
Ø ≤ 1.900
+0.016 (0.41) – 0.031 (0.79)
Weight
2 3/8 to 18
±0.75%
Single lengths
Special plain end
+ 10% – 5%
other pipe
+ 10% – 3.5%
Car loads
40 000 lbs 18 444 kg min
– 1.75%
Car loads
< 40 000 lbs 18 444 kg
– 3.5%
Weight for order items same as carloads. Tolerance for order item
refers to the overall quantity of pipe in order item. Mixed car loads,
tolerance applied to order items.
Sizes 5 9/16 weighed individually, below in convenient groups.
>18
seamless
±1.0%
20 –36
welded
+0.75% – 0.25%
Ø > 36
welded
+1/4 (6.35) –1/8 (3.20)
Diameter · Pipe ends
in (mm)
Applies to end 4 (101.6) on OD or ID by agreement
Less than 10 3/4
–1/64 (0.40) Ring gauge +1/16 (1.59)
12 3/4 – 20
–1/32 (0.79) Ring gauge +3/32 (2.39)
Greater than 20 – 1/32 (0.79) Diameter tape +3/32 (2.39)
Greater than 20
Thickness
D/t < 75
max – min OD 0.500 (12.7)
X42 to X80
> 42
D/t < 75
max – min OD 0.625 (15.9)
> 20: variation one end to other 3/32 (2.38) max by Ø tape
Outside Diameter
Grade A,B
in
% tolerance
2.875 and smaller
+20 –12.5
+15 –12.5
+15 –12.5
+15 –12.5
2.875 –18
Out of round measured diameter ± 1%
> 20 < 42
20 and larger
welded
+17.5 –12.5 +19.5 – 8.0
20 and larger
seamless
+15 –12.5
+17.5 –10.0
Length · Plain end pipe
Nominal length
20 ft (6 m)
Min. length
9.0 (2.74)
Min. average
Max. length
17.5 (5.33)
22.5 (6.86)
40 ft (12 m)
14.0 (4.27)
35.0 (10 67)
45.0 (13.72)
50 ft (15 m)
17.5 (5.33)
43.8 (13.35)
55.0 (16.76)
60 ft (18 m)
21.0 (6.40)
52.5 (16.00)
65.0 (19.81)
80 ft (24m)
28.0 (8.53)
70.0 (21.34)
85.0 (25.91)
API 2B
API 2H
Diameter
• Circumference +1%, ±1/2” max.
• Out of round:
wall thickness ≤ 2”, 1% OD, 1/4” max.
wall thickness > 2”, 1/8 of wall thickness
OD > 48”, 1/2” max. provided circumference is ± 1/4”
Tolerances in accordance with ASTM A6 Tables 1-15 (A.1-A.15)
Thickness
In accordance with plate specification
Length
±11/2” per 10 feet of length
Straightness
in any 10 feet of length
for length > 10 ft,
maximum total deviation = 1/8” x length in feet / 10
with a maximum of 3/8 in any 40 ft length
1/ ”
8
379
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
DIN 1626
For Dimensions and Weights see page 110.
Weight
DIN 1629
For Dimensions and Weights see page 114.
Weight
Per single length
+12% – 8%
Per single length
+12% – 8%
per wagon 10 t and over
+10% – 5%
per batch min. 10 tonnes
+10% – 5%
Diameter
Diameter
≤ 200mm
±1%, min ±0.5mm
200 – 1000mm
±(0.005 x diameter) +1mm
> 1000mm
±6mm
±1%, minimum 0.5mm
Pipe Ends
Applies to end 100mm when specified
Ovality
OD < 200mm
within permissible deviation in diameter
OD ≥ 200mm
2%, not applicable where D/t > 100
≤ 100mm
± 0.4mm
> 100mm ≤ 200mm
0.5% of OD
≤ 200mm
0.6% of OD,
can be applied to ID if specified
Pipe Ends
Wall Thickness
OD ≤ 130mm
Applies to end 100 mm only when agreed
t ≤ 2Sn
+15% – 10%
≤ 200mm
±0.5% min ±0.3mm
2Sn < t ≤ 4Sn
+12.5% – 10%
200 – 325mm
±1mm
t > 4Sn
+9%
> 325mm
±1.6mm
Wall Thickness
130 < OD ≤ 320mm
320 < OD ≤ 660mm
1
≤ 3mm
+0.30 – 0.25mm
3 to 10mm
+0.452–
> 10mm
– 0.50mm2
1
2
0.35mm
Manufacturing lengths as occuring in production
± 500mm
≤ 6m
> 6m ≤ 12m
> 12m
380
≤ 500 mm OD
+10 – 0 mm
> 500 mm OD
+25 – 0 mm
≤ 500 mm OD
+15 – 0 mm
> 500 mm OD
+50 – 0 mm
by agreement
t > 0.11 OD
± 10%
t ≤ 0.05 OD
+20% –15%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.09 OD
+15% –12.5%
Lengths
Manufacturing lengths
as occuring in production
Specified lengths
± 500mm
Exact lengths
Lengths
Exact lengths
+17.5% – 12.5%
± 12.5%
Sn = nominal wall thickness in accordance with DIN 2448
wall thicknesses can be an additional 5% under over a length
2 x OD or 300 mm whichever is larger.
for plates ≥ 5 mm thick, upper limit is given by weight tolerance.
Specified lengths
t ≤ 0.05 OD
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.11 OD
≤ 6m
+10mm – 0mm
> 6m ≤ 12m
+15mm – 0mm
> 12m
by agreement
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
DIN 2462
For Dimensions and Weights see page 118.
Permissible deviation of diameter and wall thickness (includes allowed ovality).
Manufacturing Process Outside Diameter mm Outside Diameter Ø
Cold fabricated
Hot fabricated
Wall Thickness t
ISO Tolerance Class
Permissible Deviation
ISO Tolerance Class
Permissible Deviation
Ø ≤ 219.1
D2
±1%, min ± 0.5mm
T3
±10%, min ± 0.2mm
In special cases
In special cases
Ø ≤ 219.1
D3
± 0.75%, min ± 0.3mm T4
±7.5%, min ±0.15mm
Ø ≤ 219.1
D4
± 0.5%, min ± 0.1mm
44.5 ≤ Ø ≤ 219.1
D1
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm
T1
In special cases
44.5 ≤ Ø ≤ 219.1
D2
± 1%, min ± 0.5mm
219.1 < Ø ≤ 610
D1
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1
± 15%, min ± 0.6mm
In special cases
T2
± 12.5%, min ± 0.4mm
t ≤ 0.05Ø + 22.5% – 15%
T1
0.05Ø < t ≤ 0.09Ø
± 15%, min ± 0.6mm
± 1.5%, min 0.75mm1
T2
t > 0.09Ø
± 12.5%, min ± 0.15mm
1
When ordered with sized ends tolerance of ± 0.6 % applies to end 100 mm.
Lengths
Manufacturers length:
Specified length:
Exact length:
2–7m, longer by agreement
± 500mm
as table
Diameter
Length
Tolerance
mm
m
mm
≤ 40
≤1
+1 – 0
>1≤2
+2 – 0
>2≤3
+3 – 0
>3≤4
+4 – 0
>4≤8
+5 – 0
> 40 ≤ 168
> 168
≤6
+5 – 0
>6
+10 – 0
all lengths
+10 – 0
381
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
DIN 2463
For Dimensions and Weights see page 124.
Permissible deviation of diameter and wall thickness.
Manufacturing Process Outside Diameter mm
Welded
≤ 168.3
Outside Diameter Ø
Wall Thickness t
ISO Tolerance Class
Permissible Deviation
D2
± 1%, min ± 0.5mm
In special cases
ISO Tolerance Class
Permissible Deviation
T3
In special cases
± 10%, min ± 0.2mm
D3
± 0.75%, min ± 0.3mm T4
D4
± 0.5%, min ± 0.1mm
> 168.3
± 1%, max ± 3mm
± 7.5%, min ± 0.15mm
T3
± 10%, min ± 0.2mm
Note: Positive tolerances on wall thickness do not apply to weld seam – can be agreed to DIN 8563
Out of roundness
OD ≤ 168.3 mm included in above table
OD > 168.3 mm, 2% of mean diameter max.
Length
same as DIN 2462
DIN 17172
Diameter
Wall Thickness
mm
seamless
welded
≤ 200
± 1%
± 1%
200 – 1000
± 1%
± (0.5% + 1mm)
> 1000
Seamless
Welded
± 6mm
Pipe ends
OD ≤ 130mm
± 10%
OD > 130mm
± 12.5%
t ≤ 10mm
+ 0.45mm – 0.35mm
t > 10mm
– 0.5mm
Length
mm
seamless
welded
m
100 – 200
± 0.5%
± 0.5%
Random range
7 – 11
8 – 14
10 – 16.5 10 – 18
200 – 325
± 0.7%
± 1mm
Minimum average
8
11
13.5
> 325
± 0.7%
± 1.6mm
382
•
•
•
Maximum 10% of delivery shorter than average.
Minimum individual length 50% of average
Fixed lengths ± 500mm.
14.5
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
DIN 17175
For Dimensions and Weights see page 110.
Weight
Per single length
+ 10% – 8%
Per wagon 10 t and over
± 7.5%
DIN 17175 cont.
Wall thickness
for orders based on the bore ≥ 200 ≥720mm
t ≤ 0.05 ID
+22.5% –12.5%
0.05 ID < t < 0.10 ID
+15% –12.5%
t > 0.10 ID
+12.5% –10%
Diameter
For orders based on inside diameter permissible deviation is ±1%
For orders based on outside diameter:
OD ≤ 100mm
non-profiled tubes
± 0.75% min 0.5mm
internally and/or
±1% min 0.5mm
externally profiled tubes
100 < OD ≤ 320mm
± 0.90%
OD > 320mm
± 1%
± 0.4mm
100 < OD ≤ 200mm
± 0.5%
OD> 200mm
± 0.6%
OD ≤ 120mm
± 0.6% min ± 0.25mm
OD > 120mm
± 0.75%
130 < OD ≤ 320
± 500 mm
≤6m
+ 10 mm –0 mm
> 6 m ≤ 12 m
+ 15 mm –0 mm
> 12 m
by agreement
Size
• CHS outside diameter ± 0.5 mm or ± 1%
whichever is greater
• RHS outside dimension of sides ± 0.5mm or ± 1% whichever
is greater
• Squareness 90˚ ± 1˚
+ 15% –10%
2Sn < t ≤ 4Sn
+ 12.5% –10%
BS 7191 Seamless Tubulars
t > 4Sn
± 9%
t ≤ 0.05 x OD
Size, mass and length as BS 4848
+ 17.5% –12.5%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.11 x OD ± 12.5%
320 < OD ≤ 660
Exact lengths
Lengths
• exact lengths up to 6 m: +10 mm – 0 mm
• over 6 m: +15 mm – 0 mm
Wall thickness
For orders based on outside diameter.
t ≤ 2Sn
no tolerance
Random lengths
Weight
• ± 6% on individual lengths
• + 6% – 4 % on lots of 10 tons and over
Diameter
For cold worked tubes, outside diameter.
OD ≤ 130
Production lengths
BS 4848 Tubulars
Pipe ends
Applies to end 100mm when agreed.
45 ≤ OD ≤ 100mm
Lengths
t > 0.11 x OD
± 10%
t ≤ 0.05 x OD
+ 22.5% –12.5%
0.05 OD < t ≤ 0.09 OD
+ 15% –12.5%
t > 0.09 OD
+ 12.5% –10%
Sn = nominal wall thickness in accordance with DIN 2448
Wall thickness
• + 15% –12.5%
Internal diameter
• Specified OD – 2 x specified thickness
• 100 mm each end ± 0.5% on nominal ID
383
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
ASME B16.9
For Dimensions and Weights see page 163.
All Fittings1
NB
Elbows 90° 45° Caps
180° Returns
OD
ID2
Wall
Centre
Centre
Back
Align-
Off
at bevel
at end
Thickness
to End
to end
to Face
ment
Angle
Plane
O
K
U
Q
P
ABCM
1/ -21/
2
2
+1.6 –0.8
0.8
3–4
+1.6
1.6
5–8
+2.4 –1.6
1.6
10 – 12
+4.0 –3.2
3.2
14 – 16
+4.0 –3.2
3.2
18
+4.0 –3.2
3.2
Not less
than
87.5% of
nominal
thickness
Lenght
E
Angularity
Off
2
3
6
6
1
1
2
2
3
6
6
1
1
2
2
6
6
6
1
2
4
2
6
10
6
2
3
5
2
6
10
6
2
3
6
2
6
10
6
2
4
10
10
6
2
20 – 24
+6.4 –4.8
4.8
2
6
4
10
26 – 30
+6.4 -4.8
4.8
5
10
5
10
32 – 42
+6.4 –4.8
4.8
5
10
5
13
44 – 48
+6.4 –4.8
4.8
5
10
5
19
1
2
All dimensions are in millimeters. Listings with decimals do not imply precision measurement such as use of vernier, micrometer, electronic
readout equipment etc. ASME B16.9 Appendix I is a mandatory listing of inch dimensions.
ID = OD – 2t, all dimensions nominal, unless ID is specified by the purchaser.
MSS-SP-75 For
NB
ID1
Dimensions and Weights see page 163.
Wall Thickness
at end
Out of Roundness1
At Ends
of Fittings
Elbows and
Reducers
Caps
Angularity
Elbows
Body of
Tees Centre
Overall
Overall
y
Off Plane Off Plane
Reducers
Elbows
to End
Length
Length
Off Angle
ABCM
H
E
Elbows
Other
Q
P
P
16 –2 4 ±0.09 Nominal -0.01
0.19
0.12
2.5%
±0.09
±0.09
±0.25
0.06
0.25
2.5% OD
26 –36 ±0.09 isolated reductions
1% OD
0.12
2.5%
±0.12
±0.19
±0.38
0.09
0.50
2.5% OD
38 –4 8 ±0.12 permitted
1% OD
0.12
2.5%
±0.19
±0.38
±0.38
0.12
0.75
2.5% OD
1
2
The inside diameter at end shall be determined by circumferential measurement, and the tolerance refers to variations from nominal ID
calculated by Nominal OD – 2 x Nominal Thickness. Out of round is difference between maximum and minimum diameter.
ID = OD – 2t, all dimensions nominal, unless ID is specified by the purchaser.
ASME B 31.3 and 31.8
Due to flexibility and stress intensification tcrotch ≥ t x 1.5 and crotch radius ≥ branch OD/8 (see B31.3 Appendix D table D300).
ASME B 16.11
For Dimensions and Weights see page 250.
The listing in page 250 of dimensions gives maxima and minima of the various dimensions. Additional tolerances are as follows:
Concentricity of bores · The socket and fitting bores shall be concentric within a tolerance of 0.8 mm (0.03 in) for all sizes. Opposite
socket bores shall be concentric within a tolerance of 1.5 mm (0.06 in) for all sizes.
Coincidence of axes · The maximum allowable variation in the alignment of the fittings bore and socket bore axes shall be 1.0 mm
in 200 mm (0.06 in in 1 ft). The maximum allowable variation in alignment of threads shall be 1.0 mm in 200 mm (0.06 in in 1 ft).
Width of flat welding surface · Minimum flat is 0.75 x minimum socket wall thickness.
384
Tolerances and End Finishes
Dimensional Tolerances
Pipes · Fittings · Flanges
American, British, German Specifications
ASME B 16.5 and B 16.47
Outside diameter
O
Flanges thickness
tf1
For Dimensions and Weights see page 224 and page 238.
None specified
NPS 18 and smaller
– 0 + 3mm (0.12”)
NPS 20 to NPS 24
NPS 26 and up
Diameter of hub
– 0 + 0.19” (5mm)
Thickness 2.0 to 3.0
– 0 + 0.31” (8mm)
Thickness over 3.0
– 0 + 0.38” (10mm)
None specified
NPS 5 and smaller
+ 2.0mm (0.09”) - 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 6 to NPS 24
+ 4.0mm (1.16”) - 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 26 and larger
+ 0.21” (5.0mm) – 0.06” (1.6mm)
NPS 4 and smaller
± 1.5mm (0.06”)
Y
• welding neck
• slip on
Bore
– 0 + 0.12” (3mm)
Thickness 1.0 to 2.0
X
OD at chamfer (welding neck) A
Length through hub
– 0 + 5mm (0.19”)
Thickness up to 1.0
NPS 5 to NPS 10
+ 1.5 (0.06”) - 3.0mm (0.12”)
NPS 12 to NPS 24
+ 3.0mm (0.12”) - 5.0mm (0.18”)
NPS 26 and larger
± 0.19” (5mm)
Lengths listed are minimum. No maximum is specified.
B
• welding neck
NPS 10 and smaller
• slip on
± 1.0mm (0.03”)
NPS 12 to NPS 18
± 1.5mm (0.06”)
NPS 20 and larger
+ 3.0mm (0.12”) - 1.5mm (0.06”)
NPS 10 and smaller
+ 1.0mm (0.03”) - 0
NPS 12 to NPS 24
+ 1.5mm (0.06”) - 0
Diameter of bolt circle
± 1.5mm (0.06”)
Centre to centre
adjacent bolt holes
± 0.8mm (0.03”)
Eccentricity: Bolt circle diameter
NPS 2.1/2 and smaller
0.8mm (0.03”)
to machined facing diameter:
NPS 3 and larger
1.5mm (0.06”)
Thickness of hub at welding end
Diameter of face
R2
– 12.5% of nominal pipe thickness
150 lb, 300 lb
All other classes
Bolt length
• Machine bolt
1
2
± 1.0mm (0.03”)
± 0.08” (2.0mm)
up to NPS 24
± 0.5mm (0.02”)
NPS 26 and larger
± 0.04” (1.0mm)
≤ 305mm (12”)
– 1.5mm (0.06”)
> 305mm (12”)
≤ 460mm (18”)
> 460mm (18”)
– 3.0mm (0.12”)
– 7.0mm (0.25”)
L
• Stud bolts
Facing
up to NPS 24
NPS 26 and larger
ASME B18.2.1
Raised face
3.2–6.3μm (125– 250 micro inches)
Ring joint
Side wall surface 1.6 μm (63 mirco inches) max.
Raised face flanges: 150lb and 300lb flanges have 2mm (0.06”) raised face, other classes 7mm (0.25”)
Ring joint facings: See Table 5 in ASME B16.25, table 3 in ASME B16.47 for dimensions. Dimension R is not applicable.
385
Tolerances and End Finishes
End Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
API 5L
ASME B16.25
α
α
0.88in max
22mm
a
α=
a=
•
a
Plain Bevel (Fig 2a)
30˚ + 5˚ – 0˚
1/ ”
± 1/32”
16
1.59mm
± 0.79mm
37.1/2˚
0.06”
1.6mm
α=
a=
±2.1/2˚
±0.03”
±0.8mm
For seamless pipe where internal machining
is required to meet root face tolerance, max.
angle of internal taper from longitudinal axis
given in table.
β
Wall thickness
Max angle of taper
in
mm
< 0.418
< 10.6
7˚
0.418 – 0.555
10.6 – 14.1
9 1/2˚
0.556 – 0.666
14.1 – 16.9
11˚
> 0.666
> 16.9
14˚
α
over 0.88in
22mm
0.75in ± 0.06
19mm ± 2.0
a
•
For removal of internal butt on welded pipe
larger than 4 1/2 in OD, internal taper 7˚ max.
•
SAW pipe shall have inside weld
reinforcement removed for a distance of
approximately 4 inches.
•
Pipe 2 3/8 and larger, pipe ends cut square to within 1/16 in
(1.59mm).
386
Compound Bevel (Fig 3a)
α=
β=
a=
371/2˚
10˚
0.06”
1.6mm
±21/2˚
±1˚
±0.03”
±0.8mm
Tolerances and End Finishes
End Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
DIN 2559
Id.-No Denomination
1
Wall Thickness
Angle
Symbol
Sectional view
s mm (in)
α°
square butt weld
≤3
0 to 3
(≤ 0.118)
(0 to 0.118)
β°
Distance
Root face
b mm (in)
c mm (in)
s
b
21
single V butt weld
α
≤ 16
40 to 60 for SG
0 to 3
(≤ 0.630)
60 for E and G
(0 to 0.118)
≤ 16
40 to 60 for SG
0 to 4
to 2
(≤ 0.630)
60 for E and G
(0 to 0.157)
(to 0.79)
0 to 3
to 2
(0 to 0.118)
(to 0.079)
0 to 3
≈4
(0 to 0.118)
(≈ 0.157)
0 to 2
≈6
(0 to 0.079)
(≈ 0.236)
s
b
22
single V butt weld
α
s
c
b
3
≥ 12
single U butt weld
β
8
(≥ 0.472)
≈6
s
c
b
4
single U butt weld
on bevelled gap
≥ 12
β
60
8
(≥ 0.472)
α
≈6
s
c
b
5
≥ 16
single V butt weld
on bevelled gap
(≥ 0.630)
β
≈ 35
≈6
α
s
c
b
387
Tolerances and End Finishes
End Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
Threading Specifications
API 5L Line pipe
API 5B Threading, Gauging and Thread Inspection
ASTM A 53 Pipe
ASME B1.20.1 NPT Pipe Threads, General Purpose
ASME B 16.5, B 16.11
ASME B1.20.1 NPT Pipe Threads, General Purpose
ASTM A 193 Bolts
ASME B1.1 Unified Screw Threads Class 2A (Bolts) 2B (Nuts)
ASTM A 194 Nuts
ASME B1.1 Unified Screw Threads Class 2A (Bolts) 2B (Nuts)
≤1” (25.4mm) Course Thread Series, ≥1” 8 Pitch Thread Series
≤1” (25.4mm) Course Thread Series, ≥1” 8 Pitch Thread Series
N.B. ASME B1.20.1 replaces ANSI B2.1.
All threads right hand unless designated LH.
ASME B1.1
UN
unified thread series - specific combinations of character and pitch
Class 2A
refers to tolerances and allowances for external threads
Class 2B
refers to tolerances and allowances for internal threads
Pitch p
reciprocal of threads per inch n (p= 1/n)
Course Thread Series (UNC)
threads per inch (see table)
8 Pitch Thread Series (8UN)
threads per inch = 8
Thread Form
triangular 60˚ (can be rounded)
Height of Fundamental Triangle
H = 0.866 p
Height of Thread:(internal and external)
h = 0.541 p = 5/8 H
Major Diameter
D, i.e. bolt or associated nut diameter
Minor Diameter
E = D–2h
Threads per Inch
Course Thread
Nominal Diameter
1/
4
5/
16
3/
8
7/
16
1/
2
9/
16
5/
8
3/
4
7/
8
1
Series UNC
Threads per Inch
20
18
16
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Tolerances are not given here as special equipment would be needed to measure the appropriate
dimensions. See specification for detailed tolerances and gauging practice
388
Tolerances and End Finishes
End Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
ASME B1.20.1 NPT National (American) Pipe Taper Threads
API 5B Line Pipe Thread Dimensions
L4
L2
V
Taper of thread
1 in 16 measured
on diameter
L1
L3
Vanish threads
due to chamfer
on die
2p
L5
Pitch line
E3
E0
E1
E2
E5
OD
Table of Dimensions1, 2
NB
Threads
Hand Tight
Effective External Thread
Overall
Nominal complete
ext. Thread
external Thread
Diam. E2
Length L4
Length L5
Diam. E 5
in
in
in
in
per inch n
Length L1
in
threads
Diam. E1
Length L2
in
in
threads
1/
8
27
0.162
4.36
0.374
0.264
7.12
0.380
0.392
0.190
0.375
1/
4
18
0.228
4.10
0.492
0.402
7.23
0.503
0.595
0.291
0.496
3/
8
18
0.240
4.32
0.627
0.408
7.34
0.638
0.601
0.297
0.631
1/
2
14
0.320
4.48
0.778
0.534
7.47
0.792
0.782
0.391
0.783
3/
4
14
0.339
4.75
0.989
0.546
7.64
1.002
0.794
0.403
0.993
1
11.5
0.400
4.60
1.239
0.683
7.85
1.256
0.985
0.509
1.245
1 1/4
11.5
0.420
4.83
1.583
0.707
8.13
1.601
1.009
0.533
1.590
1 1/2
11.5
0.420
4.83
1.822
0.724
8.32
1.841
1.025
0.550
1.830
2
11.5
0.436
5.01
2.296
0.757
8.70
2.316
1.058
0.583
2.305
2 1/2
8
0.682
5.46
2.762
1.138
9.10
2.791
1.571
0.888
2.775
3
8
0.766
6.13
3.389
1.200
9.60
3.416
1.634
0.950
3.400
3 1/2
8
0.821
6.57
3.889
1.250
10.00
3.916
1.684
1.000
3.900
4
8
0.844
6.75
4.387
1.300
10.40
4.416
1.734
1.050
4.400
5
8
0.937
7.50
5.449
1.406
11.25
5.479
1.840
1.156
5.463
6
8
0.958
7.66
6.506
1.513
12.10
6.541
1.946
1.263
6.525
8
8
1.063
8.50
8.500
1.713
13.70
8.541
2.146
1.463
8.525
10
8
1.210
9.68
10.621
1.925
15.40
10.666
2.359
1.675
10.650
12
8
1.360
10.88
12.618
2.125
17.00
12.666
2.559
1.875
12.650
14
8
1.562
12.50
13.873
2.250
18.00
13.916
2.684
2.000
13.900
16
8
1.812
14.50
15.876
2.450
19.60
15.916
2.884
2.200
15.900
18
8
2.000
16.00
17.875
2.650
21.20
17.916
3.084
2.400
17.900
20
8
2.125
17.00
19.870
2.850
22.80
19.916
3.284
2.600
19.900
24
8
2.375
19.00
23.861
3.250
26.00
23.916
3.684
3.000
23.900
1
The dimensions given here are in inches to three decimal places only.
Pitch p
Taper
Angle of teeth
Height of thread triangle
Height of actual thread
= 1/n: reciprocal of threads per inch
= 0.0625 inches per inch (1 in 16)
= 60˚
= 0.866p
= 0.800p
2
D
Eo
E1
L2
Couplings
Threads are right handed unless designated LH
= pipe diameter
= D – (0.05D + 1.1) p
= Eo + 0.0625 L1
= (0.80D + 6.8) p
Thread forms: API 5L are taper, ASTM A53 2” NB and smaller in
std weight can be straight, all others taper
Application is hand tight unless power-tight is specified.
389
Tolerances and End Finishes
End Finishes
Welding Ends/Threads
BS21
Total thread
Taper Thread based on Whitworth
Useful thread
(not less than gauge length plus fitting allowance)
Incomplete
thread
ISO 7/1
Pitch p
Taper
Angle of teeth
Height of thread triangle
Actual thread height
Radius of rounded crest and roots
= 1/ threads per inch = p
= 1 in 16
= 55˚
= 0.960237 p
= 0.640327 p
= 0.137278 p
Vanish cone
End of longest permitted
internal thread at hand
tight engagement
Gauge plane
Gauge
diameter d
Major cone
-
T1
T
+ 1
2
2
Wrenchning
allowance
Gauge length
Allowance equivalent
to positive tolerance
on internal thread
Size
Washout
thread
Complete thread
Fitting allowance
Threads
Gauge Ø
Gauge length
Lenght of useful thread
Fitting
Wrenching
Ø tol. internal
per inch
min
Turns of
T1/2
Turns of
Tol.
Allowance
Allowance
parallel threads mm
in
thread
threads
thread
threads
1/
8
28
9.728
4 3/8
±1
7 1/8
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.071
1/
4
19
13.157
4 1/2
±1
7 1/4
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.104
3/
8
19
16.662
4 3/4
±1
7 1/2
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.104
1/
2
14
20.955
4 1/2
±1
7 1/4
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.142
3/
4
14
26.441
5 1/4
±1
8
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.142
1
11
33.249
4 1/2
±1
7 1/4
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.180
1 1/4
11
41.910
5 1/2
±1
8 1/4
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.180
1 1/2
11
47.803
5 1/2
±1
8 1/4
±1
2 3/4
1 1/2
± 0.180
2
11
59.614
6 7/8
±1
10 1/8
±1
3 1/4
2
± 0.180
± 1 1/2
11 9/16
± 1 1/2
4
2 1/2
± 0.216
± 1 1/2
12
± 1 1/2
4
2 1/2
± 0.216
11
± 1 1/2
15 1/2
± 1 1/2
4 1/2
3
± 0.216
2 1/2
11
75.184
7 9/16
3
11
87.884
8
4
11
113.030
15/
16
15/
16
5
11
138.430
12 3/8
± 1 1/2
17 3/8
± 1 1/2
5
3 1/2
± 0.216
6
11
163.830
12 3/8
± 1 1/2
17 3/8
± 1 1/2
5
3 1/2
± 0.216
390
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
General Information
Index
Conversion Factors
Umrechnungsfaktoren
Table de Conversion
Tabelle di Conversione
Factores de Conversión ........................................................ 394
Common Alloying Elements in Steel
Allgemeine Legierungselemente im Stahl
Elements d‘alliage communs dans l‘acier
Elementi leganti nell‘Acciaio
Elementos de Aleación en Acero .......................................... 414
Test Methods
Testverfahren
Différentes Méthodes de tests
Metodi di controllo
Metodos de Inspección ........................................................ 407
Shipping
Verschiffung
Expedition
Condizioni di spedizione
Condiciones de embarcamiento .......................................... 416
Welding
Schweißverfahren
Soudage
Saldatura
Metodo di Soldadura .......................................................... 408
Pipe Stacking/Railroad and Marine Transport
Lagerung/Bahn- und Seetransport
Gerbage de Tubes/Transport ferroviaire et maritime
Deposito/Trasporto ferroviario e marittimo
Almacenamiento de Tubos/Transporte
por ferrocarril y barco .......................................................... 418
Heat Treatment
Wärmebehandlung
Traitement thermique
Trattamento Termico
Tratamiento Térmico ............................................................ 410
Glossary of Terms
Fachwortverzeichnis
Lexique de Différents Termes utilisés
Glossario della Terminologia
Terminologia ........................................................................ 419
Corrosion Prevention, Coating
Korrosionsschutz, Beschichtungen
Traitement Anticorrosion, Revêtements
Prevenzione alla corrosione, Rivestimento
Prevencion de Corrosión, Revestimiento .............................. 412
393
General Information
Conversion Factors
System of Units (SI)
Length
Mass
Time
metre (m)
kilogram (kg)
second (s)
Electric Current
(rate of flow)
ampere (A)
Area
Velocity
square metre
(m2)
metre per second
(m/s)
Force
Acceleration
kilogram metre
per second
squared (kg/m2)
metre per
second squared
(per second
per second)
(m/s2)
= newton (N)
Pressure, stress
Quantity of
Electricity
Electric
Resistance
Electric
Conductance
ampere second
(As)
V/A
A/V
= coulomb (C)
= ohm (Ω)
= siemens (S)
Electric
Capacitance
Electric
Potential
C/V
watt per ampere
(W/A)
= farad (F)
= volt (V)
newton per
square metre
(N/m2)
Energy, work done,
or quantity of heat
Power
(rate of carrying out work)
(force applied through distance)
newton metre (Nm)
joule per second
= pascal (Pa)
= joule (J)
= watt (W) (also W=A·V)
Key
multiply by 1 unit
divide by 1 unit
The SI System is based on the Metre, Kilogram, Second and Ampere
1 Metre (m)
= 1000 millimetres (mm)
= 100 centimetres (cm)
1 Kilometre (km) = 1000 metres (m)
1 Kilogram (kg) = 1000 grams (g)
1 Tonne (t)
= 1000 kilograms (kg)
394
General Information
Conversion Factors
Length
from metric
multiply by
from imperial
micron
μm
to imperial
millliinch
mil
0.03937
milliinch
mil
to metric
micron
μm
multiply by
25.40
millimetre
mm
inch
in
0.03937
inch
in
millimetre
mm
25.4000
metre
m
foot
ft
3.2808
foot
ft
metre
m
0.3048
metre
m
yard
yd
1.0963
yard
yd
metre
m
0.9144
metre
m
chain
0.1491
chain
metre
m
20.1168
metre
m
furlong
0.0050
furlong
metre
m
201.168
metre
m
fathom
0.5468
fathom
metre
m
1.8288
kilometre
km
mile
0.6214
mile
kilometre
km
1.6093
Area
from metric
multiply by
from imperial
sq millimetre
mm2
to imperial
sq inch
sq in
0.0015
sqare inch
sq in
to metric
sq millimetre
mm2
multiply by
645.1600
sq centimetre
cm2
sq inch
sq in
0.1550
square inch
sq in
sq centimetre
cm2
6.4516
sq metre
m2
sq foot
sq ft
10.7636
square foot
sq ft
sq metre
m2
0.0929
sq metre
m2
sq yard
sq yd
1.1960
square yard
sq yd
sq metre
m2
0.8361
sq metre
m2
acre
0.0002
acre
sq metre
m2
4046.86
sq kilometre
km2
sq mile
0.3861
square mile
sq kilometre
km2
2.5898
Volume
from metric
multiply by
from imperial
cubic centimetre
cc
to imperial
cubic inch
cu in
0.0610
cubic inch
cu in
cubic centimetre
cc
16.3871
cubic metre
m3
cubic foot
cu ft
35.3134
cubic foot
cu ft
cubic metre
m3
0.0283
cubic metre
m3
litre
l
1000.0000
litre
l
cubic metre
m3
0.0010
litre
l
pint
pt
1.7599
pint
pt
litre
l
0.5682
litre
l
imperial gallon
0.2198
imperial gallon
litre
l
4.5460
litre
l
us gallon
0.2642
us gallon
litre
l
3.7854
litre
l
us barrel
0.0063
us barrel
litre
l
158.98
us gallon
42.0000
us gallon
us barrel
us barrel
to metric
multiply by
0.0238
Weight
from metric
multiply by
from imperial
gram
g
to imperial
dram
dr
0.5644
dram
dr
to metric
gram
g
multiply by
1.7718
gram
g
grain
gr
15.4324
grain
gr
gram
g
0.0648
gram
g
ounce
oz
0.0353
ounce
oz
gram
g
28.3495
gram
g
pound
lb
0.0022
pound
lb
gram
g
453.5923
kilogram
kg
pound
lb
2.2046
pound
lb
kilogram
kg
0.4536
kilogram
kg
hundredweight
cwt
0.0197
hundredweight
cwt
kilogram
kg
50.8023
metric ton
t
kilogram
kg
1000.000
kilogram
kg
metric ton
t
0.0010
metric ton
t
ton
t
0.9842
ton
t
metric ton
t
1.0161
Note: US short ton = 2000 lbs = 907.2 kg
395
General Information
Conversion Factors
Temperature
There are three common temperature scales, Celsius or Centrigrade, Kelvin or Absolute and Fahrenheit.
Celsius (Centigrade) is based on: 0 °C is the freezing point and 100 °C the boiling point of water
Kelvin (Absolute) has the same temperature graduations as Celsius but 0 °K is -273.15 °C, which is absolute zero – so called
because it is the lowest possible temperature in this universe
Fahrenheit was originally formulated based on: 0 °F as the temperature of a mixture of ice and salt (-32 °C) and 100 °F
as the temperature of humans blood. One °F = 5/9 °C.
from
to
Formula
Celsius
°C
Farenheit
°F
multiply by 9/5 and add 32
Celsius
°C
Kelvin
°K
add 273.15
Kelvin
°K
Farenheit
°F
multiply by 9/5 and subtract 459.67
Fahrenheit
°F
Celsius
°C
subtract 32 and multiply by 5/9
Kelvin
°K
Celsius
°C
Subtract 273.15
Fahrenheit
°F
Kelvin
°K
multiply by 5/9 and add 255.37
kp
0.1020
Force
Force = mass x acceleration
from
Newtons
to
N
kilopond
multiply by
Newtons
N
pound weight
lbwgt
0.2248
Kilopond
kp
pound weight
lbwgt
2.2046
Kilopond
kp
Newtons
N
9.8067
pound weight
lbwgt
Newtons
N
4.4482
pound weight
lbwgt
kilopond
kp
0.4536
Gravitational acceleration 9.80665 meters per second per second (slight variation at different points on earth).
NB Kilopond = Kilogram force
pound weight = pound force
396
General Information
Conversion Factors
Energy
Energy = force x distance = quantity of heat
from
to
multiply by
Joule
J
kilopond metre
kpm
0.1020
Joule
J
kiloawatt hour
kWh
0.2778 x 10-6
Joule
J
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
0.7376
Joule
J
kilocalorie
kcal
0.2388 x 10-3
Joule
J
British Themal Unit
BThU
0.9479 x 10-3
kilopond metre
kpm
kiloawatt hour
kWh
2.7233 x 10-6
kilopond metre
kpm
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
7.2307
kilopond metre
kpm
kilocalorie
kcal
2.3425 x 10-3
kilopond metre
kpm
British Themal Unit
BThU
9.2954 x 10-3
kilopond metre
kpm
Joule
J
9.8067
kilowatt hour
kWh
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
2.6553 x 106
kilowatt hour
kWh
kilocalorie
kcal
859.85
kilowatt hour
kWh
British Themal Unit
BThU
3.4118 x 10-3
kilowatt hour
kWh
Joule
J
3.6000 x 106
kilowatt hour
kWh
kilopond metre
kpm
0.3672 x 106
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
kilocalorie
kcal
0.3238 x 10-3
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
British Themal Unit
BThU
1.2851 x 10-3
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
Joule
J
1.3558
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
kilopond metre
kpm
0.1383
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
kilowatt hour
kWh
0.3766 x 10-6
kilocalorie
kcal
British Themal Unit
BThU
3.9683
kilocalorie
kcal
Joule
J
4186.8
kilocalorie
kcal
kilopond metre
kpm
426.89
kilocalorie
kcal
kilowatt hour
kWh
1.1630 x 10-3
kilocalorie
kcal
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
3088.3
British Themal Unit
BThU
Joule
J
1055.0
British Thermal Unit
BThU
kilopond metre
kpm
107.58
British Thermal Unit
BThU
kiloawatt hour
kWh
293.10
British Thermal Unit
BThU
foot pound weight
ftlbwgt
778.0
British Thermal Unit
BThU
kilocalorie
kcal
0.2520
1 Joule = 1 Newton metre = 1 Watt second = 107 ergs
397
General Information
Conversion Factors
Power
Power = energy per second
from
to
multiply by
Watt
W
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
Watt
W
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
0.7376
Watt
W
Horse Power
hp
1.341 x 10-3
Watt
W
Cheval Vapeur
CV
1.360 x 10-3
Watt
W
Pferdestärke
PS
1.360 x 10-3
Watt
W
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
0.8598
Watt
W
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
3.4118
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
7.2307
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
Horse Power
hp
0.0131
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
Cheval Vapeur
CV
0.0133
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
Pferdestärke
PS
0.0133
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
8.4317
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
33.463
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
Horse Power
hp
1.8182 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
Cheval Vapeur
CV
1.8450 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
Pferdestärke
PS
1.8450 x 10-3
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
1.1657
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
4.6264
Horse Power
hp
Cheval Vapeur
CV
1.014
Horse Power
hp
Pferdestärke
PS
1.014
Horse Power
hp
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
641.14
Horse Power
hp
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
2544
Cheval Vapeur
CV
Pferdestärke
PS
1
Cheval Vapeur
CV
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
632.38
Cheval Vapeur
CV
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
2507
Pferdestärke
PS
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
632.38
Pferdestärke
PS
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
2507
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
3.9683
398
0.1020
General Information
Conversion Factors
Power
Power = energy per second
from
kilopond metre/sec
to
kpm/s
Watt
multiply by
W
9.8067
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
Watt
W
1.3558
Horse Power
hp
Watt
W
745.7
Cheval Vapeur
CV
Watt
W
735.5
Pferdestärke
PS
Watt
W
735.5
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
Watt
W
1.1630
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
Watt
W
0.2931
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
0.1383
Horse Power
hp
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
76.071
Cheval Vapeur
CV
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
75.00
Pferdestärke
PS
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
75.00
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
0.1186
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
kilopond metre/sec
kpm/s
0.0299
Horse Power
hp
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
550.00
Cheval Vapeur
CV
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
542.0
Pferdestärke
PS
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
542.0
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
0.8579
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
foot pound weight/sec
ftlbwgt/s
0.2162
Cheval Vapeur
CV
Horse Power
hp
0.9862
Pferdestärke
PS
Horse Power
hp
0.9862
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
Horse Power
hp
1.5597 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
Horse Power
hp
0.3930 x 10-3
Pferdestärke
PS
Cheval Vapeur
CV
1
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
Cheval Vapeur
CV
1.5813 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
Cheval Vapeur
CV
0.3988 x 10-3
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
Pferdestärke
PS
1.5813 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
Pferdestärke
PS
0.3988 x 10-3
British Thermal Unit/hour
BThU/h
kilocalorie/hour
kcal/h
0.2520
1 Watt = 1 Joule/sec = 1Nm/sec
1 Kilowatt = 1000 Watts
399
General Information
Conversion Factors
Pressure
Pressure = force divided by area
from
to
multiply by
Bar
Bar
Mega Pascals
MPa
Bar
Bar
Pounds per sq inch
psi
0.1
14.5038
Mega Pascals
MPa
Pounds per sq inch
psi
145.038
Mega Pascals
MPa
Bar
Bar
10
Pounds per sq inch
psi
Bar
Bar
0.068947
Pounds per sq inch
psi
Mega Pascals
MPa
6.8947 x 10-3
ksi
0.1450
1 atmosphere (atm) = 760mm Hg (Torr) = 1.01325bar
1 Pascal = 1 N/m2; 1MPa = 1 N/mm2 = 10bar
1 kp/cm2 = 0.0980665bar; 1 kp/mm2 = 98.0665bar = 9.08665MPa
Stress
Stress = force divided by area
from
to
Newtons/sq mm
N/mm2
multiply by
Thousand of pounds/sq in
Newtons/sq mm
N/mm2
Tons per sqare inch
ton/sq in
0.06475
Thousand of pounds/sq in
ksi
Tons per sqare inch
ton/sq in
0.4464
Thousand of pounds/sq in
ksi
Newtons/sq mm N/mm2
N/mm2
6.8947
Tons per sqare inch
ton/sq in
Newtons/sq mm N/mm2
N/mm2
15.4443
Tons per sqare inch
ton/sq in
Thousand of pounds/sq in
ksi
2.240
1 N/mm2 = 1MPa
Impact Energy and Stress
Impact test results are sometimes reported in units of stress rather
than units of energy. The conversion factors for British Imperial to
Metric Units are given in the table of energy:
1 Joule (J) = 0.7376 ft lbs
1 ft lb = 1.3558 Joules
for stress values, the area behind the V-notch is required
e.g a
b
400
10 x 10mm sample with 2mm V-notch (ISO) area =
80mm2 (0.8cm2)
10 x 5mm sample with 2mm V-notch (ISO) area =
40mm2 (0.4cm2)
for case a
for case b
for case a
for case b
1 Joule/cm2
1 Joule/cm2
1 kgf/cm2
1 kgf/cm2
= 1.25J
= 2.50J
= 7.84532J
= 3.92266J
1J
1J
1J
1J
= 0.8J/cm2
= 0.4J/cm2
= 0.1275 kgf/cm2
= 0.2549 kgf/cm2
General Information
Conversion Factors
Grain size Equivalents ASTM E112
ASTM No.
00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.020
0.0141
0.010
0.007
0.005
0.0035
0.0025
0.0018
0.0012
0.0009
0.0006
0.0004
0.36
0.25
0.18
0.125
0.090
0.065
0.045
0.032
0.022
0.016
0.011
Average Grain
in
Diameter
mm 0.51
Multiple Units
Prefix
Symbol
Factor
Scientific Notation
atto
a
0.000 000 000 000 000 001
10-18
femto
f
0.000 000 000 000 001
10-15
pico
p
0.000 000 000 001
10-12
nano
n
0.000 000 001
10-9
micro
μ
0.000 001
10-6
milli
m
0.001
10-3
centi
c
0.01
10-2
deci
d
0.1
10-1
deka
da
hecto
h
kilo
k
mega
M
10
101
100
102
1 000
103
1 000 000
106
giga
G
1 000 000 000
tera
T
1 000 000 000 000
109
1012
Unit Symbols
metre
m
inch
in
kilogram
kg
foot
ft
Second
s
yard
yd
ampere
A
pound
lb
Newton
N
British Thermal Unit
Btu
Pascal
Pa
Horsepower
hp
Joule
J
Cheval Vapeur
CV
Watt
W
Pferdestärke
PS
Kilopond
kp
calorie
cal
Weight of Water at 4°C
1 cu inch
0.036lb
1 cu ft
62.4lb
1 imperial gallon
10.0lb
1 US gallon
8.33lb
1 litre
2.20lb
1kg
401
General Information
Conversion Factors
Hardness
more comprehensive conversion tables are given in ASTM E140
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Vickers
Brinell 10mm ball, 3000kg load
Rockwell
Diamond
Pyramid
A-Scale
B-Scale
C-Scale
D-Scale
Hardness
Standard
Hultgren
Tungsten
60kg load
100kg load
150kg load
100kg load
Number
Ball
Ball
Carbide Ball
brale penetrator
1/ –1in
16
brale penetrator brale penetrator
Ø ball
940
85.6
68.0
76.9
920
85.3
67.5
76.5
900
85.0
67.0
76.1
880
767
84.7
66.4
75.7
860
757
84.4
65.9
75.3
840
745
84.1
65.3
74.8
820
733
83.8
64.7
74.3
800
722
83.4
64.0
73.8
780
710
83.0
63.3
73.3
760
698
82.6
62.5
72.6
740
684
82.2
61.8
72.1
720
670
81.8
61.0
71.5
700
615
656
81.3
60.1
70.8
690
610
647
81.1
59.7
70.5
680
603
638
80.8
59.2
70.1
670
597
630
80.6
58.8
69.8
660
590
620
80.3
58.3
69.4
650
585
611
80.0
57.8
69.0
640
578
601
79.8
57.3
68.7
630
571
591
79.5
56.8
68.3
620
564
582
79.2
56.3
67.9
610
557
573
78.9
55.7
67.5
600
550
564
78.6
55.2
67.0
590
542
554
78.4
54.7
66.7
580
535
545
78.0
54.1
66.2
570
527
535
77.8
53.6
65.8
560
519
525
77.4
53.0
65.4
550
505
512
517
77.0
52.3
64.8
540
496
503
507
76.7
51.7
64.4
530
488
495
497
76.4
51.1
63.9
520
480
487
488
76.1
50.5
63.5
510
473
479
479
75.7
49.8
62.9
500
465
471
471
75.3
49.1
62.2
490
456
460
460
74.9
48.4
61.6
480
448
452
452
74.5
47.7
61.3
470
441
442
442
74.1
46.9
60.7
460
433
433
433
73.6
46.1
60.1
450
425
425
425
73.3
45.3
59.4
440
415
415
415
72.8
44.5
58.8
430
405
405
405
72.3
43.6
58.2
402
General Information
Conversion Factors
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
Shore
Tensile Strength
Superficial Brale Penetrator
scleroscope
(approximate)
Vickers
Diamond
Hardness
Pyramid
15-N-Scale
30-N-Scale
45-N-Scale
15kg load
30kg load
45kg load
number
Hardness
93.2
84.4
75.4
97
940
93.0
84.0
74.8
96
920
92.9
83.6
74.2
95
900
92.7
83.1
73.6
93
880
92.5
82.7
73.1
92
860
92.3
82.2
72.2
91
840
92.1
81.7
71.8
90
820
91.8
81.1
71.0
88
800
91.5
80.4
70.2
87
780
91.2
79.7
69.4
86
760
91.0
79.1
68.6
84
740
90.7
78.4
67.7
83
720
90.3
77.6
66.7
81
90.1
77.2
66.2
89.8
76.8
65.7
89.7
76.4
65.3
89.5
75.9
64.7
89.2
75.5
64.1
89.0
75.1
63.5
88.8
74.6
63.0
88.5
74.2
62.4
88.2
73.6
61.7
88.0
73.2
61.2
87.8
72.7
60.5
87.5
72.1
59.9
87.2
71.7
59.3
86.9
71.2
58.6
86.6
70.5
57.8
86.3
70.0
57.0
86.0
69.5
56.2
85.7
69.0
55.6
85.4
68.3
54.7
85.0
67.7
53.9
84.7
67.1
53.1
84.3
66.4
52.2
83.9
65.7
51.3
83.6
64.9
50.4
83.2
64.3
49.4
82.8
63.5
48.4
82.3
62.7
47.4
1000 psi
N/mm2
Number
700
690
80
79
77
75
74
72
71
69
67
66
64
62
59
329
2268
680
324
2234
670
319
2199
660
314
2165
650
309
2130
640
304
2096
630
299
2062
620
294
2027
610
289
1993
600
284
1958
590
279
1924
580
274
1889
570
269
1855
560
264
1820
550
260
1793
540
254
1751
530
250
1724
520
244
1682
510
240
1655
500
234
1613
490
230
1586
480
224
1544
470
220
1517
460
214
1475
450
210
1448
440
204
1407
430
403
General Information
Conversion Factors
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Vickers
Brinell 10mm ball, 3000kg load
Rockwell
Diamond
Pyramid
A-Scale
B-Scale
C-Scale
D-Scale
Hardness
Standard
Hultgren
Tungsten
60kg load
100kg load
150kg load
100kg load
Number
Ball
Ball
Carbide Ball
brale penetrator
1/ –1in
16
brale penetrator brale penetrator
420
397
397
397
71.8
42.7
57.5
410
388
388
388
71.4
41.8
56.8
400
379
379
379
70.8
40.8
56.0
390
369
369
369
70.3
39.8
55.2
380
360
360
360
69.8
(110.0)
38.8
54.4
370
350
350
350
69.2
37.7
53.6
360
341
341
341
68.7
(109.0)
36.6
52.8
350
331
331
331
68.1
35.5
51.9
340
322
322
322
67.6
(108.0)
34.4
51.1
330
313
313
313
67.0
33.3
50.2
320
303
303
303
66.4
(107.0)
32.2
49.4
310
294
294
294
65.8
31.0
48.4
300
284
284
284
65.2
(105.5)
29.8
47.5
295
280
280
280
64.8
29.2
47.1
290
275
275
275
64.5
(104.5)
28.5
46.5
285
270
270
270
64.2
27.8
46.0
280
265
265
265
63.8
(103.5)
27.1
45.3
275
261
261
261
63.5
26.4
44.9
270
256
256
256
63.1
(102.0)
25.6
44.3
265
252
252
252
62.7
24.8
43.7
260
247
247
247
62.4
(101.0)
24.0
43.1
255
243
243
243
62.0
250
238
238
238
61.6
245
233
233
233
61.2
240
228
228
228
60.7
230
219
219
220
209
209
210
200
200
Ø ball
23.1
42.2
99.5
22.2
41.7
21.3
41.1
98.3
20.3
40.3
219
96.7
(18.0)
209
95.0
(15.7)
200
200
93.4
(13.4)
190
190
190
91.5
(11.0)
190
181
181
181
89.5
(8.5)
180
171
171
171
87.1
(6.0)
170
162
162
162
85.0
(3.0)
160
152
152
152
81.7
(0.0)
150
143
143
143
78.7
140
133
133
133
75.0
130
124
124
124
71.2
120
114
114
114
66.7
110
105
105
105
62.3
100
95
95
95
56.2
95
90
90
90
52.0
90
86
86
86
48.0
85
81
81
81
41.0
404
Values for Rockwell Hardness in
parentheses are beyond normal
range and are given for
information only.
General Information
Conversion Factors
Approximate Equivalent Hardness Numbers for Diamond Pyramid Hardness of Steel
Rockwell Superficial Hardness Number
Shore
Tensile Strength
Superficial Brale Penetrator
scleroscope
(approximate)
Vickers
Diamond
Hardness
15-N-Scale
30-N-Scale
45-N-Scale
15kg load
30kg load
45kg load
81.8
61.9
46.4
81.4
61.1
45.3
81.0
60.2
44.1
80.3
59.3
42.9
79.8
58.4
41.7
79.2
57.4
40.4
78.6
56.4
39.1
78.0
55.4
37.8
77.4
54.4
36.5
76.8
53.6
35.2
76.2
52.3
33.9
75.6
51.3
32.5
74.9
50.2
31.1
74.6
49.7
30.4
74.2
49.0
29.5
73.8
48.4
28.7
73.4
47.8
27.9
73.0
47.2
27.1
72.6
46.4
26.2
72.1
45.7
25.2
71.6
45.0
24.3
71.1
44.2
23.2
70.6
43.4
22.2
70.1
42.5
21.1
69.6
41.7
19.9
Pyramid
number
Hardness
1000 psi
N/mm2
Number
200
1379
420
195
1344
410
190
1310
400
185
1276
390
180
1241
380
175
1207
370
170
1172
360
166
1145
350
161
1110
340
156
1076
330
151
1041
320
146
1007
310
141
972
300
139
958
295
136
938
290
134
924
285
131
903
280
129
889
275
126
869
270
124
855
265
121
834
260
119
820
255
116
800
250
114
786
245
34
111
765
240
33
106
731
230
32
101
696
220
30
97
669
210
29
92
634
200
57
55
52
50
47
45
42
41
40
38
37
36
28
88
607
190
26
84
579
180
25
79
545
170
24
75
517
160
22
71
490
150
21
66
455
140
20
62
427
130
57
393
120
110
100
95
90
85
405
General Information
Conversion Factors
Approximate Comparison of Wire Gauges
Gauge No.
Values in inches
American
United States
Birmingham
Washburn
Brown
Standard
Stubs
& Moen‘s
Imperial SWG
London
Jouge de Paris
Old English
& Sharpe‘s
000
0.410
0.375
0.425
0.363
0.372
0.425
00
0.365
0.344
0.380
0.331
0.348
0.380
0
0.325
0.313
0.340
0.307
0.324
0.340
1
0.289
0.281
0.300
0.283
0.300
0.300
2
0.258
0.266
0.284
0.263
0.276
0.284
3
0.229
0.250
0.259
0.244
0.252
0.259
0.031
4
0.204
0.234
0.238
0.225
0.232
0.238
0.035
5
0.182
0.219
0.220
0.207
0.212
0.220
0.039
6
0.162
0.203
0.203
0.192
0.192
0.203
0.043
7
0.144
0.188
0.180
0.177
0.176
0.180
0.047
8
0.129
0.172
0.165
0.162
0.160
0.165
0.051
9
0.114
0.156
0.148
0.148
0.144
0.148
0.055
10
0.102
0.141
0.134
0.135
0.128
0.134
0.059
11
0.0907
0.125
0.120
0.121
0.116
0.120
0.063
12
0.0808
0.109
0.109
0.106
0.104
0.109
0.071
13
0.0720
0.0938
0.095
0.0915
0.092
0.095
0.079
14
0.0641
0.0781
0.083
0.0800
0.080
0.083
0.087
15
0.0571
0.0703
0.072
0.0720
0.072
0.072
0.094
16
0.0508
0.0625
0.065
0.0625
0.064
0.065
0.106
17
0.0453
0.0563
0.058
0.0540
0.056
0.058
0.118
18
0.0403
0.0500
0.049
0.0475
0.048
0.049
0.134
19
0.0359
0.0438
0.042
0.0410
0.040
0.040
0.154
20
0.0320
0.0375
0.035
0.0348
0.036
0.035
0.173
21
0.0285
0.0344
0.032
0.0317
0.032
0.0315
0.193
22
0.0254
0.0313
0.028
0.0286
0.028
0.0295
0.213
23
0.0266
0.0281
0.025
0.0258
0.024
0.0270
0.232
24
0.0201
0.0250
0.022
0.0230
0.022
0.0250
0.252
25
0.0179
0.0219
0.020
0.0204
0.020
0.0230
0.276
26
0.0159
0.0188
0.018
0.0181
0.018
0.0205
0.299
406
General Information
Test Methods
Welding
Mechanical Testing
Corrosion Testing
Tensile Test · Measures the physical strength of material by
stretching to breaking a strip or rod of the test material.
Rm Tensile Strength - ultimate material strength.
Re Yield Strength - strength at which material suffers
permanent deformation.
El Elongation - Amount material is permanently stretched
after breaking as a percentage of the gauge length.
Proof Stress · Stress at a defined extension eg 0.2%, 0.5%.
This is sometimes done at high temperatures (hot proof).
Charpy Impact · Measures the ability to withstand shock
loading, which is a combination of strength and ductility. A
test piece is notched, and broken by the impact of a hammer
pendulum and the absorbed energy measured. This test is
usually performed at low temperatures .
Menagé · As Charpy impact, but different notch profile.
Hardness Test · A measure of the resistance of material to
indentation (surface deformation). There are various
methods, eg Brinell using a steel ball, Vickers using a pyramid
shaped diamond. This test is a useful non-destructive test for
a guide as to the suitability of a material for sour service. See
NACE MR 01-75 which has a requirement of HRC 22 max for
carbon and stainless steels.
Drop Weight Tear Test · Similar to Charpy Impact test. A
weight is dropped onto the notched specimen, to break the
test piece. The fracture surface is examined to determine the
percentage of the surface which exhibits shear fracture as
opposed to brittle fracture.
Through Thickness Test · Tensile test through the wall
thickness. Value measured is the percentage reduction in
area of the broken test piece and the tensile strength. The
higher the reduction in area the better.
CTOD Test · Suspectability of material to crack propagation. A
crack is generated at the root of a notch in the test piece.
The rate of opening is then plotted using strain gauges under
applied loads until the crack propagates. The wider the crack
before propagation the better the result.
Creep and Stress Rupture · Stressing material at different
temperatures over long periods of time, eg 10,000 hrs.
Creep is a measure of long term plastic deformation, stress
rupture is the time to rupture at fixed stress.
Fatigue Testing · A cycle of stress is applied for a fixed length
of time to see if material will crack, or if an artificial crack will
propagate.
Hydrogen Induced Cracking · Test pieces are immersed in
synthetic seawater (usually NACE or BP solution) with
hydrogen sulphide bubbled through for a fixed duration
(usually 96 hours). The extent of step-wise cracking is then
measured. The cracks are caused by hydrogen atoms
becoming trapped at inclusion locations, building up
sufficient pressure to rupture lattice. This measures the
susceptibility of the material to hydrogen attack eg in sour
wells.
Sulphide Stress Corrosion · A test piece is stressed while
held in a corrosive solution for a fixed length of time (usually
30 days). The test can be a tensile test or four point bending
test. The test measures susceptibility to sour gas attack, i.e.
use of material in sour service.
Corrosion Tests · These tests are usually performed on
stainless steels or other corrosion resistant materials. They
are essentially tests which measure the susceptibility of
materials to particular chemical attack.
Weld Decay Test: Detects inter-crystalline corrosion using
boiling copper sulphate/sulphuric acid solution for 72 hours.
Test pieces are then bent and examined for cracks.
Strauss Test: As weld decay test except solution must
contain solid electrolytic copper, and immersion time is 15
hours.
Huey Test: Detects susceptibility to intergranular attack
using boiling nitric acid. Samples are immersed in solution for
five 48 hour periods. Weight loss after each period is
measured giving a corrosion rate assessed as a thickness loss
in a given time.
Potentiostat: Curves relating electrode potentials and
current flow. The shape of the curves is used to assess the
corrosion properties.
Chemical Testing
Chemical Analysis · Exact chemical composition of material.
Usually done by spectroscope, which can be a large fixed
apparatus, or portable equipment for approximate values.
Very exact values can be obtained by wet analysis in a
chemical laboratory. Values for certain non-metallic
elements such as carbon or sulphur are best obtained by
infrared absorbtion.
Grade Sorting
These methods are used to confirm material grades, to prevent
mix-ups.
Eddy Current Comparator · The magnetic properties of the
test piece are compared with a standard sample using a coil.
Fluorescent Isotope Analysers · Material is irradiated
using a radioactive isotope and the resulting spectrum is
characteristic of the material.
Spectrometers · Portable and Semi-Portable. There are
various versions available some of which are used as
comparators using a standard sample and comparing the
spectrum by eye. Others are highly sophisticated, capable of
giving an actual chemical analysis with an accuracy
approaching that of a laboratory facility.
407
General Information
Test Methods
Welding
Defect Detection
Welding Methods
Hydraulic Test · Pressure test using fluid (air, oil, water etc) to
detect cracks or holes.
Ultrasonic Test · Ultrasound is passed through material and is
reflected by cracks and inclusions. Shear waves are used for
angled propagation, to detect surface breaking flaws on the
inside or the outside of the piece under test.Compression
waves which are longitudinal waves are used to detect
internal mid-wall flaws and measure wall thickness. The
configuration of ultrasound probes must be chosen carefully
to detect particular flaws. The acceptance criteria is defined
in the appropriate product specification.
Eddy Current Test · A varying current is used to set up eddy
currents in the material under test, and twin search coils are
balanced. A defect disturbs this balance and is thus detected.
The test finds surface breaking flaws on the outside surface.
Flux Leakage · A coil is used to set up a magnetic flux in the
material under test. A defect distorts the flux field; the
distortion is picked up by search coils. Defects can be
detected on the external surface on the piece under test, and
for pipes on the internal surface, the latter is effective only
up to about 25mm wall thickness.
Magnetic Particle Inspection · A magnetic field is set up in
the article under test and iron powder is sprayed on. In wet
MPI the iron powder is in liquid suspension (water or
kerosene); in dry MPI it is applied directly. The powder
gathers at defects due to concentration of the field. Suitable
contrast arrangements are required eg white background
paint, fluorescent particles with an ultra-violet light detector.
The test is good for surface breaking flaws.
Acoustic Emission · Defects such as cracks generate noise
when stressed. This can be detected after stressing the
material (eg by using a hydraulic pressure).
X Ray, Radiography · High energy electromagnetic radiation
is passed through the test item onto a film plate. Defects
show as darker areas on the film. Care is taken with test
configuration to obtain meaningful results. The test is usually
used to find flaws (eg inclusions, cracks) in welds.
Dye Penetrant · A liquid with low surface tension and
viscosity is sprayed onto the surface under test. Excess liquid
is cleaned off after a length of time. A developer is then
applied which shows the presence of the original liquid,
which has previously penetrated into any surface breaking
cracks. This finds surface cracks and is useful on nonmagnetic materials where MPI will not work eg austenitic
stainless.
ERW · Electric Resistance Welding
HFI · High Frequency Induction Welding.
An electric current is used to generate I2R heating at the
edges of material to be welded and the edges are pressed
together. In ERW the current is passed by contact, an HFI the
current is induces by coils.
Metal Arc · Manual or automatic. Coated electrodes are used
with a core wire which is the filler metal.
SAW · Submerged Arc Welding.
DSAW · Double Submerged Arc Welding.
An arc is formed between filler wire and workpiece,
submerged under flux. Multi probe equipment is available
allowing several weld passes to be laid with one traverse of
the welding head. When welding tubes, depending on
thickness, there will be an inside pass followed by outside
passes.
TIG · Tungsten Inert Gas. An arc is struck between a nonconsumable Tungsten electrode (alloyed with Thorium) and
the work piece shielded with argon (usually with 5% helium
to increase energy transfer). The method can be with or
without filler wire.
MIG · Metal Inert Gas. Similar to TIG accept the electrode is
consumable and is the filler metal.
Plasma Arc · Similar to TIG except that the energy transmission
is through a very high temperature ionised gas protected
with a gas shield, allowing a narrow weld bead, good
penetration and narrow root surface.
Electron Beam · Welding temperatures are generated using
an electron beam focussed by an electro-magnetic lens in a
vacuum
408
General Information
Test Methods
Welding
NDE Standards
ASTM A435 · Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Steel
Plates
ASTM A577 · Ultrasonic Angle-Beam Examination of Steel
Plates
ASTM A578 · Straight-Beam Ultrasonic Examination of Plain
and Clad Steel Plates for Special Applications
ASTM E213 · Practise for Ultrasonic Examination of Metal Pipe
and Tubing
ASTM E309 · Practise for Eddy-Current Examination of Steel
Tubular Products Using Magnetic saturation
ASTM E426 · Practise for Electromagnetic (Eddy Current)
Examination of Seamless and Welded Tubular Products,
Austenitic Stainless Steel and Similar Alloys
ASTM E570 · Practise for Flux Leakage Examination of
Ferromagnetic Steel Tubular Products
ASME VIII · Unfired Pressure Vessels. Paragraph UW-51
Radiography
SEL 072 · Ultrasonic Testing of Plates, Technical Conditions
SEP 1914 · Non-destructive Examination of Fusion Welded
Seams in Pipes of Stainless Steels
SEP 1915 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels
for Longitudinal Defects
SEP 1916 · Non-destructive Examination of Fusion Welded
Seams in Long Distance Linepipe for Combustible Liquids
and Gases
SEP 1917 · Non-destructive Testing of Resistance Welded Pipe
of Ferritic Steels
SEP 1918 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels
for Transverse Defects
SEP 1919 · Ultrasonic Testing of Tubes of Heat Resisting Steels
for Laminations
SEP 1925 · Eddy Current Testing of Tubes for Leak Tightness
ISO 1027 · Radiographic image quality indicators for nondestructive testing – Principles and identification.
ISO 9303 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arcwelded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral
ultrasonic testing for the detection of longitudinal
imperfections.
ISO 9304 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arcwelded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Eddy current
testing for the detection of imperfections.
ISO 9305 · Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full
peripheral ultrasonic testing for the detection of transverse
imperfections.
ISO 9402 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arcwelded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral
magnetic trasnducer/flux leakage testing of ferromagnetic
steel tubes for the detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 9598 · Seamless steel tubes for pressure purposes – Full
peripheral magnetic trasnducer/flux leakage testing of
ferromagnetic steel tubes for the detection of transverse
imperfections.
ISO 9764 · Electric resistance and induction welded steel tubes
for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing of the weld seam
for the detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 9765 · Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure
purposes – Ultrasonic testing of the weld seam for the
detection of longitudinal imperfections.
ISO 10124 · Seamless and welded (except submerged arcwelded) steel tubes for pressure purposes – Ultrasonic testing
of the weld seam for the detection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 10543 · Seamless and hot stretch-reduced welded steel
tubes for pressure purposes – Full peripheral ultrasonic
thickness testing.
ISO 11496 · Seamless and welded steel tubes for pressure
purposes – Ultrasonic testing of tube ends for the detection
of laminar imperfections.
ISO 12094 · Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes –
Ultrasonic testing for the detection of laminar imperfections
in strip/plates used in the manufacture of welded tubes.
ISO 12096 · Submerged arc-welded steel tubes for pressure
purposes – Radiographic testing of longitudinal and spiral
welds for the detection of imperfections.
ISO 13663 · Welded steel tubes for pressure purposes –
Ultrasonic testing of the area adjacent to the weld seam for
the detection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 13664 · Magnetic particle inspection of tube ends of
seamless and welded ferromagnetic steel tubes for the
detection of laminar imperfections.
ISO 13665 · Magnetic particle inspection of tube body of
seamless and welded ferromagnetic steel tubes for the
detection of surface imperfections.
409
General Information
Heat Treatment
Heat Treatment
The structure of steel is one of the main parameters which
affects physical properties. The structure is changed by the way
the metal is worked (ie the method of manufacturing) and the
heat treatment.
The diagram below is the equilibrium diagram for carbon steel.
This shows how the structure of steel changes, for any given
carbon content, as it is heated. The different types of heat
treatment are described refering to aspects of the equilibrium
diagram. Similar diagrams exist for other steels (carbonmanganese, low nickel, low alloy, high alloy, ferritic and
austenitic stainless).
Alloying elements affect the phases present in steel in three
ways:
• They can change the properties of ferrite by going into solid
solution in it. E.g. Si and Mn harden ferrite while Ni hardens
and toughens.
• They can change the distribution of carbide in the ferrite
matrix. Mn and Cr refine the pearlite laminar spacing and
enhance the proportion of pearlite in low carbon steel.
• They can combine with cementite to form complex carbides.
Tu, V, Cr and Mo are strong carbide formers.
Alloys also slow up the rates of reaction of the phase changes in
the equilibrium diagram allowing certain phases to be frozen.
Definitions follow and also see the glossary on page 417.
The following descriptions refer to aspects of the equilibrium
diagram below, eg A1, A3.
Annealing · The steel is heated just above A3 in order to
absorb all of the carbon into solid solution to form austenite.
The steel is allowed to cool slowly in the furnace, allowing
phase changes to take place as shown on the equilibrium
diagram. This is for such purposes as reducing hardness,
improving machinability, facilitating cold working,
producing a desired microstructure, or obtaining desired
mechanical, physical or other properties. When applicable,
the following more specific terms should be used: black
annealing, blue annealing, box annealing, bright annealing,
flame annealing, graphitising, intermediate annealing,
isothermal annealing, malleabilising, process annealing,
quench annealing, re-crystallisation annealling and
spheroidising. When applied to ferrous alloys, the term
’annealing’, without qualification, implies full annealing.
When applied to non-ferrous alloys, the term ’annealing’
implies a heat treatment designed to soften a cold worked
structure by re-crystallisation or subsequent grain growth or
to soften an age-hardened alloy by causing a nearly
complete precipitation of the second phase in relatively
coarse form. Any process of annealing will usually reduce
stresses, but if the treatment is applied for the sole purpose
of such relief, it should be designated stress relieving.
Simplified Equilibrium Diagram for Carbon Steel
T°C
800
upp
er c
ritic
Austenite
al p
oint
Ferrite and Austenite
A1
723
700
Austenite and Cementite
lower critical point
Perlite
Ferrite
Ferrite and Perlite
600
Cementite and Perlite
0.83
0
410
Acm
Eutectoid
A3
900
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
% Carbon content
General Information
Heat Treatment
Heat Treatment (cont.)
Full Annealing · Annealing a ferrous alloy by austenitising
and then cooling slowly through the transformation range.
The austenitising temperature for hypo-eutectoid steel is
usually above Ac3; and for hyper-eutectoid steel, usually
between Ac1 and Accm.
Sub-Critical Annealing · Steel is heated after cold working
to just below A1. Re-crystallisation occurs and new crystals
are formed from the distorted, cold worked, crystals. This
softens steel by removing cold working stresses.
Isothermal Annealing · The same as annealing except that
stricter control is applied to the cooling process by holding
material for a fixed time at a lower temperature to ensure
complete transformation.
Bright Annealing · By using a furnace with an inert
atmosphere, no scale is formed and the resulting surface has
a bright finish.
Stress Relieving · Low temperature annealing for removing
internal stresses due to work hardening or quenching.
Normalising · The steel is heated above A3 in order to absorb
all of the carbon into solid solution to form austenite. The
steel is withdrawn from the furnace and allowed to cool in
still air. The rate of cooling is too fast to allow complete
carbon diffusion, so small crystals of ferrite appear in more
numerous positions at the crystal boundaries and within the
austenitic crystals. A much finer crystal structure is produced
since the ferrite is formed not before, but at the same time
as the pearlite. The refining of the structure increases the
hardness and the toughness of the steel giving improved
tensile and impact properties.
Quenching · Steel is heated above A3 and very rapidly cooled
using water, oil or similar liquids. Cooling is so fast that not
only is the carbon prevented from diffusing but the entire
precipitation of carbon is suppressed and the carbon atoms
are held in solid solution. This results in an unstable crystal
lattice structure known as martensite, which is intensely hard
and brittle; in general practice steel cannot be used in this
condition and is stress relieved or tempered to recover some
ductility.
Tempering · Steel is heated to below A1 and then cooled,
usually in still air. The highly strained, distorted lattice of
martensite breaks down, the structure changing into a ferrite
matrix containing a fine dispersion of cementite particles.
The strength of this aggregate depends on the fineness of
the particles, and higher tempering temperatures bring
about coarsening of the particles and rapid softening. The
tempering temperature can be used to ‘fine tune’ the
strength and ductility.
Full Hard Temper
1 · (No.1 Temper) in low carbon sheet or strip steel, stiff and
springy, not suitable for bending in any direction. It is the
hardest temper obtainable by hard cold rolling.
2 · In stainless steel strip, tempers are based on minimum
tensile or yield strength. For chromium-nickel grades full
hard temper is 185 ksi 1275 N/mm2 TS, 140 ksi 965 N/mm2
YS min. Term also used in connection with copper base
alloys and considered synonymous with hard temper.
Austenitising · Forming austenite by heating a ferrous alloy
into the transformation range (complete austenitising).
Controlled Atmosphere Furnace · A furnace used for
bright annealing into which specially prepared gases are
introduced for the purpose of maintaining a neutral
atmosphere so that no oxidising reaction between metal
and atmosphere takes place.
Refining Temperature · A temperature, usually just higher
than the transformation range, employed in the heat
treatment of steel to refine the structure, in particular the
grain size.
Solution Treatment · Heating causes one or more of the
alloying elements to go into solution. Quenching can then
be used to retain the solution intact.
Stabilising Treatment · Heating austenitic stainless steels
that contain titanium, niobium, columbium or tantalum to a
suitable temperature below that of a full anneal in order to
inactivate the maximum amount of carbon by precipitation
as a carbide of titanium, niobium, columbium or tantalum.
Transformation Ranges · (Transformation Temperature
Ranges) Those ranges of temperature within which austenite
forms during heating and transforms during cooling. The
two ranges are distinct, sometimes overlapping, but never
coinciding. The limiting temperatures of the ranges depend
on the composition of the alloy and on the rate of change
of temperature, particularly during cooling.
411
General Information
Coating and Protection
Coating and Protection
There is a large range of coatings and linings available to suit
different service conditions. This handbook only gives an
introduction to the general possibilities. Each situation must be
technically evaluated to allow for all environmental conditions
and fluid/gas conditions.
Each type of coating has advantages and disadvantages for
handling and placing in final location, and each has different
methods of application.
Protective Coating
• Oil and Varnish, short term protection (about 3 months).
• Paints, oxide based, zinc rich, epoxy twin packs. Medium
term, up to 3 years depending on type and application.
• Powder epoxy, long term.
• Coal tar, bitumen, applied with glass fibre wrap: long term.
• Polyethylene, Polypropylene, wrapped or extruded: long
term.
• Polyvinyl chloride (PVC), wrapped or extruded:long term.
• Various composite wrappings, eg cross laminated HDPE
backing with rubber modifed bitumen, petroleum jelly with
inert filler or synthetic carrier: long term.
• Rubber, natural rubber, ebonite, polychloroprene
(neoprene), butyl, nitrile, hypalon, EPDM: long term.
• Zinc or cadmium, galvanising or plating: long term.
• Concrete, generally used as a lining: long term.
• Fluoropolymers, PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene), PFA
(perfluoro-alkoxy), FEP (fluorinated ethylene propylene),
PVDF (polyvinilidene(fluoride), PP (polypropylene
copolymere), Teflon: long term
Thermal Insulation
• Usually polyurethane resin inside a polyethylene, PVC or
steel sleeve.
• Fibros lagging materials.
412
Multiple Coating
For practical reasons many pipelines are coated with multiple
systems which combine corrosion resistance with mechanical
protection for ease of handling and security when laying. There
are various proprietary systems available, and a typical system
consists of 400 microns FBE, 150 microns of adhesive and 3 mm of
polypropelene. This system is applied sequentially in a plant with
production parameters set to ensure full cure of FBE, complete
bonding of adheseive and uniform PP. Various systems are
available for field joints.
Cladding
Due to the strength and corrosion limitations of any one material
it is sometimes necessary to use high strenght carbon steel pipes
internally clad with materials such as stainless, incoloy or duplex.
Various techniques are available for seamless and welded pipes.
Although expensive, there can be large cost savings overall, and
in some cases clad pipes are the only practical solution.
Weight Coating
Sometimes marine pipelines need additional weight to ensure
that the line stays sunk when filled with oil or gas. This is provided
by a thick concrete coating made of cement, iron one, sand and/
or granite aggregates reinforced with an embedded wire mesh or
rebar cage. This coating also provides good mechanical
protection of the corrosion coated pipe. It can be applied over
practically any pipe coating: asphalt mastic, polyethylene/
polypropelene, hot enamel, fusion bonded epoxy or
polyurethane insulated.
• coating thicknesses from 25mm to 200mm or greater, in a
variety of densities.
• protects corrosion coating from impact, abrasion and other
mechanical damage.
• can be applied over corrosion and/or jacketed insulation
pipe coatings.
• reinforcing galvanised wire in several mesh and gauge sizes
with single or multiple feed with embedded depth control
for additional strenght and stability.
• no special handling problems when laying.
• project specification of anode and buckle arrestors can be
met.
General Information
Coating and Protection
Coating and Protection (cont.)
Applications and Testing of Coatings
For long term coatings, the sequence is usually as follows:
• Heat pipe above dew point
• Shot blast surface to SA 2 1/2 or better and to a defined
profile
• Apply coating system eg primer, topcoat; epoxy powder;
wrapping etc
• Cure coating system
• During coating perform Quality Control tests (wet film
thickness, adhesion, impact strength, elongation, cathodic
disbondment etc.).
• Holiday Test for breaks in coating eg pinholes, at an agreed
number of volts per micron
Cathodic Protection
Normal corrosion of metals is an electrochemical phenomenon
which can be arrested by passing controlled electric currents
through electrolytes such as soil or water.This cathodic protection
current is applied using sacrificial anodes such as zinc, aluminium,
magnesium and their alloys, or by an impressed current from a
transformer-rectifier through an anode.The rate of corrosion will
depend on:
•
•
•
•
•
the nature of the electrolyte
the type of metal in the structure
the presence of anodic and cathodic points on the structure
the quality of the coating on the structure
the presence of stray or imposed electric currents affecting
the structure
When designing a cathodic protection system the complete
structure must be studied because where the subject structure is
connected to other immersed structures, they can act as cathodes
and take essential current away from the structure.
Values for potentials for various materials are listed eg BSI
publication BS 7361, and these are used to calculate required
current densities. Sacrificial anodes are available in an almost
endless range of shapes and sizes.A well planned system will stop
corrosion completely for the planned lifetime.
See also NACE standards RP 0169 for underground or submerged
metallic piping systems, RP 0675 for offshore steel pipelines and
RP 0176 for fixed offshore platforms.
Choice of Long Term Coating/LiningMaterial
Characteristics
Bitumen, tar
Polyethylene
Epoxy Powder
Polypropylene
Fusion Bonded
Epoxy Resin
Cement
Rubber
good
Surface Appearance
average
excellent
excellent
good
average
Possibility of bending
average
excellent
excellent
excellent
average
good
Impact Resistance
good
excellent
good
excellent
good
good
Temperature Resistance
average
good
excellent
good
good
good
Chemical Resistance
average
excellent
excellent
good
-
good
Performance in Time
good
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
Handling and Transportation
average
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
Outdoor Storage
average
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
excellent
Abrasion Resistance
average
excellent
excellent
good
average
excellent
413
General Information
Common Alloying Elements in Steel
Common Alloying Elements
By definition, steel is a combination of iron and carbon. Steel is
alloyed with various elements to improve physical properties and
to produce special properties, such as resistance to corrosion or
heat.
Specific effects of the addition of such elements are outlined
below:
Al
Melting point 660 °C (1220 °F)
Aluminium
It is the strongest de-oxidiser and combines with nitrogen, thus
reducing the susceptibility to strain ageing. In small additions
restricts grain growth.
As aluminium together with nitrogen (nitride) forms a high
hardness, it is mostly an alloying element in ferritic heat resisting
steels. Because of the increase in the coercivity it is used as an
alloying element in iron-nickel-cobalt-aluminium permanent
magnet alloys.
B
Melting point 2040 °C (3704 °F)
Boron
Improves the deep hardening of constructional steels and
produces therefore an increase in the core hardness of case
hardening steels. With boron austenitic 18/8 chrome-nickel steel
can achieve higher elastic limits by the process of precipitation
hardening but the corrosion resistance is lowered. As boron has
a high neutron absorption cross-section, it is alloyed with steel for
screening from nuclear installation.
C
Carbon
Carbon is the foremost alloy element of steel and it has the
farthest reaching influence on it. In addition to carbon every
unalloyed steel contains silicon, manganese, phosphorus and
sulphur which are introduced unintentionally during the
manufacture. The addition of further alloy elements to produce
specific, desired effects and the intentional increase of the
contents of manganese and silicon gives rise to alloy steel. As the
carbon content rises, the mechanical strength and the hardening
properties of the steel improve, but its elasticity, forging, welding
and cutting properties suffer. The carbon content has
substantially no influence at all on the corrosion resistance to
water, acids and hot gases.
Co
Melting point 1492 °C (2718 °F)
Cobalt
Does not form carbide. It hinders the grain growth at higher
temperatures and greatly improves the resistance to tempering
and the hot tensile strength; it is therefore, often an alloy element
of high speed steel, hot work steels, and heat resisting raw
materials. It acts favourably on the graphitic formation, and
greatly increases residual mangnetism, coercive force, and
thermal conductivity, therefore the alloy basis for high grade
permanent magnet steels and alloys. If subjected to neutron rays
it forms a strong radio-active Isotope Cobalt 60 for which reason
it is undesirable in steels for nuclear reactors.
414
Cr
Melting point 1920 °C (3488 °F)
Chromium
Increases the hardness and strength and only minimally reduces
the elasticity. It improves the resistance to heat and non-scaling
properties. With higher chrome content the steels become
corrosion resistant and with carbon forms a high wear resisting
carbide. The welding properties deteriorate in pure chromium
steels with increasing chromium content. Chromium is a strong
carbide former. The tensile strength of the steel rises by 8-10 kg/
mm2 per 1% chromium. The yield point is likewise increased,
however not at the same rate, but the notch impact value is
lowered.
Cu
Melting point 1083 °C (1981 °F)
Copper
Sometime added in small quantities in certain circumstances for
added restistance to sour gas corrosion. Also used with some
structural steels for improved atmospheric corrosion resistance.
Can be harmful for some workings eg in cold drawn tubes can
cause surface breakup.
Mn Melting point 1244 °C (2271 °F)
Manganese
Manganese improves the strength properties of steel, while only
slightly impairing its elasticity; furthermore, manganese has a
favourable influence on the forging and welding properties.
A higher content of manganese in the presence of carbon
increases the wear resistance very substantially.
With up to 3% of Mn the tensile strength of the steels is
increased by about 10 kg/mm2 for every percent of Mn; with Mn
contents above 3 to 8% the increase rises more slowly and at
more than 8% of Mn it drops off again. The yield point behaves
in a similar manner. Manganese increases substantially the depth
of hardening.
Mo Melting point 2610 °C (4730 °F) Molybdenum
Molybdenum improves the tensile strength and especially the
heat resistance and it has also a favourable influence on the
welding properties. Steel with a higher Mo content tends to be
difficult to forge. Molybdenum is frequently used in conjunction
with chromium. The behaviour of molybdenum resembles that of
tungsten. When used in alloy steels in combination with
chromium and nickel, molybdenum may produce high yield point
and tensile strength values. Molybdenum has a strong tendency
to form carbide and is the alloy element of choice in high speed
and hot working steels, in austenitic corrosion-resistant steels,
case hardening and heat-treating steels as well as in heat resistant
steels, also in view of the diminuation to over-drawing brittleness.
General Information
Common Alloying Elements in Steel
N
Melting point -210 °C (-346 °F)
Nitrogen
In austenitic steels, nitrogen stabilises the structure, increases the
hardness and especially the yield point as well as the mechanical
properties at high temperature. Nitrogen allows the achievement
of high surface hardness through nitride formation during
nitriding. Nitrogen is harmful because of the lowering of
toughness during the process of precipitation, the cause of age
intensitivity and blue brittleness, as well as the possibility of
releasing inter-granular stress corrosion, in unalloyed steels.
Nb/CbMelting Point 1950 °C (3542 °F)
Niobium/
Columbium
Ta
Melting point 2977 °C (5391 °F)
Tantalum
Niobium and Columbium are different names for the same
element.
These elements appear almost always together and are very
difficult to separate from one another, so that they are usually
alloyed together, mainly as stabilisers.
Ni
Melting point 1453 °C (2809 °F)
Nickel
Nickel raises the strength of steel less than silicon or manganese
does, with the elasticity dropping only insignificantly. Ni ensures
good through hardening, especially so when the steel also
contains chromium. Chrome nickel steels are stainless and
resistant to scaling as well as heat resistant.
Nickel does not impair the welding properties. Nickel increases
the notch impact value of structural steels considerably, especially
at low temperatures. In the sphere of steel alloying nickel is
especially suitable for use in austenitic steels, steels resistant to
corrosion and scaling and in case-hardening and heat treating
steels to improve their toughness.
P
Melting point 44 °C (111 °F)
Phosphorus
There are various kinds of phosphorus, viz. white (yellow), red
(purple), black phosphorus and others. Quite generally,
phosphorus is considered to be detrimental to steel so that it is
endeavoured to keep the P content steels at a maximum level of
0.03 to 0.05%. Values of 0.015 max. are possible with modern
stellmaking methods.
S
Melting point 118 °C (244 °F)
Sulphur
Produces “red shortness”, makes steel brittle and is therefore
harmful. Contents of 0.025% or 0.030% are permitted.
Exceptions are the free machining steels to which up to 0.30%
sulphur is added so that the small distributed sulphide inclusions
disturb the metallic cohesion and therefore contribute to the
formation of short turnings. Very low sulphur steels (< 0.005%,
< 0.003%) are possible with modern steelmaking methods.
Si
Melting point 1410 °C (2570 °F)
Silicon
Like manganese, silicon is present in all steels since the iron ores
used in their manufacture contain a varying amount of it. Further
silicon stemming from the refractory lining of the furnace is
introduced into the melt during the manufacturing of steel. The
term “Silicon Steels”, however, includes only steels having a
silicon content above 0.40%. Si is not a metal but rather a so
called metalloid, like, for example, phosphorus and sulphur.
Silicon increases the mechanical strength, the resistance to
scaling and the density; especially of cast steel. The elasticity is
only insignificantly affected, while the tensile strength is
increased by about 10kg/mm2 for each percent of Si and the yield
point is raised to a similar degree. Steel having a higher content
of silicon turns coarsely granular. A high silicon content (about
14%) enables steel to resist chemical attacks but it can no longer
be forged.
Sn
Melting point 232 °C (450 °F)
Tin
Not an alloying element, but a trace element which can cause
problems eg hot-shortness when the amount present is above
even small concentrations (typically 0.05%). Used as a protective
corrosion inhibitor eg tinplate.
Ti
Melting point 1812 °C (3294 °F)
Titanium
A very hard metal. Strong carbide former. Is an alloying element
mainly in stainless steels for the stabilising against inter-granular
corrosion; apart from this it has grain refining properties.
V
Melting point 1730 °C (3146 °F)
Vanadium
A small addition improves the hot hardness and reduces the grain
growth. Vanadium acts especially favourably in structural and
tool steels. In high speed steel increases the cutting properties.
Vanadium is a strong carbide former. Increases the tensile
strength and yield point, especially, however, the hot hardness
properties of the steels. Vanadium is preferred in combination
with chromium in structural and heat resisiting steels and in
combination with tungsten in high speed and hot work steels.
Tu
Melting point 3380 °C (6116 °F)
Tungsten
Also known as Wolfram. Tungsten improves the strength
properties: it substantially increases the hardness and the life of
cutting edges and is also responsible for high heat resistance
values. Tungsten is therefore used as an alloy element for high
speed and heat treating steels. The tensile strength and yield
point values of the steel are increased by about 4 kg/mm2 for
every percent of Tu added. Tungsten has a very strong tendency
to form carbide and is primarily used in heat resistant steels since
it renders them resistant to over-drawing and heat.
415
General Information
Shipping
Delivery Terms
Whenever possible goods should be delivered in accordance
with the latest available INCOTERMS.
Title
Description
EXW
Ex Works
Transport Method
Any mode of transport
FCA
Free Carrier
Any mode of transport
FAS
Free Alongside Ship
Sea/Waterway only
FOB
Free On Board
Sea/Waterway only
CFR
Cost and Freight
Sea/Waterway only
CIF
Cost, Insurance and Freight
Sea/Waterway only
CPT
Carriage Paid to
Any mode of transport
CIP
Carriage and Insurance Paid to
Any mode of transport
DAF
Delivered At Frontier
Any mode of transport
DES
Delivered Ex Ship
Sea/Waterway only
DEQ
Delivered Ex Quay
Sea/Waterway only
DDU
Delivered Duty Unpaid
Any mode of transport
DDP
Delivered Duty Paid
Any mode of transport
Bold typeface in the table are commonly used delivery terms.
Ex Works (EXW) · The seller fulfils his obligation to deliver
when he has made the goods available at his premises or
another named place (i.e. works, factory, warehouse etc). In
particular he is not responsible for loading the goods an the
vehicle provided by the buyer or for clearing the goods for
export, unless otherwise agreed. The buyer bears all costs
and risks involved in taking the goods from the seller’s
premises to the desired destination. This term thus
represents the minimum obligation for the seller. When the
buyer cannot carry out the export formalities directly or
indirectly, the FCA term should be used.
Free Carrier (FCA) · The seller delivers the goods, cleared for
export, to the carrier nominatedby the buyer at the named
place. It should be noted that the named place of delivery
has an impact on the obligations of loading and unloading
the goods at that place. If delivery occurs at the sellers
premesis, the seller is responsible for loading. If delivery
occurs at any other place, the seller is not responsible for
unloading.
Free Alongside Ship (FAS) · The seller fulfils his obligation
to deliver when the goods have been placed alongside the
vessel on the quay or in lighters at the named port of
shipment. The buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss of
or damage to the goods from that moment. The FAS term
requires the seller to clear the goods for export. However, if
the parties wish the buyer to clear the goods for export, this
should be made clear by adding explicit wording to this
effect in the contract of sale.
416
Free on Board (FOB) · The seller fulfils his obligation to
deliver when the goods have passed over the ship’s rail at the
named port of shipment. The buyer has to bear all costs and
risks of loss of or damage to the goods from that point. The
FOB term requires the seller to clear the goods for export.
When the ship’s rail serves no practical purpose, such as in
the case of roll-on/roll-off or container traffic, it is more
appropriate to use the FCA term.
Free On Board, Stowed (FOB, Stowed) · Whilst not listed
in Incoterms, this delivery term is often used. The seller fulfils
his obligation to deliver when the goods have passed over
the ship’s rail and have been lowered into the vessel. The
buyer has to bear all costs and risks of loss or of damage to
the goods from that point. This term does not, unless
otherwise agreed with the buyer, include Lashing, Securing
and Dunnage (LSD’s). The FOB, Stowed term requires the
seller to clear the goods for export.
Cost and Freight (CFR) · The seller must pay the costs and
freight necessary to bring the goods to the named port of
destination. The risk of loss of or damage to the goods, as
well as any additional costs occurring after the time the
goods have been delivered on board the vessel, is transferred
from the seller to the buyer when the goods pass the ship’s
rail in the port of shipment. The seller clears the goods for
export. When the ship’s rail serves no practical purpose, such
as in the case of roll-on/roll-off or container traffic, it is more
appropriate to use the CPT term.
Cost, Insurance and Freight (CIF) · The seller has the same
obligations as under CFR but with the addition that he has
to contract and procure marine insurance against the buyer’s
risk of loss of or damage to the goods during the carriage.
The buyer should note that the seller is only required to
obtain insurance on minimum coverage. The seller clears the
goods for export. When the ship’s rail serves no practical
purposes such as in the case of roll-on/roll-off or container
traffic, it is more appropriate to use the CIP term.
Carriage Paid to (CPT) · The seller delivers the goods to the
carrier nominated by him but must in addition pay the cost
of carriage necessary to bring the goods to the named
destination. The buyer bears all risks and any other costs
occurring after the goods have been so delivered. If
subsequent carriers are used for the carriage to the agreed
destination, the risk passes when the goods have been
delivered to the first carrier. The seller clears the goods for
export.
Carriage and Insurance Paid to (CIP) · As CPT with the
addition that the seller has to procure insurance against the
buyers risk of loss or damage during the carriage, based only
on minimum cover.
General Information
Shipping
Delivered at Frontier (DAF) · The seller delivers when the
goods are placed at the disposal of the buyer on the arriving
means of transport not unloaded, cleared for export but not
import at the named place (which should be carefully
defined) on the frontier, but before the customs boarder.
Free Out · The freight rate does not include unloading of the
goods at the port of destination.
Delivered Ex Ship (DES) · The seller delivers when the goods
have been made available to the buyer on board the ship not
cleared for import at the named port. The seller has to bear
all of the costs and risks involved in bringing the goods to
the named port of destination before discharging.
The above mentioned terms are usually combined to
describe the freight terms at both the port of shipment as
well as the port of destination.
Delivered Ex Quay (DEQ) · The same as DES except the
seller delivers to the quay.
Delivered Duty Unpaid (DDU) · The seller delivers when
the goods have been made available at the named place in
the country of importation, not cleared for import and not
unloaded. The seller has to bear the costs and risks involved
in bringing the goods thereto (excluding duties, taxes and
other official charges payable upon importation as well as
the costs and risks of carrying out customs formalities). The
buyer has to pay any additional costs and to bear any risks
caused by his failure to clear the goods for import in time. If
the parties wish the seller to carry out custom formalities and
bear the costs and risks resulting therefrom or include in the
seller’s obligations some of the costs payble upon
importation of the goods (such as value added tax – VAT),
this has to be made clear by adding words to this effect.
Delivered Duty Paid (DDP) · As DDU except that the seller
clears for import.This term should not be used if the seller is
unable directly or indirectly to obtain the import licence.
Whilst EXW represents the minimum obligation for the seller,
DDP represents the maximum.
Shipping Terms
Often shipping terms and freight rates and the abbreviations
used, can be confusing to those not regularly involved with
the arrangement of ocean going transportation. Below are
listed some of the more commonly used terms in shipping.
Free In · The goods are delivered to FOB Stowed, LSD. The
freight rate does not include the costs of lashing, securing
and necessary dunnage.
Liner In · The goods are delivered to FOB. The freight rate
includes the costs of loading the goods from over the ship’s
rail, into the hold of the vessel as well as the lashing, securing
and necessary dunnage.
Liner Out · The freight rate includes the unloading of the
goods at the port of destination up to over the ship’s rail.
Free In/Free Out (FIO) · Used mainly when chartering or
part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB,
stowed. Unloading at the port of destination is not included.
Free In/Liner Out (FILO) · Used mainly when chartering or
part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB,
stowed. Unloading at the port of destination is included up
to over the ship’s rail.
Liner In/Free Out (LIFO) · Used mainly when chartering or
part-chartering a vessel. The goods are delivered to FOB.
Unloading at the port of destination is not included.
Full Liner Terms – Liner In/Liner Out (FLT) · This term is
used for regular liner services. The goods are delivered to
FOB. Loading and unloading are included up to over the
ship’s rail.
Lashing, Securing, Dunnage (LSD) · The goods must be
properly lashed and secured prior to the vessel sailing and, in
particular, to the Master’s satisfaction. Dunnage is
sometimes required, especially when shipping coated pipes.
LSDs are often not included in any of the aforementioned
terms and therefore, it is always important to determine for
whose account these costs are.
Shipping by Container
The terms listed below are used when shipping goods by
container.
Less Container Load (LCL) · The goods are delivered to the
port of exit. The shipper stuffs the goods into the container,
loads the container onto the ship, discharges the container
from the vessel at the port of destination and unloads the
goods from the container.
Full Container Load (FCL) · The shipper receives the already
stuffed container, loads it onto the vessel at the port of exit
and discharges the container at the port of destination.
Stuffing and unloading of the container is not included in the
freight price.
417
General Information
Pipe Stacking
Stacking of Pipes
API RP 5 L 1 Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe
API RP 5 L 5 Marine Transportation of Line Pipe
Railroad Transportation
Marine Transportation
g factor 1.5
g factor 0.4
σs = 0.2√D
These tables have been calculated using the parameters defined
here. Changes to these parameters can have a significant effect
on the values in the tables.
Table of Tier Numbers
assumes L = 40ft
B = 3 (railroad)1, 3
B = 0 (marine) – pipe on flat surface2, 3
( )
nL
t
·
D
t
loge
D
= 0.426 ·
2t
D2
t
n
[
0.152 {L – BW)
B
n
No. of tiers
n
No. of tiers
L
Length of pipe (ft)
L
Length of Pipe (ft)
B
No. of bearing strips 4” wide
B
No. of bearing strips
D
Nominal OD of Pipe (in)
D
Nominal OD of pipe (in)
t
Nominal wall thickness (in)
W Width of bearing strips (ft)
σs 0.4 x yield strength below X52
t
+1
Nominal wall thickness (in)
σs yield strength ÷ (1 + g factor)
0.3 x tensile strength X52
and above
Rail
NB
in
Grade B
mm
Grade X52
Wall Thickness in/mm
Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375
0.500
0.594 1.000
0.811
1.250
1.500
0.375
0.500
0.594
0.811
1.000
1.250
1.500
9.5
12.7
15.1
20.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
9.5
12.7
15.1
20.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
16
406
10
15
19
29
39
55
74
14
21
27
41
56
78
104
18
457
8
12
15
23
31
44
58
11
17
21
33
44
62
81
20
508
7
10
12
19
25
35
46
10
14
17
27
36
50
66
24
609
5
7
9
13
18
25
32
7
10
12
19
25
35
46
29
30
762
3
5
6
9
12
16
21
4
6
8
12
16
23
36
914
2
3
4
6
8
11
14
3
4
6
9
12
16
20
40
1016
2
3
3
5
7
9
12
2
4
5
7
10
13
17
48
1219
1
2
2
3
5
6
8
2
3
3
5
7
9
12
Marine
NB
Grade B
Wall Thickness in/mm
Grade X52
Wall Thickness in/mm
0.375
0.500
0.594 1.000
0.811
1.250
1.500
0.375
0.500
0.594
0.811
1.000
1.250
1.500
9.5
12.7
15.1
20.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
9.5
12.7
15.1
20.6
25.4
31.8
38.1
16
406 86
114
136
186
229
286
344
127
170
202
276
340
425
511
18
457 68
90
107
147
181
226
271
101
134
160
218
269
336
403
20
508 55
73
86
119
146
183
220
81
109
129
176
218
272
327
in
mm
24
609 38
51
60
82
102
127
153
56
75
90
122
151
189
227
30
762 24
32
39
53
65
81
98
36
48
57
78
97
121
145
36
914 17
22
27
36
45
56
68
25
33
40
54
67
86
101
40
1016 14
18
22
30
36
46
55
20
27
32
44
54
68
81
48
1219
12
15
20
25
32
38
14
19
22
30
38
47
56
9
Intermediate results can be extrapolated
1
2
Different numbers of bearing strips can be allowed for by dividing
the result in the table by 3 and multiplying the answer by the
number of bearing strips. Bearing strips must be 4 inches wide
minimum.
[
3
418
Where bearing strips are used, the values in the table should be
adjusted by dividing by
0.152 (L – BW)
B
+1
]
If contoured bearing strips are used, the number of tiers can be
doubled.
]
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Glossary of terms
Abrasion · The process of rubbing, grinding or wearing away
by friction.
Acid-Brittleness · Brittleness resulting from pickling steel in
acid; hydrogen, released by the interaction between iron and
acid, is partially absorbed by the metal, causing brittleness.
Acid-Process · A process of making steel, either Bessemer,
open-hearth or electric, in which the furnace is lined with a
siliceous refractory and for which low phosphorus pig iron is
required as this element is not removed.
Activation · The changing of the passive surface of a metal to
a chemically active state. Contrasts with passivation.
Age hardening · In a metal or alloy, a change in properties
that generally occurs slowly at room temperature and more
rapidly at higher temperatures, 500–900 °F. Hardness and
strength are increased and ductility generally lowered.
Usually follows cold working.
Air Cooling · Cooling of the heated metal, intermediate in
rapidity between slow furnace cooling and quenching, in
which the metal is permitted to stand in the open air.
Air-Hardening Steel · A steel containing sufficient carbon
and other alloying elements to harden fully during cooling in
air or other gaseous mediums from a temperature above its
transformation range. The term should be restricted to steels
that are capable of being hardened by cooling in air in fairly
large sections, about 2 inches or more in diameter. Same as
self-hardening steel.
AISI Steels · Steels of the American Iron and Steel Institute.
Carbon and alloy steels have been numbered in a system
essentially the same as the SAE. The AISI system is more
elaborate than the SAE in that all numbers are preceded by
letters:
A represents basic open-hearth alloy steel,
B acid Bessamer carbon steel,
C basic open-hearth carbon steel,
CB either acid Bessamer or basic open-hearth carbon steel,
E electric furnace alloy steel.
Alloy Steel · Steel containing significant quantities of alloying
elements (other than carbon and commonly accepted
amounts of manganese, silicon, sulphur and phosphorus)
added to effect changes in the mechanical or physical
properties.
Alpha Brass · A copper-zinc alloy containing up to 38% of
zinc. Used mainly for cold working.
Alpha Bronze · A copper-tin alloy consisting of the alpha solid
solution of tin in copper. Commercial forms contain 4 or 5%
of tin. This alloy is used in coinage, springs, turbine blades,
etc.
Alpha Iron · The polymorphic form of iron, stable below
1670 °F, has a body centred cubic lattice, and is magnetic
up to 1410 °F.
Aluminium Killed Steel · A steel where aluminium has been
used as a de-oxidising agent.(See Killed Steel)
Amorphous · Non-crystalline.
ANSI · American National Standards Institute.
API · American Petroleum Institute.
Artificial Ageing · An ageing treatment above room
temperature (See Age Hardening).
ASME · American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
ASTM · Abbreviation for American Society for Testing Material.
An organisation for issuing standard specifications on
materials, including metals and alloys.
Atomic Hydrogen Welding · Arc welding with heat from an
arc between two tungsten or other suitable electrodes in a
hydrogen atmosphere. The use of pressure and filler metal is
optional.
Austenite · A solid solution of one or more elements in facecentred cubic iron.
Austenitic Steel · Steel which, because of the presence of
alloying elements, such as manganese, nickel, chromium,
etc., shows stability of austenite at normal temperatures.
Austenitising · see Heat Treatment on page 409.
Bainite · A slender, needle-like (acicular) microstructure
appearing in spring steel strip characterised by toughness
and greater ductility than tempered martensite. Bainite is a
decomposition product of austenite (see austenite) best
developed at interrupted holding temperatures below those
forming fine pearlite and above those giving martensite.
Banded Structure · Appearance of a metal, under a
microscope or viewed by the naked eye, on fractured or
smoothed surfaces, with or without etching, showing
parallel bands in the direction of rolling or working.
Basic Process · A steel making process either Bessemer, open
hearth or electric, in which the furnace is lined with a basic
refractory. A slag, rich in lime, being formed and phosphorus removed.
Basic Oxygen Process · A steel making process wherein
oxygen of the highest purity is blown onto the surface of a
bath of molten iron contained in a basic lined and ladle
shaped vessel. The melting cycle duration is short compared
with other steelmaking processes.
Bauschinger Effect · Reduction of elastic yield in tension for
a metal which was previously strained in compression.
Bend Radius · The inside radius of a bent section.
Bend Test · A test for determining relative ductility of metal
that is to be formed, usually sheet strip, plate or wire and for
determining soundness and toughness of metal. The
specimen is usually bent over a specified diameter through a
specified angle for a specified number of cycles.
Bessemer Process · A process for making steel by blowing air
through molten pig iron contained in a refractory lined vessel
so as to remove, by oxidation, most of the carbon, silicon and
manganese. Now obsolete.
Billet · A solid semi-finished round or square product that has
been hot worked by forging, rolling or extrusion. An iron or
steel billet has a minimum width or thickness of 1.1/2 in. and
the cross-sectional area varies from 2.1/4 to 36 sq. in. For
419
General Information
Glossary of Terms
non-ferrous metals, it may also be a casting suitable for
finished or semi-finished rolling or for extrusion.
Binary Alloy · An alloy containing two elements, apart from
minor impurities, such as brass containing the two elements
copper and zinc.
Black Annealing · A process of box annealing or pot
annealing ferrous alloy sheet, strip or wire after hot working
and pickling (See Heat Treatment on page 408).
Blast Furnace · A vertical shaft type smelting furnace in which
an air blast is used, usually hot, for producing pig iron. The
furnace is continuous in operation using iron ore, coke, and
limestone as raw materials which are charged at the top
while the molten iron and slag are collected at the bottom
and are tapped out at intervals.
Blister · A defect in metal produced by gas bubbles either on
the surface or formed beneath the surface while the metal is
hot or plastic. Very fine blisters are called “pin-head” or
“pepper” blisters.
Bloom · A semi-finished hot rolled product, rectangular in cross
section, produced on a blooming mill. For iron and steel, the
width is not more than twice the thickness, and the crosssectional area is usually not less than 36 sq. in. Iron and steel
blooms are sometimes made by forging.
Blowhole · A cavity produced during the solidification of metal
by evolved gas, which in failing to escape is held in pockets.
Blue Brittleness · Reduced ductility occurring as a result of
strain ageing, when certain ferrous alloys are worked
between 300 and 700 °F. This phenomenon may be
observed at the working temperature or subsequently at
lower temperatures.
Blueing
1 · Sheets: A method of coating sheets with a thin, even film
of blueish-black oxide, obtained by exposure to an
atmosphere of dry steam or air, at a temperature of about
1000 °F, generally this is done during box annealing.
2 · Blueing of tempered spring steel strip; an oxide film blue
in colour produced by low temperature heating.
Body Centred · (concerning space lattice) Having equivalent
lattice points at the corners of the unit cell, and at its centre;
sometimes called centred, or space centred.
Brass-(Cartridge) Strip · 70% copper 30% zinc. This is one
of the most widely used of the copper-zinc alloys; it is
malleable and ductile; has excellent cold working, poor hot
working and poor machining properties; develops high
tensile strength with cold working. Temper is imparted by
cold rolling and classified in hardness by the number of B &
S Gauges of rolling (reduction in thickness) from the previous
annealing gauge. Rated excellent for soft-soldering; good for
silver alloy brazing of oxyacetylene welding and fair for
resistance of carbon arc welding. Used for drawn cartridges,
tubes, eyelet machine items, snap fasteners, etc.
Brazing · Joining metals by fusion of nonferrous alloys that
have melting points above 800°F but lower than those of the
metals being joined. This may be accomplished by means of
420
a torch (torch brazing), in a furnace (furnace brazing) or by
dipping in a molten flux bath (dip or flux brazing). The filler
metal is ordinarily in rod form in torch brazing; whereas in
furnace and dip brazing the work material is first assembled
and the filler metal may then be applied as wire, washers,
clips, bands, or may be integrally bonded, as in brazing sheet.
Bright Dip · An acid solution into which articles are dipped to
obtain a clean, bright surface.
Brinell Hardness Test · A test for determining the hardness
of a material by forcing a hard steel or carbide ball of
specified diameter into it under a specified load.
Brittleness · A tendency to fracture without appreciable
deformation.
Broaching · Multiple shaving, accomplished by pushing a tool
with stepped cutting edges along the work, particularly
through holes.
Bronze · Primarily an alloy of copper and tin, but the name is
now applied to other alloys not containing tin; eg aluminium
bronze, manganese bronze, and beryllium bronze. For
varieties and uses of tin bronze see Alpha-bronze and
Phosphor-bronze.
Burning
1 · Permanently damaging a metal or alloy by heating to
cause either incipient melting or inter-granular oxidation (see
overheating).
2 · In grinding getting the work hot enough to cause
discolouration or to change the tempering or hardening.
Burnishing · Smoothing surfaces through frictional contact
between the work and some hard pieces of material such as
hardened metal balls.
Burr · A thin ridge or roughness left by a cutting operation such
as in metal slitting, shearing, blanking or sawing.
Butt Welding · Joining two edges by placing one against the
other and welding them.
Camber
1 · Deviation from edge straightness usually referring to the
greatest deviation of side edge from a straight line.
2 · Sometimes used to denote crown in rolls where the
centre diameter has been increased to compensate for
deflection caused by the rolling pressure.
Carbide · A compound of carbon with one or more metallic
elements.
Carbon Steel · Steel containing carbon up to about 2% and
only residual quantities of other elements except those
added for de-oxidation, with silicon usually limited to 0.60%
and manganese to about 1.65%. Also termed ‘plain carbon
steel’, ‘ordinary steel’ and ‘straight carbon steel’. By custom,
carbon steel has no minimum content required for
aluminium, chromium, cobalt, columbium, molybdenum,
nickel, titanium, tungsten, vanadium, zirconium, or any
other element added to provide alloying effect. Small
quantities of certain residual elements are considered
incidental.
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Carburising · Introducing carbon into a solid ferrous alloy by
holding above Ac1 in contact with a suitable carbonaceous
material, which may be a solid, liquid or gas. The carburised
alloy is usually quench hardened.
Case Hardening · Hardening a ferrous alloy so that the outer
portion, or case, is made substantially harder than the inner
portion, or core. Typical processes used for case hardening
are carburising, cyaniding, carbonitriding, nitriding,
induction hardening and flame hardening.
Cast Steel · Any object made by pouring molten steel into
moulds.
Cavitation · The formation and instantaneous collapse of
innumerable tiny voids or cavities within a liquid subjected to
rapid and intense pressure changes. Cavitation produced by
ultrasonic radiation is sometimes used to give violent
localised agitation. If caused by severe turbulent flow it often
leads to cavitation damage.
Cavitation Damage · Wearing away of metal through the
formation and collapse of cavities in a liquid.
Cementite · A compound of iron and carbon known as “Iron
Carbide”, which has the approximate chemical formula
Fe3C containing 6.69% of carbon. Hard and brittle, it is the
hard constituent of cast iron, and the normal form in which
carbon is present in steel. It is magnetizable, but not as
readily as ferrite.
Chamfer
1 · A bevelled surface to eliminate an otherwise sharp
corner.
2 · Relieved angular cutting edge at a tooth corner.
Charpy Test · A pendulum-type single-blow impact test in
which the specimen, usually notched, is supported at both
ends as a simple beam and broken by a falling pendulum.
The absorbed energy is a measure of impact strength or
notch toughness.
Chatter Marks (defect) · Parallel indentations or marks
appearing at right angles to the edge of strip forming a
pattern at close and regular intervals, caused by roll
vibrations.
Check Analysis · An analysis of the metal after it has been
rolled or forged into semi-finished of finished forms. It is not
a check on the ladle analysis, but a check against the
chemistry ordered.
Chipping · A method for removing seams and other surface
defects with chisel or gouge so that such defects will not be
worked into the finished product. Chipping is often
employed also to remove metal that is excessive but not
defective. Removal of defects by gas cutting is known as
“de-seaming” or “scarfing”.
Circular Weld · Safe end weld. A weld extending around a
girth seam. Such welds are sometimes butted, but frequently
are scarfed.
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion · A physical property
representing the change in length per unit length, the
change in area per unit area or the change in volume per unit
volume per one degree increase in unit temperature. The
increase in dimensions with a rise in temperature is reversed
upon cooling.
Coils · Coiled flat sheet or strip metal usually in one continuous
piece or length (see skelp).
Cold Drawing · A process in which tubing is drawn at room
temperature through a die and, in most cases, over a
mandrel, to achieve its final size and to provide better surface
finish, closer tolerances, lighter walls, smaller diameters,
longer lengths, or a different combination of mechanical
properties from those possible through hot finishing.
Cold Reduced Strip · Metal strip, made from hot-rolled strip,
by rolling on cold-reduction mills.
Cold Reduction · Reduction of metal size, usually by rolling or
drawing, particularly thickness, while the metal is maintained
at room temperature or below the re-crystallisation
temperature of the metal.
Cold Rolled Finish · Finish obtained by cold rolling plain
pickled sheet or strip with a lubricant resulting in a relatively
smooth appearance.
Cold Rolling · Rolling metal at a temperature below the
softening point of the metal to create strain hardening (work
hardening). Same as cold reduction, except that the working
method is limited to rolling. Cold rolling changes the
mechanical properties of strip and produces certain useful
combinations of hardness, strength, stiffness, ductility and
other characteristics known as tempers.
Cold Short · The prevention of cold working of an alloy by the
presence of a second phase precipitated within the grain
boundaries of an essentially ductile matrix. The second phase
is the brittle component that prevents cold working.
Cold Sinking · Similar to cold drawing, except that the tube is
drawn through a die, but without using a mandrel. Usually
used for making only heavy wall or small tubing, where
drawing over a mandrel is impractical. Only outside diameter
is closely controlled.
Cold Working · Plastic deformation, such as rolling,
hammering, etc., at a temperature sufficiently low to create
strain-hardening (work-hardening). Commonly, the term
refers to such deformation at normal temperatures.
Concentricity · A measure of the uniformity of tube wall
thickness.
Conditioning · The removal of surface defects (seams, laps,
pits, etc.) from steel. Conditioning is usually done when the
steel is in the semi-finished condition (blooms, billets, slabs,
etc.). It may be accomplished after an inspection, by
chipping, grinding, scarfing or machining.
Continuous Casting · A casting technique in which the ingot
is continuously solidified while it is being poured, and the
length is not determined by mould dimensions.
Continuous Furnace · Furnace, in which the material being
heated moves steadily through the furnace.
Continuous Pickling · Passing sheet or strip metal
continuously through a series of pickling and washing tanks.
421
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Continuous Strip Mill · A series of synchronized rolling mill
stands in which coiled flat rolled metal entering the first pass
(or stand) moves in a straight line and is continuously
reduced in thickness (not width) at each subsequent pass.
The finished strip is recoiled upon leaving the final or
finishing pass.
Converter · A furnace in which air is blown through the molten
bath of crude metal or matter for the purpose of oxidising
impurities.
Cooling Stresses · Stresses developed by uneven contraction
or external constraint of metal during cooling; also those
stresses resulting from localised plastic deformation during
cooling, and retained.
Corrosion · Gradual chemical or electro-chemical attack on a
metal by atmosphere, moisture or other agents.
Corrosion Embrittlement · The embrittlement caused in
certain alloys by exposure to a corrosive environment. Such
material is usually susceptible to the inter-granular type of
corrosion attack.
Corrugated · As a defect. Alternate ridges and furrows. A
series of deep short waves.
Creep · Time-dependent strain occurring under stress. The
creep strain occurring at a diminishing rate is called primary
creep; that occurring at a minimum and almost constant
rate, secondary creep; that occurring at an accelerating rate,
tertiary creep.
Creep Limit
1 · The maximum stress that will cause less than a specified
quantity of creep in a given time.
2 · The maximum nominal stress under which the creep
strain rate decreases continuously with time under constant
load and at constant temperature. Sometimes used
synonymously with creep strength.
Creep Strength
1 · The constant nominal stress that will cause a specified
quantity of creep in a given time at constant temperature.
2 · The constant nominal stress that will cause a specified
creep rate at constant temperature.
Critical Points · Temperatures at which internal changes or
transformations take place within a metal either on a rising
or falling temperature (See Heat Treatmenton on page 408).
Critical Range · A temperature range in which an internal
change takes place within a metal. Also termed
transformation range.
Crop · The defective ends of a rolled or forged product which
are cut off and discarded.
Cross Rolling · Rolling at an angle to the long dimension of
the metal; usually done to increase width.
Crystal
1 · A physically homogenous solid in which the atoms, ions
or molecules are arranged in a three-dimensional repetitive
pattern.
422
2 · A coherent piece of matter, all parts of which have the
same anisotropic arrangement of atoms; in metals, usually
synonymous with ”grain“ and ”crystallite“.
Crystalline · Composed of crystals.
Crystallisation · The formation of crystals by the atoms
assuming definite positions in a crystal lattice. This is what
happens when a liquid metal solidifies (fatigue, the failure of
metals under repeated stresses, is sometimes falsely
attributed to crystallisation).
Cube-Centred · Metallography (concerning space lattices).
Body centred cubic. Refers to crystal structure.
Cut Length · This term refers to tubing ordered to a specific
length and permitting a tolerance of a standardised number
of millimeters over, but nothing under the pre-determined
length.
De-burring · A method whereby the raw slit edge of metal is
removed by rolling or filing.
De-carburisation · The loss of carbon from the surface of a
ferrous alloy as a result of heating in a medium that reacts
with the carbon at the surface.
Density · The mass per unit volume of a substance, usually
expressed in the tubing industry as pounds per cubic inch or
kilogrammes per cubic meter.
De-gassing (in steel making) · Removing gases from the
molten metal by means of a vacuum process in combination
with mechanical action.
Delta Iron · Allotropic modification of iron, stable above
2552 °F to melting point. It is of body-centred cubic crystal
structure. It is necessary to help prevent solidification cracks
in austenitic stainless steel castings and welds. See ferrite.
De-oxidising · Removal of oxygen. In steel sheet, strip, and
wire technology, the term refers to heat treatment in a
reducing atmosphere, to lessen the amount of scale (see
Controlled Atmosphere Furnace on page 409).
Drawing
1 · Forming recessed parts by forcing the plastic flow of
metal in dies.
2 · Reducing the cross section of wire or tubing by pulling it
through a die.
3 · A misnomer for tempering.
Ductility · The ability of a material to deform plastically without
fracturing, being measured by elongation or reduction of
area in a tensile test, by height of cupping in an Erichsen test
or by other means.
Dye Penetrant Inspection · Non-destructive inspection
employing dye to detect minute defects.
Eccentricity · Variation of wall thickness in a given wall section.
Eddy-Current Testing · Non-destructive testing method in
which eddy-current flow is induced in the test object.
Changes in the flow caused by variations in the object are
reflected into a nearby coil or coils for subsequent analysis by
suitable instrumentation and techniques.
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Elastic Limit · The maximum stress to which a material may be
subjected without any permanent strain remaining upon
complete release of stress.
Electric Furnace Steel · Steel made in any furnace where
heat is generated electrically, almost always by arc.
Electro-Cleaning · (Electrolytic brightening) An anodic
treatment. A cleaning, polishing, or oxidising treatment in
which the item is made the anode in a suitable electrolyte; an
inert metal is used as cathode and a potential is applied.
Electro-Galvanising · Galvanising by electro-deposition of
zinc on steel.
Electrolytic Tin Plate · Black Plate that has been tin plated on
both sides with commercially pure tin by electro-deposition.
Electro-Plating · The production of a thin coating of one
metal on another by electro-deposition. It is very extensively
used in industry and is continuing to enlarge its useful
functions. Various plated metals and combinations thereof
are being used for different purposes.
Elongation · In tensile testing, the increase in the gauge
length, usually expressed as a percentage of the original
gauge length.
Endurance Limit · Same as Fatigue Limit.
Etching · In metallography, the process of revealing structural
details by the preferential attack of reagents on a metal
surface.
Etch Test · Exposure of a specimen to acid attack for the
purpose of disclosing the presence of foreign matter or
defects (segregation patterns or flow lines).
Eutectoid Steel · Steel representing the eutectoid
composition of the iron-carbon system, with about 0,80 %
to 0.83 % carbon, the eutectoid temperature being about
1333 °F. Such steel in the annealed condition consists
exclusively of pearlite.
Steels with less than this quota of carbon are known as hypoeutectoid and contain free ferrite in addition to the pearlite.
When more carbon is present, the steel is known as hypereutectoid and contains free cementite. The presence of
certain elements, such as nickel or chromium, lowers the
eutectoid carbon content.
Extensometer · An apparatus for indicating the deformation
of metal while it is subjected to stress.
Extrusion · Production process in which steel is forced by
compression through a die and into solids (round or special
shapes) or through a die and over a mandrel to form a
tubular shape.
Face Centred · (concerning cubic space lattices) Having
equivalent points at the corners of the unit cell and at the
centres of its six faces. A face-centred cubic space lattice is
characteristic of one of the close-packed arrangements of
equal hard spheres.
Fatigue · The phenomenon leading to fracture under repeated
or fluctuating stresses having a maximum value less than the
tensile strength of the material. Fatigue fractures are
progressive beginning as minute cracks that grow under the
action of the fluctuating stress.
Fatigue Life · The number of cycles of stress that can be
sustained prior to failure for a stated test condition.
Fatigue Limit · The maximum stress below which a material
can presumably endure an infinite number of stress cycles. If
the stress is not completely reversed, the value of the mean
stress, the minimum stress or the stress ratio should be
stated.
Fatigue Strength · The maximum stress that can be sustained
for a specified number of cycles without failure, the stress
being completely reversed within each cycle unless otherwise
stated.
Ferrite · A solid solution of one or more elements in bodycentred cubic iron. Unless otherwise designated (for
instance, as chromium ferrite), the solute is generally
assumed to be carbon. On some equilibrium diagrams there
are two ferrite regions separated by an austenite area. The
lower area is alpha ferrite; the upper, delta ferrite. If there is
no designation alpha ferrite is assumed.
Ferritic Stainless Steel · Ferritic stainless steels are divided
into two classifications: hardenable and non-hardenable.
When rapidly cooled from elevated temperatures, the nonhardenable grades (usually referred to as ferritic) have a
ferritic microstructure. The hardenable grades will assume a
martensitic microstructure when cooled quickly from
elevated temperatures and are sometimes called martensitic
stainless steels.
Ferro-Alloy · An alloy of iron with a sufficient amount of some
element or elements such as manganese, chromium, or
vanadium for use as a means in adding these elements into
molten steel.
Ferro-Manganese · An alloy of iron and manganese (80%
manganese) used in making additions of manganese to steel
or cast iron.
Ferrous · Related to iron (derived from the Latin ‘ferrum’).
Ferrous alloys are, therefore, iron based alloys.
Fiber or Fibre · Direction in which metals have been caused to
flow, as by rolling, with microscopic evidence in the form of
fibrous appearance in the direction of flow.
Fibre Stress · Local stress through a small area (a point or line)
on a section where the stress is not uniform, as in a beam
under a bending load.
Finish · In the steel industry, refers to the type of surface
conditon desired or existing in the finished product.
Finish Machine Size · Normally specified in terms of the
maximum machined O.D. and the minimum I.D. as applied
to tubular parts. Finish machine size represents the size of
the part as it comes from the initial machining operation.
From this size the tube mill can calculate a tube size which
will be guaranteed to clean up upon machining.
Finishing Temperature · Temperature of final hot-working
of a metal.
423
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Flame Annealing · A process of heating the surface layer of
an iron-base alloy above the transformation temperature
range by means of the flame of a high temperature torch.
This operation is followed by quenching.
Flanged End · In a flanged end tube, the tube wall has been
belled or expanded until the wall of the tube end is at right
angles with the wall of the tube.
Flare Test · A test applied to tubing, involving a tapered
expansion over a cone. Similar to pin expansion test.
Flash-in-Tubing · Welded tubing which retains the bead or
flash formed during welding.
Flash Welding · A resistance butt welding process in which
the weld is produced over the entire abutting surface by
pressure and heat, the heat being produced by electric arc
between the members being welded.
Foil · Metal in any width but no more than about 0.005” thick.
Forging · Plastically deforming metal, usually hot, into desired
shapes with compressive force, with or without dies.
Fracture Test · Breaking a specimen and examining the
fractured surface with the unaided eye or with a low-power
microscope to determine such things as composition, grain
size, case depth, soundness, or presence of defects.
Free Machining · Pertains to the machining characteristics of
an alloy to which an ingredient has been introduced to give
small broken chips, lower power consumption, better
surface finish and longer tool life; among such additions are
sulphur or lead to steel, lead to brass, lead and bismuth to
aluminium, sulphur or selenium to stainless steel.
Galling · The damaging of one or both metallic surfaces by
removal of particles from localised areas due to seizure
during sliding friction.
Galvanising · Coating steel with zinc and tin (principally zinc)
for rust-proofing purposes. Formerly for the purpose of
galvanising, cut length steel sheets were passed singly
through a bath of the molten metal. Today’s galvanising
process method consists of uncoiling and passing the
continuous length of successive coils either through a molten
bath of the metal termed Hot Dipped Galvanising or by
continuously zinc coating the uncoiled sheet electrolytically
termed Electro-Galvanising.
Gamma Iron · The term for iron stable between 1670 °F and
2550 °F and characterised by a face-centred cubic crystal
structure.
Grain · A solid poly-hedral (or many-sided crystal) consisting of
groups of atoms bound together in a regular geometric
pattern. In mill practice, grains are usually studied only as
they appear in one plane.
1 · (Direction of) Refers to grain fibre following the direction
of rolling and parallel to edges of strip or sheets.
2 · To bend across the grain is to bend at right angles to the
direction of rolling.
3 · To bend with the grain is to bend parallel to the direction
of rolling. In steel, the ductility in the direction of rolling is
almost twice that at right angles to the direction of rolling
424
unless special action is taken with chemistry and grain size
and shape.
Grain Boundary · Bounding surface between crystals. When
alloys yield new phases (as in cooling), grain boundaries are
the preferred location for the appearance of the new phase.
Certain deteriorations, such as season cracking and caustic
embrittlement, occur almost exclusively at grain boundaries.
Grain Growth · An increase in metallic crystal size as
annealing temperature is raised; growth occurs by invasion
of crystal areas by other crystals.
Grain Size · For metals, a measure of the areas or volumes of
grains in a poly-crystalline material, usually expressed as an
average when the individual sizes are fairly uniform. Grain
sizes are reported in terms of grains per unit area or volume,
average diameter, or as a grain size number derived from
area measurements.
Granular Fracture · A type of irregular surface produced
when metal is broken, that is characterised by a rough, grain
like appearance as differentiated from a smooth, silky, or
fibrous type. It can be sub-classified into trans-granular and
inter-granular forms. This type of fracture is frequently called
crystalline fracture, but the inference that the metal has
crystallised is not justified.
Granulated · A coarse grain or pebbly surface condition which
becomes evident during drawing. See to Orange Peel.
Graphitising · A heating and cooling process by which the
combined carbon in cast iron or steel is transformed, wholly
or partly, to graphitic or free carbon.
Grinding Cracks · Shallow cracks formed in the surface of
relatively hard materials because of excessive grinding heat
or the high sensitivity of the material.
Hardenability · In a ferrous alloy the property that determines
the depth and distribution of hardness induced by
quenching.
Hardening · Inceasing the hardness by suitable treatment,
usually involving heating and cooling.
Hardness · The degree of resistance of a material to plastic
deformation, usually determined by measuring resistance to
penetration.
Heat-Affected-Zone · That portion of the base metal which
was not melted during brazing, cutting or welding, but
whose microstructure and physical properties were altered
by the heat.
Heat of Steel · The product of a single melting operation in a
furnace, starting with the charging of raw materials and
ending with the tapping of molten metal and consequently
identical in its characteristics.
Homogenising · Holding at high temperature to eliminate or
decrease chemical segregation by diffusion.
Honing · Removing stock generally on the internal cylindrical
surface of a workpiece with an abrasive stick mounted in a
holder.
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Hooke’s Law · Stress is proportional to strain in the elastic
range. The value of the stress at which a material ceases to
obey Hooke’s Law is known as the elastic limit.
Hot Dip · In steel mill practice, a process whereby ferrous alloy
base metals are dipped into molten metal usually zinc or tin
for the purpose of fixing a rust resistant coating.
Hot Finished Tubing · A product obtained by forging a
hollow from a solid by means of rotary piercing, extruding
centrifugal casting or other hot forming operations.
Hot Shortness · Brittleness in metal in the hot forming range.
Hot Working · Plastic deformation of metal at a temperature
sufficiently high not to create strain hardening. The lower
limit of temperature for this process is the re-crystallisation
temperature.
Hydrogen Embrittlement · A condition of low ductility
resulting from hydrogen absorption and internal pressure
developed subsequently. The sources of hydrogen are
numerous, eg welding, corrosion in acid service or sour
hydrocarbon service, over protection in CP systems.
Hyper-Eutectoid Steel · A steel having more than the
eutectoid percentage of carbon (see Eutectoid Steel).
Hypo-Eutectoid Steel · Steel with less than the eutectoid
percentage of carbon (see Eutectoid Steel).
Impact Energy · (Impact Value) The amount of energy
required to fracture a material, usually measured by means
of an izod or charpy test. The type of specimen and testing
conditions affect the values and therefore should be
specified.
Impact Test · A test to determine the behaviour of materials
when subjected to high rates of loading, usually in bending,
tension or torsion. The quality measured is the energy
absorbed in breaking the specimen by a single blow, as in
the charpy or izod tests.
Inclusions · Non-metallic materials in a solid metallic matrix.
Indentation Hardness · The resistance of a material to
indentation. This is the usual type of hardness test, in which
a pointed or rounded indenter is pressed into a surface under
a static load.
Induction Hardening · Quench hardening in which the heat
is generated by electrical induction.
Induction Heating · A process of heating by electrical
induction.
Inert-Gas Shielded-Arc Welding · Arc welding in an inert
gas such as argon or helium.
Ingot · Steel formerly in a molten state, transferred to an ingot
mould to solidify. After solidification, the resulting shape is
called an ingot.
Inhibitor · A substance which retards some specific chemical
reaction. Pickling inhibitors retard the dissolution of metal
without hindering the removal of scale from steel.
Iron · (Chemical symbol Fe) Element No. 26 of the periodic
table. Atomic weight 55.85. A magnetic silver-white metal of
high tensile strength, ductile and malleable. Melting point of
pure iron about 2795 °F. Chemically, iron is chiefly base
forming. The principal forms of commercial iron are steel,
cast iron and wrought iron.
Killed Steel · The term “killed” indicates that the steel has
been sufficiently de-oxidised to quiet the molten metal when
poured into the ingot mould. The general practice is to use
aluminium ferro-silicon or manganese as de-oxidising
agents. A properly killed steel has a more uniform analysis
and is comparatively free from ageing. However, for the
same carbon and manganese content, killed steel is harder
than rimmed steel. In general, all steels above 0.25% carbon
are killed, also all forging grades, structural steels from
0.15% to 0.25% carbon and some special steels in the low
carbon range.
Kürvers Piping · A group of eccentric individuals with sound
financial backing and detailed world wide knowledge of
piping materials and manufacturers, who work tirelessly to
satisfy the piping needs of customers.
Ladle · A large vessel into which molten metal or molten slag is
received and handled. Molten metal may be transported
short distances by carrying it in a ladle.
Ladle Analysis · The term applied to the chemical analysis
representative of a heat or blow of steel and is the analysis
reported to the purchaser. It is determined by analyzing (for
such elements as have been specified) a test ingot sample
obtained from various points of the heat or blow during the
pouring of the steel from the ladle.
Lamination · A defect appearing in sheets or strips as a
segregation or in layers. To become divided, caused by gas
pockets in the ingot.
Lap · A surface defect appearing as a seam, caused by folding
over hot metal, fins or sharp corners and the rolling or
forging them into the surface, but not welding them.
Lap-Weld · A term applied to a weld formed by lapping two
pieces of metal and then pressing or hammering, and
applied particularly to the longitudinal joint produced by
welding process for tubes or pipe, in which the edges of the
skelp are bevelled or scarfed so that when they are
overlapped they can be welded together.
Lattice · Space lattice. Lattice lines and lattice planes are lines
and planes chosen so as to pass through collinear lattice
points, and non-collinear lattice points, respectively.
Levelling · Flattening rolled metal sheet or strip (See Roller
Levelling).
Longitudinal Direction · The principal direction of flow in a
worked metal.
Machinability · The relative ease of machining a metal.
Machining · In general,the cutting away of the surface of a
metal by means of power driven machinery. Specifically, a
method of conditioning steel by machining away the surface.
Macro-Etch · Etching of a metal surface for accentuation of
gross structural details and defects for observation by the
unaided eye or at magnifications not exceeding ten.
425
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Macrostructure · The structure of metals as revealed by
examination of the etched surface of a polished specimen at
a magnification not exceeding ten.
Magnetic, Non-Magnetic · A material is magnetic when it is
capable of being attracted by a magnet. Ferritic and
martensitic stainless exhibit this capability, but in austenitic
grades it is normally so low that they are considered nonmagnetic.
Malleability · The property that determines the ease of
deforming a metal when the metal is subjected to rolling or
hammering. The more malleable metals can be hammered or
rolled into thin sheet more easily than others.
Mandrel
1 · A rod used to retain the hollow cavity in metal products
during working.
2 · A metal bar around which other metals may be cast,
bent, formed or shaped.
Martensite · A distinctive, needle-like structure existing in steel
as a transition stage in the transformation of austenite. It is
the hardest constituent of steel of eutectoid composition. It
is produced by rapid cooling from quenching temperature
and is the chief constituent of hardened carbon tool steels.
Martensite is magnetic (See also Ferritic Stainless Steel).
Matrix · The principal phase in which another constituent is
embedded.
Mechanical Properties · The properties of a material that
reveal its elastic and inelastic behaviour where force is
applied, thereby indicating its suitability for mechanical
applications; for example, modulus of elasticity, tensile
strength, elongation, hardness, and fatigue limit.
Mechanical Tubing · Used for a variety of mechanical and
structural purposes, as opposed to pressure tubing which is
used to contain or conduct fluids under pressure. It may be
hot finished or cold drawn. It is commonly manufactured to
consumer specifications covering chemical analysis,
mechanical properties, and often to special dimensional
tolerances.
Mechanical Working · Subjecting metal to pressure exerted
by rolls, presses, hammers or dies to change its form, or to
affect the structure and, therefore, the mechanical
properties.
Medium Carbon Steel · Contains from 0.30% to 0.60%
carbon and less than 1.00% manganese. May be made by
any of the standard processes.
Melting Range · The range of temperature in which an alloy
melts; that is the range between solid and liquid
temperatures.
Metallography · The science concerning the constituents and
structure of metals and alloys as revealed by the microscope.
Metallurgy · The science which deals with the extraction of
metals from their ores and the adaptation and application of
the metals to the uses for which they are intended.
Microstructure · The structure of polished and etched metal
and alloy specimens as revealed by the microscope.
426
Mill Finish · A surface finish produced on sheet and plate.
Characteristic of the ground finish used on the rolls in
fabrication.
Modulus of Elasticity · The ratio of stress to strain within
the perfectly elastic range. (See also Youngs Modulus).
Multiple Lengths · A piece of pipe consisting of a
combination of two or more unit lengths as designated by a
customer.
Natural Ageing · Spontaneous ageing of a supersaturated
solid solution at room temperature.
Nitric Acid Test · A prolonged exposure of specimens to nitric
acid under closely controlled conditions to determine relative
resistance to attack by nitric acid in service. The tests give no
information relevant to performance in contact with other
corrosive media.
Nitriding · A process of surface hardening certain types of steel
by heating in ammonia gas at about 935-1000 °F, the
increase in hardness being the result of surface nitride
formation. Certain alloying constituents, principal among
them being aluminium, greatly facilitate the hardening
reaction. In general, the depth of the case is less than with
carburising.
Nitriding Steel · Steel which is particularly suited for the
nitriding process, that is, it will form a very hard and
adherent surface upon proper nitriding (heating in a partially
dissociated atmosphere of ammonia gas). Composition
usually 0.20-0.40% carbon, 0.90-1.50% chromium, 0.151.00% molybdenum, and 0.85-1.20% aluminium.
Non-Ferrous Metals · Metals or alloys that are free of iron or
comparatively so.
Non-Metallic Inclusions · Impurities (commonly oxides),
sulphides, silicates or similar substances held in metals
mechanically during solidification or formed by reactions in
the solid state.
Oil Hardening · A process of hardening a ferrous alloy of
suitable composition by heating within or above the
transformation range and quenching in oil.
Oil Hardening Steel · Steel adaptable to hardening by heat
treatment and quenching in oil.
Open-Hearth Furnace · A reverberatory melting furnace with
a shallow hearth and a low roof. The flame passes over the
charge in the hearth, causing the charge to be heated both
by direct flame and radiation from the roof and side walls of
the furnace. In ferrous industry, the furnace is regenerative.
Now obsolete.
Orange Peel · A pebble-grained surface which develops in
forming of metals having coarse grains.
Ore · A mineral from which metal is (or may be) extracted.
Orientation · (Crystal) Arrangement of certain crystal axes or
crystal planes in a poly-crystalline aggregate with respect to
a given direction or plane. If there is any tendency for one
arrangement to predominate, it is known as the preferred
orientation; in the absence of any such preference, random
orientation exists.
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Overheating · Heating a metal or alloy to such a high
temperature that its properties are impaired. When the
original properties cannot be restored by further heat
treating, the overheating is known as burning.
Oxidation · The addition of oxygen to a compound.
Exposure to atmosphere sometimes results in oxidation of
the exposed surface, hence a staining or discolouration. This
effect is increased with temperature increase.
Oxide · Compound of oxygen with another element.
Oxygen Lance ·A length of pipe used to convey oxygen onto
a bath of molten metal.
Pass · The term given to a single passage of a tube or piece of
steel through a roll stand or a drawing die.
Passivation · The changing of the chemically active surface of
a metal to a much less reactive state. Contrast with
activation.
Pearlite · Lammellar structure resembling mother of pearl. A
compound of iron and carbon occurring in steel as a result of
the transformation of austenite into aggregations of ferrite
and iron carbide.
Permanent Set · Non-elastic or plastic deformation of metal
under stress, after passing the elastic limit.
Phosphor Bronze · Copper base alloy, with 3.5 to 10% of tin,
to which has been added in the molten state phosphorus in
varying amounts of less than 1% for de-oxidising and
strengthening purposes. Because of excellent toughness,
strength, fine grain, resistance to fatigue and wear, and
chemical resistance, these alloys find general use as springs
and in making fittings. It has corrosion resisting properties
comparable to copper.
Photo-Micrograph · A photographic reproduction of any
object magnified more than ten times. The term micrograph
may be used.
Physical Properties · The properties, other than mechanical
properties, that pertain to the physics of a material; for
example, density, electrical conductivity, heat conductivity,
thermal expansion.
Pickling · Removing surface oxides from metals by chemical or
electrochemical reaction.
Pig Iron · Iron produced by reduction of iron ore in a blast
furnace. Pig iron contains approximately 92% iron and about
3.5% carbon. The balance is largely made up of silicone and
manganese with small percentages of phosphorus, sulphur,
and other impurities.
Pin Expansion Test · A test determining the ability of tubes to
be expanded or for revealing the presence of cracks or other
longitudinal weaknesses, made by forcing a tapered pin into
the open end of a tube.
Pinholes · Microscopic imperfections of coatings, that is,
microscopic bare spots, also a microscopic hole penetrating
through a layer or thickness of light gauge metal.
Pipe (defect) · Contraction cavity, essentially cone-like in
shape, which occurs in the approximate centre, at the top
and reaching down into a casting; caused by the shrinkage
of cast metal.
Pit (defect) · A sharp depression in the surface of the metal.
Pitting · Forming small sharp cavities in a metal surface by nonuniform electro-deposition or by corrosion.
Plasticity · The ability of a metal to be deformed extensively
without rupture.
Plating · A thin coating of metal laid on another metal. (See
Electro-Plating and Galvanising).
Polished Surface · (Buffed surface) The finish obtained by
buffing with rouge or similar fine abrasive, resulting in a high
gloss or polish.
Polymorphism · The ability of a material to exist in more than
one crystallographic structure. Numerous metals change in
crystallographic structure at transformation temperatures
during heating or cooling. If the change is reversible, it is
allotropy. The allotropy of iron, particularly the changes
between the alpha body-centred and the gamma facecentred form, is of fundamental importance with the
hardening of steel.
Post Weld Heat Treatment · Heating weldments
immediately after welding, for tempering, for stress relieving,
or for providing a controlled rate of cooling to prevent
formation of a hard or brittle structure.
Pouring · The transfer of molten metal from the ladle into ingot
moulds or other types of moulds; for example, in castings.
Powder Metallurgy · The art of producing metal powders
and of utilising metal powders for the production of massive
materials and shaped objects.
Precipitation Hardening · Hardening caused by the
precipitation of a constituent from a super-saturated solid
solution.
Pre-Heating · A general term used to describe heating applied
as a preliminary to some further thermal or mechanical
treatment, often applied prior to welding to prevent
cracking.
Process Annealing · In the sheet and wire industries, heating
a ferrous alloy to a temperature close to, but below, the
lower limit of the transformation range and then cooling, in
order to soften the alloy for further cold working.
Progressive Ageing · An ageing process in which the
temperature of the alloy is continuously increased during the
ageing cycle. The temperature may be increased in steps or
by any other progressive method.
Proof Stress · The load per unit area of the original crosssectional area, which when removed, has caused a
permanent elongation not exceeding a defined amount
(usually 0.2% of gauge length).
Proportional Limit · The greatest stress that the material is
capable of sustaining without a deviation from the law of
proportionality of stress to strain (Hooke’s Law).
Pyrometer · An instrument of any of the various types used for
measuring temperatures.
427
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Radiography · A non-destructive method of internal
examination in which metal objects are exposed to a beam
of X-ray or gamma radiation. Differences in thickness,
density or absorption, caused by internal defects or
inclusions, are apparent in the shadow image either on a
fluorescent screen or on photographic film placed behind the
object.
Re-Crystallisation
1 · The change from one crystal structure to another, as
occurs on heating or cooling through a critical temperature.
2 · The formation of a new, strain-free grain structure from
that existing in cold worked metal, usually accomplished by
heating.
Re-Crystallisation Temperature · The approximate
minimum temperature at which complete re-crystallisation
of a cold worked metal occurs within a specified time.
Reduction of Area
1 · Commonly, the difference, expressed as a percentage of
original cross-sectional area of a tensile test specimen and
the minimum cross-sectional area measured after complete
separation.
2 · The difference, expressed as a percentage of original
area, between original cross-sectional area and that after
straining the specimen.
Refractory · A heat-resistant material, usually non-metallic,
which is used for furnace lining and similar.
Residual Stress · Macroscopic stresses that are set up within a
metal as the result of non-uniform plastic deformation. This
deformation may be caused by cold working or by drastic
gradients of temperature from quenching to welding.
Residuals · “Incidental” or “tramp“ elements not named in a
specification. These elements are present in small quantities
in the raw materials from which the steel is made and are not
removed during the refining process.
Resilience · The tendency of a material to return to its original
shape after the removal of a stress that has produced elastic
strain.
Resistance Welding · A type of welding process in which the
work pieces are heated by the passage of an electric current
through the contact. Such processes include spot welding,
seam or line welding and percussion welding. Flash and butt
welding are sometimes considered as resistance welding
processes (See Weldingon on page 406).
Reward · is offered to anyone reading this far. Tell us and we
will put you on our Christmas Card list!
Rimmed Steel · Low carbon steel in which incomplete deoxidation permits the metal to remain liquid at the top of the
ingot, resulting in the formation of a bottom and side rim of
considerable thickness. The rim is of somewhat purer
composition than the original metal poured. If the rimming
action is stopped shortly after pouring of the ingot is
completed, the metal is known as capped steel.For the same
carbon and manganese content rimmed steel is softer than
killed steel.
428
Ripple (defect) · A slight transverse wave or shadow mark
appearing at intervals along the piece.
Rockwell Hardness (Test) · A standard method for
measuring the hardness of metals. The hardness is expressed
as a number related to the depth of residual penetration of a
steel ball or diamond cone (“brale”) after a minor load of
10 kilograms has been applied to hold the penetration in
position. This residual penetration is automatically registered
on a dial when the major load is removed from the
penetrator. Various dial readings combined with different
major loads, give “scales” designated by letters varying from
“A” to “H”; the “B” and “C” scales are most commonly in
use.
Rolled in Scale · A surface defect consisting of scale partially
rolled into the surface of the sheet.
Roller Levelling · Passing sheet or strip metal through a series
of staggered small rolls so as to flatten the metal. This
method is relatively ineffective in removing defects such as
buckles, wavy edges, corrugations, twists, etc., or from steel
in the higher hardness ranges.
Rolling · A term applied to the operation of shaping and
reducing metal in thickness by passing it between rolls which
compress, shape and lengthen it following the roll pattern.
Rolling Direction · (In rolled metal) The direction, in the plane
of the plate, sheet or pipe, perpendicular to the axes of the
rolls during rolling.
Rolling Mills · Equipment used for rolling down metal to a
smaller size or to a given shape employing sets of rolls, the
contours of which determine or fashion the product into
numerous intermediate and final shapes, e.g., blooms, slabs,
rails, bars, rods, sections, plates, sheets, strip and pipe.
Rough Machining · Machining without regard to finish,
usually to be followed by a subsequent operation.
SAE · Abbreviation for Society of Automotive Engineers. This
organisation has specified carbon and alloy steels and copper
base alloys in accordance with a numerical index system
allowing approximation of the composition of the metal. The
last two digits always indicate the carbon content, usually
within 0.05. (See AISI-SAE specifications).
Salt Spray Test · An accelerated corrosion test in which the
metal specimens are exposed to a fine mist of salt water
solution either continuously or intermittently.
Scab · (Scabby) A blemish caused on a casting by eruption of
gas from the mould surface, or by uneven mould surfaces; or
occurring where the skin from a blowhole has partly burned
away and is not welded.
Scaling · Forming a thick layer of oxidation products on metals
at high temperatures.
Scarfing · Cutting surface areas of metal objects, ordinarily by
using a gas torch. The operation permits surface defects to
be cut from ingots, billets, or the edges of plate that are to
be bevelled for butt welding (See Chipping).
Scleroscope Hardness (Test) · A method for measuring the
hardness of metals; a diamond-pointed hammer drops from
General Information
Glossary of Terms
a fixed distance through a tube onto the smoothed metal
surface and the rebound measured. The scleroscope
hardness value is empirically taken from the rebound
distance, with a specified high carbon steel as 100.
Scrap · Material unsuitable for direct use but usable for
reprocessing by re-melting.
Seam (defect) · On the surface of metal a crack that has been
closed but not welded; usually produced by some defect
either in casting or in working, such as blowholes that have
become oxidised or folds and laps that have been formed
during working. Similar to cold shut and laminations.
Seam Welding · An electric-resistance type of welding
process, in which the lapped sheet is passed between
electrodes of the roller type while a series of overlapping spot
welds is made by the intermittent application of electric
current (See Welding on page 406).
Secondary Hardening · Tempering alloy steels at certain
temperatures so that the resulting hardness is greater than
that obtained by tempering the steel at some lower
temperature for the same time.
Seconds · The designation given to sheet strip or tube that has
imperfections in moderate degree or extent, which may be
classified in two general groups imperfections in the base
material, or other manufacturing defects. This term is not
used in connection with non-ferrous alloys.
Segregation · In an alloy, concentration of alloying elements
at specific regions, usually as a result of the primary
crystallisation of one phase with the subsequent
concentration of other elements in the remaining liquid.
Self-Hardening Steel · A steel containing sufficient carbon or
alloying element, or both, to form martensite either through
air hardening or, as in welding and induction hardening,
through rapid removal of heat from a locally heated portion
by conduction into the surrounding cold metal (See also AirHardening Steel).
Semi-finished Steel · Steel in the form of billets, blooms,
etc., requiring further working before completion into
finished steel ready for marketing.
Semi-killed Steel · Steel incompletely deoxidised, to permit
evolution of sufficient carbon monoxide to offset
solidification shrinkage.
Shot Blasting · Cleaning surface of metal by air blast, using
metal shot as an abrasive. Also called Sand Blasting.
Shrinkage Cavity · A void left in cast metals as a result of
solidification shrinkage and the progressive freezing of metal
towards the centre.
Shortness · A form of brittleness in metal. It is designated as
‘cold’, ‘hot’ and ‘red’ to indicate the temperature range in
which the brittleness occurs.
Sintered Carbide · Composite, containing carbides of
extremely refractory metals, such as tungsten, tantalum,
titanium, etc., cemented together by a relatively low-melting
metal, such as cobalt acting as a matrix.
Sintering · Converting powder into a continuous mass by
heating to a temperature considerably below fusion, usually
after preliminary compacting by pressure.
Skelp · A plate of steel from which pipe is made. This is done by
rolling the skelp longitudinally into shape, and welding the
edges together. Most commonly refers to furnace weld pipe
than to electric weld pipe or tubing (See Coil).
Skin · A thin surface layer that is different from the main mass
of a metal object, in composition, structure or other
characteristics.
Slag · A product resulting from the action of a flux on the nonmetallic constituents of a processed ore, or on the oxidised
metallic constituents that are undesirable. Usually slags
consist of acid oxides with basic oxides, and neutral oxides
re-added to aid fusibility.
Slitting · Cutting sheet or strip metal to width by rotary slitters.
Sliver (defect) · Loose metal piece rolled down onto the
surface of the metal during the rolling operations.
Soaking · Prolonged heating of metal at selected temperature.
Sorbite · Structure of steel, resulting from the tempering of
martensite. In a truly sorbitic structure, the cementite is
completely dispersed in the matrix. This structure is called
tempered martensite.
Sorbitic Pearlite · Structure of steel resulting on cooling
under the proper conditions, from the decomposition of
austenite; has a fine, lamellar appearance.
Space-Centred · (Concerning space lattices) See Body-centred.
Space Lattice (crystal) · A system of equivalent points
formed by the intersections of three sets of planes parallel to
pairs of principal axes; the space lattice may be thought of as
formed by the corners of the unit cells.
Special Straightness · When material is desired to closer
than standard straightness tolerances, it may be ordered to
special straightness. Such straightening is done by machinery
and may result in increased surface hardness in localised
areas of the steel.
Specific Gravity · A numerical value representing the weight
of a given substance as compared with the weight of an
equal volume of water, for which the specific gravity is taken
as 1.0000.
Spectrograph · An optical instrument for determining the
presence or concentration of minor constituents in a material
by indicating the presence and intensity of specific
wavelengths of radiation when the material is thermally or
electrically excited.
Spheroidising · Any process of prolonged heating and slow
cooling of steel which will convert the carbide content into
rounded or spheroid form.
Spinning · The procedure for making sheet metal discs into
hollow shapes by pressing the metal against a rotating form
(spinning chuck) by a tool.
Spot Welding · An electric resistance welding process in which
the fusion is limited to a small area. The pieces being welded
are pressed together between a pair of water-cooled
429
General Information
Glossary of Terms
electrodes through which an electrical current is passed
during a very short interval so that fusion occurs over a small
area at the interface between the pieces (See Welding on
page 406).
Spring-Back · An indicator of elastic stresses, frequently
measured as the increase in diameter of a curved strip after
removing it from the mandrel about which it was held. The
measurement is employed as an indicator of the extent of
recovery or relief of residual stresses that has been achieved
by the transformation of elastic strain to plastic strain during
heating or stress relieving.
Spring Steel · Steel, normally of the high carbon or alloy type,
used in the manufacture of springs, lending itself to
appropriate heat treatment; usually made in the open hearth
or electric furnace.
Stabilising Treatment · Any treatment intended to stabilise
the structure of an alloy or the dimensions of a part.
1 · see Heat Treatment on page 408.
2 · Transforming retained austenite in parts made from tool
steel.
3 · Precipitating a constituent from a non-ferrous solid
solution to improve the workability, to decrease the
tendency of certain alloys to age harden at room
temperature or to obtain dimensional stability.
Stainless Steel · Corrosion resistant steel of a wide variety,
but always containing a high percentage of chromium. These
are highly resistant to corrosion attack by organic acids,
weak mineral acids, atmospheric oxidation, etc.
Stamping · A term used to refer to various press forming
operations in coining, embossing, blanking and pressing.
Steel · An iron-base alloy, malleable in the same temperature
ranges as initially cast, containing manganese,carbon, and
often other alloying elements.The dividing line between low
alloy and high alloy steels is generally regarded as being at
about 5% metallic alloying elements. Steel is to be
differentiated from two general classes of ‘irons’: the cast
irons, on the high carbon side, and the relatively pure irons
such as ingot iron, carbonyl iron, and electrolytic iron, on the
low carbon side.
Strain · Deformation produced on a body by an outside force
(see Hooke’s Law).
Strain Ageing · Ageing induced by cold working (See Age
Hardening).
Strain Hardening · An increase in hardness and strength
caused by plastic deformation at temperatures lower than
the re-crystallisation range.
Stress-Corrosion Cracking · Failure by cracking under
combined action or corrosion and stress, either external
(applied) or internal (residual).
Cracking may be either inter-granular or trans-granular,
depending on metal and corrosive medium.
Stress-Rupture Test · A tension test performed at constant
temperature, the load being held at such a level as to cause
rupture. Also known as ‘creep-rupture test’.
430
Strip · A flat rolled steel product which serves as the raw
material for welded tubing. May be hot rolled or cold rolled.
Structure · The arrangement of parts; in crystals, especially, the
shape and dimension of the unit cell, and the number, kinds
and positions of the atoms within it.
Sunk or Sink Drawn Tubing · Tubing drawn through a die
with no inside mandrel to control I.D. or wall thickness. Only
O.D. tolerance can be closely controlled.
Superficial Rockwell Hardness Test · Form of Rockwell
hardness test using relatively light loads which produce
minimum penetration. Used for determining surface
hardness or hardness of thin sections or small parts, or where
large hardness impression might be harmful.
Tack Welds · Small scattered welds made to hold parts of a
weldment in proper alignment while the final welds are
being made (See Welding on page 406).
Tapping · The act of draining molten metal from furnace to
ladle.
Tarnish · Surface discolouration on a metal, usually from a thin
film of oxide or sulphide.
Teeming · Pouring metal into ingot moulds.
Telescoping · Transverse slipping of successive layers of a coil
so that the edge of the coil is conical rather than flat.
Temper Brittleness · Brittleness that results when certain
steels are held within, or are cooled slowly through, a certain
range of temperatures below the transformation range. The
brittleness is revealed by notch-bar impact tests at or below
room temperature.
Tensile Strength · In tensile testing, the ratio of maximum
load to original cross-sectional area. Also called ultimate
strength.
Ternary Alloy · An alloy that contains three principal
elements.
Thermocouple · A device for measuring temperatures by the
use of two dissimilar metals in contact; the junction of these
metals gives rise to a measurable electrical potential with
changes in temperature.
Tolerance Limit · The permissible deviation from the desired
value.
Tool Steel · Any high carbon or alloy steel capable of being
suitably tempered for use in the manufacture of tools.
Torsion · A twisting action resulting in shear stresses and
strains.
Toughness · Ability of a metal to absorb energy and deform
plastically before fracturing. It is usually measured by the
energy absorbed in a notch impact test, but the area under
the stress-strain curve in tensile testing is also a measure of
toughness.
Trace · Extremely small quantity of an element, usually too small
to determine quantitatively.
Transformation Ranges · see Heat Treatment on page 408.
Transverse · Literally, ‘across’, usually signifying a direction or
plane perpendicular to the direction of working.
General Information
Glossary of Terms
Transverse Tension Test · A tension test for evaluating the
mechanical properties of a material in a direction transverse
to that of rolling. It is not generally applicable to tubular
products except in sizes 8” OD and larger.
Trepanning · A type of boring where an annular cut is made
into a solid material with the coincidental formation of a plug
or solid cylinder.
Turning · A method for removing the surface from a circular
work piece by bringing the cutting edge of a tool against it
while the piece is rotated.
Twist · A winding departure from flatness.
Ultimate Strength · The maximum conventional stress,
tensile, compressive or shear, that a material can withstand.
Ultrasonic Frequency · A frequency, associated with elastic
waves, that is greater than the highest audible frequency,
generally regarded as being higher than 15 kc per sec.
Ultrasonic Testing · A method of detecting defects in tubes,
plates or welds by use of high frequency sound waves
imparted by contact or immersion techniques.
Ultrasonic Waves · Waves of ultrasonic frequency.
They include longitudinal, transverse, surface and standing
waves.
Upsetting
1 · A metal working operation similar to forging.
2 · The Process of axial flow under axial compression of
metal, as in forming heads on rivets by flattening the end of
wire.
Vacuum De-Gassing · Refer to De-Gassing Process.
Vacuum Melting · Melting in a vacuum to prevent
contamination from air, as well as to remove gases already
dissolved in the metal; the solidification may also be carried
out in a vacuum or at low pressure.
Vickers Hardness (Test) · Standard method for measuring
the hardness of metals, particularly those with extremely
hard surfaces; the surface is subjected to a standard pressure
for a standard length of time by means of a pyramid-shaped
diamond. The diagonal of the resulting indention is
measured under a microscope and the Vickers Hardness
value read from a conversion table.
Water Hardening · Process of hardening high carbon steels
by quenching in water or brine, after heating.
Wavy · Not flat. A slight wave following the direction of rolling
and beyond the standard limitation for flatness.
Work Hardening · Increase in resistance to deformation (i.e.
in hardness) produced by cold working.
Workability · The characteristic or group of characteristics that
determines the ease of forming a metal into desired shapes.
Wrought Iron · Iron containing only a very small amount of
other elements, but containing 1-3 % by weight of slag in
the form of particles elongated in one direction, giving the
iron a characteristic grain. Is more rust-resistant than steel
and welds more easily.
X-Rays · Electromagnetic radiation, excited usually by the
impact of cathode rays on matter, which have wave lengths
between about 10-8-10-12m.
Yield Point · The first stress in a material, usually less than the
maximum attainable stress, at which an increase in strain
occurs without an increase in stress. Only certain metals
exhibit a yield point. If there is a decrease in stress after
yielding, a distinction may be made between upper and
lower yield points.
Yield Strength · The stress at which a material exhibits a
specified deviation from proportionality of stress and strain.
An offset of 0.2% is used for many metals.
Young’s Modulus · The coefficient of elasticity of stretching.
For a stretched wire, Young’s Modulus is the ratio of the
stretching force per unit cross-sectional area to the
elongation per unit length. The values of Young’s Modulus
for metals are of the order 0.02–0.2 N/mm2.
431
General Information
Glossary of Terms
432
Kurvers Piping
Quality Assurance
Materials
Dimensions & Weights: Formulae, Pipes & Tubes
Dimensions & Weights: Beams & Sections
Dimensions & Weights: Buttweld Fittings
Dimensions & Weights: Flanges
Dimensions & Weights: Forged Fittings, Bolts & Nuts
Valves
Hydraulic Test Pressures
Pressure/Temperature Ratings
Dimensional Tolerances & End Finishes
General Information
Index
Index
Index
A
Acoustic Emission ................................................................ 408
Addresses ................................................................................ 7
Alloying Elements ................................................................ 414
Annealing ............................................................................ 410
API ........................................................................................ 22
API 5L Pipe Hydraulic Test .................................................... 318
ASME .................................................................................... 23
ASTM ............................................................................ 22, 409
Austenite ............................................................................ 410
Austenitising ...................................................................... 411
B
Bolts
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 70
Specifications .................................................................. 33
Stud ............................................................................ 264
Bright Annealing ................................................................ 411
BSI ........................................................................................ 23
Bushings .............................................................................. 259
Buttweld Fittings
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 60
C
Casing and Tubing
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 104
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 48
Cathodic Protection ............................................................ 413
Cementite .......................................................................... 410
CEN ...................................................................................... 25
Certification of Material ........................................................ 15
Certifying Authorithy ............................................................ 16
Charpy Impact .................................................................... 407
Chemical Analysis ................................................................ 407
Chemical Properties
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 70
Buttweld Fittings ............................................................ 60
Casing and Tubing .......................................................... 48
Forged Materials ............................................................ 64
Line Pipe ........................................................................ 50
Pressure Pipes ................................................................ 36
Structural Material .......................................................... 54
Cladding ............................................................................ 412
Classes
ASTM A358 .................................................................... 31
ASTM A671, 672, 691 .................................................... 32
Coating .............................................................................. 412
Concession/Waiver ................................................................ 16
Conversion Factors
Area ............................................................................ 395
Energy .......................................................................... 397
Force ............................................................................ 396
Length .......................................................................... 395
Power .......................................................................... 398
Pressure ........................................................................ 400
Stress ............................................................................ 400
Temperature ................................................................ 396
Volume ..........................................................................395
Weight ........................................................................ 395
Corrosion Test ...................................................................... 407
Creep and Stress Rupture .................................................... 407
Critical Point ........................................................................ 410
CTOD Test .......................................................................... 407
D
Data Book ............................................................................ 16
Dictionary .............................................................................. 16
Dimensional Tolerances Pipes, Fittings, Flanges .................... 376
Dimensions
Valves .......................................................................... 284
Dimensions and Weights
Bushings ...................................................................... 259
Casing and Tubing ........................................................ 104
Elbowlets ...................................................................... 263
Elbows and Returns LR .................................................. 164
Elbows and Returns SR ................................................ 172
End Caps ...................................................................... 215
Flanges Blind ................................................................ 226
Flanges Series A MSS-SP44 .......................................... 238
Flanges Series B API 605 .............................................. 242
Flanges Slip on .............................................................. 226
Flanges Socket Weld .................................................... 224
Flanges Threaded .......................................................... 224
Flanges Weld Neck ........................................................ 226
Forged Fittings Socket Weld .......................................... 249
Forged Fittings Threaded .............................................. 252
Laterolets ...................................................................... 263
Line Pipe API 5L .............................................................. 81
Nipples Hexagonal ........................................................ 258
Nipples Re-inforced ...................................................... 263
Nipples Round .............................................................. 259
Nipples Swage .............................................................. 260
Nuts Heavy Hex ............................................................265
Olets ............................................................................ 262
Plugs ............................................................................ 254
Reducers ...................................................................... 201
Stainless Steel Tubes ASME B36.19 ................................ 81
Steel Beams Angles ...................................................... 145
Steel Beams Channels .................................................. 144
Steel Beams CHS .......................................................... 159
Steel Beams HEA .......................................................... 132
Steel Beams HEB .......................................................... 133
Steel Beams HEM .......................................................... 134
Steel Beams IPE ............................................................ 135
Steel Beams IPN ............................................................ 136
Steel Beams Joists ........................................................ 143
Steel Beams RHS .......................................................... 156
435
Index
Steel Beams SHS .......................................................... 158
Steel Beams UB ............................................................ 138
Steel Beams UBP .......................................................... 142
Steel Beams U Channel ................................................ 137
Steel Beams U Column ................................................ 141
Steel Beams W .............................................................. 147
Steel Tubes ASME B36.10 .............................................. 81
Steel Tubes DIN 2448 .................................................... 110
Steel Tubes DIN 2458 .................................................... 114
Steel Tubes DIN 2462 .................................................... 118
Steel Tubes DIN 2463 .................................................... 124
Steel Tubes EN 10 208 .................................................. 126
Stud Bolts .................................................................... 264
Tees .............................................................................. 178
Unions Screwed ............................................................ 257
Unions SW .................................................................... 256
Welding Bosses Screwed .............................................. 255
Welding Bosses SW ...................................................... 255
DIN ........................................................................................ 24
Drop Weight Tear Test .......................................................... 407
DSAW ................................................................................ 408
Dye Penetrant ...................................................................... 408
E
Flanges
Blind ............................................................................ 226
Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 385
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64
Pressure Temperatures Ratings ...................................... 366
Series A MSS-SP44 ........................................................ 238
Series B API 605 ............................................................ 242
Slip On ........................................................................ 226
Socket Weld ................................................................ 224
Specifications .................................................................. 34
Threaded ...................................................................... 224
Weld Neck .................................................................... 226
Fluorescent Isotope Analysers ............................................ 407
Forged Fittings
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64
Socket Weld ................................................................ 250
Threaded ...................................................................... 252
Forged Materials
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 64
G
Glossary .............................................................................. 419
Grain Size ............................................................................ 401
Eddy Current Comparator .................................................... 407
Eddy Current Test ................................................................ 408
Elbowlets
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 263
Elbows and Returns LR ........................................................ 164
Elbows and Returns SR ........................................................ 172
Electron Beam .................................................................... 408
EN Pressure Pipe .................................................................... 28
EN Specifications .................................................................. 25
End Caps ............................................................................ 215
End Finishes ........................................................................ 386
Equilibrium Diagram ............................................................ 410
ERW .................................................................................... 408
Eutectoid ............................................................................ 410
H
F
Impact Energy and Stress .................................................... 400
Incoterms ............................................................................ 416
Inspection Authority .............................................................. 16
ISO ........................................................................................ 26
ISO 9001-2000 ...................................................................... 13
ISO 9002-1994 ...................................................................... 14
Isothermal Annealing .......................................................... 410
Fatigue Testing .................................................................... 407
Ferrite .................................................................................. 410
Field Test .............................................................................. 16
Fire Safe Design .................................................................. 275
Fittings
Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 384
Elbows and Returns LR .................................................. 164
Elbows and Returns SR ................................................ 172
End Caps ...................................................................... 215
Forged .......................................................................... 250
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 60
Reducers ...................................................................... 201
Specifications .................................................................. 34
Tees .............................................................................. 178
436
Hardness
Conversion Tables ........................................................ 402
Test .............................................................................. 407
Heat Treatment .................................................................... 410
HFI ......................................................................................408
Huey Test ............................................................................ 407
Hydraulic Test ...................................................................... 408
Hydraulic Test API 5L Pipe .................................................... 318
Hydrogen Induced Cracking ................................................ 407
Hydrotest Formulae ............................................................ 317
I
K
Kürvers Group ........................................................................ 7
L
Laterolets
Dimensions and Weights .............................................. 263
Index
Line Pipe
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 50
Specifications .................................................................. 28
Line Pipe API 5L
Dimensions and Weights ................................................ 81
M
Magnetic Particle Inspection ................................................ 408
Marine Transportation of Line Pipe ...................................... 418
Materials .............................................................................. 21
Mechanical Properties
Bolts and Nuts ................................................................ 70
Buttweld Fittings ............................................................ 60
Casing and Tubing .......................................................... 48
Forged Materials ............................................................ 64
Line Pipe ........................................................................ 50
Pressure Pipes ................................................................ 36
Structural Material .......................................................... 54
Menagé .............................................................................. 407
Metal Arc ............................................................................ 408
MIG .................................................................................... 408
MSS ...................................................................................... 25
N
NACE .................................................................................... 27
Nipples
Hexagonal .................................................................... 258
Re-inforced .................................................................. 263
Round .......................................................................... 259
Swage .......................................................................... 260
Non-Conformity .................................................................... 16
Nondestructive Examination ................................................ 408
Acoustic Emission ..........................................................408
Eddy Current Test .......................................................... 408
Flux Leakage ................................................................ 408
Hydraulic Test .............................................................. 408
Standards .................................................................... 409
Ultrasonic Test .............................................................. 408
X Ray ............................................................................ 408
Normalising ..........................................................................411
Nuts
Heavy Hex .................................................................... 265
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 74
Specifications .................................................................. 33
O
Olets .................................................................................. 262
P
Perlite .................................................................................. 410
Pipes
Dimensional Tolerances ................................................ 376
Plasma Arc .......................................................................... 408
Plugs .................................................................................. 254
Potentiostat ........................................................................ 407
Pressure Pipes
EN Grades ...................................................................... 28
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 36
Specifications .................................................................. 30
Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B16.5, B16.47 .............. 366
Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B31.1 .......................... 356
Pressure Temperature Ratings ASME B31.3 .......................... 360
Pressure Temperature Ratings BS3799 .................................. 364
Pressure Temperature Ratings Formulae .............................. 354
Procedure Qualification Record .............................................. 16
Procedures ............................................................................ 16
Product range .......................................................................... 7
Proof Stress ........................................................................ 407
Protective Coating .............................................................. 412
Q
Quality ............................................................................ 13, 14
Quality Assurance .................................................................. 16
Quality Assurance Manual .............................................. 13, 16
Quality Assurance to ISO 9001-2000 .................................... 13
Quality Assurance to ISO 9002-1994 .................................... 14
Quality Control ...................................................................... 16
Quality Plan .......................................................................... 16
Quenching .......................................................................... 411
R
Radiography ........................................................................ 408
Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe .................................... 418
Reducers ............................................................................ 201
Release Notes ........................................................................ 16
S
SAW .................................................................................... 408
Screwed and Socket Weld Fittings
Pressure Temperature Ratings ........................................ 364
Solution Treatment .............................................................. 411
Sour Gas .............................................................................. 27
Sour Service
Specifications
Bolts .............................................................................. 33
Fittings .......................................................................... 34
Flanges .......................................................................... 34
Nuts .............................................................................. 33
Piping Materials .............................................................. 22
Spectrometers .................................................................... 407
Stabilising Treatment .......................................................... 411
Stacking of Pipes ................................................................ 418
Stainless Steel Tubes ANSI B36.19 .......................................... 81
Steel Beams
Angles .......................................................................... 145
437
Index
Channels ...................................................................... 144
CHS .............................................................................. 159
HEA .............................................................................. 132
HEB .............................................................................. 133
HEM ............................................................................ 134
IPE ................................................................................ 135
IPN .............................................................................. 136
Joists ............................................................................ 143
UB ................................................................................ 138
UBP .............................................................................. 142
UColumn ...................................................................... 141
U Channel .................................................................... 137
RHS .............................................................................. 156
SHS .............................................................................. 158
W Shapes .................................................................... 147
Steel Tubes
ANSI B36.10 .................................................................. 81
DIN 2448 ...................................................................... 110
DIN 2458 ...................................................................... 114
DIN 2462 ...................................................................... 118
DIN 2463 ...................................................................... 124
EN 10 208 .................................................................... 126
Strainer .............................................................................. 274
Strauss Test .......................................................................... 407
Stress Relieving .................................................................... 411
Structural Material
Dimensional Standards .................................................... 29
Mechanical and Chemical Properties .............................. 54
Specifications .................................................................. 29
Structure of Steel ................................................................ 410
Stud Bolts ............................................................................ 264
Sub-Critical Annealing ........................................................ 411
Sulphide Stress Corrosion .................................................... 407
System of Units .................................................................. 394
T
Tees .................................................................................... 178
Tempering .......................................................................... 411
Tensile Test .......................................................................... 407
Test Certificates .............................................................. 15, 16
Test Reports .......................................................................... 16
Termal Insulation ................................................................ 412
Threads .............................................................................. 388
Through Thickness Test ........................................................ 407
TIG ...................................................................................... 408
Traceability ............................................................................ 16
Trim Valves .......................................................................... 276
U
Ultrasonic Test .................................................................... 408
Unions
Screwed ........................................................................ 257
Socket Weld ................................................................ 256
438
Unit Symbols ...................................................................... 401
Units .................................................................................. 401
V
Valves
Dimensions .................................................................. 284
Fire Safe Design ............................................................ 275
General Descriptions .................................................... 270
Materials ...................................................................... 278
Pressure Temperature Ratings ........................................ 295
Pressure Tests ................................................................ 282
Specifications ................................................................ 280
Trim .............................................................................. 276
Vendor Documents ................................................................ 16
W
Weight
Coating ........................................................................ 412
Formula .......................................................................... 80
of Water ...................................................................... 401
Weight Coating .................................................................. 412
Weight of Water .................................................................. 401
Weld Decay Test .................................................................. 407
Weld Procedure Specification ................................................ 16
Welding
ASTM Grades ................................................................ 31
Methods allowed ............................................................ 31
Welding Bosses
Screwed ........................................................................ 255
Socket Weld ................................................................ 255
Welding Ends ...................................................................... 386
Welding Methods
DSAW .......................................................................... 408
Electron Beam .............................................................. 408
ERW ............................................................................ 408
HFI ................................................................................ 408
Metal Arc ...................................................................... 408
MIG .............................................................................. 408
Plasma Arc .................................................................... 408
SAW ............................................................................ 408
TIG .............................................................................. 408
Wire Gauges ...................................................................... 406
X
X Ray .................................................................................. 408